EPA-600/9-84-007
                                                  April  1984
             LAND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTE
    Proceedings of the Tenth Annual  Research  Symposium
        at  Ft. Mitchell,  Kentucky,  April  3-5,  1984

Sponsored by the U.S.  EPA, Office of Research & Development
        Municipal  Environmental  Research  Laboratory
        Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division
                           and
        Industrial Environmental  Research  Laboratory
             Energy Pollution Control  Division
                      Coordinated by:

                        JACA Corp.
           Fort Washington,  Pennsylvania   19034
                  Contract Mo.  68-03-3131
                     Project Officer

                     Naomi  P.  Berkley
         Solid  and  Hazardous Waste  Research Division
         Municipal  Environmental  Research Laboratory
                 Cincinnati,  Ohio  45268
      MUNICIPAL  ENVIRONMENTAL  RESEARCH LABORATORY
          OFFICE OF  RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
         U.  S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                CINCINNATI, OHIO  45268

-------
                                    DISCLAIMER
     These proceedings have been reviewed in accordance with the U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency's peer and administrative review policies and approved for pre-
sentation and publication.  Mention of trade names or commercial products does  not
constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.
                                        -i i-

-------
                                     FOREWORD
     The Environmental Protection Agency was created because of increasing public and
governmental concern about the dangers of pollution to the health and welfare of the
American people.  Noxious air, foul water, and spoiled land are tragic testimoney to
the deterioration of our natural environment.   The complexity of the environment and
the interplay between its components require a concentrated and integrated attack on
the problem.

     Research and development is the first necessary step in problem solution;
it involves defining the problem, measuring its impact, and searching for solutions.
The Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory develops new and improved technology
and systems to prevent, treat, and manage wastewater and the solid and hazardous
waste pollutant discharges from municipal and community sources; to preserve and
treat public drinking water supplies, and to minimize the adverse economic, social,
health and aesthetic effects of pollution.  This publication is one of the products
of that research—a vital communications link between the researcher and the user
community.

     These Proceedings present the results of completed and ongoing research projects
concerning the land disposal of hazardous waste.
                                         Francis T. Mayo
                                         Director
                                         Municipal Environmental
                                           Research Laboratory
                                        -iii-

-------
                                                       PREFACE
                     These Proceedings are intended to disseminate  up-to-date  information  on extra-
                mural research projects concerning land disposal, incineration,  and  treatment  of
                hazardous waste.  These projects are funded by  the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection
                Agency's Office of Research and Development and have  been  reviewed in  accordance with
                the requirements of EPA's Peer and Administrative Review Control  System.
                                                       -iv-
.

-------
                                      ABSTRACT
     The Tenth Annual Research Symposium on Land Disposal,  Remedial  Action,  Incinera-
tion and Treatment of Hazardous Waste was held in Fort Mitchell,  Kentucky, April  3
through 5, 1984.  The purpose of the symposium was to present to  persons  concerned
with hazardous waste management the latest significant findings of  ongoing and
recently completed research projects funded by the Municipal  Environmental Research
Laboratory's Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division and  the  Industrial  Environ-
mental Research Laboratory1 s Energy Pollution Control Division.

     This volume is a compilation of speakers'  papers and poster  presenters'  ab-
stracts for Session A, Hazardous Waste Land Disposal.  Areas  covered are:  1} Remedial
Action, 2) Pollutant Assessment, and 3) Pollution Control.   Subjects include landfill
design and operation, waste leaching and analyses, pollutant  migration and control,
waste modification, surface impoundments, technology assessments, remedial action
techniques, and cost/economics.

     This document covers hazardous waste land disposal only.  A  separate document
for Session B, Hazardous Waste Incineration and Treatment,  will be  published by  the
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory.
                                         -v-

-------

-------
                                 CONTENTS
                SESSION  A -  HAZARDOUS  WASTE  LAND DISPOSAL

                              Remedial  Action

Current Research on Land Disposal  of Hazardous  Wastes
    Norbert B.  Schomaker and Douglas P.  Doerr
    U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency 	   1

Technical  Resource Documents for Hazardous Wastes
    Norbert B.  Schomaker
    U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency 	  15

Current SHWRD Program in Support of Superfund
    Ronald D. Hill, U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency  ....  22

Development of Methods  for In-Situ Hazardous Waste  Stabilization
by Injection Grouting
    Philip G. Malone, Jarnes  H.  May and Robert J. Larson
    USAE Waterways Experiment Station   	  33

Reactivity of Various Grouts to Hazardous Wastes and Leachates
    Andrew Bodocsi, Issam Minkarah, and Brian W. Randolph
    University of Cincinnati 	  43

Production, Migration,  and Hazards Associated with  Toxic  and
Flammable Gases at Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites
    Riley N. Kinman and David L. Nutini
    RNK Environmental,  Inc	52

Migration of Industrial  Chemicals  and  Soil-Waste Interactions
at Wi-lsonville, Illinois
    R.A. Griffin, R.E.  Hughes,  L.R. Follmer, C.J. Stohr,
    W.J. Morse, T.M. Johnson, J.K. Bartz, J.D.  Steele,
    K. Cartwright, M.M.  Killey, and P.B. DuMontelle
    Illinois State Geological Survey	61

Fabrication of Welded Polyethylene Encapsulates to  Secure Drums
Containing Hazardous Wastes
    S.L. Unger, B.M. Eliash, R.W.  Telles, and H.R.  Lubowitz
    Environmental Protection Polymers, Inc	78
Simplified Methods for the Evaluation of Remedial  Action Per-
    formance
    Stuart M. Brown, Anderson-Nichols & Co 	
90
                                    -vi i-

-------
Costs of Remedial Actions at Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste
Sites:  Worker Health and Safety Considerations
    John M. Lippitt, James J. Walsh, and Anthony J. DiPuccio
    SCS Engineers	103

Evaluation of Systems to Accelerate Stabilization of Waste
Piles or Deposits
    Emil F. Dul, Robert Fellman and Ming F.  Kub
    Envirosphere Company	109


                           POLLUTANT ASSESSMENT


Permeability of Compacted Soils to Solvents  Mixtures and
Petroleum Products
    K.W. Brown, J.C. Thomas, and J.W.  Green
    Texas Agricultural Experiment Station	124

Effects of Hydraulic Gradient and Method of  Testing on  the
Hydraulic Conductivity of Compacted Clay to  Water,  Methanol,
and Heptane
    David E. Foreman and David E. Daniel
    University of Texas, Austin	138

Comparison of Column and Batch Methods for Predicting
Composition of Hazardous Waste Leachate
    Danny R. Jackson, Benjamin C. Garrett, and  Thomas A.  Bishop
    Battelle-Columbus Laboratories 	   145

Use of Batch Adsorption Procedures for Designing Earthen  Liners
for Landfills
    C.C. Ainsworth,  R.A. Griffin, 1.6. Krapac,  and  W.R. Roy
    Illinois State Geological Survey 	  ....   154

Organic Fluid Effects on the Structural  Stability of Compacted
Kaolim'te
    Yalcin B. Acar,  Ivan Olivieri, and Stephen  D. Field
    Louisiana State University 	   162

Air Emissions of Volatile Organic Chemicals  from Landfills:
A Pilot-Scale Study
    Louis J. Thibodeaux, Charles Springer, and  Guadalupe  Hildebrand
    University of Arkansas 	   172
Assessment of Surface Impoundment Technology
    Masood Ghassemi,  Michael  Haro, and  Linda  Fargo, MEESA
181
                                    -vi11-

-------
               LAND DISPOSAL  AND  TREATMENT OF HAZARDOUS WASTE
                                                                    Page
Technical  Considerations in Locating  Surface  Impoundments and
Landfills  in Low Permeability  Soils
    C. Clark Allen and Ashok S.  Damle
    Research Triangle Institute	
196
Field Verification of Air Emission  Models  for Hazardous Waste
Disposal Facilities
    U.D. Balfour, C.E. Schmidt,  R.G.  Wetherold, D.L. Lewis,
    J.I. Steinmetz, and R.C.  Hanisch
    Radian Corporation 	
Solidification/Stabilization Alternatives  for  Remedial Action
at Uncontrolled Hazardous.Waste Sites
    M. John Cull inane,  Jr.
    USAE Waterways Experiment Station	
197
198
Prepare Technical  Resource Document on Design,  Construction,
Maintenance, and Evaluation of Clay Liners  for  Hazardous
Waste Facilities
    L.J. Goldman,  G.L.  Kingsbury, C.C. Allen, R.S.  Truesdale,
    C.M. Northeim, S.M. Harkins,  A.S.  Damle
    Research Triangle Institute,  and M.H.  Roulier,
    U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency 	     199

Applications of Engineering Fabrics at Land Waste Disposal  Sites
    Raymond C. Horz, USAE Waterways Experiment  Station  	     200

Leachate Plume Management
    Charles Kufs and Edward Repa, JRB Associates 	     201

Technical Handbook for Design and Construction  of Covers  for
Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites
    Colin McAneny, USAE Waterways Experiment Station 	     202

Testing and Evaluation of Permeable Materials for the Removal
of Pollutants from Leachates at Remedial Action Sites - Bench
and Laboratory Testing
    James E. Park, University of Cincinnati	     203

In-Situ Treatment Techniques Applicable to Large Quantities of
Hazardous Waste Contaminated Soils
    Ronald C. Sims, Utah State University,  and
    Kathleen Wagner, JRB Associates	     204

-------
                                               POLLUTANT CONTROL
                   Contaminant Fixation:   Practice and Theory
                       H.R. Lubowitz, R.W. Telles, B.M. Eliash,  and  S.L. Unger
                       Environmental Protection Polymers,  Inc	
205
                   Multiple Soil Layer Hazardous Waste Landfill  Cover:
                   Design, Construction,  Instrumentation,  and  Monitoring
                       Richard C. Warner, James E.  Wilson, Nathaniel  Peters,
                       and Harry J.  Sterling,  University of Kentucky, and
                       Walter E. Grube,  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.  .

                   Estimation of Maximum Cover Subsidence  Expected  in Hazardous
                   Waste Landfills
                       W.L. Murphy and P.A.  Gilbert
                       USAE Waterways Experiment Station 	
                   Permeability Characteristics  of Flexible Membrane Liners
                   Measured In Pouch Tests
                       Henry E. Haxo, Jr.  and  Nancy A.  Nelson, Matrecon, Inc..
211
222
230
                                                       -x-
_

-------
                  CURRENT RESEARCH ON LAND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTES

                         Norbert B. Schomaker, Douglas P. Doerr
                          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                 Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
                                        ABSTRACT

    The Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division (SHWRD), Municipal Environmental
Research Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  in Cincinnati, Ohio, has
responsibility for research in solid and hazardous waste management with respect to land
disposal of wastes.  To fulfill this responsibility, the SHWRD is developing concepts
and technology for new and improved systems of solid and hazardous waste land disposal;
is documenting the environmental effects of various waste disposal practices; and is
collecting data necessary to support implementation of disposal guidelines mandated by
the "Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA)" PL 94-580.  Also, SHWRD is
collecting data on existing construction technologies and applying these techniques to
the containment of pollutants emanating from uncontrolled dump sites.  This is being
done to assist in the implementation of the "Comprehensive  Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980" (CERCLA) PL 96-510.  This paper will present an
overview of the land disposal aspects of the SHWRD Hazardous Waste Program Plan and will
report the current status of work in the following categorical areas:

                        A.   LANDFILLS
                             1.   Pollutant Generation
                             2.   Pollutant Movement
                             3.   Pollutant Control
                             4.   Pollutant Treatment

                        B.   LANDFILL ALTERNATIVES
                             1.   Surface Impoundments
                             2.   Underground Mine Disposal

                        C.   UNCONTROLLED SITES/REMEDIAL ACTION

                        D.   COST/ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT
INTRODUCTION

    The waste residual disposal research
strategy, encompassing state-of-the-art
documents, laboratory analysis, bench and
pilot studies, and full-scale field veri-
fication studies is at various stages of
implementation.  Over the next 2 years
the research will be reported as guidance
documents for user communities.  The
waste disposal research program is cur-
rently developing and compiling a data
base for use in the development of guide-
lines and standards for waste residual
disposal to the land as mandated by the
"Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
of 1976" (RCRA).  The RCRA Guidance Docu-
ments which will present design and
operating specifications which the Agency
believes comply with design and operating
requirements and the closure and post
closure requirements contained in Part
264 of the regulations are currently
being prepared by the Office of Solid
Waste in Washington, D.C.  Technical
Resource Documents (TRD) in support of
the Guidance Documents are also being
prepared by the Office of Research and
Development in specific areas to provide
current technologies and methods for

-------
 evaluating the performance of the
 applicants' design.  A separate paper
 entitled "Technical Resource Documents
 for Hazardous Wastes" has been accepted
 for publication in these proceedings.
 Therefore, no specific discussion of the
 TRDs will be presented in this paper.

     Current hazardous waste land disposal
 research has been divided into four
 general  areas:  (a) Design Considerations
 for Current Landfill Disposal Techniques;
 (b) Alternatives to Current Landfill
 Disposal Techniques; (c)  Remedial Action
 for Minimizing Pollutants from Uncontrol-
 led Sites; (d) Economic Assessment of
 Hazardous Waste Disposal  Practices and
 Alternatives.

     The  waste residual research program
 has been discussed in the previous nine
 symposia.  These symposia describe the
 land disposal  of both municipal and haz-
 ardous waste.   The report of the previous
 most recent symposium is  entitled "Land
 Disposal of Hazardous Waste:   Proceedings
 of  the Ninth Annual  Research Symposium"
 May 2-4,  1983,  Fort Mitchell,  Kentucky,
 (EPA-600/9-83-018)  September 1983.

 LANDFILLS

 Pollutant Generation

     The  overall  objective of this re-
 search activity is  to address  techniques
 for leaching a waste sample to obtain
 leachate similar to  that  which will  occur
 when the waste  is  landfilled.   A leaching
 procedure is being  developed for use in
 determining  which pollutants will  be of
 concern  in movement  of leachates  out of
 the landfill  and for evaluating leachate
 treatment  schemes  in  order  to  better
 develop  pollutant control technology.  A
 Technical Resource Document  (TRD)  enti-
 tled "Landfill  and Surface  Impoundment
 Performance  Evaluation" (SW-869)  reflects
 current  state-of-the-art  in this  area and
 is  available from the  Government  Printing
 Office (055-000-00233-9).

    One completed effort  (1)*  developed
*Parenthesis numbers refer to the project
officer who is monitoring this effort and
whose name is listed immediately
following this paper.  The project
officer can be contacted for additional
information.
 detailed laboratory procedure for ex-
 tracting or leaching a sample of solid
 waste so that the composition of labora-
 tory leachate is similar to the composi-
 tion of leachate from the waste under
 field conditions.  This effort led to the
 publication of a public comment draft
 Technical  Resource Document entitled
 "Solid Waste Leaching Procedure Manual"
 (SW-924).   A subsequent study that
 compared batch and column procedures  for
 waste leaching was completed in FY 1983.

     A second ongoing effort (2) was the
 development of a two-dimensional  surface
 drainage system evaluation model  for  haz-
 ardous waste disposal  facilities.   A
 Technical  Resource Document entitled
 "Hydrologic Simulation on Solid Waste
 Disposal  Sites"  (SW-868)  reflects  the
 current state-of-the-art  knowledge in
 this area  and  is available from the
 Government  Printing  Office (055-000-
 00225-8).   In  addition to the development
 of this model,  a detailed evaluation  of
 various designs  was  conducted to  assist
 in the design  of numerical  performance
 information for  cover  systems after
 closure and for  leachate  collection
 systems.  The  completed first phase of
 this project includes  four tasks:   1)
 evaluation  of  subsurface  drainage  system
 designs for establishment of  numerical
 performance standards;  2)  development of
 user oriented  two-dimensional  subsurface
 drainage system  evaluation  capabilities;
 3) user support  for  the current version
 of the  Hydrologic  Simulation  on Solid
 Waste  Disposal Sites;  and  4)  documen-
 tation, report preparation, and technical
 coordination.  It  is anticipated that
 this  effort  will  be  published  in a  two
 volume  report  in May 1984  entitled
 "Hydrologic  Evaluation of  Landfill
 Performance  (HELP) Model."

     A third  ongoing effort  (3)  is to
 assess  the  potential for waste  settling
 and  cover subsidence in hazardous waste
 landfills and to develop  a predictive
 model for such subsidence.  The approach
 uses classical consolidation  and collapse
 theories adapted to the waste fill  situ-
 ation.  Several  actual sites  have been
 visited to gather real data on waste
 landfill characteristics for  input to the
modeling effort.  Several scenarios of
waste emplacement (e.g., bulk vs. bar-
reled waste) are being evaluated.  The
final report entitled "Assessment of Time

-------
Settlement/Subsidence Effects on Cover
Systems" is expected to be published
approximately March 1985.

Co-Disposal

    The overall objective of the co-
disposal activity is to assess the impact
of the disposal of industrial waste
materials with municipal solid waste.
Since the environmental effects from
landfill ing result from not only the
soluble and slowly soluble materials
placed in the landfill but also the pro-
ducts of chemical and microbiological
transformation.  These transformations
should be a consideration in management
of a landfill to the extent that they can
be predicted or influenced by co-disposal
operations.

    Initial efforts (4) involved a study
of the factors influencing (a) the rate
of decomposition of solid waste in a
sanitary landfill, (b) the quantity and
quality of gas and leachate produced
during decomposition,  and (c) the effect
of admixing industrial sludges and sewage
sludge with municipal  refuse.  Some of
the factors under investigation are:
varying moisture infiltration rates, the
addition of pH buffering compounds,
prewetting wastes and varying ambient
temperatures.  A combination of municipal
solid waste and various solid and semi-
solid industrial wastes were added to
several field lysimeters.  The industrial
wastes which were added were: petroleum
sludge, battery production waste, elec-
troplating waste, inorganic pigment
sludge, chlorine production brine sludge,
and a solvent-based paint sludge.  Con-
centrations of metals (e.g., iron, cad-
mium, and nickel) were higher in leach-
ates from industrial waste co-disposal
cells, but leachate strength as measured
by COD, pH and alkalinity was similar for
the copdisposal and municipal refuse con-
trol cells.  Leachate quantities col-
lected from six hazardous waste
co-disposal cells and municipal refuse
control cells indicates that co-disposal
cells produce leachate at earlier dates
than the control cells, and that the
co-disposal cells retained less moisture
for the duration of the study period.
The chlorine production brine sludge
exhibited higher peak  concentrations and
elevated leachate concentration histories.
    Further efforts of this research pro-
gram which are incorporated into the
final report include expansion of applied
forecasting techniques.  A model is pre-
sented for predicting the initial con-
centration of leachate for selected para-
meters based on waste composition, rate
of moisture addition, and other relevant
variables.  Testing for similarities of
leachate production behavior by per-
forming a cross-correlation analysis for
parameter sets from the same cell as we'll
as different combinations of cells is ad-
dressed.  Also a statistical test is per-
formed on selected leachate character-
istics to discern differences in behavior
among the co-disposal and municipal
refuse cells.  A final report entitled
"Evaluation of Landfilled Municipal and
Industrial Hazardous Waste" has been
received and is currently being
reviewed.  Publication is expected
October 1984.

    A second completed effort (5) relates
to the co-disposal of chemically treated
and untreated industrial wastes in a
municipal refuse environment.  Large
lysimeters were utilized to determine the
difference in leachate quality.
Untreated chlorine production brine
sludge when co-disposed with municipal
solid waste released significant
quantities of Al, Cd, Cu, Cl, Hg, and
Na.  With chemically stabilized brine
sludge, however, the mass release of
metals and chlorides was significantly
reduced.  Co-disposal of electroplating
waste with municipal solid waste results
in no different leachate characteristics
than municipal waste alone.  Stabilized
electroplating waste lost an equal or
greater quantity of metals as untreated
waste.  pH changes may account for
changes in pollutant mobility.  The final
report on "Chemically Stabilized Indus-
trial Wastes in a Sanitary Landfill
Environment" will be published approxi-
mately January 1985.

Pollutant Movement

    The objective of pollutant movement
work is to develop predictive relation-
ships which can be used in the design and
regulation of disposal facilities for
municipal and hazardous solid waste to
insure that any releases to the environ-
ment will not be detrimental.

-------
     Current  research  is  intended  to
 develop  tools for  designing  soil  liners
 that limit pollutant  release to a pre-
 dictable minimum.  The application is
 primarily for landfills,  but the  informa-
 tion is  also useful in design of  soil
 liners for surface impoundments and  in
 predicting the  amounts of pollutants that
 will  pass below the zone  of  incorporation
 at  land  disposal sites.   The work is pro-
 ceeding  in two  parallel phases.   In the
 first, methods  for predicting movement of
 liquid (leachate)  are being  developed and
 improved, and in the  second,  methods are
 being developed for predicting how well
 soil  liners  will remove pollutants from
 any  leachate that  seeps through the
 liner.   Work is in progress  on empirical
 predictive techniques using  samples of
 wastes and soils from locations of speci-
 fic  interest.   This approach  appears to
 be the most  promising in  order to inte-
 grate the effect of waste and soil char-
 acteristics  on  pollutant  retention pro-
 cesses.  The precision and accuracy that
 will  be  achieved by this  method remains
 to be determined.

     One  completed  effort  (1)  examined the
 extent to which hazardous substances from
 specific industrial and flue  gas  cleaning
 (F6C) wastes would migrate into ground-
 water at disposal  sites.  Procedures for
 conducting such examinations  have been
 developed.   A sequential  batch leaching/
 soil  adsorption procedure was developed
which provides  information comparable to
that  obtained from soil column studies,
but  in a much shorter time.   The  results
of this effort  have been  reported  in
 several previous symposia proceedings; a
complete report of the project entitled
 "Migration of Hazardous Substances in
Soil" is being  revised and will be
published in June  1984.

    A second completed effort  (1)  was the
development  and testing of numerical
simulation models for predicting movement
of solutes in saturated and unsaturated
soils.  The  accuracy  and  computational
efficiency of several  existing and newly
developed numerical schemes for solving
flow  and transport equations  were  com-
pared.  Additionally,  a closed-form
analytical model was  developed for pre-
dicting the unsaturated hydraulic con-
ductivity from  available  soil moisture
retention data.   Considerations in
selection of numerical models, including
the effects of  soil types, flow  regime
and magnitude of soil solute  interaction
parameters are  discussed  in a final
report entitled "Mass Transport  in
Saturated-Unsaturated Media"  which is
being prepared  for publication in
September 1984.

    A third completed effort  (1) was the
development of  user oriented  models for
predicting movement in soil as a basis
for improving selection of sites for
disposing of solid and hazardous wastes.
Long term movement rates were correlated
with soil and leachate properties to
develop regression equations  forming a
basis for a simplified predictive tool.
The work has been completed and a pre-
liminary report entitled "Behavior of Cd,
Ni, and Zn in Single and Mixed Combina-
tions in Landfill Leachates"  describing
use of this tool in conjunction with soil
column tests to predict solute movement
in soil has been published in the Pro-
ceedings of the Eighth Annual Research
Symposium on Land Disposal of Hazardous
Waste.  The final report is expected to
be published in June 1984.

    A fourth completed effort (1) studied
vertical and horizontal contaminant mi-
gration of Zn, Cd, Cu and Pb  at three
secondary zinc smelting plants and one
organic chemical manufacturing plant.
Migration patterns were defined using
soil coring and monitoring well techni-
ques.   Soil coring was determined, to be
an investigative tool, but not suitable
by itself for routine monitoring of waste
disposal activities.   The draft final
report of this study entitled "Field
Verification of Toxic Wastes Retention by
Soils at Disposal Sites" is being pre-
pared for publication by the end of
1984.   Additional information on the
project is available in the Illinois
State Water Survey Cooperative
Groundwater Report No. 9 (1982) entitled
"Retention of Zinc,  Cadmium,  Copper,  and
Lead by Geologic Materials."

    A fifth completed effort   (1)  was the
determination of the attenuation mecha-
nisms  and capacity of selected clay min-
erals  and soils for hexachloro-
cyclopentadiene (HCCPD)  and "hex"
wastes.   Also, effects of caustic-soda
brine  on the attenuation of solubility of
HCCPD  were researched.  The development
of a chemical  model  to predict HCCPD

-------
 migration through soil was pursued.
 Mobility of HCCPD in soils was indepen-
 dently assessed by use of soil thin-layer
 chromatography and column leaching tech-
 niques.   This study has been completed
 and the  draft final report entitled
 "Assessment of Soil, Clay and Caustic-
 Soda Effects on Land Disposal of
 Chlorinated-Hydrocarbon Wastes" is being
 prepared for publication in November
 1984.  Additional information on the
 project  is available in the Illinois
 State  Water Survey Environmental Geology
 Note 104 (1983) entitled "Soil,  Clay,  and
 Caustic  Soda Effects on Solubility,
 Sorption,  and Mobility of Hexachloro-
 cyclopentadiene."

     A  sixth completed effort (1) is
 looking  at the categories of water move-
 ment that  occur in connection with
 various  types of land-based disposal
 systems.   Methods of soil hydraulic con-
 ductivity  determination and interpre-
 tation are discussed.   The results of  the
 effort are currently being prepared in
 the  form of a Technical  Resource Document
 entitled "Soil  Properties,  Classifica-
 tion,  and  Hydraulic  Conductivity Testing"
 (SW-925).   This TRD  will  be released by
 the  Office of Solid  Waste in FY  84 for
 public comment.

     A  seventh completed  effort  (5)  has
 evaluated  the effects  of organic
 leachates  on  clay liner  permeability,  and
 procedures  for  rapidly testing these
 effects  have  been  outlined.   The  initial
 results  of  this  effort  have  been
 published  .in  a  report  entitled "Effects
 of Organic  Solvents  on  the  Permeability
 of Clay Soils"  (EPA  600/2-83-016) April
 1983.

    An eighth ongoing  effort  (1)  is cur-
 rently underway  to determine  how  accu-
 rately the  EPA Gas Movement Model pre-
 dicts the maximum  distance that methane
 gas will  move through  soils  adjacent to
 landfills  and how  accurately  this model
 will predict  the relative effectiveness
 of control  systems (e.g., trenches,
 wells,  barriers) for minimizing methane
 gas movement.  Methane movement was
measured  at three  selected  landfills.
With data from each  landfill, the model
will be used to predict the maximum
 extent of methane movement.  The measured
 and predicted methane movements will be
compared, reasons for any differences
 analyzed, and the accuracy and effort of
 use for the model determined.  At one of
 the landfills, active and passive control
 systems are being installed.   The
 observed degree of control and that pre-
 dicted by the model are being compared.
 The project has been completed and draft
 final  report is being prepared.

     A  ninth completed effort  (1)  has
 resulted in establishment of  guidelines
 for design of gas migration control
 devices for sanitary landfills.   The
 migration control devices studied
 included trenches venting under  natural
 convection,  trenches with exhaust
 pumping, trenches with recharge  pumping,
 barriers,  hybrid  systems consisting of a
 barrier with a pumped (exhaust or
 recharge)  or unpumped trench  on  the land-
 fill site,  and pumped (exhaust or
 recharge)  pipe vents.   Computer  codes
 developed  under a previous study  (i.e.,
 Moore  and  Alzaydi,  1977;  and  Moore and
 Rai, 1977)  were modified to incorporate
 pressure flow as  well  as  diffusional
 flow.   The results  of this completed
 effort  are  contained in  a draft final
 report  entitled "Gas Controls Design
 Criteria"  which is  being  revised  for
 publication  in September  1984.

    An  tenth ongoing effort (1)  is con-
 cerned  with  developing a  contaminant/
 soil interaction  protocol.  Work  on this
 project will  include the  collection,
 evaluation,  and testing  of procedures  for
 conducting batch  adsorption studies with
 leachates  and  soils  to determine  the
 amounts of pollutants  that will be
 retained by  clay  liners  in disposal
 facilities.   The  results  of this  project
 will be put  into  a TRD entitled "Batch
 Soil Procedure  to Design  Clay Liners for
 Pollutant Removal" for use in designing
 and evaluating  clay  liners  to  limit pol-
 lutant  release  from  landfills.  Release
 for public comment is  not  expected until
 February 1985.

    An  eleventh ongoing effort (1) is
 concerned with  developing  a TRD entitled
 "Methods for Prediction of  Leachate Plume
Migration and Mixing."  The project will
 address:  1) to what degree leachate
concentrations will  be reduced by mixing
with ground water in the vicinity of
waste disposal  sites; 2) the direction of
movement and shape of  leachate plumes;
and 3)  the types of models that are

-------
appropriate for predicting movement of
solutes  in ground water.  An  interim
report is now being revised for release
by the Office of Solid Waste  for public
comment  in July 1984.

    A twelfth completed effort (6) has
resulted in the development of a handbook
designating state-of-the-art  and innova-
tive procedures and techniques for
management of leachate plumes.  Included
are methods for priority use  rankings
based on site conditions, risk assess-
ments, cost and long term applications.
Leachate migration controls include bar-
riers, groundwater pumping, subsurface
drains, and innovative technologies.
Plume dynamics and delineation are also
included in this study.  Factors that
affect leachate plume movement and
criteria for evaluating plume management
alternatives are described.   The final
report entitled "Leachate Plume Manage-
ment" is undergoing final review for
publication in FY'84 by EPA's Center for
Environmental Research Information (CERI)
during the summer of 1984.

Pollutant Control
    The overall objective of this
research activity is to reduce the impact
of pollution from wastewater disposal
sites by technology that minimizes,
contains, or eliminates pollutant release
and leaching from waste residuals
disposed to the land.  The pollutant
control studies are determining the
ability of in-situ soils and natural soil
processes to attenuate leachate contami-
nants as the leachate migrates through
the soil to determine the effectiveness
of soils as liner for landfills.  Lea-
chate collection systems are being inves-
tigated to develop better guidance proce-
dures for the installation and utili-
zation of this system in a landfill
environment.  The studies are also deter-
mining how various synthetic and admixed
materials may be utilized as liners to
contain and prevent leachates from
migrating from landfill sites.

Natural Soil Processes:  The attenuation
by natural soil processes of pollutants
from hazardous waste and municipal refuse
disposal sites is being performed in the
controlled lab studies previously discus-
sed in the section on pollutant
movement.
Leachate Collection Systems:  The lea-
chate collection system technology (7) is
being studied to prepare guidance for the
design, construction, inspection, main-
tenance, and repair of a leachate col-
lection system near the liner and a gran-
ular layer in the final cover to minimize
the potential for system failures.  An
ongoing project is concerned with those
aspects of design, installation and use
which bear directly or indirectly on the
prevention and correction of malfunctions
of these systems.  A report entitled
"Potential Clogging of Landfill Drainage
Systems" (EPA 600/2-83-109) addressing
the mechanisms which may cause failure of
leachate collection and cap drainage
systems has been previously prepared for
the USEPA.  This project will confirm
that the mechanisms identified in these
two reports are probable causes for
failures of leachate collection systems.
This project will also develop design and
construction guidance for, identify and
describe maintenance and inspection pro-
cedures for, and make repair recom-
mendations for leachate collection and
cap drainage systems.  A final report
entitled "Design, Construction, Main-
tenance Inspection, and Remedial Action
for Leachate Collection and Cap Drainage
System" is expected to be published in
March 1985.

Liners/Membrane/Admixtures:  The liner/
membrane/admixture technology (5) has
been studied to evaluate suitability for
eliminating or reducing leachate from
landfill sites of municipal or industrial
hazardous wastes.  An ongoing study (5)
is being pursued to assess actual field
procedures utilized in (a) preparing the
support sub-base soil structure for
liners and (b) placing the various liner
materials common to projects requiring
positive control of fluid loss.  Infor-
mation obtained to date includes:
methods and equipment used to prepare the
subgrade and to place the liner material;
specific design and construction consid-
erations; and special problems encoun-
tered during installation.  The final
report entitled "Case Studies for Lined
Impoundments" is being prepared for
publication in January 1985.

    A second completed effort (5) was
concerned with determining the soil
requirements to act as bedding and pro-
tective covers for flexible membranes.

-------
 Experiments were conducted using a
 variety of flexible membranes,  thick-
 nesses and densities of base and sub-base
 sands and soils, and then trafficked
 employing three different vehicles
 representative of those used for landfill
 construction.   A design manual,  appli-
 cable to the majority of the country,
 will  be developed which will provide a
 design engineer with the data necessary
 to determine the most economic  soil
 requirements above and below a  flexible
 membrane.  The final project report
 entitled "Laboratory Model  Studies Con-
 ducted to Determine Soil Bedding Require-
 ments for Flexible Membranes" is being
 prepared for publication in the  summer of
 1984.

    A third ongoing effort  (5)  responds
 to the need for support of  the  guidelines
 and hazardous  waste criteria mandated
 under RCRA.   This project has been
 designed to provide the EPA with data to
 enable annual  revisions to  the  landfill
 liner TRD entitled "Lining  of Waste
 Impoundment and Disposal  Facilities"
 (SW-870)  which is available from the
 Government  Printing Office
 (055-000-00231-2).   Furthermore,  it will
 provide  assistance in  permit application
 evaluation,  assessment of performance and
 expert testimony.

    A  fourth effort (5),  now completed,
 was primarily  concerned with the
 evaluation  of  specific technologies
 (chemical  liners)  for  the disposal and
 recovery  of  sludges from  the metal
 finishing  industry.  Specifically, this
 effort evaluated  the use  of three
 chemical  liners,  i.e.,  agricultural lime-
 stone, fly  ash,  and  hydrous  oxides of
 iron  in minimizing  the  pollution poten-
 tial from an electroplating  sludge.   Data
 have been developed  for mass  flux
 values.  The final  report on  the assess-
ment of chemical  liners  is  being reviewed
 for publication  in  June  1984.

    A fifth ongoing  effort  (5) provided
for the  long-term testing of  liner
materials.  Bag and tub testing of
 various membrane materials exposed to
hazardous wastes was used.  One of the
objectives of this work was to assess the
movement of organic contaminants through
membrane liners.  Permeability testing of
various membrane  liners was also
attempted.  The study of membranes on
 rough surfaces was undertaken to deter-
 mine their puncture resistance and creep
 over long periods of time.   Also,  evalu-
 ation of site-specific effects of hazard-
 ous waste disposal on the performance of
 polymeric liner is now being carried out
 along with field verification of labora-
 tory testing methods of polymeric  liners.
 The final report is not expected until
 April 1985.

     A sixth completed effort (8) was con-
 cerned with innovative techniques  for
 detecting and locating leaks in landfill
 liner systems.   Flexible membrane
 materials have  been used as  liners for
 landfills and surface impoundments to
 inhibit fluids  from contaminating  sur-
 rounding water  resources.  The primary
 objective of this task was to develop a
 method to detect and locate  leak paths in
 membrane liners.   The three  methods that
 were  studied are Time Domain Reflectom-
 etry  (TDR),  the Acoustical Emission (AE)
 Technique,  and  the Electrical  Resistivity
 (ER)  technique.   These methods were
 evaluated for their technical and
 economic feasibility.   The tests were
 conducted in a  one acre pond lined with
 HOPE  and filled with water.   The results
 of  this  effort  will  be published in three
 final  reports entitled 1) "Methods for
 Locating Liner  Failures" which is  con-
 cerned with  a literature search  on all
 three  methods;  2)  "Assessment  of Innova-
 tive  Techniques  to  Detect Waste  Impound-
 ment  Liner Failings"  which will  discuss
 the results  for TDR  and AE techniques;
 and 3) "Electrical  Techniques  for  Leak
 Detection  in  Landfill  Liners"  which  will
 discuss  the  results  of the ER  technique.
 All three reports  are  expected to  be
 published  in  September 1984.

    The  objective  of  a seventh ongo.ing
 effort  (3) is to evaluate in-situ  repairs
 to damaged membrane  liners in  hazardous
waste  impoundments  and  landfills.  Two
methods  are  being  studied.   One  is to
evaluate uncovering  and patching the
 liner using cements  and solvents.  The
 second method is to  inject a grout plug
 into the  liner hole.  An evaluation of
the compatibility of grouts  and  cements
with various chemicals that may  be
encountered in a real  situation will be
undertaken before either of the methods
are tested.  The final report  is expected
to be published in May 1985.

-------
 Pollutant Treatment
 LANDFILL ALTERNATIVES
     The overall  objective of this
 research activity is to evaluate
 physical,  chemical,  and biological  treat-
 ment processes for (1)  treating landfill
 leachate once it has been collected at
 the landfill  site and (2) treating  the
 waste at the  landfill site to render it
 non-leachable by means  of chemical  stabi-
 lization.

     Leachate  treatment  is achieved  by
 applying various concentration/ pretreat-
 ment schemes  (such as activated carbon
 adsorption, resin adsorption,  aerobic and
 anaerobic  biological treatment,  and
 stripping) to the leachate stream to
 achieve the desired  effect in meeting
 discharge  requirements.   A Technical
 Resource Document entitled "Management of
 Hazardous  Waste  Leachate" (SW-871)
 reflects current state-of-the-art know-
 ledge in leachate collection and treat-
 ment and is available from the Government
 Printing Office  (055-000-00224-0).

     Chemical  stabilization is  achieved by
 incorporating the solid  and liquid  phases
 of  a waste into  a relatively inert  matrix
 which exhibits increased  physical
 strength and  protects the components  of
 the  waste from dissolution by  rainfall  or
 by  soil  water.   If this  slows  the rate of
 release  of pollutants from the waste
 sufficiently  and  no  serious stresses  are
 exerted  on the environment around the
 disposal site, then  the wastes have  been
 rendered essentially harmless  and
 restrictions  on  siting will  be minimal.
A Technical Resource Document  entitled
 "Guide to the Disposal of Chemically
Stabilized and Solidified  Waste"  (SW-872)
reflects current  state-of-the-art
knowledge in  the  area of  chemical fixa-
tion  and is available from the Government
Printing Office  (055-000-00226-6).

    Another task  involves  the  development
of encapsulation  systems  (8) for hazard-
ous waste drums.   Additional work
includes evaluating  problems associated
with  stabilization/fixation technologies
for conditioning waste with high liquid
content prior to  ultimate  disposal.   A
final report  is expected  approximately
February 1985.
     Due to the concern for environmental
 impact  and economics,  alternatives  to
 waste disposal in  landfills and  by  incin-
 eration have  been  proposed.  In  this
 regard,  SHWRD is actively pursuing
 research related to  surface impoundments
 and  underground mines  and their  applica-
 bility  for the disposal  of wastes.

 Surface Impoundments

     The temporary  or permanent retention
 of liquid hazardous wastes in surface
 impoundments  (i.e., pits,  ponds,  or
 lagoons)  is an alternative to disposal  in
 a landfill.   Surface impoundments require
 special  consideration  to  control  volati-
 lization  into the  air  and  SHWRD  is  con-
 ducting  research in this  area.

     An  ongoing effort  (9)  is investi-
 gating  mechanisms  of chemical movement of
 pollutants  from surface  and near-surface
 impoundments  into  the  air.  Methods for
 estimating  air emissions  of hazardous
 chemicals from waste disposal sites are
 being developed.   These methods  include
 transport coefficients and  conceptual
 models for  those coefficients not
 available.  These  methods  can be  used by
 facilities  designers,  permit writers or
 any  other project  reviewer  to assess the
 impact of either existing  or proposed
 facilities  which involve the confinement
 of volatile chemicals for which there is
 some need to  limit air emissions.  A
 draft final report entitled "Emission of
 Hazardous Chemicals from Surface
 Impoundments  to Air" has undergone review
 for publication in February 1985.

    A second  completed effort (5) is
 concerned with  reviewing current  designs
 and construction practices  for disposal
facilities.  Geotechnical parameters
 which should  be tested, observed, and
documented during construction,  operation
 and closure of disposal facilities will
be identified.  Disposal facility
construction sites  will be  selected for
observation of the  procedures used in
 verifying the geotechnical data.   This
project will  lead to the development of a
manual on state-of-the-art testing pro-
cedures. . The final report entitled
 "Geotechnical  Quality Assurance in Con-
struction of Disposal Facilities" has
been  prepared for publication in  May 1984.

-------
    A third effort (4) addresses the
potential and ongoing problems related to
the operation and closure of new
hazardous waste landfills and surface
impoundments established in accordance
with the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA) and implementing
regulations.  In addition to documenting
potential problems, the report document
shall develop solution scenarios for
dealing with each of the problem areas.
Examina- tion shall include the following
general areas:  Liner systems (clay and
synthetic); Leachate collection and
detection systems; Waste effects; Cover
systems (clay and synthetic), and gas
production.  The cost effectiveness of
each corrective action and alternative
measure shall also be addressed.  The
final report document will be a Technical
Resource Document (TRD) entitled
"Corrective Actions TRD for New Landfills
or Surface Impoundments" and is expected
to be published in the fall of 1985.

UNDERGROUND MINES

    The use of underground salt mines for
the long-term controlled storage of non-
radioactive hazardous wastes has been
shown to be promising as a result of
studies by EPA and others and by the suc-
cessful commercial operation of such a
facility in West Germany since 1973.

    A research program on characteri-
zation and containment of hazardous
wastes for mine disposal was completed in
1977.  This initial effort (8) included
determination of suitable mine locations,
determining waste handling requirements,
specifying operational techniques, and
the preliminary design of a mine disposal
system.  This material was used to
develop a feasibility report entitled
"Evaluation of Hazardous Waste Emplace-
ment in Mined Openings" (EPA 600/2-75-
040) December 1975.  Based upon the
feasibility report, a second effort (8)
was initiated whereby one or more
candidate mines was selected for further
evaluation and detailed economic design
was completed.  A report entitled "Cost
Assessment for the Emplacement of
Hazardous Materials in a Salt Mine" (EPA
600/2-77-215) was published in November
1977.  An engineering plan for an initial
pilot-scale operation was developed and a
full-scale demonstration was planned in
cooperation with a private firm, but
never implemented.  A third effort (8)
was initiated in FY 1983 to update these
studies of hazardous waste disposal into
underground mines.  Updated information
will include organizations involved and
research or demonstrations being pursued,
such as the use of a limestone facility.
A final report is expected approximately
September 1983.

UNCONTROLLED SITES/REMEDIAL ACTION

    This program is designed to assist
the Office of Emergency and Remedial
Response, Regional Offices, states, and
industry to meet the challenge of pro-
tecting the public from the damages of
uncontrolled hazardous waste sites.
Emphasis of the program is not to
research new and novel technology, but to
take "off-the-shelf" technology and adapt
it to the uncontrolled dump site
situation.  Many existing technologies,
such as those used in the construction
industry, wastewater treatment, and spill
cleanup, can be applied to uncontrolled
waste sites.  However, their application
must be tested, cost and effectiveness
determined, and limitations understood so
that they may be effectively and econo-
mically utilized.  It is a major function
of this program to evaluate these techni-
ques, combine techniques into cost-
effective remedial systems, and provide
those agencies responsible for remedial
action with effective systems for the
various situations found at uncontrolled
waste sites.

    A "Handbook for Evaluating Remedial
Action Technology Plans" was published as
EPA 625/2-82-006 in June 1982 as an
initial summary of technologies which may
be utilized at remedial action sites (10).

    A field verification scheme (10)
installed and monitored at the
Connecticut MSW site was a surface cap-
ping technique.  This study is now com-
pleted and the results will be published
in a final report entitled "Remediation
of an Inoperative Municipal Waste
Landfill - Windham Landfill, Windham,
Connecticut."  The report is expected to
be available May 1984.

    A third completed (9) effort provides
for a survey of ongoing and completed
remedial action projects.  Ten case study
sites were selected and these sites

-------
             visited  and  inspected for  remedial  action
             information.  The  results  of this study
             are published in a report  containing  case
             study summary statistics of each of the
             sites investigated.  The results of this
             completed effort were published in  a
             final report entitled "Survey of On-Going
             and Completed Remedial Action Projects"
             (EPA-600/2-81-246)  September 1981.  This
             survey has been updated in a report
             entitled "Survey and Case Studies of
             Remedial Actions of Hazardous Waste
             Sites" and will be published in May
             1984.  This survey will continue to be
             updated periodically.

                 A fourth ongoing effort (1) is an
             investigation of the failure mechanisms
             and migration of industrial chemicals at
             a hazardous waste disposal site.  The
             site has been closed and is under court
             order to be excavated for reburial
             elsewhere.   During excavation of the
             landfill, the soil, facility, and waste
             conditions  will  be observed and samples
             are being collected.  In the limited
             tests to date,  field-measured hydraulic
             conductivity for several geologic units
             has been significantly greater than
             laboratory  measured hydraulic conduc-
             tivity using recompacted samples when the
             facility was designed.   Pollutant migra-
             tion appears to  be concentrated in these
             units.   Work is  also underway on corre-
             lation  of piping susceptibility (by the
             pin hole test) with observations of sink-
             holes  and subsidence in  trench  covers.
             The final report of this task is expected
             to be published  in  June  1985.

                 A fifth  effort  (11)  concerns evalu-
             ating the uses of  geotextiles in stabi-
             lizing cover soils  on  landfills,  acting
             as drainage  layers  for gases  and liquids,
             and acting as bedding for  membrane  bar-
             riers.   This  program studied  available
             geotextiles  and  geotextile  products,
             their engineering properties, sizes
             available (length,  width,  thickness),
             chemical  resistance,  seaming  techniques,
             relative  cost, life expectancy,  and
             specific  potential  usage.   This  project
             included  an  initial  assessment of prob-
             lems at  the municipal refuse  landfill
             site in Windham, Connecticut, and recom-
             mendations for those remedial measures in
             which geotextiles could  play  a signifi-
             cant role.  The  final report  entitled
             "Evaluaton of the Use of Geotextiles for
 Landfill Cover Systems" will be published
 in April 1985.

     A sixth ongoing effort (5) is con-
 cerned with determining the feasibility
 of retrofitting existing surface impound-
 ments with an effective membrane liner
 system.   This study evaluates one or more
 technically feasible retrofit liner
 installation techniques including the
 applicable liner candidate materials.
 The work assesses under which physical
 and chemical in situ conditions the
 various  techniques will have the greatest
 chance for success.   External equipment
 requirements,  safety,  and economics as
 well  as  overall limitation are being
 determined.   Pilot-scale and field veri-
 fication will  follow the technical and
 economical  assessment  with the published
 report expected in January 1985.   The
 data  and procedures  developed in this
 project  will be used to update the
 existing TRD reports entitled "Lining of
 Waste Impoundment and  Disposal
 Facilities"  (SW-870) and "Closure of
 Hazardous Waste Surface Impoundments"
 (SW-873)  available from the Government
 Printing Office (055-000-0231-2 and
 055-000-00227-4).

    The  seventh ongoing effort  (2)  is
 concerned with the assessment of  remedial
 actions  for  uncontrolled hazardous  waste
 disposal  sites.   Work  on this project
 will  lead to two  distinct  products.   The
 first  is  a detailed  modeling  program for
 site  engineering  assessment  of  remedial
 action alternatives  at  uncontrolled
 hazardous waste  disposal  sites.   The
 second is simplified desktop  procedures
 for remedial action  alternative
 assessment based  on  the detailed  modeling
 program.  Both  products  will  describe  the
 effectiveness  and  cost  of  remedial
 actions  considering  site factors  and
 characterization  of  control
 technologies.  The draft reports  entitled
 "Remedial Action Technology Evaluation
Models for Uncontrolled  Hazardous Waste
Site, Volume I:  Detailed Models" and
 "Volume  II:  Simplified  Desktop Models"
have been completed  with anticipated
publication  in September 1984.

    An eighth effort (2) is concerned
with determining the effects of human
safety and degree-of-hazard consider-
ations on remedial action costs at  uncon-
trolled hazardous waste sites.  Cost com-
                                                         10
_

-------
ponents whjch are of a worker safety/
degree-of-hazard nature will be
identified.  After identifying the
component costs, specific cost figures
will be determined.  This information
will be used to adjust total remedial
action unit operation costs.  The draft
final report entitled "Cost Estimation
Procedures for Remedial Action Technolo-
gies at Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste
Sites" is undergoing review by the EPA
regions and should be published in June
1984.

    A ninth completed effort (12) is the
demonstration of a block displacement
technique to seal off large blocks of
contaminated earth.  This was proposed to
include a combination of drilling and
fracturing techniques, displacement
through injection of a specially
formulated bentonite slurry, and ultimate
placement of a low-permeability material
across the bottom and around the sides of
the block.  This project provides data
which demonstrates the feasibility of
placing a horizontal stratum of pumpable
material at a reasonable subsurface depth
in a region of favorable geology.
Problems associated with unknown geologic
materials and the interrelationship with
slurry injection technology were
identified, serving as a significant data
base upon which further practice can be
more accurately predetermined.  The field
construction within this project has been
completed and the report entitled "The
Block Displacement Method Field
Demonstration and Specifications" is
undergoing revision for publication in
September 1984.

    A tenth completed effort (6) has
developed methods for classification of
wastes by chemical and/or reactive pro-
perties and lays out a logical sequence
of activities to determine the compati-
bility of two wastes.  The test scheme
includes a (1) field test kit, (2) manual
containing flow diagrams and test pro-
cedure, and (3) mixing device.  Simple
and rapid field tests to determine
reactive properties, chemical class,
generic name and results of mixing are
described.  The testing protocol was
challenged with 60 compounds and mixtures
in the laboratory.  It was field tested
using 29" real world waste samples.
Laboratory observation of 755 samples
resulted in 15 false positives and 2
false negatives.  The report entitled
"Design and Development of a Hazardous
Waste Reactivity Testing Protocol" is
undergoing final review for publication
in August 1984.

    An eleventh completed effort  (13) was
a study conducted to determine the known
information on the compatibility  of
grouts with different classes of
chemicals.  The information in this study
can be used as a basis for testing and
selecting grouts to be used at specific
waste disposal sites with various lea-
chates and has been published in  a report
entitled "Compatibility of Grouts with
Hazardous Wastes" (EPA 600/2-84-015).

    A twelfth completed effort (12) is
concerned with the development of a hand-
book for slurry trench cutoff wall
design, construction, and performance
evaluation.  Among the factors being
tested is the use of different bentonites
and their reactivity to hazardous waste
and leachates.  A summary of major cost
elements will also be presented in the
handbook.  This Handbook was printed as a
Technical Transfer document in the Design
Manual series published by EPA's  Center
for Environmental Research Information
(CERI).  The identification number is EPA
540/2-84-001, Slurry Trench Construction
for Pollution Migration Control.

    A thirteenth ongoing effort (6) is
currently underway to develop a decon-
tamination manual for EPA Headquarters
program offices and regional Superfund
programs as part of the restoration pro-
file of Superfund sites.  The manual will
give guidelines on 1) the extent to which
contamination of buildings, structures
and construction equipment can be reduced
or eliminated, 2) decontamination
methods, 3) costs, 4) health hazards, and
5) availability of equipment/personnel
for the detoxification procedures.
Specific waste types found in
contaminated buildings,  structures and
equipment at Superfund sites will be
identified.  Potential secondary  impacts
from the available and potential
decontamination treatment methods will be
evaluated in this study.  Decontamination
costs versus risk and projected ultimate
site usage will be determined and
evaluated.  Methods for monitoring the
success of the various procedures will be
                                            11

-------
 defined.   The project  report  is  scheduled
 for publication  in  May 1985.

     A fourteenth ongoing  effort  (7)  is
 concerned  with the  effectiveness of  a
 slurry wall  used as a  remedial action at
 a hazardous  waste site.   This effort will
 be completed in  three  phases:  Phase one
 will  review  and  interpret the quality
 control data that was  obtained during the
 construction of  the slurry wall.  An
 example of this  is  the data obtained from
 hydrologic conductivity tests run on the
 trench backfill  material.   Phase two is
 concerned  with the  integrity of  the  com-
 pleted wall.   Not only is it concerned
 with  seepage of  contaminants directly
 through the  wall  backfill  itself, but
 additional leakage  through anomalies in
 the wall.  Several  detection methods will
 be investigated  to  determine their value
 in locating  the  size and  frequency of
 anomalies  in  the  wall.  Phase three  will
 obtain direct evidence of wall
 performance  including  evaluation of
 seepage quantities  and contaminant
 migration.   The  final  report is  not
 expected until April 1986.

    A  fifteenth effort (4)  is to assess
 the feasibility  of  alternative uses  of
 hazardous  waste  sites  following  remedial
 measures.  Phase  one is an  information
 gathering  phase which  consists of
 reviewing  current literature, data and
 technical  reports;  interviews with
 experienced personnel  in  the area of site
 remediation and reuse,  and  site  visita-
 tions  where reuse has  been  implemented.
 Phase  two will focus on identifying
 relationships  between  site  remediation
 and redevelopment activities that would
 need to be considered  in future  site
 planning/decision making of specific
 hazardous waste sites.  The final report
 entitled "Feasibility  of Site Usage
 Following  Hazardous Remedial Actions" is
 expected to be published  in June  1985.

    A  sixteenth ongoing effort (11)  is
 the development of  a handbook to provide
 guidance for the evaluation, selection,
 and use of solidification/stabilization
technology as  a remedial action  alter-
 native at uncontrolled hazardous waste
 sites.  The planning for the application
of solidification/  stabilization is
 divided into two phases:  process
 selection and  scenario selection.
 Process selection is concerned with  the
 chemistry of  the  solidification/stabili-
 zation  process.   A major  problem with
 solidification/stabilization  processes  is
 the  identification of the composition of
 the  waste.  Presented in  the  handbook are
 testing  and analysis techniques for
 characterizing waste as a basis for
 selection of  pretreatment and stabili-
 zation/solidification processes.  Also
 data are developed on the compatibility
 of additives  and  specific classes of
 waste,  and testing systems for the
 evaluation of stabilized/solidified
 wastes  are reviewed.  Scenario selection
 is concerned with the development of
 equipment requirements, construction
 sequencing, and cost estimating for the
 chosen  solidification/stabilization pro-
 cess.  The handbook will  present, based
 on field surveys, four basic  field
 scenarios that have been  used  success-
 fully.  A draft final report  entitled
 "Technical Handbook for Stabilization/
 Solidification Alternatives for Remedial
 Action at Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste
 Sites" has been prepared  with  anticipated
 publication in November 1984.

     A seventeenth effort  (11)  is con-
 cerned with the development of a handbook
 which can be used as a guidance document
 for  the selection, design, installation,
 and  long-term maintenance of  covers as
 remedial actions.  This handbook entitled
 "Technical Handbook for Design and Con-
 struction of Covers for Uncontrolled
 Hazardous Waste Sites" will provide-tech-
 nical information for regulatory person-
 nel  as well as guidance for cover-system
 designers and construction engineers, and
 is expected to be published in November
 1984.

     Under an eighteenth task  (13) which
 is being carried out, the compatibility
 of various chemicals with several grouts
 is being tested to determine  any adverse
 effect with setting and durability.   Pro-
mising grouts will be evaluted in field
 tests.   Publication of the final  report
 will  not take place until  June 1985.

 COST AND ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT

    The cost and economic  activities are
focusing on remedial  action cost esti-
mation,  cost-effectiveness procedures,
 and economic issue evaluations related to
 CERCLA.   Although few specific cost
 studies are conducted in the RCRA pro-
                                            12

-------
gram, much cost information is included
in many land disposal technology
reports.  The emphasis on remedial action
issues generally reflects the crucial
concern that the selected remedial action
alternative be the most cost-effective as
mandated by CERCLA.

    One on-going effort (2) analyzed unit
operations cost data for long term
remedial action programs at uncontrolled
hazardous waste sites.  The analysis
included an outline of the process for
costing remedial action unit operations
and combining the unit operations to
yield relative cost data for an entire
remedial action scenario.  The final
report entitled "Costs of Remedial
Response Actions at Uncontrolled
Hazardous Waste Sites" (EPA 600/2-82-035)
is available.  A continuation effort is
evaluating the effects of human safety
and degree-of-hazard considerations on
remedial action costs.  This information
has been incorporated into the report
entitled "Survey .and Case Studies of
Remedial Actions at Hazardous Waste
Sites"

    A completed second effort (2) is a
cooperative agreement involving economic,
institutional and policy assessment
related to CERCLA.  The development of a
legislative index of major implementation
issues related to CERCLA has been com-
pleted and has been published by the
Office of Emergency and Remedial
Response.  This report is entitled
"Superfund; A Legislative History" and is
available' from the Environmental Law
Institute.  Analysis of actual remedial
action costs based on case histories is
the major ongoing  activity.

     The principal  objective of a third
completed effort  (2)  was to develop an
analytical framework  for conducting cost-
effectiveness  and  reb'ability evaluations
of remedial options-at uncontrolled
hazardous waste  sites.  CERCLA requires
that remedial  actions to be implemented
under Superfund  must  be cost-effective.
This is  defined  in the National
Contingency  Plan  as "the lowest cost
alternative  that  is technologically
feasible  and  reliable and which effec-
tively mitigates  and  minimizes damage to
and  provides  adequate protection of
public health,  welfare, or the environ-
ment."  A methodology for making deter-
minations of cost-effectiveness will be
developed and a guidance document
describing the application of the frame-
work will be prepared, which can be used
by EPA and state regulatory personnel to
aid in consistent and comprehensive
evaluation of the factors affecting
reliability and cost-effectiveness of
remedial actions.  A draft report
entitled "Guidelines for Conducting Cost
Effectiveness Evaluations at Uncontrolled
Hazardous Waste Sites" has been prepared
and should be published in the summer of
1984.

CONCLUSIONS

    The laboratory and field research
project efforts discussed here reflect
the SHWRD effort in hazardous waste dis-
posal research which has developed a suf-
ficient data base to warrant presenta-
tion.  Some of the projects will be
discussed in detail in the following
papers.  More information about a
specific project or study can be obtained
by contacting the project officer
referenced in the text.  Inquiries can
also be directed to the Director, Solid
and Hazardous Waste Research Division,
Municipal Environmental Research
Laboratory, U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency, 26 West St. Clair
Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268.
Information will be provided with the
understanding that it is from research in
progress and the conclusions may change
as techniques are improved and more
complete data become available.

PROJECT OFFICERS

    All the Project Officers can be con-
tacted through the Solid and Hazardous
Waste Research Division (SHWRD), whose
phone numbers are listed below and whose
address is shown above.

1.  Dr. Mike H. Roulier, 513/684-7795

2.  Mr. Douglas C. Ammon, 513/684-7875

3.  Mr. Robert P. Hartley, 513/684-7836

4.  Ms. Norma M. Lewis, 513/684-7836

5.  Mr. Robert E. Landreth, 513/684-7836

6.  Ms. Naomi P. Barkley, 513/684-7875
                                            13

-------
7.  Mr. Jonathan G. Herrmann, 513/684-7836
8.  Mr. Carlton C. Wiles, 513/684-7795
9.  Mr. Stephen C. James, 513/684-7875
10. Mr. Donald E. Sanning, 513/684-7875
11. Ms. Janet M. Houthoofd,  513/684-7875
12. Dr. Walter E. Grube, Jr., 513/684-7836
13. Mr. Herbert R. Pahren, 513/684-7871
                                          14

-------
TECHNICAL RESOURCE DOCUMENTS FOR HAZARDOUS WASTES
              Norbert B. Schomaker
      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
             Cincinnati, Ohio 45268
                    ABSTRACT

-------
 function of cover design and climate.
 *055-000-00225-8  (D. C. Ammon)

 TRD 3:  LANDFILL AND SURFACE IMPOUNDMENT
 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION (SW-869) - The
 evaluation of leachate collection systems
 using compacted clay or synthetic liners
 to determine how much leachate will be
 collected and how much will seep through
 the liner into underlying soils is
 presented.   The adequacy of sand and
 gravel'drain layers, slope, and pipe
 spacing are also covered.
 *055-000-00233-9 (M. H.  Roulier)

 TRD 4:  LINING OF WASTE  IMPOUNDMENT AND
 DISPOSAL FACILITIES  (SW-870)  - Information
 and guidance on liner systems is
 provided.   The document  discusses waste,
 liner types, compatibility, liner
 selection,  specifications,  design of
 leachate collection  systems,  and case
 study analysis methodology.  It also
 includes a  glossary  of liner  system
 related terms.
 *055-000-00231-2  (R.  E.  Landreth)

 TRD 5:   MANAGEMENT OF  HAZARDOUS WASTE
 LEAQHATE (SW-871)  -  This  document
 discusses leachate composition,  leachate
 generation,  selected management options,
 available treatment  technologies,
 unit-treatment  options,  and system
 economics.   It  presents management  options
 that  a  permit writer or  hazardous waste
 landfill operator  may  consider  in
 controlling  and  treating  leachate.
 *055-000-00224-0   (S.C. James)

 TRD 6:  GUIDE TO THE DISPOSAL OF
 CHEMICALLY STABILIZED  & SOLIDIFIED WASTES
 (SW-872) - Basic information on
 stabilization/solidification of  industrial
 wastes to insure safe  burial of wastes
    *Drafts of the above documents have
been released for public comment and all
have been revised so as to incorporate the
public's comments and reviews.  They are
currently being published and the reports
will be available from GPO by requesting
the stock number.  Copies can be obtained
for a price from the:

    Superintendent of Documents
    U.S. Government Printing Office
    Washington, DC  20402
    (202) 783-3238 '
 containing harmful materials is presented.
 A summary of major physical and chemical
 properties of treated wastes is presented
 along with a listing of major suppliers of
 stabilization/solidification technology
 including a summary of each process.
 *055-000-00226-6  (R. E. Landreth)

 TRD 7:   CLOSURE OF HAZARDOUS WASTE  SURFACE
 IMPOUNDMENTS (SW-873) - The methods,
 tests,  and procedures involved  in closing
 a surface impoundment are discussed and
 referenced.   Problems related to abandoned
 impoundments causing environmental
 degradation  are discussed.   Closure
 methods such as waste removal,
 consolidating the waste on  site and
 securing the site as a landfill are also
 discussed.
 *055-000-00227-4  (M.  H. Roulier)

 TRD 8:   HAZARDOUS WASTE LAND TREATMENT
 (SW-874)  - Land treatment medium,
 characteristics of hazardous waste,
 allowable waste loadings, facility
 planning  for land treatment,  land
 treatment permit processes,  closure,  and
 items to  be  considered  during permit
 evaluation are  discussed.
 *055-000-00232-1   (C.C.  Wiles)

     Each  of  the completed TRDs  is
 described in  greater  detail  in  the
 following section  of  this paper.

 TECHNICAL RESOURCE  DOCUMENTS  CURRENTLY
  AVAILABLE

 Evaluating Cover  Systems for Solid  and
  Hazardous Waste  (SW-867)

     A critical  part of  the  sequence of
 designing, constructing,  and maintaining
 an effective cover over  solid and
 hazardous waste  is the evaluation of
 engineering plans.  This TRD presents a
 procedure for evaluating closure covers on
 solid and hazardous wastes.  All aspects
 of covers are addressed  in detail to allow
for  a complete evaluation of the entire
cover system.

     Covers may be evaluated for confor-
mance to  requirements for closure covers
by the following eleven  (11) general
procedures in sequence:

     1)   examine soil test data,
    2)   examine topography,
    3)   examine climate data,
                                            16

-------
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
evaluate
evaluate
evaluate
evaluate
evaluate
evaluate
evaluate
evaluate
                  composition,
                  thickness,
                  placement,
                  configuration,
                  drainage,
                  vegetation,
                  post-closure plan,  and
                  contingencies plan.
    This document describes current
technology for  landfill covers.  For  a
landfill, these state that:   1) runoff
that has touched hazardous waste must be
collected and treated, 2) waste received
must be analyzed, 3) each waste cell's
contents, depth, location, and dimensions
must be documented, and 4) a  closure  and
post-closure plan is required to address
control of pollutant migration, surface
water infiltration, and erosion.

    Guidance is provided on:
characteristics and type of waste,
location of fill with respect to potential
environmental impact of pollutant migra-
tion, climate and precipitation, cover
material and thickness, cover slope and
vegetation, maintaining the final cover,
maintaining groundwater, monitoring the
gas collection system, and restricting
access to the landfill.  There are 36
specific steps, regarding the preceding
factors, which should be followed in  '
evaluating a permit for a cover for
hazardous waste.

Hydrologic Simulation on Solid Waste
  Disposal Sites (SW-868)

    Percolation and runoff of precipita-
tion at solid waste disposal sites create
a potential for ground and surface water
contamination with leachate.  The proper
landfill site design and operational
approach is to minimize or eliminate
percolation through the solid waste and
thus control the formation of leachate.

    The purpose of this TRD is to provide
an interactive computer program for simu-
lating the hydrologic characteristics of a
solid and hazardous waste disposal site
operation.  A large number of cities
within the U.S. for which five years of
climatic records exist have been put on
tape for easy access and can be used in
lieu of on-site measurements.   In addi-
tion,  the model stores many default values
of parameter estimates which can be used
when measured and existing data files are
 not  available.  The  user must  supply  the
 geographic  location,  site  area and hydro-
 logic  length, the characteristics of  the
 final  soil  and vegetative  cover, and
 default overrides where deemed necessary.
 From minimal  input data, the model can
 simulate daily, monthly, and annual
 runoff, deep  percolation,  temperature,
 soil water, and evapotranspiration.

     The model, which  is a  modification of
 the  Soil Conservation Service  (SCS) number
 method for  predicting runoff and the
 hydrologic  portion of the  U.S.  Department
 of Agriculture, Science and Education
 Administration (USDA-SEA)  hydrologic model
 entitled "Chemicals, Runoff, and Erosion
 From Agricultural Management Systems
 (CREAMS),"  has been modified to conform to
 the  design  characteristics of  solid and
 hazardous waste disposal sites.  The model
 takes  engineering, hydrologic,  and
 climatologic  input data in the form of
 rainfall, average temperature,  solar
 radiation,  and leaf area indices and
 characteristics of cover material and
 performs a  sequential analysis to derive a
 water  budget  including runoff,
 percolation,  and evapotranspiration.

    The user  can specify up to three soil
 layers and  may also specify a  membrane
 liner  at the  base of the cover.  The
 decreasing  effectiveness of the liner is
 simulated.  The model is designed for use
 in a conversational manner, that is, the
 user interacts directly with the program
 and receives  output immediately.  No prior
 experience with computer programming is
 required.  All commands necessary to use
the model are presented in the user's
manual.  The model can also be run in
 batch mode,  which requires some computer
programming experience.

 Landfill and Surface Impoundment
  Performance Evaluation (SW-869)

    This TRD describes how to evaluate the
capability of various liner and drain
designs to control leachate release.   The
author has  allowed for the widely varied
technical backgrounds of his intended
audience by presenting,  in full, the
rigorous mathematics involved  in reaching
his final equations.   Thus, any evaluator
can take full  advantage of the manual  up
to the level of his own mathematical
proficiency.
                                            17

-------
    This evaluation system considers the
transport of liquids through simple
modular configurations.  The important
parts of these modules are identified as
the Liquid Transport Control (LTC) system,
and the Diversion Interface (DI).  The
mathematics consider the efficiency with
which the LTC and DI components convert
leachate flow from vertical to horizon-
tal.  The extent of ponding on a bottom
liner is considered in relation to the
position and effectiveness of the drainage
system.

    The procedures described in the
document should allow an evaluator to
determine the adequacy of design for:

1)  compacted clay liners or synthetic
    liners intended to impede the vertical
    flow of fluids,

2)  sand or gravel drainage layers
    intended to convey liquids laterally
    into collection systems,

3)  slopes on such liner systems, and

4)  spacings of collector drains.

    The evaluation procedure is  indepen-
dent of the structure of the regulation  it
supports.  If regulations specify
acceptable rates of release for  leachate,
or efficiencies of leachate collection
systems, calculation results may be  used
directly to determine  if the landfill  is
acceptable.  However,  if the regulations
describe acceptable environmental impact,
results from the evaluation procedure  can
be used as input for further evaluation  in
other manuals to determine  if the impact
of the  landfill is acceptable.

Lining  of Haste Impoundment and  Disposal
  Facilities  (SW-870)

    This document provides  information on
performance,  selection,  and installation
of  specific liners and cover materials for
specific disposal situations, based  upon
the current state-of-the-art of  liner
technology and other pertinent technolo-
gies.   It contains descriptions  of  wastes
and their effects on  linings, a  full
description of various natural and
artificial  liners;  service  life  and
failure mechanisms;  installation problems
and requirements  of  liner  types,' costs of
liners  and  installation;  and tests  that
are necessary for pre-installation and
monitoring surveys.

    Described in the report are poten-
tially useful lining materials and their
associated technologies, including
re-molded and compacted soils and clays,
admixes, polymeric membrane liners,
sprayed-on liners, soil sealants, and
chemisorptive liners.  The specific
characteristics of these liners in service
environments with various types of wastes
are discussed, particularly with respect
to compatibility with wastes, permeability
to water and waste, failure mechanisms,
and service  life.

    Design and construction of waste
facilities with various types of linings
are described, emphasizing installation of
membrane liners and their problems.
Special problems associated with the
design and construction of solid waste
disposal sites are considered.  The
subjects of  leachate collection above the
liner, gas control, and top-seals are
addressed.

    Several  processes for selecting a
specific liner or  various satisfactory
liners for a given disposal site are
proposed.  These include the  use of
compatibility tests, moderate duration
exposure tests, soil conditions tests,
costs, etc.  Methods for the  preparation
of specifications  covering the selected
liners or groups of  liners are suggested.

    In the appendices,  data are presented
on liners and wastes, compatibility
studies, manufacturers  and suppliers,
specifications, test methods, along with
indices to lined disposal sites.  As  new
technology is developed, and  as experience
in the  use of liners becomes  available,
the manual will  be upgraded on a
chapter-by-chapter basis.

Management of Hazardous Waste Leachate
   (SW-871)

    This document  has  been prepared to
provide guidance for permit  officials  and
disposal  site operators on available
management options for  controlling,
treating, and disposing of hazardous  waste
 leachates.   It  discusses considerations
.necessary to develop sound management
plans for  leachate generated  at  surface
 impoundments and  landfills.   Management
                                             18

-------
may take the form of leachate collection
and treatment, or pre-treatment of the
waste.

    The manual addresses areas that must
be considered in evaluating a leachate
management option: leachate generation and
composition, and available technologies
for treatment of leachate and hazardous
waste.

    Leachate composition is examined for
several hazardous waste landfills, syn-
thetic leachates from lab studies, and
sanitary landfill leachates.  The expected
composition of the leachate and the con-
centrations of the pollutants in the
leachate are presented along with possible
guidelines for permit writers to use in
determining the relative hazards of a
particular leachate.

    A key section enumerates factors which
influence treatment process selections and
provides a suggested approach for system-
atically addressing each.  Selected
hypothetical and actual leachate
situations are used as examples for
applying the approach to the selection of
appropriate treatment processes.

    Other sections address monitoring,
safety, contingency plans/emergency
provisions, equipment redundancy/backup,
permits, and surface runoff.

Guide to the Disposal of Chemically
Stabilized and Solidified Waste  (SW-872)

    Stabilization/solidification of
industrial waste  is a pre-treatment
process designed to insure safe disposal
of wastes containing harmful materials.
The purpose of this TRD is to provide
guidance in the  use of chemical
stabilization/solidification techniques
for limiting hazards posed by toxic wastes
in the environment, and to assist in the
evaluation of permit applications related
to this disposal  technology.  The document
addresses the treatment of hazardous waste
for disposal or  long term storage and
surveys the current state and effective-
ness  of waste treatment technology.  A
summary of the major physical and chemical
properties of treated wastes  is  pre-
sented.  A  listing of major  suppliers of
stabilization/solidification technology
and a summary of  each process  is  included.
    This guide provides the background
information needed for waste generators
and regulatory officials to determine the
testing program and/or product information
necessary for them to make the best
engineering judgements concerning the long
term effectiveness in site specific
conditions.  Some familiarity with general
soil characteristics, water balance,
climatic conditions, and fundamentals of
leachate generation would be helpful to
the user.

Closure of Hazardous Waste Surface
  Impoundments (SW-873)

    "Closure of Hazardous Waste Surface
Impoundments" presents a listing of
closure plan and post-closure care
considerations and details for surface
impoundments containing hazardous wastes.
It is written primarily for staff members
in EPA Regional Offices or state regula-
tory offices, who are charged with
evaluating and approving closure plans for
surface impoundments under regulations of
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
of 1976.  Methods of assessing site
closure considerations are documented.

    The guide describes and references the
methods, tests, and procedures involved  in
closing a site in such a manner that  (a)
minimizes the need for further mainte-
nance, and (b) controls, minimizes, or
eliminates, to the extent necessary to
protect human health and the environment,
post-closure escape of hazardous waste,
waste constituents,  leachate, contaminated
rainfall or waste decomposition products
to groundwater, surface water, or the
atmosphere.  Problems that have been  over-
looked in abandoned  impoundments and  have
caused environmental damage are dis-
cussed.  The techniques involved are
pertinent to closing an impoundment either
by removing the hazardous waste or  by
consolidating the waste on-site and
securing the site as a landfill.  Techni-
cal criteria for  implementing the closure,
specifically those regarding aspects
substantially different from a landfill,
are given.  Relevant literature or  proce-
dures are documented for more in depth
review.

Hazardous Waste Land Treatment (SW-874)

    The  objectives of  "Hazardous Waste
Land Treatment" are  to describe current
                                             19

-------
 technology and  to  provide  methods  for
 evaluating the  performance of  an
 applicant's hazardous  waste land treatment
 facility  design.   Land treatment is
 approached comprehensively from initial
 site  selection  through final closure,  and
 additional  informational sources are
 referenced liberally.   Land treatment,
 which involves  using the surface soil  as
 the treatment medium,  is already widely
 practiced by some  industries for handling
 their hazardous wastes.  However,  the  lack
 of systematic study or monitoring  of many
 past  or present facilities has limited the
 knowledge and data base with regard to the
 important parameters and interactions.
 Additionally, many potentially land
 treatable wastes have  not  been tested or
 have  been examined only under a limited
 range of  conditions.   Therefore, informa-
 tion  is needed on  site selection,  waste
 characteristics, optimum soil and  climatic
 conditions  for degradation of organic
 constituents, application  rates and
 scheduling  decomposition products, and the
 contingency for environmental
 contamination.  Potential  problems include
 worker's  health and safety, organic
 components,  water  pollution hazards, and
 local  atmospheric  emissions.

    Land  treatment of  hazardous waste has
 not been  under close scrutiny for  a long
 enough period of time  to acquire numerous
 documented  failures resulting in environ-
mental pollution.  The  potential for such
failures  due to the lack of proper design
 and/or management  is evident from  research
conducted on the land  treatment of other
 non-hazardous waste materials.  For land
treatment to be an effective system, the
process must operate within a narrow range
of parameters.   Exceeding  them could
 result in the uncontrolled release of
pollutants  to the  environment.

FUTURE TECHNICAL RESOURCE  DOCUMENTS

    Additional  TRDs now being developed or
 in planning stages by the  Office of
Research and Development:

    A listing of these documents is shown
below, along with  a brief  description and
the project officers name  in parentheses.

 1.  SOIL PROPERTIES,  CLASSIFICATION AND
HYDRAULIC CONDUCTIVITY TESTING
     This  report  is  a  compilation of
 available laboratory  and field testing
 methods for the  measurement of hydraulic
 conductivity  (permeability) of soils.
 Background information on soil classifica-
 tion,  soil water, and soil compaction are
 included  along with descriptions of
 sixteen methods  for determination of
 saturated or  unsaturated hydraulic
 conductivity.  It is  expected that the OSW
 will publish  this TRD (SW-925) in April
 1984 for  public  comment.  Copies will be
 available through the Government Printing
 Office.
 (M.  H. Roulier)

 2.   SOLID WASTE  LEACHING PROCEDURE MANUAL

     This  is a report on a laboratory batch
 procedures for extracting or leaching a
 sample of solid  waste so that the
 composition of the  lab leachate is similar
 to the composition of leachate from waste
 under field conditions.  OSW will publish
 this TRD  (SW-924) in April 1984 for public
 comment.  Copies will be available through
 the  Government Printing Office.
 (M.  H. Roulier)

 3.   BATCH SOIL PROCEDURE TO DESIGN CLAY
 LINERS FOR POLLUTANT REMOVAL

     This  project is studying the feasibil-
 ity  of using soil/leachate batch
 adsorption procedures for designing
 compacted clay liners to remove/retain
 known amounts of pollutants,  and will
 contribute to information on designing and
 evaluating clay  liners to limit pollutant
 release from landfills.   The project will
 be completed in February 1985.
 (M.  H. Roulier)

 4.  METHODS FOR THE PREDICTION OF LEACHATE
 PLUME MIGRATION AND MIXING

    This project has developed a variety
 of computer programs for hand-held
 calculators,  microcomputers,  and macro-
 computers.  The programs predict leachate
plume migration from single and multiple
 sources.   The document also contains
discussions of sorption,  case histories
 and a field study.   A draft for public
comment will  be completed in  July 1984.
 (M. H. Roulier)

 5.  HYDROLOGIC EVALUATION OF  LANDFILL
PERFORMANCE (HELP)  MODEL
                                            20

-------
    The original waste  disposal  site
 hydrologic model entitled,  "Hydrologic
 Simulation on  Solid Waste  Disposal  Sites"
 is  being modified.  This update  will
 incorporate  the two-dimensional  aspects  of
 landfill cover systems, as  well  as  the
 addition of  the leachate collection
 system.  This  second generation  model will
 be  entitled, "Hydrologic Evaluation of
 Landfill Performance (HELP) Model."  It
 will be published for public comment  in
 November 1984.
 (D. C. Ammon)

 6.  DESIGN,  CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE, AND
 EVALUATION OF  CLAY LINERS FOR HAZARDOUS
 WASTE FACILITIES

    This project is collecting available
 information  on construction and  use of
 compacted soil liners,  including test
 methods, chemical compatibility, failure
 mechanisms,  performance of  existing
 facilities,  and field quality assurance
 and inspection to insure that the liner
 performs as  designed.  A poster  paper on
 the work is  being presented at this
 Symposium.   The project is  scheduled for
 completion in  1985.
 (M. H. Roulier)

 CONCLUSION

    The TRDs that are being prepared by
 SHWRD are a  series of documents which
 represent the Best Engineering Judgement
 (BEJ) for the design, operation, and
 closure of hazardous waste facilities.
 Eight documents have been completed with
 five more either in process or planned by
 the Office of Research and Development.
 These documents have been directed
 primarily for use by permit writers for
 evaluating facility designs and potential
 performance of new waste disposal
 facilities.  The TRDs present the sum
 total of the body of information and
 experience gained by the Agency over the
years on a given topic.   As such, they
 contain factual summaries concerning the
 experience and effectiveness of design
 alternatives, covering what has been found
 not to work as well as what has been found
 to be effective.   The TRDs can be
considered as technical  background  or
development documents supporting the RCRA
guidance documents and regulations.

    The project officers can be contacted
 by writing or telephoning the:   U.  S.  EPA,
Municipal Environmental Research
Laboratory, Solid and Hazardous Waste
Research Division, 26 West St. Clair
Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268, Telephone
(513) 684-7871.
                                            21

-------
                      CURRENT SHWRD PROGRAM IN SUPPORT OF SUPERFUND
                                     Ronald D. Hill
                          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                 Cincinnati, Ohio 45268

                                        ABSTRACT

    The Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division  (SHWRD), Municipal Environmental
Research Laboratory, has the responsibility for the  control development program in
support of "Superfund."  The SHWRD research and development program has been organized
to correspond with the "Superfund" legislation, i.e. the Oil and Hazardous Materials
Spills Branch deals with removal actions (emergencies), and the Disposal Branch deals
with remedial actions.  The program is one of technology assessment to determine cost
and effectiveness, adaptation of technologies to the uncontrolled waste site problem,
field evaluation of technologies that show promise,  development of guidance material for
the EPA Office of Emergency and Remedial Response  (OERR), technical assistance to OERR,
and EPA Regional Offices.

    The Removal Program is divided into three major  areas of activity:  (1) Personnel
Health and Safety, (2) Demonstration of Equipment, and  (3) Chemical Counter-measures.
The remedial action program is divided into three major areas of activity:  (1) Survey
and Assessment of Current Technologies, (2) Field  Demonstration and Verification of
Techniques, and (3) Site Design Analysis.  An overview of the removal and remedial
program is presented.
INTRODUCTION

    Within the EPA Office of Research and
Development, the Solid and Hazardous
Waste Research Division  (SHWRD), Munici-
pal Environmental Research Laboratory,
has the responsibility for the control
development program in support of
"Superfund."  The SHWRD  research and
development program has  been organized to
correspond with the "Superfund" legisla-
tion, i.e. the Oil and Hazardous
Materials Spills Branch  deals with
removal actions (emergencies), and the
Disposal Branch deals with remedial
actions.  Due to the special demands of
"Superfund," the normal  research and
development process of concept develop-
ment, laboratory evaluation, pilot
testing, and field demonstration cannot
be followed.  "Superfund" is a 5-year
program requiring answers today.  Thus,
our program is one of technology assess-
ment to determine cost and effectiveness,
adaptation of technologies to the uncon-
trolled waste site problem, field evalu-
ation of technologies that show promise,
development of guidance material for the
EPA Office of Emergency and Remedial
Response (OERR), technical assistance to
OERR, and EPA Regional Offices.  A brief
overview will clarify our program goals.

Removal (Emergency) Actions

    This program can be divided into
three major areas of activity:  (1) Per-
sonnel Health and Safety, (2) Evaluation
of Equipment, and (3) Chemical Counter-
measures.

Personnel Health and Safety

    The goal of the personnel health and
safety program is to develop protective
equipment and procedures for personnel
working on land or underwater in environ-
ments which are known or suspected to be
immediately dangerous to life or health,
so that such personnel can conduct
operations related to investigating,
monitoring, or cleaning up hazardous sub-
stances.  In addition, it is hoped that
this equipment and procedures will result
                                            22

-------
in greater worker efficiency and lower
operational cost, as well as improvement
of personnel safety.  Major outputs to
come from this program are:

    o    Certification Report on
         EPA/Army-Developed, Long-Term,
         Self-Contained Chemical
         Protective Ensemble (FY'84)

    o    Report on Evaluation of
         Permeability of Chlorinated
         Polyethylene Protective Suit
         Fabric (FY'84)

    o    Manual of Procedures for Diver
         Safety in Contaminated Waters
         (FY'84)

    o    Manual on Decontamination
         Techniques for Specialized
         Cleanup Material Used During
         Emergency Response Operations
         (FY'85)

    o    User Manual for Selecting
         Protective Clothing Materials to
         Minimize Exposure to Highly
         Toxic Chemicals (FY'85).

Evaluation of Equipment

    Our major effort on removal tech-
nology centers on evaluation of equipment
designed for hazardous substances spill
control and now adapted to removal action
at uncontrolled dump sites.  This equip-
ment is being modified, adapted, and
field tested.  Examples of this equipment
are the mobile incinerator, modular
transportable incinerator, carbon
regenerator, and soils washer.

Mobile Incineration System

    SHWRD has developed a mobile
incineration system designed for field
use to destroy hazardous organic
substances collected from cleanup
operations at spills or at uncontrolled
hazardous waste sites.  EPA develops such
equipment to actively encourage the use
of cost-effective, advanced technologies
during cleanup operations.

    The mobile incineration system is
designed to meet the requirements of TSCA
and RCRA and provide state-of-the-art
thermal detoxification of long-lived,
refractory organic compounds, as well as
debris from cleanup operations.  Hazard-
ous and toxic substances that could be
incinerated include compounds containing
chlorine and phosphorus—for example,
PCB's, kepone, dioxins, and organo-
phosphate pesticides, which may be in
pure form, in liquids, in sludges, or in
soils.

    The mobile incinerator consists of
four trailers with specialized equip-
ment.  (See attached Fact Sheet.)  In the
kiln, organic wastes are fully vaporized
and completely or partially oxidized at
1800°F.  Incombustible ash is dis-
charged directly from the kiln, while  .
off-gases are passed through the
secondary combustion chamber (SCC) at
2200°F.  Here, the thermal decompo-
sition of the contaminants is completed.
The flue gas exits from the SCC and is
then cooled from 2200°F to approxi-
mately 190°F in a water spray quench
elbow.  Excess water is collected in the
quench elbow sump, and the cooled gases
then pass to the third trailer.  Here,
submicron particulates are removed from
the gas stream as it passes through the
cleanable high-efficiency air filter
(CHEAF), and acid gases are neutralized
in the mass transfer (MX) scrubber.
Gases are drawn through the entire
incineration system by an induced draft
(ID) fan and are discharged from the
stack.  A monitoring system is used to
analyze the flue and stack gases for
combustion components [(carbon monoxide
(CO), carbon dioxide (C02), and oxygen
(02)], and emission components [(oxides
of nitrogen (NOX), sulfur dioxide
(S02), and total hydrocarbons (THC)] to
ensure regulatory compliance and high
thermal combustion efficiency.

    To date the operational and per-
formance aspects of the mobile incinera-
tion system have been evaluated during 37
days of shakedown and TSCA/RCRA compli-
ance trial burn.  The performance of the
system has been exceptional in terms of
destruction and removal efficiency (ORE)
of test organics and the ability to meet
air emission requirements.  The DRE for
test compounds, di-, tri-, and tetra-
chlorobenzenes, carbon tetrachloride, and
PCB's ranged from 99.9991 percent to
99.9999 percent for all test runs (RCRA
requirements,  99.99 percent).  The
combustion efficiency (C02/(C02 +
CO)) x 100 exceeded 99.999 percent for
                                           23

-------
 all tests  (TSCA requirements,   99.9
 percent).  The removal  of  HC1  produced
 from the combustion of  chlorinated test
 compounds  exceeded 99.88 percent  (RCRA
 requirements, 99 percent).   The emission
 rate of particulate matter was  less  than
 80 mg/dscm,  (RCRA requirements,   180
 mg/dscm).

    Now that the construction  and initial
 testing of the mobile incinerator has
 been completed, it will be tested under
 field conditions.  The  EPA is  currently
 considering various sites  as candidates
 for the demonstration tests.   These  sites
 include:   (1) Times Beach, Missouri, to
 demonstrate the detoxification  of
 dioxin-contaminated soil by  thermal  in-
 cineration;  (2) Kin-Buc landfill  in
 Edison, New Jersey, to  destroy  300
 barrels of PCB-contaminated  oily
 leachate;  and (3) Hyde  Park, New  York, to
 demonstrate the thermal destruction  of
 dioxin-containing sludges at a  landfill
 site.  After testing, the plans,  speci-
 fications, and other information will be
 made available publicly for  the purpose
 of encouraging commercialization of  the
 new technology.

 Modular Transportable Incineration System

    A study has been initiated  to deter-
mine the utilization of a modular trans-
 portable incineration system.   The
 purpose of the study is to examine the
 technical, administrative, and  economic
feasibility of the use of modular incin-
eration systems for destruction of toxic
organic wastes at Superfund  sites in the
 United States.  Such wastes may include
materials such as dioxins, organophos-
phate and carbamate pesticides, PCB's,
 and other organic substances recognized
 as highly toxic.   The modular system
would have a capacity 5-10 times the
existing EPA Mobile Incineration System,
and would be assembled from commercially
available components (taking maximum
 advantage of existing equipment and
technology) at a site selected to be
within an economic transport radius of
several  sites needing cleanup.  At the
conclusion of cleanup operations, the
system would be disassembled and moved to
another location,  thus avoiding public
reaction to a permanent hazardous waste
disposal facility.
    This feasibility study will address
the following major areas:

    System duty requirements, including
    examination of location  and types of
    sites having incinerable wastes, and
    the characteristics of those wastes;

    Capabilities of existing trans-
    portable incineration systems, both
    domestic and foreign, specifically
    including systems currently being
    developed or operating in the
    Netherlands and Sweden.  The poten-
    tial for modification of domestic
    cement and lime kilns for use as
    incinerators is also to be evaluated;

    Effects of institutional require-
    ments, such as RCRA and state per-
    mitting restrictions and examination
    of options for ownership (government
    vs. private sector);

    Process specifications, including
    examination of requirements for
    incinerating liquids and solids based
    upon the potential quantity of each;

    Cost analysis, including an examina-
    tion of the effects of process selec-
    tion, mode of transport (rail, barge,
    highway), capacity, energy require-
    ments, and duration of operation;

    Comparison of the treatment require-
    ments to the capabilities of existing
    facilities.

Carbon Regenerator

    A trailer-mounted system for the
on-site regeneration of "spent" granular
activated carbon (6AC) is now undergoing
shakedown tests.

    Cleanup of hazardous materials from
spills and abandoned industrial  dump
sites often involves the use of GAC which
removes dissolved organic pollutants from
water by adsorbing them on the carbon
surface.  The carbon and its accompanying
load of contaminants must, however,  be
recycled or otherwise disposed of.  One
option is commercial  regeneration of the
carbon, in which the "spent" GAC is
shipped to a central  regeneration
facility.  In some situations—those
involving highly toxic materials such as
                                            24

-------
 kepone or dioxins,  for example—com-
 mercial  regeneration is not practical
 because  of the adverse public reaction to
 transporting such materials from one
 location to another.  In such instances,
 on-site  regeneration may be a viable
 alternative.

     The  mobile regenerator processes 200
 Ib of wet GAC/hr (equivalent to 100 Ib of
 dry GAC).  The carbon is screw-fed into a
 kiln that operates  in a reduced air mode
-at a nominal 1800°F with a GAC-reten-
 tion time of about  20 minutes.  The
 atmosphere is conditioned with water to
 enhance  reactivation of the GAC.  The
 desorbed pollutants are partially com-
 busted in the kiln  and then ducted to a
 secondary combustion chamber (SCC) de-
 signed to totally decompose organics
 including organophosphates and chlori-
 nated compounds.  The flue gases are
 first quenched and  subsequently scrubbed
 to remove acid gases.  The hot carbon is
 quenched in water and is then available
 for reuse in a GAC  contactor such as
 EPA's 200 GPM mobile physical/chemical
 treatment system.

     All  equipment is mounted on board the
 mobile unit.  Propane or natural gas for
 the kiln oven SCC,  fuel  for the diesel
 generator,  and scrubbing solution must be
 provided from external  sources.  The
 system can  be powered by the onboard
 generator or from 440-volt AC mains.   The
 unit houses the appropriate instrumenta-
 tion and provides for emergency shutdown.

     The  load of pollutants that must be
 removed  from the carbon  and destroyed
 will  approximate 10 percent of the dry
 weight of the carbon regenerated.   Ther-
 mal  capacity of the unit is about one
 million  Btu/hr.

     The  regenerator has  been shaken down
 and is currently undergoing controlled-
 condition tests.  Field  evaluation will
 probably take place in  FY'85.

 Mobile Soils Mashing System

     SHWRO has developed  a Mobile Soils
 Washing  System that can  be used to treat
 excavated soils at  sites where in-situ
 washing  is  ineffective  or not applicable,
 and where hauling of excavated soil  to  a
 landfill  is not cost-effective or is
undesirable  because  of  environmental  or
institutional barriers.

     The  system  is capable of extracting
contaminants from soils — "artificially
leaching" the soil using a water-base
cleaning agent—and  thereby enabling
operators to leave the  treated  soil on
site.  To accomplish this, the  soil is
passed through  a rotating drum  screen
water knife  soil scrubber where  soil
lumps are broken apart  by intense jets of
water, and chemicals are stripped from
soil particles.  The resulting  soil
slurry is fed into a four-stage  counter-
current chemical extractor.  Each stage
consists of  a mixing, froth-flotation
cell connected  in series with hydrocy-
clones which centrifugally separate
solids from  liquids.  The soil particles
are  agitated repeatedly in washing fluid
and  are progressively decontaminated  as
they flow through each  stage.  The •
cleansed soil is then returned to the
site.  The extracted hazardous contami-
nants are separated from the washing
fluid using physical/chemical treatment
procedures (flocculation, sedimentation,
carbon adsorption, etc.).  The cleaned
washing fluid is recirculated while the
separated and concentrated contaminants
are disposed of by appropriate means.

     The Soils Washing System is  capable
of processing 4 to 18-yd3 of contami-
nated soil  per hour, depending on the
soil particle size and the nature of  the
contaminant.

    Current activity includes the shake-
down of the system and complete  full-
scale, controlled-condition tests using
water-based wash fluids to ensure that
the system operates properly and performs
within a delineated range of soil and
pollutant parameters.  Plans also call
for an investigation of the feasibility
of using the Soils Washing System with
organic solvents to extract dioxin from
wet excavated soils.

Chemical  Countermeasures

    One key countermeasure is the use of
chemicals and other additives that are
intentionally introduced into the open
environment for the purpose of control-
ling the hazardous contaminant.   The use
of such agents,  however, poses a distinct
possibility that the release situation
                                            25

-------
could  be made  worse  by the  application  of
an  additional  chemical  or other  additive.
Therefore,  the objective of this R&D
activity is  to define  technical  criteria
for the use  of chemicals and other  addi-
tives  at release  situations of hazardous
substances  such that the combination  of
released substance plus the chemical  or
other  additive, including any resulting
reaction or  change,  results in the  least
overall harm to human  health and to the
environment.

    The Chemical  Coutermeasures  Program
(CCP)  has been designed to  evaluate the
efficacy of  in-situ  treatment of large
volumes of  subsurface  soils,  and large,
relatively quiescent waterbodies.   For
each situation, the  following activities
are planned:   (a) a  literature search to
develop the  body  of  existing theory and
data;  (b) laboratory studies on  candidate
chemicals at small scale to assess  adher-
ence to theory and define likely candi-
dates  for full-scale testing; (c)
full-scale,  controlled-condition, repro-
ducible tests  to  assess field operation
possibilities;  and (d)  full-scale tests
at  a site-of-opportunity.   After the data
are developed  for a  given chemical  use
situation,  a technical  handbook  will be
prepared.

    To date, efforts have concentrated  on
soils-related  activities and  have taken
this aspect of the program  through  the
laboratory studies to a point where a
decision will  be made on continuation
into full-scale, controlled-condition
testing.  The  laboratory studies were
used to determine whether significant
enhancements to the  in-situ  cleanup of
chemically-contaminated soils with
standard water washing techniques could
be obtained by using aqueous  surfac-
tants.   The addition of the  surfactant
mixtures was designed to improve the
solvent properties of the water  and
enhance the removal of  adsorbed  chemical
contaminants.               ,

    Based on the results of  the  litera-
ture search, three pollutant  groups
(mixtures of compounds) were  selected for
laboratory testing on soils:

    1.    High molecular weight polynu-
         clear aromatic and  aliphatic
         hydrocarbons (distillation
         fraction  of Murban crude oil)
     2.    PCB mixture  in  chlorobenzenes
          (Aroclor^  1260  transformer  oil)

     3.    Di-, tri-, and  pentachlorophenols

     Shaker table agitation  studies were
performed to determine the  maximum
cleanup efficiency  under equilibrium
conditions using water washes  and a  com-
bination  of 2 percent each  of  Hyonic PE90
(now known as NP90  by the manufacturer),
and  Adsee 799 (Witco Chemical)  surfac-
tants.  After the most efficient surfac-
tant concentrations were determined,
column studies were initiated  to evaluate
soil cleanup efficiency  under  gravity
flow conditions.  In general,  overall
soil cleanup approaching the 90 plus
percent level was attained  with the
intermediate molecular weight  aliphatic
and  aromatic hydrocarbons,  the  PCB mix-
tures, and the chlorinated  phenol mix-
tures.  Results appear to support
additional larger scale  studies and  plans
are  being discussed to construct a soils
test facility at EPA's OHMSETT facility
in New Jersey.

     In the future, SHWRD would  like  to
expand the controlled condition.testing
program to include the investigation of
surfactants and other chemicals for
decontamination of dibxin-laden soils.

Remedial Actions

     We have divided the  remedial action
program into three major areas of
activity:  (1) Survey and Assessment of
Current Technologies,  (2) Field Evalu-
ation and Verification of Techniques, and
(3)  Site Design Analysis.

Survey and Assessment of Current
Technologies

    We feel  there is much to be learned
from the remedial actions that have
already been conducted by federal and
state governments and industry.  Thus, we
have an ongoing and continuing effort to
review and evaluate techniques that  are
being used and have been used in the past
at uncontrolled hazardous waste sites.
Our analysis includes  defining the site-
specific problem, determining the prob-
lems associated with implementing the
technique, determining the effectiveness,
and  identifying the cost.  We have found
the data base on many of the early
                                            26

-------
remedial actions to be inadequate for a
good evaluation; however, those actions
taken in the last few years are providing
much better information.  The survey
results and the data used in our .techni-
cal handbooks will be published on a
regular basis.  We hope to computerize
this data base in the future.  Major
outputs in this area during FY'84 are:

    o    Report on the Survey on Com-
         pleted and Ongoing Remedial
         Action Efforts

    o    Report on Cost-Effectiveness of
         Remedial Action Techniques

Field Evaluation and Verification of
Techniques

    Techniques that have a potential for
being cost-effective are being field
verified.  These field evaluations are
conducted in two,ways.  We will actually
field test a technique that looks very
promising or we will conduct an intensive
field evaluation of a technique being
installed as part of a remedial action.
In practice, our research program pro-
vides the additional resources needed to
obtain  an array of operational monitoring
data which will be adequate to fully
evaluate and assess a technique.

Slurry  Trenches

    By  this method, a trench is excavated
using a bentonite and water slurry to
support the sides.  The  trench is then
backfilled with materials having a low
permeability.   The trench then acts as  a
barrier controlling the  movement of water
and waste materials.  Slurry trench
cutoff  walls are considered to be a
readily applied  technique for confining
contaminated groundwater by a vertical
barrier.  Two  slurry trenches will be
monitored for  their effectiveness.  The
one at  the Sylvester site in New
Hampshire is of  the soil-bentonite type
and  is  4000 feet  long and has a  depth
varying from  40 to 90 feet.  The wall
surrounds a 20-acre hazardous waste
site.   The purpose of the wall  is to
prevent the  ingress of  water into the
hazardous waste.   The hazardous  waste
within  the  site is being pumped  and
treated.  At  the LiPari  site in  New
Jersey, a  soil-bentonite trench  approxi-
mately  3000 feet long and ranging in
depth from 30 to 52 feet will surround
approximately 16 acres.  The purpose of
the wall will be to prevent the ingress
of groundwater and the egress of contami-
nated water.

Isolation

    The Block Displacement Method (BDM)
is a new method proposed for complete
in-situ isolation of contaminated earth
materials.  The method involves verti-
cally displacing a mass of contaminated
earth, and in so doing, placing an
"impermeable" barrier at the bottom and
sides of the mass.  The barrier is formed
by pumping slurry composed of soil,
bentonite, or other suitable material
into a" series of notched injection
holes.  A perimeter separation is con-
structed using one of several techniques
including thin slurry wall, vibrating
beam, or a drill notch and blast tech-
nique.  Once separation has occurred, the
separation is surcharged with slurry to
ensure a favorable horizontal stress
field.  The perimeter separation must be
constructed at a slight angle inward
toward the block center.

    The bottom barrier is formed by
drilling injection holes to a desired
depth of the barrier below the waste.
The base of the injection holes is then
notched by slurry  injection in a hori-
zontal plane.  Continued pumping of
slurry under low pressure produces a
large uplift force against the bottom of
the block and results  in vertical dis-
placement of the block proportional to
the volume of slurry pumped.

    The BDM was field-tested near
Jacksonville, Florida, in  1982.  A block
60 feet in diameter and 23 feet deep was
selected for the test.  The site was
located in uncontaminated ground adjacent
to a contaminated  site.  The area was
relatively flat and composed of marine
sediment of  silty  sand in excess of  100
feet overlaying limestone bedrock.   The
groundwater  level  is normally 2 to 5 feet
below the surface  and  a hard pan layer
exists  at a  depth  of approximately 20
feet.   The  perimeter separation was  made
using a notch and  blast technique.
Six-inch  diameter  holes were drilled on
the perimeter at  6-foot  intervals.   Each
hole was  notched  from  top  to bottom.
Then  an  18-inch,  5-foot high concrete
                                             27

-------
 forming tube was placed over each hole
 and filled with a high density slurry.
 All 32 perimeter holes were loaded with
 prima cord and blasted simultaneously.
 Connecting fractures were observed at the
 surface.

     Within the circle, seven injection
 holes were drilled 23 feet deep and cased
 with 6-inch PVC pipe and cemented in
 place.   Horizontal notches were cut at
 the base  of the holes with a slurry jet
 notching  tool.   Slurry was then injected
 into the  holes.  Slurry connection
 between holes was observed after approxi-
 mately 500 gallons of slurry had been
 pumped into the central  injection hole.
 Once separation between  holes was
 achieved,  block displacement proceeded
 over a 2-week period by  pumping approxi-
 mately 2 yards  per hour  alternately into
 each injection  hole.   A  resulting upward
 displacement of the block occurred.

     In  total,  the block  was  displaced
 upward  approximately 11  inches at its
 highest point and tilted approximately 1
 degree  from horizontal.   A crescent-
 shaped  portion  of the block  was sheared
 free of the upward-moving block and  did
 not  move significantly.   The block area
 near the perimeter lagged the main por-
 tion of the block by 3-6 inches in upward
 displacement.   The crescent-shaped shear
 zone and perimeter displacement lag  were
 attributed  to an  incomplete  fracturing
 and  freeing  of  the block around the
 perimeter.

     Thin-walled tube  soil  samples  were
 retrieved and geophysical  site  surveys
 were conducted  several weeks  after the
 block displacement.   Data collected  indi-
 cated that  the  clay barrier  material
 thickness generally corresponded  to  the
 measured upward displacement  of the  block
 of earth.   Observations  also  suggested
 strongly that unexpected  geologic  details
 of the  site  interfered with  accomplish-
ment of the barrier placement exactly
 according to the  design  plan.

     This field test showed that a  benton-
 ite  clay slurry could be  injected  below  a
 site and uplift would occur.  The  perime-
ter  barrier construction  technique used
was  unsatisfactory.   Other perimeter con-
 struction methods  should  be used  in this
type of geologic material.
 Drum Encapsulation

     A prototype full-scale process and
 associated  equipment  have been developed
 and  evaluated  for  encapsulating corroding
 55-gallon drums of hazardous waste.   The
 overpack  system will  provide a means  for
 reducing  the  health and  safety hazards
 associated  with containing and trans-
 porting  leaking 55-gallon drums and other
 containers  or  waste forms from an  uncon-
 trolled  site to a  final  disposal  site.

     The  overpack process utilizes
 friction-welding (spin-welding) to fuse  a
 polyethylene  (PE)  cover  onto a PE  re-
 ceiver into which  a 55-gallon drum of
 waste has been inserted.   Friction
 welding  involves rotating one piece of
 plastic  in  contact with  another station-
 ary  plastic piece.  In the case of the
 overpack process,  the cover is rotated
 while the receiver containing the  waste
 is clamped  in  a stationary position.
 Friction causes the contact surfaces  of
 both  pieces to melt.  Rotation is  stopped
 and  the pieces are pressed together.  The
 melted polyethylene solidifies and the
 two  pieces  are fused together,  creating  a
 seal.  The  overpacks are  fabricated by
 rotomolding a  1/4-inch thick  container
 from  PE and sectioning the container  into
 a receiver  and cover.

     The thickness  of the  overpack  is  con-
 trolled by  varying  the amount  of powdered
 PE placed into  the  rotomolder.  The top
 (cover) is  designed with  ribs  to accommo-
 date  the spin-welding tool.   The overpack
 is approximately 85 gallons  in  size and
 large'enough to  accept drums  that may be
 partially deformed.  The  friction welding
machine consists of a hydraulically-
 operated plate  used to spin the PE
cover.  Other  features include  the
 appropriate hydraulics, valves, controls,
 switches, a platform, and  features neces-
 sary  to position and seal  the  cover to
the container.  One operator  is required
to man the machine  during  the welding
operation.  The equipment  is designed to
be easily transported from  site to site.
Appropriate fork lifts and other drum-
handling  equipment  are required at
facilities handling the drums  and the
overpack  system.  Overpacks are designed
for easy stacking and can  be handled with
conventional drum-handling equipment.
                                            28

-------
    Rotomolded PE overpacks have been
successfully sealed using the friction-
welding equipment.  Sealed overpacks have
been subjected to hydrostatic burst tests
and have exceeded the performance of
similar size metal drums.  Specimens
under tensile testing of the weld have
failed at points other than the weld.
Leach testing of the welded overpacks has
shown that the containers are leak-tight.
Details of the test results, including
micrographic examination of the seals and
crush testing, are available.

    Additional expected performance data
can be extrapolated from previous studies
and from the fact that PEs and other
plastics are well characterized.  They
provide a unique combination of excellent
chemical stability, flexibility, and
mechanical toughness.  Expected mechani-
cal performance of the overpack system
can be increased by filling the void
between the drum and the PE overpack.
This can be done with sands, soil,
absorbant, off-spec portland cement, or
other inert material.

    The value of the friction-welded seal
is in its capability to remain leak-tight
under stresses that will normally force
conventional screw caps, clamps, and
similar seals to break or open.

    An evaluation of the overpack process
is being planned to prove the equipment
performance and the ability to produce a
leak-tight seal.  Approximately 85-100
drums of waste will be overpacked.  Ran-
dom samples will be subjected to testing
to further evaluate the performance of
the overpack system.  Because of the re-
quirement to process 85-100 drums, the
equipment as designed and constructed is
essentially full-scale.  However, the
evaluation will also point to design
modifications that will improve the per-
formance.  One example is the operation
of multiple spin-welding plates from a
single unit.  This would increase proc-
essing capabilities.

    Data from the evaluation and previous
encapsulation studies will provide suffi-
cient information to make 'the plastic
overpack process available for use in
several ways.  It was specifically con-
ceived as a superior overpack to decrease
the health and safety hazards associated
with the containment, transportation, and
disposal of leaking drums from uncon-
trolled sites.  However, it has potential
application as an acceptable long-term
containment system for the disposal of
hazardous waste from small quantity gen-
erators.  Additionally, because of its
superior seal, the system could be used
for the safe, long-term storage of
hazardous waste that might be recovered
in the future.

Dioxin Soil Stabilization

    The purpose of this study is to de-
termine the effectiveness of generic
processes for stabilizing soils to
prevent the release of pollutants.
Dioxin-contaminated soils from EPA Region
VII, Missouri dioxin sites, will first be
analyzed to determine dioxin concentra-
tions.  The soils will then be stabilized
by the most promising processes.  Leach-
ing tests will then be conducted to
determine the effectiveness of the sta-
bilization processes.  A follow-on field
evaluation is planned.

Fugitive Dust

    Current and innovative methods appli-
cable for suppressing the spreading of
contaminated dust from uncontrolled
hazardous waste sites will be investi-
gated.  The most promising methods will
be field evaluated.  Dioxin-contaminated
dust will be of primary Interest.

Covers

    Low permeability covers are placed
over hazardous waste material to prevent
the inflow of surface waters into the
waste mass and to reduce the amount of
leachate.  Flexible membrane covers
installed at Windham, Connecticut, and
the LiPari landfill in New Jersey are
being monitored for their effectiveness.
The uses of geotextiles in stabilizing
cover soils on landfills, acting as
drainage layers for gases and liquids,
and acting as a bedding for membrane
barriers, also are being evaluated.  This
effort is assessing the available geotex-
tiles and geotextile products, their
engineering properties, sizes available,
chemical resistance, seaming techniques,
relative cost, life expectancy, and
specific potential usage.  This project
included an initial assessment of
problems at a waste site in Windham,
                                            29

-------
Connecticut, and made recommendations for
remedial measures in which geotextiles
could play a significant role.

Injection Grouting

    In theory it is possible to grout
upgrade or downgrade or beneath or into a
hazardous waste site.  Grouting is used
to control the movement of water or
leachate and can be used to solidify a
mass of waste and thus reduce its leach-
ability.  Problems could be expected when
attempting to grout in the presence of
hazardous-chemical wastes, leachates, or
extreme groundwater chemistry.  In many
instances, it would be difficult or
impossible to achieve a controlled set
time needed to guarantee integrity.
Little is contained in the literature on
the resistance of grouts to chemical
attack.

    This project will provide the Agency
with pilot scale tests to predict appli-
cability of grouting to specific sites
and expand the state-of-the-art to
hazardous waste in-situ stabilization.

Leachate Treatment

    The purpose of this project was to
compile data on the performance of unit
processes and process trains for the
treatment of aqueous hazardous waste
streams.  Evaluations of technologies
were then performed.  The processes found
to have the greatest potential range of
applicability were biological treatment,
chemical coagulation, carbon adsorption,
membrane processes, and stripping.  Fol-
lowing these evaluations, bench-scale
studies were conducted using the aqueous
waste streams from several sites.

Retrofitting of Liners

    This project is concerned with deter-
mining the feasibility of retrofitting
existing surface impoundments with an
effective membrane liner system.  The
study will evaluate one or more tech-
nically feasible retrofitted liner
installation techniques, including the
applicable liner candidate materials.
The work will assess under which physical
and chemical in-situ conditions the vari-
ous techniques will have the greatest
chance for success.  External equipment
requirements, safety, and economics, as
well as overall limitation, will be
determined.  Pilot-scale and field veri-
fication will follow the technical and
economic assessment.

Permeable Treatment Barriers

    This is a three-phase project that
will develop criteria for evaluating the
use of permeable materials as hazardous
waste pollutant control mechanisms.  The
utility of such permeable materials as
coal, fly ash, limestone, and other
material will be addressed alone and in
conjunction with other remedial action
techniques.

Asphalt Encapsulation

    Asphalt encapsulation techniques,
consisting of mixing heated asphalt with
a sludge material, are being considered
as a treatment option.  Coating (or
microencapsulation) of the sludge parti-
cles would improve the leachate quality
and could act to reduce the hazardous
nature of some compounds in the sludge.
Additional heating of the mixture could
act to thermally degrade the compound,
e.g. nitroaromatic and RDX compounds.

    Research to date has included  (1) an
evaluation of existing asphalt encapsu-
lation techniques for hazardous wastes,
(2) an evaluation of alternative
heating/mixing systems, (3) review of the
properties of various asphalt products
which may be used, (4) laboratory experi-
ments on the temperature and holding
times required for thermal breakdown of
the various compounds present in certain
sludges, and (5) preliminary design of a
pilot mixer/heating system.  Our first
studies have been with a sludge contain-
ing trinitrotoluene (TNT), hexahydro-
l,3-5-trinitro-l,3,5-triazine (RDX), and
other nitroaromatics.  A synthetic sludge
with physical properties similar to the
actual sludge will be used during the
initial runs and during modifications of
the pilot system.  Actual lagoon sludge
will be used in the field for the final
testing.

    Factors which are being evaluated
include residence times required for both
mixing and thermal breakdown, mobility of
the hazardous system, safety considera-
tions, batch feed vs. continuous feed
designs, and through-put rates.
                                            30

-------
    A preliminary  study  has  been com-
pleted on the  selection  of an  asphalt/
sludge mixer.   The two most  promising
mixers are the  pug mill  and  static pipe.
Final tests  are being made to  select a
mixer for pilot studies.

    A laboratory evaluation  was conducted
to assess the  temperature and  holding
times required  for breakdown of the
nitroaromatics  and ROX in sludge.  This
information  is  necessary to  design the
mixer system and to determine  if thermal
degradation occurs at temperatures below
the flashpoint  of  available  asphalts.  A
total of 17 heating tests was  conducted,
representing four  temperatures  (150, 200,
250, and 300°C) and four residence
times (5, 10,  15,  and 20 minutes) plus
one sample heated  for 2  hours  at
100°C.  The results, however,  do indi-
cate that thermal  degradation  of approxi-
mately 90 percent  of the explosive and
nitroaromatic compounds  occurs at
250°C.  The results are  based  solely on
the heating of  the sludge.   Further test-
ing will be required in  order  to deter-
mine whether various types of  asphalt in
combination with the sludge  result in
equally low levels of explosive and
nitroaromatic compounds.  These tests are
underway.  In addition,  studies will be
conducted on utilizing the asphalt
encapsulation technique  on other organic
•waste.  Following  these  tests,
pilot-scale evaluation will  be conducted.

Site Design Analysis

    Our third area is an outgrowth of the
first two, that is, the  development of
technical handbooks to be utilized by the
planners and designers of remedial
actions.  Below is a listing of the hand-
books that have been prepared or are in
progress:

o   Remedial Action at Waste Disposal
    Sites - 6/82
o   Reviewers of Proposed Hazardous Waste
    Remedial Actions - 9/83
o   Fugitive Dust  Control -  11/84
o   Cover Design and Installation - 11/84
o   Fixation/Solidification  of Waste in
    Surface Impoundments - 11/84
o   Decontamination of Buildings, Struc-
    tures, and  Construction  Sites - 5/85
0   Slurry Trench  Design and Installation
    - 3/84
o   Procedures and Techniques for Con-
    trolling the Migration of Leachate
    Plumes - 3/84

Details of some of the remedial action
projects are included in these pro-
ceedings.

CONCLUSION

    In summary, the EPA Office of
Research and Development is attempting to
respond to a critical need of the Super-
fund Program, i.e. reliable and
cost-effective control technology.  Never
before has the need been so great for
quick answers to complex problems.  In
the short run, we are being faced with
utilizing well-recognized engineering
techniques that have been used in the
past for other purposes and must be
adopted to the uncontrolled waste site
problem.  In many cases these techniques
have not been applied to Superfund
problems and only through their actual
utilization can we determine their
effectiveness, advantages, and weak-
nesses.  In the long run, new and inno-
vative techniques may come forth and take
their place in our arsenal of weapons to
clean up hazardous waste sites.

    For those of you desiring more
information on the removal program,
please contact:

    Mr. Ira Wilder, Chief
    Oil & Hazardous Materials Spills
      Branch
    SHWRD, MERL, Woodbridge Avenue
    Edison, New Jersey  08837

    If you wish more information on the
remedial program please contact:

    Mr. Donald E. Sanning
    Solid & Hazardous Waste Research
      Division
    26 W. St. Clair Street
    Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
                                            31

-------
I
             LU
             UJ
             X
             CO


             o
                                       ) ,-£ ^  CO CO ::
                         (0
                         0)
                         **

                         c/5
                         0)

                         0)
                         CO


                         •a
                         c
                         re

                         co
                         o
                         c
                         co
(0

CO

o


co
N
CO
X

"o

Q.

C
CO


O

O
•4—

E
0)

to

W*
                         2
                         o>
                         c
                         '5
                         co

                         <
                         Q.
                         Ill
**— ni V^ ^ •*— *** f~\ '•-
*-l CD U 5» +j gj U ^~


c to gf ^ o ^^^


CO iS-LU <5 T3 CO 'x O
CB °>x co £~ oz

^P.Si^-r
 )%t»*- CD T3 .3 C0.±i

                                                 CO
                                                 oj :=

                                                 t: !o
                                                 CD CO

                                   C T3

                                   '— ra
                                   ns ^,
                                   2 c:
                                   i_ CD
              •o" w o ° ®
                                  E 'o o

              t&S  I'S'.il2"!™5^!!;
E S
SS3

s^
Is
CD v

||
0) £

§§

II
          ? cBQ

          ragr

          •C CO CO

          ^J i= TD
          J3 CO -rj
          CO CO S
          C JO o
         •CO E =
          CD •; T3
          — PC
        ™i2?g"g
        o o ctr S^
        - E J£C.J3^-
        T3   ^ tn tn C
                       CD .
                                          S CO CO C
                                       -§§§54?
                                       = -e E ja — —
                                       .to « " •- — m
                 0 ^ »- CO CD
              - ~ E'= v.  3
              »i § o ., » P
         S8« °
           £~
             c
             CO
        E •=• c g a -2
        5 J2 2-^^ «

        ESS^fS

        "I §1*1
                                  ^^^"S-CDS
                                  •5. m •" c c -a O
                                 P g 75 S -
            — t_H  *« !_ «^ j —

            22"gB|o-g-
               "^ ™ t *•*-**- ^-T
              -co-o = o««<

              fllll!^
              S w O CD "~ CO CN


              ifillP
                = gE€£3.i
                fc,— u co a) o co
                r o m g n, -
           CO CD CO T^
           «£ MW
           CO ^  CD

           £s!S
           (D C crt
           co-^ £ -a

           |il!
           I&-E!
           Z^^S
           §«-§«
           .2 raE •«•
           "O C  CD
8s
CO CO
jjj-o

gl
CO 

•^So
. o
       75 m °

       1.1 §
       •a2 g
       C CD
       ra Eii
       fSS

       Isl
       in

       "o co «
       80-8

       III
       ."It
     a, "o ^ "5 c HJJD ^ E >--o §E
     s«SS«fa8«aS5
     «CO  O — -Jn  •*-»T3oCD*J
     S^co-QccDoS^fc-cot;

     salijiilll*!
     ^rssil^^"!-22^
                                                   o ^ co 730 °-
                                                   3*.^ cQ- c
                                                   i: o o —  ~
                                                   CO     m ,

                               ; S ?ico
                               I CO O)-r-t
                                    **r C «
                                    O Q CO
     £ S> a)
   S8S-&T8
           ._ T- ro J_

           0-o

                                    §?o,^HroSgcS-
                                        ^n \_ *i»   ^-   ^. c ".
         5S°§sf llo
       So El  1
       S " p. w  .
       s§*!£
       ..£ Q.CD

       1»1§  '
       ggSg-  .
       l§^5  .

       Hi!-
       """el
       C CO COO
                              •a N o
                                                              ca co co
                                                                    E O

                           H  S is E « CD .S
                           ^s  1^ u* ~ «i ^ XX
                                                                    CD .-
                                                                 8 S.£
                                •= co M! C
     •!S,-,CD=J?Sig
     ^EQa,,,-^^   UJ U
                       CO 3 C_ C
                       CO O ~=. TJ —

                       °ll§°-i
                           « « I
                           C ® "


                       Igflli
                       ssig£'
                        - CO Q. =  - «
                                                     ! >, y '_ ,
                                                     !SS8-'
                                                               co  CD  ' co
                                                                     » y-
                                                                     co o
                                  E CD E
                                  o -— o
                                  O TJ O
                                                                     a, o
                                                                     Jc O
                                                                     i O
                                                                               58
                                                      803 <
                                                      X X
                                                     32

-------
                       DEVELOPMENT OF METHODS FOR IN-SITU HAZARDOUS
                         WASTE STABILIZATION.BY INJECTION GROUTING


                            Philip G, Malone and James H0 May,
                                 GeotechnicaT Laboratory,
                       and Robert J, Larson, Environmental Laboratory
                            USAE Waterways Experiment Station
                              Vicksburg, Mississippi 39180
                                         ABSTRACT

     Four grouting materials that might be employed in sealing hazardous waste sites to
contain pollutants have been tested to determine their ability to perform in the presence
of selected waste solutions simulating contaminated ground water.  The waste test solu-
tions were made up to contain a maximum of 10 percent by weight of the chemical compound
being tested,,  Twelve chemical compounds typical of materials found in industrial waste
leachates were included,  Urethane and acrylate grouts were relatively easily retarded to
the point where gelling did not occur,,  The most chemically-tolerant setting reactions
were found in sodium silicate and Portland cement groutSo
     Samples of grout were exposed to the simulated waste solutions for 20 days,
silicate and Portland cement grouts proved to be the most durable,
                                  Sodium
     Work is continuing on further evaluating the changes occurring in the grouted mat-
erial in various chemical environments and in producing a continuous seal by injecting
selected grout in closely-spaced holes in a sand test bed.  Planning is underway for a
field test for sealing coarse-grained materials.
INTRODUCTION

     Hazardous waste disposal sites have
often employed simple unlined pits or la-
goons for the storage or disposal of liquid
or semi sol id wastes.  Leakage from such un-
lined operations has been a source of
ground and surface water pollution.  Tech-
niques for introducing liners or barriers
for sealing hazardous waste lagoons have
been proposed and cost/benefit studies have
been conducted for selected techniques ap-
plied to specific sites.  One of the most
often proposed approaches for sealing bot-
toms of pits or lagoons has been the use of
injectable grouts or sealants (1, 2, 3),
Unfortunately, it is difficult to predict
the effectiveness of these materials in an
environment where wastes contain chemical
contaminants that could potentially inter-
fere with the grout setting reactions.
PURPOSE

     The goals of the present investiga-
tion are to examine the ability of se-
lected grouts to set, or gel, and remain
stable when exposed to compounds that
might commonly be present in hazardous
waste.  Selected chemically-tolerant
grouts are being used in a test injection
program to determine their ability to
form a seal when injected in closely-
spaced boreholes.

     Most grouting materials are designed
to be used in relatively clean natural
                                             33

-------
waters and the bonding or setting reactions
are sensitive to strong acids, bases, oxi-
dizers, or organic solvents that can occur
in pore water under and around a landfill,,
After setting the grouts must also exhibit
stability and durability in what can be a
chemically aggressive environment.

     Grout seals or curtains are generally
used with other hydrologic control strate-
gies (such as counter pumping) because they
are not considered to be impervious bar-
riers.  In a hazardous waste control system
any contaminated water that is pumped must
be treated or disposed of as a hazardous
material.  The ability of a grout to form a
near-impervious barrier would greatly re-
duce the problem of water treatment when
counter pumping is employed„  Small-scale
injection programs are being incorporated
in this research program to learn more
about the formation of continuous seals,,
The present report summarizes results to
date and indicates areas of future activity.
APPROACH

Grout/Waste Gelling Studies

     In order to evaluate the effects of
waste in the setting or gelling of grout
materials, masses of grout were introduced
into beakers containing solutions of poten-
tially interfering materials that could
occur in industrial waste,,  Table 1 sum-
marizes the type of grouts that were
screened in this study and outlines their
major properties.  Each simulated waste
solution was made up to fall within the
concentration range that might be possible
below a hazardous waste impoundment.  Very
soluble compounds were made up in 10 per-
cent solution by weight in distilled water,,
Less soluble compounds were mixed vigorous-
ly with distilled water to produce a satu-
rated solution,,  The characteristics of the
waste solutions are given in Table 2.
Baseline data on chemical grout set times
were collected by mixing batches of grout
using the manufacturers' specifications or
standard mixes used in construction and
allowing the material to set up in a paddle
gelometer.  Gel time determinations were
made on 250 ml samples.  Each  sample was
thoroughly mixed and placed in the gelo-
meter at approximately   25°C.  The
gelometer blade rotates in the grout mix
until a standard shear strength is reached
and the paddle is held; the gelometer timer
then stops and gel times can be recorded„
The gelometer was adjusted to stop at the
point at which the chemical .grouts became
too viscous to pour from the beaker.  All
gel times were determined in duplicate.

     Gelling or hardening times for cement-
based grouts were determined using a nee-
dle-penetration test system.  An end point
for penetration testing was selected based
on the lack of pourability of the grout as
its initial set.  Final set was indicated
when needle penetration was negligible.
All gel time determinations were done in
duplicate.  The effects of waste on grout
gelling were determined by mixing samples
of each prepared grout with an equal volume
of each simulated waste mixture.  The gel-
ling times were noted visually as the point
where the material could no longer be
poured.  The gelometer was not employed be-
cause as gelling became very slow, the mov-
ing paddle would produce a cavity in the
viscous grout and give a false indication
of the actual set time.

     Table 3 gives the normal set times for
grouts with no interfering compounds pre-
sent.  Table 4 summarizes the effects of
waste compounds on grout setting times.
Changes in gelling time varied from a com-
plete retardation of setting to the produc-
tion of a flash or instantaneous set.

Grout/Waste Durability Studies

     When grouts are injected at a waste
site, the grouted material will have to
withstand chemical attack from the migrat-
ing waste compounds.  Grouting materials
that interact with waste may not form per-
manent seals.  To determine the resistance
of chemical and cement grouts to chemical
wastes, plugs of set grout were exposed to
the  simulated waste solutions (Table 2).
Grouts and grout-sand mixtures were cast  in
3.2  cm long by 2.5 cm  in diameter cylinders
or 3.2 cm cubes.  The  specimens were im-
mersed for 20 days ,in  the  test waste solu-
tions.  Waste/grout interactions were de-
termined  by observing  and measuring the
dimensions of the specimens.  Interactions
could  generally be classed as expansion,
shrinkage, or no observable change.  Results
are  summarized  in Table  5.
                                             34

-------
              TABLE 1.   PROPERTIES OF GROUTS SELECTED FOR TESTING
	 -•-«•••• - . 	 	
Grout
Type
Components
Usual Gelling
Time (nin)
Viscosity
(cp)
Strength
(gm/cm'-)
Acrylate     Acrylate monomer            0.1-1000        1.2-1.6
             Methylenebisacrylate

Portland     Portland cement
  cement     Air entraining agents
             Fluidizers

Silicate     Sodium silicate             0.1-3000        1.5-50
             Calcium chloride
             Magnesium chloride
             Dimethylfornanide

Urethane     Toluene Diisocyanate        0.08-120        20-200
             Acetone
20-200
 1-50
, — _ 	 , 	 ._ 	 ___ 	 __.____.____._..
TABLE 2. CHARACTERISTICS
OF WASTE TEST SOLUTIONS USEO
IN THIS STUDY

Waste Component
Potassium Chronate
Hydrochloric Acid
Ammonium Hydroxide
Sodium Hydroxide
Ammonium Chloride
Copper Sulfate
Benzene
Gasol ine
Oil
Phenol
Toluene
Trichloroethylene
Character of
the l/aste
Oxidizer
Acid
Base
Base
Salt
Salt
Cycl ic Hydrocarbon
Hydrocarbon Mixture
Hydrocarbon Mixture
Substituted Benzene
Substituted Benzene
Halogenated Hydrocarbon
Concentration
of Waste
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
Saturated
Saturated
Saturated
Saturated
Saturated
Saturated
                                       35

-------
                 TABLE 3.  NORMAL GELLING TIMES FOR GROUTS
                     USING STANDARD GROUT FORMULATIONS
         Grout Type
         Gel  Time
(Average of Duplicate Puns)
Acrylate
Silicate (30% by wt.)
Silicate (50% by wt.)
Urethane
Portland Cement (Initial Set)
Portland Cement (Final Set)
         30 seconds
         41.9 minutes
         25.2 minutes
          3.3 minutes
          6.0 hours
         11.5 hours
                                     36

-------
                  TABLE 4.  EFFECTS OF SPECIFIC COMPOUNDS ON
                     GELLING TIMES FOR VARIOUS GROUT TYPES


Portland Cement
Waste 30% Silicate 50% Silicate Initial Final
Compounds Acrylate Grout Grout Urethane Set Set
Potassium No Set 42 rain
Chromate
Hydrochloric No Set 4 min
Acid
Ammonium No Set 150 min
Hydroxide
Sodium Mo Set No Set
Hydroxide
Ammonium 5 min Set on
Chloride Contact
Copper No Set Set on
Sulfate Contact
Benzene 5 min 132 min
Gasoline 7 min 70 min
(unleaded)
Oil 7 min 63 min
Phenol No Set 3 min
Toluene 84 min* 90 min
Trichloro- 7 min 114 min
ethyl ene
23 min
Set on
Contact
180 min
200 min
Set on
Contact
Set on
Contact
150 min
180 min
330 min
Set on
Contact
135 min
180 min
No Set 4 hrs 7.5 hrs
No Set 5 hrs 24 hrs
No Set 5 hrs 9.5 hrs
No Set 3 hrs 7.5 hrs
No Set — 24 hrs
No Set Set on 24 hrs
Contact
Mo Set 4.5 hrs 7.5 hrs
Mo Set 4 hrs 8 hrs
No Set 4.5 hrs 8 hrs
No Set 4.5 hrs 7.5 hrs
No Set 5 hrs 7.5 hrs
No Set 3 hrs 7.5 hrs

*  Partial set only.
                                      37

-------
               TABLE 5.   INTERACTION OF  GROUT AND SIMULATED  WASTE
                             AFTER 20 DAYS  EXPOSURE
Waste
Component
Potassium Chromate
Hydrochloric Acid
Ammonium Hydroxide
Sodium Hydroxide
Ammonium Chloride
Copper Sulfate
Benzene
Gasoline
Oil
Phenol
Toluene
Trichloroethylene

Acrylate
SW (+83)*
SH (-74)
SW (+83)
SW (+83)
SW (+70)
SH (-42)
SW (+76)
SW (+70)
SW (+109)
SW (+70)
SW (+83)
SW (+109)
Grout
Silicate
Grout
SH (-88)
MC
SH (-80)
D
SH (-41)
NC
SH (-12)
SH (-67)
SH (-64)
SH (-4)
SH (-64)
SH (-80)
Types
Urethane
SH (-99)
SH (-62)
SW (+162)
D
SH (-42)
SH (-59)
SW (+83)
SW (+70)
SW (+54)
SH (-12)
SW (+319)
SW (+83)

Portland
Cement
NC**
NC
MC
NC
NC
MC
MC
NC
NC
NC
MC
NC
NC = Mo Change
SH = Shrink
SW = Swell
 D = Dissolve
 *  Numbers in parentheses are the percent change in volume associated with
   the reaction.
**  Slight surface etching.
                                    38

-------
 Larger-Scale Testing of  Grouts

      Grouts that  performed well  in  the
 bench-scale tests were evaluated  on a lar-
 ger  scale.,  Ten to  twenty liters  of each
 grout were injected into 200-liter  drums
 filled with sand  and simulated waste solu-
 tions.  Results of  this  testing confirmed
 the  earlier compatibility testing and pro-
 vided data on the sizes  of typical  grout
 pods  (Figure 1).

      A larger sealing test using  silicate
 grout was performed in large  (2 meter x
 4 meter), metal,  sand-filled  carts.  Grout
 was  injected on 40-cm  (maximum) centers ona
 grid  pattern (Figure 2)  to form a shallow,
 pan-like seal at a  depth of 30 to 50 cm
 below the sand surface.  The  results of
 this  testing will be used to  evaluate the
 ability of the grout bulbs to coalesce to
 form  a large sealed area.  The results of
 the  large-scale test are still being eval-
 uated.
PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

     No major experimental problems have
been encountered in the evaluation of
grouts for waste sealing.  The screening
has demonstrated that many grouts are in-
effective in a hazardous waste environments
These are being eliminated from further
testing.
RESULTS

     Testing of grouts on a laboratory
scale has shown that solutions simulating
wastes in ground water can seriously alter
the gelling time of the grouts or can com-
pletely inhibit gellation.  Gelling of
urethane grouts was completely inhibited
by every simulated waste solution tested.
Acrylates were inhibited by acids, bases,
oxidizers, and copper sulfate.  The most
chemically-tolerant grouts were Portland
cement and silicate grout,,  Copper sulfate
and ammonium hydroxide solutions produced
flash sets with silicates and can compli-
cate grout injection„

     In the 20-day waste exposure testing,
silicate grout and portland cement grouts
showed the least interaction with the waste.
Only one compound, sodium hydroxide, acted
on and dissolved silicate grouto  Sodium
silicate is manufactured by reacting sodi-
um hydroxide with amorphous silica to bring
silica into solution, so this is a reaction
that would be expected.  Other simulated
waste solutions caused shrinkage (probably
by removing water from the gelled grout).

    On the basis of testing performed to
date, the most useful materials for sealing
hazardous waste sites are silicate grouts
and portland cement grouts.  Portland ce-
ment grouts are particulate materials and
have limited usefulness in fine- to medium-
grained sediments.  Silicate grouts are the
(nonparticulate) chemical grouts best
suited for possible use in sealing sedi-
ments containing or exposed to chemical
waste.  Testing done in this program has
included only selected waste components and
has not included combinations of wastes or
very high concentrations of waste materials.
Testing with ground water or leachate from
the waste site may be required to demon-
strate what grouts can be used at each
site.

    The test program is continuing with the
evaluation of the large test grout bulbs
and the pan-like horizontal seal.  Field
testing to produce an undersea! at depth
in sand material is being planned.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    The authors gratefully acknowledge the
assistance of John A. Boa, Jr., and Steven
A. Houston of the Waterways Experiment
Station in this phase of the project.
Herbert Pahren is the project manager for
this study.
                                            39

-------
                                   imi'jBrT    -  ,   v  -."»?# -"', •'  '-." :,;,,;•!/ ?i^?f*.;.«•- *v*v~ ,s-,--->i.t- .*^a
                                   A.A--*^^%r?»*^*ff^w^i^j;=i^i*^                      .^*K:
Figure 1.   Photo of  grout  pod produced by  injecting silicate grout into  a 203-1 drum
             filled with saturated sando
                                                    40

-------
                     70-
                   30.5-
r—l
o- —
r
n
l_
»
N
r~
DEE
—-27 0 *-j
H 1
St
H
rj
1!





r
— H
r
— N
m-
tsL
p
4
FIRS
-ffl-fi
A
A
S.
<
A
Bi
'
A
B,
1
A
Bi
<
A
B.
<
A
B4
*
A
B*
<
A
A
Bm r
la L
.5 49
3T GRO
R — 9) — fi
A
»|
A
" '
A
A
A
A
t |
A
A
A
A
Brzi n
m 1!
5 °EEP 49
JT INJECTION
h40'5^
R — W — i
A
11
A
II
A
A
I i
A
A
| I
A
A
A
A
BrB r
Is L
5 DEEP 4
1
n m n
A
[i
13
A
n
1!
A
>n
1!
A
A
A
i n
' L
A
A
i 1?
' L
A
i r
' L
A
Bin r
1=1
3.5 4
IB
—
B.



8_
g _
1

iim
UH
c
0.5
/^
T
3EE
                                                                   115.0
                                                                    -30.5
                     [] -  SECOND GROUT INJECTION ,  HOLE GROUTED TO SURFACE

                     A -  THIRD GROUT INJECTION
Fiaure 2   Layout of  injection  holes  for producing a pan-like layer of grout.   Each
        '  grout injection  emplaces 7 liters of grout.  All measurements  are  nn
           centimeters.
                                            41

-------
REFERENCES

1.  Larson, R. Jo and J. H. May, 1983.
    Geotechnical Aspects of Bottom Sealing
    Existing Hazardous Waste Landfills  by
    Injection Grouting. Proceedings of  the
    First Annual Hazardous Materials Man-
    agement Conference Tower Conference
    Management, Wheaton, Illinois,
    pp513-529.

2.  Malone, P. G., N« R» Francingues, and
    J. A. Boa, Jr., 1982.  The Use of Grout
    Chemistry and Technology in the Con-
    tainment of Hazardous Wastes.  Hazar-
    dous Materials Control Research Insti-
    tute (HMCRI), 1982. Management oT
    Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites,
    HMCRI, Silver Spring, Maryland,
    pp220-223.

3.  Tolman, A. L., et al0, 1978.  Guidance
    Manual for Minimizing Pollution from
    Waste Disposal Sites0  EPA-600/2-78-142,
    U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
    Cincinnati, Ohio, pp267.
                                            42

-------
                       REACTIVITY  OF VARIOUS  GROUTS  TO  HAZARDOUS
                                  WASTES  AND  LEACHATES


                  Andrew Bodocsi,  Issam Minkarah  and Brian  W.  Randolph
                                University of Cincinnati
                   Department of Civil  and Environmental  Engineering
                                 Cincinnati,  Ohio 45221
                                        ABSTRACT

     Recent research on the permeability of clay liners used for hazardous  waste  land-
fills indicates that their permeability may increase considerably after they are
permeated by various organic leachates.  Concern over this has  led to the proposal  of
grouting the soils surrounding such landfills as a remedial  type of containment.  _At the
present not much is known about the effects of hazardous leachates on the permeability
of grouted soils.  Procedures are presented for grouting test samples, and  for testing
the durability and the potential long-term permeability changes of grouted  soil  samples
when permeated by hazardous chemicals.
INTRODUCTION

     In recent years the long-term integ-
rity of clay landfill liners has been
questioned.  It has been indicated that
the permeability of liners may be in-
creased by leaching of the hazardous
wastes contained in these landfills
(Anderson, et al., 1981 and 1982).  Con-
cern over these contaminants breaching
the landfill liner and entering the
groundwater, and subsequently potable
water supplies, has led to several pro-
posed methods of containment.  Grouting
the surrounding soil is one method being
evaluated.

     At this time nothing has been
published concerning the effects hazard-
ous leachates will have on the perme-
ability of grouted soils.  Theoretically,
grouts can be injected to fill the soil
voids, then gel  (set) to create a con-
tinuous mass with a  reduced permeability.

     This  paper outlines procedures  for
grouting  soil samples and for evaluating
the durability of these samples when
subjected  to toxic chemicals or leachates.
Also presented are  procedures for testing
the long-term permeability of grouted
soil samples when  permeated by  the
 hazardous  leachates.
PURPOSE

     The purpose of this research was to
develop experimental  procedures to test
the long-term reactivity of grouted soil
samples to hazardous  chemicals or
leachates.  Specifically, procedures were
developed to test the long-term changes
in permeability of grouted soils when
leached with hazardous chemicals.  The
methodology developed will be used in
ongoing research into the feasibility of
grouting for hazardous waste containment.
Along with the permeability test
procedures, other methods and devices
also had to be developed:  (a) a grouting
apparatus and a grouting method to
produce uniform and reproducible grouted
soil samples; and (b) a permeameter
device and two types of permeability test
apparatuses.

APPROACH

     The following sections outline the
design of the experimental procedures,
and the steps that were taken to select
the materials, devices and methods to be
used to test the reactivity of grouted
soil samples to hazardous chemicals and
leachates.
                                             43

-------
 Selection  of Materials, Devices and
 Methods  to Produce Gro'uted Soil Samples

      Time  and  cost factors preclude  the
 testing  of all  commercially  available
 grouts with the numerous  chemicals and
 mixtures of chemicals  possible  in a
 hazardous  waste landfill.  Basic grout
 types will  have to be  tested though, with
 selected chemicals.  Three representative
 grouts were chosen after  a review of
 available  literature.  A  sodium silicate
 grout was  selected due to its long-term
 popularity.  A urethane grout was chosen
 as a  representative of the second largest
 group of chemical grouts  in  use.  An
 acrylamide was  selected due  to  its con-
 siderable  use  in the last decade (Karol,
 1982).

      Siroc 132,  a product distributed by
 Raymond  International, was selected  to
 represent  the  sodium silicate grouts.
 CR 360,  a  product of the 3M  Company,
 represents  the  urethane chemical grouts.
 AV-100 distributed by  Avanti  International,
 was chosen  to  represent the  acrylamide
 family of  chemical grouts.   Two sands were
 chosen as  representative materials to be
 grouted.   A commercially available silica
 sand  was selected for  the urethane and
 acrylamide  grouts.  All portions passing
 the number  30  sieve (0.59 mm) of a
 Cincinnati  area natural mason's sand was
 used  in  tests of the sodium  silicate grout.
 The finer,  better graded mason's sand was
 used  due to the problem of syneresis in
 this  type of grout, which can greatly re-
 duce  its effectiveness when  used for
 liquid cutoff  (Karol,  1982).

     The soil  samples are grouted in a 3
 inch  (7.62 cm) inside diameter plastic
mold.  Sample lengths can be varied as
 required, and several  samples can be
 grouted in a single mold.   The mold is
made of 1/4 irich (0.64 cm) thick clear
acrylic.   Specifically, a 12  inch
 (30.48 cm)  long grout cylinder is sawn
 longitudinally into two sections and a
 0.125 inch  (0.32 cm)  diameter groove is
machined down each face.   Two 0.125 inch
 (0.32 cm) diameter rubber seals are
 placed in the grooves and five hose
clamps are used to hold the cylinder to-
gether and compress the seals.  Two
aluminum endplates, each  with a depressed
center portion to accept  the  cylinder ends,
are used  as caps.  A seal  is  provided by a
rubber gasket at the  top  and  bottom.
 Brass valves are fitted  into  the center
 of each endplate for introduction of  the
 grout from below and metering and exhaust
 of the outflow at the top.  The  cylinder
 and endplates are compressed  longitudi-
 nally with three threaded rods and
 wingnuts (See Figure 1).
           TO GRADUATED CYLINDER
                         NEOPRENE SEAL
                          3" I.D. ACRYLIC
                          TUBE
                          1/4-20 THREADED
                          ROD
                          HOSE CLAMPS
                           NEOPRENE SEAL
                         ALUMINUM PLATE
           GROUT FROM RESERVOIR
       Figure 1. Grouting Mold
     To prepare the grouted soil  samples,
the chosen sand is dropped approximately
eight inches from a funnel to form one
inch (2.54 cm) lifts in the cylindrical
mold.  Each one inch lift is rodded with
a 3/8 inch (0.95 cm) diameter rod 25
times, using care not to enter previously
compacted layers.  A round bar with an
end area of 1.5 square inches is  used to
                                            44

-------
level  out the top of the sand when the
desired thickness is reached.  Rigid,
perforated plastic disks are placed at
the top and bottom of each sample to ease
separation and to provide flat and square
ends.   A lecithin mold releasing agent is
sprayed on the inside of the mold to
facilitate sample removal.

     The pressure resistant mold is then
capped and a carbon dioxide line is
attached to the bottom of the cylinder.
Carbon dioxide, being heavier than air,
is passed through the sand at 10 psi
(69 kPa) to displace all air from the
voids.  Excess air in the soil voids can
affect the permeabilities and it is
difficult to reproduce the same degree
of saturation in many samples if all
void air is not replaced by water.

     Next, distilled, deaired and de-
ionized water is passed through the
carbon dioxide-saturated sand at 10 psi
(69 kP) pressure from beneath.  Forcing
the gas ahead of it, the water takes on
any remaining carbon dioxide in the pores
to form a dilute carbonic acid, leaving
the voids nearly gas-free and almost
perfectly saturated with liquid.  Six
soil pore volumes of water are passed
through the sample to displace the weak
carbonic acid and flush it from the
voids.  The flow should be metered so
that quick conditions do not arise in the
sand.

     At this point the grout vessel can
be attached to the bottom of the mold and
the liquid grout injected at a pressure
and flow rate suitable for that grout mix
and the chosen soil (See Figure 2).  In
order to replace all water in the voids,
at least two soil pore volumes of grout
should be passed through the sample
before tightening the valves and starting
the curing period.  Curing typically re-
quires two days in the mold, then seven
or more days wrapped in plastic film in a
controlled environment  (at approx. 98%
humidity and 20°C).

Selection of' Test Method for Determining
the Effects of Chemicals on the Dura-
bility of Grouted Soils

     Although future testing will expose
grouted samples to a myriad of hazardous
chemicals and wastes, in this stage of
experimental design only two classes of
                                PRESSURE

                                SOURCE
   n    m
 GRADUATED  GROUTING
 CYLINDER    MOLD
                           RESERVOIR
 Figure 2. Schematic View of Grouting
          Apparatus.
chemicals and a control  liquid are used.
These are:  A)  reagent grade methanol
and reagent grade acetone,  both neutral-
polar organics, B) reagent  grade xylene,
a neutral-nonpolar organic, and C)
distilled, deionized water, the control
liquid.  ACS reagent grade  chemicals  are
used as an extreme case to  tax the
limitations of the grouts,  apparatuses
and procedures.

     To obtain the approximate reactivity
of the grouted soils to leachates,
immersion tests according to ASTM
Standards, D 543, "Test for Resistance  of
Plastics to Chemical Reagents", were
performed.  To prepare the  immersion
coupons, the liquid grout was mixed with
the sand by hand and placed in 1/4 inch
(0.64 cm) layers in a 1.5 inch (3.81  cm)
diameter tube, separating each layer  with
two filter papers.  After 48 hours of
curing in the mold, the samples were  re-
moved and placed in a controlled environ-
ment (approx. 98% humidity  and 20°C)  for
four days before measuring, weighing  and
immersion in the chemicals.  Then each
specimen was placed in 150  ml of one  of
the three reagents.  The samples were
swirled and visually checked daily for
seven days.  After that, they were
towel dried, weighed and measured. At
this time, immersion tests  have only
been performed on the urethane and sodium
silicate grouts.

Selection of Test Methods for Determining
the Effects of Chemicals on the Durabil-
ity of Hardware Materials Used in the
Testing Program
                                            45

-------
     The hardware used to grout and to
conduct permeability tests on the samples
has to be durable and resistant to attack
from grouts and leachates.  In order to
ascertain reactivity data on specific po-
tential materials with the chosen leach-
ates, ASTM reactivity tests were conducted.
ASTM Standards, D 543, "Test for Resis-
tance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents"
was used for all plastics and synthetic
rubbers under consideration.  ASTM Stan-
dards , G 31, "Standard Recommended Prac-
tice for Laboratory Immersion Corrosion
Testing of Metals" was followed for all
potential metals.

Selection of Devices and Test Methods for
Determining the Effect of Chemicals on the
Permeability of Grouted Soils

     The objectives of the permeability
tests in this project are to determine the
permeability of grouted soil samples to
distilled, deionized water, and to meas-
ure the changes of their permeability due
to long-term exposure to various chemicals.

     To run a permeability test on a
grouted soil sample, two devices are
needed:  1)  a permeameter to encase the
sample and confine the flow of the per-
meant and 2)  a permeability test appara-
tus which provides for the channeling of
the permeants into and out of the permea-
meter and allows the accurate measurement
of flow through the sample.

Permeameters

     Several different permeameters were
designed and tried.  One of the promising
designs used a fixed-walled cylindrical
mold to confine both the sample and the
permeant flow.  However, shrinkage of the
grouted sample allowed the permeant to
flow through the space between the mold
and the sample and the permeability test
results were erroneous.

     The final version of the permeameter
is of a triaxial design.  In essence, the
grouted sample is encased in a latex mem-
brane, then placed and pressurized in a
confining chamber filled with glycerine.
Permeant is introduced to the top of the
sample at a desired pressure but lower than
the confining pressure.  An even lower
pressure may be applied to the tail end of
the sample which can help reduce the volume
of any gases trapped in the sample and
thereby yield more accurate permeability
values.  The permeant that passes through
the sample is collected at the bottom and
is measured for permeability calculations.
The confining chamber pressure applied to
the membrane prevents the short circuiting
of the permeant along the sides of the
grouted sample.

     Specifically, the sample is placed
between two porous stones, then between
two 3 inch (7.62 cm) diameter aluminum
disks (base and cap) approximately 2 inches
(5.08 cm) thick.  This "sandwich" column is
wrapped with tetrafluoroethylene (Teflon)
tape to prevent the chemicals permeating
through the sample from attacking the latex
membrane surrounding the sample.  Addition-
ally, the tape and disk sides are smeared
with high vacuum grease to control any
small leaks.  Next, a 0.025 inch (0.64 mm)
thick latex membrane is unrolled over the
sides of this column.  Two 2.75 inch (7.00
cm) inside diameter o-rings are positioned
over the membrane at each end, effectively
squeezing the membrane into close contact
with the greased disks.  The combination of
the high vacuum grease and the o-rings cre-
ates an effective seal between the disks
and membrane to prevent permeant leakage.

     The disk-sample-disk column is con-
tained in the confining chamber.  This
chamber is made of 3/8 inch (0.95 cm)
thick clear acrylic tube, with an inside
diameter of 4.25 inches (10.8 cm) and two
3/4 inch (1;91 cm) thick aluminum end-
plates.

     The aluminum base and cap disks, and
thereby the sample, communicate to the out-
side of the confining chamber through 0.125
inch (0.32 cm) diameter nylon tubes and
brass fittings that pass through the end-
plates.  Two lines attach to each disk.
One, which is attached to the top disk, in-
troduces leachate to the sample; the second
is provided to bleed off any air trapped
in the disk or the top porous stone.  It is
closed by a valve during normal testing.
One line to the bottom disk exits through
the bottom endplate directly and carries
off any permeant passing through the
sample; the second line to the lower disk
acts as a bleeder for the lower porous
stone and disk.  Both disks have a circu-
lar groove in their face to help disperse
or collect fluid from a greater area of the
porous stones.  See Figure 3.
                                            46

-------
    BLEEDER VALVES
                       HEAD PRESSURE
                            1/2' ALUMINUM
                            PLATE
                             GASKET

                             BRASS ELBOWS

                             4" I.D. ACRYLIC


                             1/8* O.D. TUBE
                             3* DIA. ALUMINUM
                             DISK

                             LATEX MEMBRANE
                             3' DIA. GROUTED
                             SAMPLE
                             3* DIA. POROUS
                             STONES


                             3* DIA. ALUMINUM
                             DISK

                             1/4-20 THREADED
                             ROD

                            GASKET
                BACK PRESSURE
         Figure 3. Permeameter.
     It is believed that the above de-
scribed triaxial type of encasement of per-
meability samples is the best for grouted
soils.  First, it provides a flexible and
compliant boundary confinement to the flow
of the permeant that will adjust to any
surface irregularities in the sample.
Second, it will also be flexible enough to
adjust to any volume changes in the sample,
either shrinkage or swelling.

     It is hoped that the encasement using
the tetrafluoroethylene tape and latex mem-
brane combination will work for all chemical
permeants.  However, if leaks should de-
velop, allowing the permeant to attack the
membrane, molded fluoro-silicone jackets
will have to be used for encasement.
Permeability Testing Apparatuses

     Two permeability testing devices were
designed to test the grouted soils.  A
constant head device is used in a special
enclosure for possible carcinogenic or
highly toxic permeants.  A falling head
apparatus is used for the less toxic per-
meants and the control liquid (distilled,
deionized water).  Both are pressure
assisted systems.

     The constant head device requires
very little physical contact to read, ad-
just or maintain.  It is preferred for
the highly toxic permeants since it can be
isolated in a vented glove box and only
accessed for occasional adjustments.  The
falling head device yields more precise
results and has built-in checks but re-
quires more contact by the operator, mak-
ing it potentially dangerous for use with
carcinogenic or highly toxic permeants.

     The constant head device accommodates
twelve permeameters.  The top of each of
six permeameters is connected by a manifold
to a pressurized permeant reservoir.
Another manifold provides pressure to the
confining liquid in the permeameters.  Per-
meant passed through each sample is trans-
ported to a stoppered buret where the
readings are made.

     Two banks of six cylinders each are
contained in a six foot long by three foot
wide by four foot tall (1.83 m x 0.91 m x
1.22 m) clear acrylic glove box sealed
under a vented metal hood (See Figure 4).
All pertinent devices are also housed in
this enclosure, including the gauges and
pressure regulators, two permeant reser-
voirs, the manifolds, and burets.  Read-
ings on the burets are made through the
transparent chamber.  Adjustments to any
valves and the filling of the reservoirs
are accomplished using five sets of long
neoprene gloves that are attached to
evenly spaced portholes in the chamber
walls.  A small airtight door at each end
allows for removal of equipment from the
chamber.  Air is constantly drawn through
six flap valves located in the lower
corners of the box and exhausted through
the overhead hood.  This keeps hazardous
fumes to a minimum.  All tubing and fit-
tings are of resistant nylon and the
valves are tetrafluoroethylene and brass.

     The two typical versions of a falling
                                            47

-------
                     EXHAUST
                                                      HEAD PRESSURE
                                                          BACK PRESSURE
  PERMEANT
  RESERVOIR
            PERMEAMETER
                              GLOVE BOX
   Figure 4. Constant Head Permeability
            Test Apparatus.


head permeameter station are shown in
Figure 5.  These are .attached to a free-
standing board.  Each station supplies
permeant through a standpipe to a sample
in a permeameter.  Any permeant that has
passed through the sample is registered in
a second standpipe.  Agreement of the
changes in the two standpipes affords a
check for leaks in the permeameter or
system.  Provisions are made to assist the
gravity head with pressure in both stand-
pipes.  Confining pressure is supplied by
a manifold attached to a separate pressure
regulator.  A depleted standpipe can be
filled from a supply line attached to a
permeant reservoir on the board.  Special,
high volume standpipes are used for the
more permeable samples.  See Figure 5-b.

     The falling head system is made up of
1/4 inch (0.64 cm) outside diameter Nylon
tubing and Nylon fittings.  Valves are
brass with resistant, synthetic o-ring
seals.  Plug valves are used for all ap-
plications within the liquid filled por-
tion of the network.  These valves dis-
place no liquid on closing and thereby do
not change the levels in the sensitive
standpipes.

     The typical permeability test with
toxic permeants is initiated by passing
                                                                        HEAD PRESSURE
                                                                           ,, BACK PRESSURE
                                                FROM
                                                RESERVOIR
                                                             HIGH VOLUME _
                                                             STANDPIPES
                  FROM
                  RESERVOIR
               CHAMBER
               PRESSURE
CHAMBER
PRESSURE
 Figure 5. Falling Head Permeability Test
           Apparatuses: a. Basic Station;
           b. Variation with High Volume
           Standpipes.
one-half of the sample's initial  pore
volume of distilled, deionized water
through the sample.  This is based on an
estimate that after grouting the  maximum
volume of air and free water in a sample
will not exceed one-half of the initial
pore volume in the sand.  The pressures
required to produce this flow are adjusted
according to the permeability and thick-
ness of the sample, and by a limiting hy-
draulic gradient that is not high enough
to cause erosion inside the sample.  The
flow must become steady by the time the
one-half pore volume of distilled, de-
ionized water has passed through  the
sample, as measured by the effluent volume.
After this solution has been passed, the
chosen toxic permeant is applied  to the
grouted soil sample under the same pres-
sures.  The rate of permeant flow through
the grouted soil is measured at regular
intervals and the permeability trends are
observed.
                                            43

-------
      As a minimum, a chamber pressure
 that is 10 psi (69 kPa)  greater than the
'driving pressure is maintained to prevent
 any short circuiting of  the permeant be-
 tween the sample and the tetrafluoroethy-
 lene tape/membrane encasement.

      Two test samples of each grout/per-
 meant combination are tested simultan-
 eously to check the uniformity of grout-
 ing and to check the test procedure for
 reproducibility.   A third sample of the
 grout is simultaneously  tested exclu-
 sively with the control  liquid.   All  sam-
 ples of a specific grout are prepared at
 the same time and under  identical  con-
 ditions to eliminate disparaties in the
 quality of samples.

 RESULTS

      The reactivity and  corrosion  tests
 on  potential  hardware materials  resulted
 in  a list of  materials that were judged
 unaffected by xylene, methanol and ace-
 tone.   These  materials are  Nylon 11,
 tetrafluoroethylene,  dense  polypropylene,
 aluminum (6061),  stainless  steel  and
 brass.   Materials  to  be  allowed  if not  in
 contact with  xylene,  methanol  or acetone
 are latex,  neoprene  and  acrylic.

      The durability  test on  the  grouted
 soil  samples  gave  varied results.   In the
 methanol  bath,  urethane  samples  lost  an
 average of  12%  of  their  weight and soft-
 ened  to the point  of  making  handling
 without tearing the  sample difficult.
 Urethane also softened in the water but
 gained  an average  of  15%  by  weight.   No
 visible degradation of these samples were
 noted.

      Urethane samples  in  the xylene had  no
 noted weight change,  but were noticeably
 harder  after immersion.  The normally
 smooth  faces of the specimens showed some
 etching  between sand  particles.  The so-
 dium silicate samples  had no notable de-
 gradation, yet lost an average of  7.5% of
 their weight in methanol, 3.5% in acetone
 and gained 3% of their weight in xylene.
 A 1% weight decrease was  noted in water.

     The procedures that  were developed
 for grouting the soil samples, using three
 different grouts, have proven to be ex-
 cellent.  By using the developed deairing
method, the samples proved to be very uni-
 form in their properties  and are easily
 reproduced.  The grouting mold works well,
 it is easy to use; and it allows close
 control of the dimensions of the samples.
 Although the AV-100 grout gave the lowest
 permeability values among the grouts used,
 and its use resulted in the most consistent
 samples, because of its toxicity it will be
 replaced in future work by its acrylate
 counterpart, the AC-400 grout.

      The triaxial  permeameter that was de-
 veloped is simple, compact, inexpensive
 and works well.   The rigid mold type per-
 meameter was tried but was abandoned be-
 cause of separation between the mold and
 the shrinking sample and a consequent
 short-circuiting of permeant flow.   Also,
 it could effect  permeability results if the
 grouted sample would have a tendency to
 swell  as a reaction to the permeant.

      A permeability sample diameter of
 three inches was chosen as a convenient di-
 mension as it is close to the usual  tri-
 axial  sample size  of 2.8 inches (7.1  cm).
 The thickness of the samples is varied be-
 tween  one and three inches,  depending on
 the permeability of the grouted soils,
 using  the smaller  thickness  for samples
 with the least coefficient of permeability.

      The developed methods of wrapping  and
 encasing the samples is  working well.   It
 effectively  confines the  flow of permeants
 to  within the samples.

     The confining  pressures  chosen  in
 prototype testing  are  to  simulate typical
 overburden pressures  in-situ,  but should
 be  at  least  10 psi  higher  than  the  head
 pressures  to  ensure  a  good seal  between the
 samples  and  their membranes.

     The falling-head  permeability test
 apparatus works  very well.   It  is accurate,
 straightforward  to operate, and  is durable.
 It  is  the preferred  type of device if the
 permeant used  is non-toxic or only mildly
 toxic, and adequate protection against in-
 juries can be provided by goggles and pro-
 tective  clothing.

     The tests in progress use elevated
 driving  pressures for accelerated testing.
 However, it was found that even the control
 liquid can break through a sample if the
 hydraulic gradient is too high.  This crit-
 ical hydraulic gradient seems to depend on
 the type of grout and the permeant used.
To avoid a breakthrough with the control
                                           49

-------
liquid, each type of grouted sample must
carefully be pretested with gradually in-
creasing hydraulic gradients and by
closely monitoring the flow rates.  The
flow rate of the control liquid must re-
main constant indefinitely at the se-
lected driving pressures.

     The best procedure for permeability
testing seems to be to first establish
the desired driving pressures, as ex-
plained above.  Then three identical
grouted samples are subjected to perme-
ability testing with the control liquid
as the permeant.  One-half of a pore vol-
ume of this liquid is passed through the
samples.  After that, the hazardous leach-
ate is introduced as a permeant for two of
the samples while the third sample con-
tinues to receive the control liquid.
During the tests, the flow rates are con-
tinuously monitored and the permeability
values are calculated and plotted against
the flow volumes to observe developing
trends.

     At the time of this writing (Septem-
ber, 1983), as part of the shake-down of
the equipment, permeability tests are
being conducted on twelve grouted samples.
They are being tested in the falling-head
permeability device.  Four of each of the
acrylamide, the urethane and the sodium
silicate grouted samples are being
tested.  They are all three inches in dia-
meter.  The thickness of the sodium sili-
cate samples is three inches, while that
of the acrylamide and urethane samples is
one inch.

     Permeability tests with the control
water over a two week period, and with a
minimum total flow equaling one pore
volume, resulted in stabilized flows at
the following average values of permea-
bility:  4 x 10~10 cm/sec for acrylamide
samples, 1.4 x 10-8 cm/sec for urethane
samples and 1.0 x 10-5 cm/sec for sodium
silicate samples.  The sodium silicate
samples were grouted without the carbon
dioxide purge method and are considered of
inferior quality.  Improved sodium sili-
cate samples will be prepared for fur-
ther testing.

     After the two week period mentioned
above, reagent grade acetone was  intro-
duced into two acrylamide and two urethane
samples.  In the following two weeks, the
permeability of the urethane samples de-
creased by approximately 6 fold.   The per-
meability of the acrylamide samples first
decreased slightly, then began to increase
slowly, and they both failed by breaking
through shortly thereafter (See Figure 6).
10 '
5
2
1 10'8
5
2
10'9



i
i
i
i
•
N T TO CONTINUE
T» -""' ~~~*
~V
PORE VOLUMES
123456
inr fl TI~n ill rt PFTOMF

                        a.
     10
       •"ft
f
         . w-1....
/
                                  FAILURE
                               PORE VOLUMES
                              i	i
               1/2
             WATER
                          1 1/2


                        ACETONE
                         b.
   Figure 6. Permeability Test Results:
             a. Silica Sand with Urethane
             Grout-,   b.  Silica Sand with
             Acrylamide Grout.
      Immediate future research will sys-
 tematically test the resistance to per-
 colation of sodium silicate, urethane,
                                            50

-------
cement-bentonite and acrylate grouts., sub-
jected to reagent grade acetone, glycol,
methanol and xylene permeants.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     The authors gratefully acknowledge
the contributions of Jerry Mescher who
conducted the reactivity tests.  This
project is sponsored by the USEPA Munici-
pal Environmental Research Laboratory.
Mr. Herbert Pahren is the Project Officer.
Mention of trade names or commercial
products does not constitute endorsement
or recommendation for use.

REFERENCES

1.  American Society for Testing Mater-
    ials, Standard Recommended Practice
    for Laboratory Immersion Corrosion
    Testing of Metals.  ANSI/ASTM G 31-72
    (reapproved 1979).
2.
3.
4.
    American Society for Testing Mater-
    ials, Test for Resistance of Plastics
    to Chemical Reagents.  ANSI/ASTM D
    543-67 (reapproved 1973).

    Anderson, D.,  and Brown, K.W., 1981.
    Organic Leachate Effects on the
    Permeability of Clay Liners.  Proceed-
    ings of the 7th Annual
    Symposium.
    119-130.
               	Research
                EPA-600/9-81-002b, pp.
    Anderson, D.,  Brown, K.W., and Green,
    J., 1982.  Effect of Organic Fluids
    on the Permeability of Clay Soil
    Liners.  Proceedings of the 8th
    Annual Research Symposium.  EPA-600/
    9-82-002, pp.  179-190.
5.  Avanti International, 1982.   Grouting
    Manual.  Avanti  International,
    Houston, TX.

6.  Bowles, J.E., 1978.   Engineering Prop-
    erties of Soils  and  Their Measurement,
    2nd Edition.   McGraw-Hill Book Co. ,
    New York.

7.  Karol, R.H.,  1982.   Chemical  Grouts
    and Their Properties.  Proceedings  of
    the Conference on Grouting in Geo-
    technical Engineering,  American So-
    ciety of Civil Engineers, New York.

    Lambe, T.W.,  and Whitman, R.V., 1979.
    Soil Mechanics,  SI  Version.   John
                                                    Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York.

                                                9.   Larson, R.J., and May, J.H., 1983.
                                                    Geotechnical  Aspects of Bottom Seal-
                                                    ing Existing  Hazardous Waste Land-
                                                    fills by Injection Grouting.  Pro-
                                                    ceedings of the First Annual Hazar-
                                                    dous Materials Management Conference,
                                                    Tower Conference Management, Wheaton,
                                                    Illinois.

                                               10.   Raymond International, 1982.  Siroc
                                                    132 Chemical  Grout Laboratory Sample
                                                    Bulletin.  Raymond International,
                                                    Pennsauken, New Jersey.

                                               11.   Sittig, M., 1981.  Handbook of Toxic
                                                    and Hazardous Chemicals.  Noyes
                                                    Publications, Park Ridge, New Jersey.
8.
                                            51

-------
               PRODUCTION, MIGRATION, AND  HAZARDS  ASSOCIATED
              WITH TOXIC AND FLAMMABLE  GASES AT  UNCONTROLLED
                          HAZARDOUS WASTE  SITES


                     Riley N. Kinman, David L. Nutini
                          RNK Environmental,  Inc.
                           Covington, Ky.   41017
                                 ABSTRACT

    The extent  of  production,  migration, and hazards associated with toxic
and flammable gases  at  uncontrolled  hazardous waste sites was determined
by literature review.   Emphasis  was  placed on volatilization and migration
of gases  (other  than methane);  short-  and long-term gas problems encoun-
tered before and during remedial action and how these are coped with;
costs associated with gas  control;  chemical group compatibility; and the
most frequently  reported toxic and  flammable gases occurring at uncontrol-
led hazardous waste  sites.   Based on the review,  gas migration problems
are site  specific  and are  manageable;  concentrations in air have been mea-
sured in  the low mg/1 to ug/1  range  for most gases reported; and costs of
gas migration controls  are expensive.   Costs ranged from $17,300 to
$273,510.
INTRODUCTION

     Superfund legislation  requires
that cleanup of hazardous materials
be accomplished at many remedial
action sites.  In the  cleanup  effort^
there is the possibility that  toxic
and flammable gases will be re-
leased to the environment,  both from
natural and man-made activities.
This study determined  the extent  of
production, migration, and  hazards
associated with both toxic  and flam-
mable gases at hazardous waste sites,
including surface impoundments,
landfills, drum storage areas  and
contaminated soil, where remedial
action is either underway,  contem-
plated or finished.
VOLATILIZATION AND MIGRATION

     Volatilization, mainly from
the more toxic of the halogenated
organics and aromatic hydrocarbons,
is the primary process where waste
containing these organics at uncon-
trolled hazardous waste sites are
converted from a liquid or solid
state to a gaseous or vapor state.
A number of factors influence vola-
tilization including the physical-
chemical properties of the substance
such as vapor pressure, temperature
(boiling point and flash point),
molecular weight, solubility, and
environmental factors such as air-
surface diffusion rates, wind speed,
absorption/adsorption, air tempera-
ture and pressure.  For example, a
substance with a high vapor pressure,
a low molecular weight, a low boil-
ing point, and a low solubility
typically has a high volatility.

     Increasing wind speed, creating
increased turbulence,also increase
rates of volatilization from surface
impoundments.  Thibodeaux et al,
1982 (1) found that natural gas
transfer coefficients measured  for
methanol in surface impoundments
averaged 2,680 cm/hr, while the
                                     52

-------
 turbulent gas transfer coefficients
 averaged 13,900 cm/hr.  Wind may
 also have a reverse effect favoring
 a decrease in the gas concentration
 in air by dilution.  This depends
 on the location of the receptor.

      Rising air temperatures in-
 crease volatilization as demon-
 strated by Shen and Tofflemire,
•1980 (2), where concentration ranges
 of PCBs in the summer were 246-300
 Jig/m3  and only 0.05-3.0 ug/m3 in the
 winter.

     Absorption/adsorption of a li-
 quid organic  chemical onto a solid
 adsorbent or  soil affects volatili-
 zation.   Shen and Tofflemire, 1980
 (2), showed that the rate of vola-
 tilization of Aroclor 1242 was less
 for  organic topsoil than for coarse
 sand.   The coarse sand had more sur-
 face area to  adsorb,  and thus,  de-
 sorb the  chemical than did the top-
 soil which was denser and had less
 porosity.   This  is  also  an important
 factor  when considering  diffusion
 through  the soil as part  of  the
 chemical  migration  process (discus-
 sed  below).

     Since many  combinations  of
wastes  and conditions  may occur at
uncontrolled  hazardous waste   sites,
other  factors  influence  volatiliza-
tion.   The solid and/or  liquid  waste
types, waste  concentration,  soil
permeability,  moisture  content,  gas
pressure,  all  contribute  to  diffu-
sion of volatile substances  from
waste s.ites.   For example,  increase
in the soil moisture  content,  de-
crease in  the  soil  permeability,
and  compaction of the  soil cover
will decrease  the diffusion  rate of
organic chemicals.

     Another pathway  of migration
for  organic compounds  in  air  besides
volatilization (diffusion) involves
the  adsorption/absorption  of  these
chemicals  onto fine particles  (par-
ticulate matter,  soil dust, coal
fines).  Natural  and  artificial
activities  like  wind  erosion  and
excavation may create localized  or
long-range air pollution  problems.
      Movement of leachate and/or
 groundwater containing organic  com-
 pounds is another migration path-
 way.   The contaminants carried  in
 the leachate/groundwater volatilize
 into  the air creating odor and
 health problems.  This may occur on-
 site  as well as off-site depending
 on the extent of movement.
 PROBLEMS BEFORE AND DURING REMEDIAL
 ACTION

      The most typical types of pro-
 blems discovered before remedial
 action at uncontrolled hazardous
 waste sites  indicating a need for
 such  action  include odors, vegeta-
 tive  damage,  human and animal health
 effects,  fires  and explosions, dis-
 coloration of soil, and deterioration
 of metal surfaces.  A comprehensive
 list  of  the  types of toxic and flam-
 mable gases  measured where these
 problems  were noted are given in
 Table 1.

      The  most typical types of pro-
 blems encountered during remedial
 action  include  odors from leaking
 drums,  odors  from penetrating or
 opening  drums while sampling,  or
 odors emitted in excavating or
 drilling  the  site;  meteorological
 conditions (high temperatures and
 fog)  which increased volatilization
 or caused  organic vapor buildup;
 and topographical conditions  (valley
 setting) which  prohibited sufficient
ventilation  of  the site;  heat  stress
due to wearing  protective clothing
to prevent exposure to  gases;  com-
munity stress from seeing on-site
workers wearing  protective gear
while they may  have no  such protec-
tion; other human health  effects
due to chemical  exposure;  fires  and
explosions; fugitive dust  emissions;
anaesthetic effect  by odorless chem-
icals.  The types  of toxic and flam-
mable gases measured where these
problems were found are also  includ-
ed in Table 1.
                                      53

-------
                    TABLE 1.  TOXIC AND FLAMMABLE GASES
                     MEASURED AT REMEDIAL ACTION SITES
 Types
 Toluene
 Benzene
 Phenols
 Ethylbenzene
 Naphthalene
 Vinyl Chloride
 Methylene Chloride
 Chloroethane
 Trichloroethylene
 Pesticides
 Coal Tar Residues
 Methane
Chlorotoluene
Tetrachloroethane
Chlorobenzene
Xylenes
Trichloroethane
Chloroform
Tetrachloroethene
Vinylidene Chloride
1,2-Dichloroethane
Hydrogen Sulfide
Acetone
Hexane
Trans-l,2-Dichloroethene
Hexachlorobenzene
1,1-Trichloroethane
Dichloromethane
Tetrachloromethane
Methylbenzene
Dimethylbenzene
Trimethylbenzene
Dichlorobenzene
Trichlorobenzene
Carbon Tetrachloride
SHORT- AND LONGJTERM PROBLEMS ASSO-
CIATED WITH SITE RESTORATION TO
MITIGATE GAS GENERATION OR MIGRATION

     Several short-term problems
raised or encountered in the part
by site investigators include:
attempts to measure or estimate
gases are complicated by the wide
range of contaminants and interfer-
ence posed by other gas sources;
scarcity of published gas monitor-
ing data on rate and amount of gas
production; and variability in
meteorological conditions affecting
gas generation and migration rates.
These problems are now overcome by
gathering background data from
Federal, State, and Local officials,
manufacturers, and others who live
or work near the site or by perform-
ing field investigations using en-
vironmental air monitoring equip-
ment (Table 2).

     Long—term contamination effects
from toxic and flammable gases are
not yet well known.  However, it  is
believed that long-term airborne
effects from predicted concentra-
tions of organic vapors could cause
increased cancer risks.  Also many
short-term accumulations of  sub-
stances could lead to long-term
problems.  The risks from  eventual
long-term accumulations can  be
decreased or abated with sufficient
controls.
                   CONTROLLING PROBLEMS AT UNCONTROLLED
                   HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES

                        To properly  respond  to  a  gas
                   problem at an uncontrolled hazardous
                   waste  site, many  considerations  are
                   made during the site investigation,
                   mitigation, and closure.  Usually  a
                   preliminary assessment  of the  site
                   is made before any  comprehensive
                   plan of action is taken.  This is
                   done in order to  obtain data to
                   identify hazards  or gaps  in  known
                   information in order to plan further
                   investigations or the  safe response
                   to site cleanup.

                        Another procedure  used  is air
                   monitoring or, in the  absence  of
                   data,  air modelling.   This may be
                   used before, during and after  re-
                   sponse to a site  and may  be  used
                   on-site as well as  off-site.
                   Several types of  air monitoring
                   equipment used to monitor specific
                   hazards are given in Table  2.

                        Once the need  for  remedial
                   action is established,  a  comprehen-
                   sive site plan called  a Remedial
                   Action Master Plan  (RAMP),  integra-
                   ting health and safety procedures,
                   is initiated.  The  complete  plan is
                   outlined  in the final  paper  which
                   includes  such items as a  base of
                   operations, personnel,  a  decontami-
                   nation station, coordination of
                   activities with all officials,
                                     54

-------
                   TABLE  2.  TYPES  OF  EQUIPMENT USED IN AIR
                MONITORING FOR  SPECIFIC  HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
   Hazard
                              Equipment
   Explosive Atmosphere

   Oxygen-deficient Atm.

   Toxic Atmosphere
   Radioactivity
-combustible  gas  indicator

-oxygen meter

-organic vapor  analyzer  (OVA-GC)
-photoionization  detector  (PID)
-flame ionization detector (FID)  with gas
 chromatograph  (GC)  option
-colorimetric tubes
-collection systems  using  sampling pumps in
 conjunction  with absorption  tubes,  detector
 tubes, filters,  and  impingers.   After col-
 lection, lab analysis would  include use of
 gas chromotograph/mass  spectrophotometer
 (GC/MS), GC/Electron Capture, Atomic Absorp-
 tion (AA), or wet chemistry  methods.

-radiation survey meters (alpha,  beta, gamma)
-passive monitors  (alarms)
-dosimeters (film badges)
examination  of  site characteristics,
levels  of  protection (clothing and
safety  equipment),  medical surveil-
lance,  proper  equipment for safe
clean-up,  methods  of controls, odor
surveys, safe  handling  and sampling
procedures,  and  emergency plans.

     Methods of  control may be natu-
ral or  artificial.   The various me-
thods presently  used include:   natu-
ral dilution and dispersion into the
atmosphere; natural soil barriers;
gas treatment  systems;  covers;
foams;  predisposal  treatment;  pipe
and trench vents;  impermeable
barriers;  and gas  collection sys-
tems.   Because every site is unique,
use of  these controls is quite var-
iable.  Some controls are used in
combination with one another to
prevent migration,  for  detoxifying
substances, or to  protect struc-
tures.  For example,  the best  pro-
tection scheme (Figure  1)  for  pro-
tecting an existing  structure  might
include a permeable  trench system,
complete with gas  extraction wells,
header  system, and  exhaust fan-
          induced gas exhaust.
          COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH GAS  CONTROL

               References report  costs  for
          several gas migration control tech-
          niques.  All sample costs  were
          based on hypothetical sites and
          were obtained from published  guides
          and other literature sources.  Costs
          of specific gas migration  control
          techniques according to Paige et al,
          1980 (3), including system details
          are given in Table 3.

               The range (using the U.S. high
          and low average) of life cycle costs
          including initial capital  and  first
          year operation and maintenance, for
          gas migration control techniques
          according to Lippitt et al, 1982
          (4), are given in Table 4.
                                     55

-------
O 0)030)
£3 CVJ
55 tn
4-5
gfl
COO
r~H


bO
C
•H
T)
rH

Q) • ( 3
•0 bO *
Oj 0)


I ,

Pd

H H
,Q -^3
eg cu d
 0) X> 0)


_ . .

1
^-**~ __ « ^^ .•«_ M£K MM

£^;$^{v;

).
^««^^ 4K**



A" * * „%'/ ** 1 4 f '»"*«»« 1* * " •>
*<» » * v * « V * V * * ' * ? "**''<
H «3 0)
H OJ bD
ni a
S InH
o o5 M
>3 Pi CJ CU
h a -H -H fn
JnrH 8 JH 0
3 0) f-t
H h J3 (6 
CO

bD















nduced
•rH

A
-P
•H
rn
                                     CO
11
s* cu
o -o


-------
                  TABLE 3. COST OF SPECIFIC GAS MIGRATION
                           CONTROL TECHNIQUES (3)
  Technique
Details
                                                            Total  Cost
 Trench  Vents
 Pipe Vents
 Gas  Collection
  System
As constructed; dimensions  are  20'  deep,    $273,510
4' wide, 500' long.   Cost  covers  excava-
tion, spreading of backfill  material,
well point dewatering,  sheet piling,
laterals, risers.  Cost  of  treatment  of
water withdrawn during  dewatering  is  not
included.

For a single forced ventilation pipe  vent     $1,110
4" in diameter and 30'  deep.  Includes
cost for installation of well,  PVC  casing,
mushroom top, elbow piping,  and a  small
fan applicable to one vent.

This consists of a surface  gas  collection    $14,230
network connected to  the heads  of  4 pipe
vents.  The distance  between each  vent is
200' and an additional  20'  of PVC  pipe is
needed to connect the last vent to  the fan.
Pipes are designed to maintain  the  required
head throughout the system.   Also,  PVC
elbows,  PVC tees, butterfly  valves  and
flowmeters are used as needed.  Cost  in-
cludes installation and materials.
           TABLE  4.  RANGE  OF COSTS OF SPECIFIC GAS MIGRATION
                   CONTROL  TECHNIQUES- CONSTANT UNITS*(4)
 Technique
                      Range of Life  Cyc1e  Cost
 Passive Vents
 Passive Trench  Barriers
 Active Gas Extraction  Wells
 Surface Seal with  Clay
 Surface Seal with  Asphalt
 Surface Seal with  Fly  Ash
                          $17,300-25,220
                          $29,015-44,180
                          $28,900-48,200
                          $96,300-163,300
                          $67,300-92,700
                          $95,900-165,700
 * All units  in  dollars  per  hectare of site surface area.
   ha = 0.41  acres
CHEMICAL GROUP COMPATIBILITY

     Table 5 represents one of
thirty-eight chemical groups and  the
chemical groups with which it is
reactive. .Mixture of these chemical
groups will result in a gas emission
or gas-related incident such as a
fire (F), an explosion  (E), heat
generation (H), Toxic gas generation
                      (GT),  or flammable gas generation
                      (GF) (5).  This type of information
                      serves as a good indicator list of
                      combinations that should be avoided
                      when working a site or that could
                      be used in determining potential
                      gas problems when assessing a site.
                                     57

-------
                TABLE 5.  CHEMICAL  GROUP  COMPATIBILITY  (5)

Reactive Group
Acids, Organic











with
-cyanides
-dithiocarbamates
-fluorides, inorganic
-metals, alkali & alkaline earth,
elemental
-metals, other elemental & alloys
as powders, vapors, or sponges
-nitrides
-sulfides, inorganic
-explosives
-oxidizing agents, strong
-reducing agents, strong
Results
GT, GF
H, GT,
GT

GF, H,

GF
H, GF
GT
H, E
H, GT
H, GF


GF


F








FREQUENTLY REPORTED TOXIC AND FLAM-
MABLE GASES OCCURRING AT UNCONTROL-
LED HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES

     Twenty-one of the most  common
chemicals found at uncontrolled
waste sites that have resulted in
toxic and flammable gas problems
are cited in the final report.  The
final report not only lists  these
chemicals but gives information as
to their molecular weight (MW),
boiling point (BP), vapor pressure
(VP), flash point  (FP), solubility
(Sol), Provisional Limits in Air
(PLA), Threshold Limit Values (TLV),
Short-term Exposure Limits  (STEL),
distinct odor (DO), Threshold Odor
Concentration (TOG), odor charac-
teristics, volatility, health ef-
fects, protection  level, and mea-
sured concentration ranges  found in
air at vaious sites around  the U.S.,
Great Britain, and Germany.  A sam-
ple of this information is  given in
Table 6 for benzene.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     The authors would  like  to
express their appreciation to
Stephen C. James, EPA Project Offi-
cer, for his assistance in the  lit-
erature review and  comments  in  the
report composition, which led to  the
successful completion of this pro-
ject.
     We also appreciate the comments
made by Donald Banning of MERL-EPA
in Cincinnati, Ohio.

     We would like to acknowledge
the aid given by Gail MacMillan in
reviewing the literature.
REFERENCES

1.  Thibodeaux, L.J.; Springer, C.;
    Hedden, T.; Lunney, P.  Chemical
    volatilization Mechanisms from
    surface impoundments in the ab-
    sence of wind.  EPA 600/9-82-002
    March, 1982.

2.  Shen, Thomas T. and T.J. Toffle-
    mire.  Air pollution aspects of
    land disposal of tox.ic wastes.
    J. Environ. Eng. Div.  (Am. Soc.
    Civ. Eng.) 1980, 106 (EEI), 211-
    26.

3.  Paige, S.; Morgan, C.; Bryson,
    H,; Hunt, G.; Rogeshewski, P.;
    Spooner, P.; Twedell,  D.; Wetzel
    R.  Preliminary design and cost
    estimates for remedial actions
    at hazardous waste disposal
    sites.  Manage. Uncontrolled
    Hazardous Waste Sites, Natl.
    Conf.  1980, pp. 202-07.
                                     58

-------
Lippitt, J.; Walsh, J.;
DIPuccio A.; Scott, M.  Worker
safety and'degree-of-hazard
considerations on remedial
action costs.  Manage. Uncon-
trolled Hazardous Waste Sites,
Natl. Conf.   1982, pp. 311-318.

Hatayama, J.K. et al.  A method
for determining the compatibili-
ty of hazardous waste.  NTIS PB
80-221005, EPA 600/2-80-076,
April, 1980.
                                59

-------
r


































w
S3
M
N
£5

W

S3
O

25
0
M
H
**4
35
PR
O
pE|
S3
H

•
VD

M
rH
n
•a!


































•
y
OJ
M M
o cd
»rj JCJ
O 0

CO
a
O ^"-«
O 60
H 0
^*^
s-^
CO
0
•^
O 60
pa a
s-x

^^
CO
H3 S
W —
E-l 60
CO 0
vx

^-^
co
0
P* "*•*
hJ 60
H s5


,*•%
CO
0
^3 *••>,
hJ 60
pt| 0
>«*


4J
cd /*•*
o
rH i-H 0
o -~~ o
GO 60 CM
£


^^
ft4 p4
F") 0
N~X
s~^
O
60 O
Pd o
PL, CM
> 0
B 4->
v^ > — y
rH CO -H
60 3 ••> 4J
Pi 0 4-> Cd
O M CU 0
M 0 CU 0
4J "O U M
oo o co cd

0
OO
rH
1
rH



0
H
co





1/1
r^.







o
CO





00
•
o





o
co
!>*.
rH


/•— s
O
CM O
rH E-l
v-x




vo
I^»




rH
•
O
OO


rH
•
oo
r^


•> ^^
rH 0)
0 P!
N 0)
a -H
CU M
prt t)
^-^ cd
^
U cU
a fi

4-1 CU
0 ^
^1
PM















CO
4J
y
cu
14H
IH
w

r]
4-1
rH
03
CU
X


r**
4-1
•H
rH
•H
4-1
03
rH
O
>














VO CO CO i-H CO rH U"l r^ U"l i — 1
CMrHrH CMt-HOOVDrOOO




13
CU
rH rH !-l 03 -H
03 03 CU CO CU M-l
a a > a a -H
^j cd *H t>^ CtJ I— i 4-J
CJ O pd *O (^1 fit
1 O QJ
tidfc4^"rlQ)(U T^'H
O [^ fc4 O rCn rCj QJ "HCJ
t_3£QP3i_JOOi-3 ^j {~i

rQ
p^co
CO ^ tf^ g p, g
0 P* fX g p, -^
"*^ r*i fl«CO CU p»! vo bO
60 0 0 lf"t Pu in 0
3- O CO *^-» ft ft <1* •
O •6QftftCM «COO
r^. o ^f 3* • in 1 rH
• CM 1 VO CM O\ 1 CO 1
CM lOOvo -CMCMOCO
CMO 'f-OCTil • • •
U-lrHCOCMCMrHHOOO
V





PQ



P! ^>
I 0 4J
(H 1 CO CD -rl
03 O CU -H p! T3 t-H
•rl CU (3 H O -H -H -H •
CU 0PS,n ft SrOTd
CO>^CUO03*n ftr-H3O
O 0 M »^ y CU 3 4H t-H O
rJCOQ rrJ*H|>'^ O i — 1
4-JCJ -OPS-rlrHlSCn^
"to 0) CO O 0) 4-1 . cd -H p! 3 CO rH -H
0)>>CU4-> " -H B !S  rd**COr£i O'H
•HftcU'«ycocd*J>< y
4J M ,£. CU CU 'rj CU
OjCUy3!5THT3OOCDCU
4-)Mo3oOO4JCU4Jt£)3trJ
•H T3 -H M -H 13 td 4J
J-l *& Cd 4J M rH M CU CU CJ
MpjcUo3o3o3o33,£jcUpi
I-H CCj^3MH 0 0 OOT34J ti~t »H
1



0)
rH
•H
4-1
03
H
O
^>
1














CO
60 4J
a M
•H 03
rl3 ft
4J
O  Tj
•H pi
4-1 Cd
y
cu •*
4J T3
o cd
M CU
ft ^

Tlf 4H
P! 0
03
^
co y
3 cd
4-1 rQ
cd
M -
03 ^4
ft y
ft CU
o3 (3

60 O
fi 4-1
•rl
,J3 CU
4-J M
td 3
CU CO
M 0
& ft
X
•d cu
CU
0 CU
•H 0

4-J 03 /-~N
P! !>,
O co 13
y Is o
1 0 JQ
M-l rH
rH rH l)H
ft 01 03 O
3 to ^— '
U
II
T3
cu n
CO
. 0 rH
H CU
O J>
CU
*Tj ^J
CU
60 Pi
60 0
03 -rl
H 4-1
o
II CU
4-1
0 0
0 M
E-l PH




































































CU
4-1
•H
CO
CO
rH T3
rH a
•rl 3
MH O
T3 i-4
Pi 03
03 co
rH 03 W
60 -rl
cy\ 03
rH
CO rH 4-1
4-1 vH Pi
Pi MH CU
CU 'rj «H
CO pj pQ
CU 03 0 01
i-i rH 03 y
ft 
-------
                     MIGRATION OF INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS AND SOIL-WASTE

                           INTERACTIONS AT WILSONVILLE, ILLINOIS

R. A. Griffin, R. E. Hughes, L. R. Follmer, C. J. Stohr, W. J. Morse, T. M. Johnson,
J. K. Bartz, J. D. Steele, K. Cartwright, M. M. Killey, and P. B. DuMontelle

                             Illinois State Geological Survey
                             615 East Peabody Drive
                             Champaign, Illinois  61820
                                         ABSTRACT
     Clay soil behavior and migration of industrial chemicals are being investigated at
a hazardous-waste disposal facility  in Wilsonville, Illinois (Macoupin County). The
study was initiated after the Illinois Supreme Court affirmed a trial court order
requiring the wastes at this site to be exhumed and removed. The May  1981 order provided
a unique opportunity to examine in detail the effects of the wastes on soils below and
adjacent to the  site and to measure the migration of contaminants from the trenches.
Work is currently in progress; however, preliminary results have been obtained which
permit a detailed geologic description of the site and a preliminary evaluation of
hydrogeologic conditions relative to contaminant migration, clay-organic chemical
interactions, and the susceptibility of the cover material to collapse as a result of
subsurface erosion (piping).
               INTRODUCTION
   As an outgrowth of a 1982 Illinois
Supreme Court affirmation of a trial court
order requiring the exhumation and removal
of hazardous wastes buried at a disposal
facility near Wilsonville, Illinois
(Macoupin County) the Illinois State Geo-
logical Survey supported by the U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency, the
Illinois Environmental Protection Agency,
and the site owner, SCA Services, Inc.,
began a study to determine the cause or
causes of contaminant migration at the
facility. The background events, overall
site characteristics and project descrip-
tion have been given previously (Griffin
et al., 1983; Johnson et al., 1983; and
Stohr, 1983).
     Routine monitoring of the Wilson-
ville site by the Illinois Environmental
Protection Agency revealed that organic
contaminants were migrating 100 to 1000
times faster than predicted. Two obvious
questions were posed:  (1) Why were these
organic compounds migrating faster than
predicted, and (2) what are the impli-
cations to land disposal of similar wastes
at other sites? The court order to exhume
the wastes provided a unique opportunity
for a project to examine in detail the
natural soil conditions and the effects
of the wastes on the soil materials below
and adjacent to the site and to measure
the migration of contaminants from the
trenches.
                                            61

-------
 Development of Cracks due to Syneresis

      Cracks in geologic materials  may
 result from different processes  such as
 desiccation, freeze-thaw, tectonic
 activity,  subsidence of mined-out  or
 karst areas, and syneresis.  Syneresis is
 a chemical reaction which causes shrink-
 age  and dewatering of a colloidal  material
 due  to aggregation of particles  by
 physico-chemical attraction.  Syneresis
 cracks form as the material  shrinl  . The
 associated cracks are common in  nature and
 are  observed as open cracks,  mineral fill-
 ings, slicken-sides, and "joints"  in rocks
 and  soil materials and should not  be
 confused with desiccation stress-relief,
 or other cracks,  which are very  similar
 (White,  1964). The extent to  which
 syneresis  cracks  can affect  liquid
 migration  through a clay-rich material was
 illustrated by Kallstenius (1963). He
 found syneresis cracks 6-10 meters below
 ground surface in a glacial clay;  the
 cracks were large enough and  extensive
 enough to  provide the sole water supply
 for  a town of 7,000 people.
      Failure of landfills to  prevent
 escape of  hazardous  wastes may result
 from several natural and man-induced con-
 ditions. Contaminated aqueous  wastes and
 organic  solvents  can move along  pre-
 existing cracks,  joints,  root  traces,
 wells, or  mine shafts.  Evaluation  of
 potential  landfill  sites  often overlooks
 the  existing  natural cracks and  fractures.
 Also,  potential clay-contaminant inter-
 actions affecting  the  physical structure
 of soil materials  are  usually  ignored.
      Interactions between clay,  percolat-
 ing water,  and  contaminants can  result in
 high  rates  of  contaminant migration.
 Flocculation  increases  the ease  of liquid
 migration  through a  clay-containing
 material. Minerals that expand in water
 can undergo relative expansion or collapse
 caused by  (1)  replacement of water by  other
 solvents,  (2)  cation exchange, 'or  (3)
 increasing  ionic strength at the clay-
 solvent interface. If relative collapse of
 the clay structure occurs, the result will
be syneresis cracks  causing the material
 to have much higher  permeabilities. Expan-
 sion of the clay structure can disrupt
clay liners and will often be  followed,
after a change  in pore chemistry, by
relative collapse of the clay mineral
 structure and resultant higher perme-
abilities.
      Anderson, Brown,  and Green (1982)
 found much higher permeabilities for  soils
 exposed to various organic solvents.  They
 thought this could be  caused by the  in-
 creased flocculation of clay particles and
 by collapse of expandable clay minerals
 such as smectite. Murray and Quirk (1982)
 have shown that dry, pressed pellets  of
 nonexpanding clays will expand when
 solvated by various solvents in direct
 proportion to the dielectric constant of
 the solvent. It seems  possible that clay
 materials exposed to water,  which has a
 relatively high dielectric constant,  would
 shrink when exposed to organics  with  a
 lower constant. This supports  the mechan-
 ism for producing higher  hydraulic con-
 ductivities suggested  above  by Anderson et
 al.  (1982).
      The  failure  of clay  barriers  in  some
 instances  to contain leachate  from land-
 fills  or  impoundments  may result  from
 several natural and man-induced  causes.
 All  of  the  causes  of flocculation and/or
 interlayer  collapse already mentioned may
 cause  syneresis  cracks  to form.  The ex-
 tent  to which  syneresis cracks can affect
 leachate migration and  the question of
 synergism between  large numbers  of natural
 and  artificial  conditions  (agents) are
 essentially  unstudied.
     PURPOSE, OBJECTIVES, AND APPROACH

     The project aims are (1) to determine
why organic contaminants detected in mon-
itoring wells around the trenches have
migrated faster than predicted, but per-
haps more importantly, (2) to provide in-
sight into many other questions regarding
the efficacy of land disposal of hazardous
wastes, particularly organic liquids. The
scope of work includes studies of several
aspects of the behavior of soil materials
at the site as follows:

Site Characterization

1. A detailed geologic description.

2. Comparison of field- and laboratory-
   measured values of hydraulic con-
   ductivity.

3. The relative significance of secondary
   hydraulic conductivity or fracture
   flow.
                                            62

-------
4. The effective porosity and its relative
   impact.

Organic Chemical Effects

1. Measurements are being made of migra-
   tion rates of organic chemicals through
   the soil materials at the site.

2. Studies will be made to determine the
   effects of certain organic chemicals
   on permeability.

3. Studies are being carried out on the
   effects of organic chemicals on pore
   structure and volume.

4. A screening test is being developed to
   determine the effects of leachate and
   organic chemicals on clay structure and
   permeability.

Liquid Level and Acid Drainage

     The hydrogeology and water balance of
the trenches are being examined to deter-
mine the effects of hydraulic head under
natural conditions and from the adjacent
pile of coal cleaning refuse preparation
(gob) on the bottom and side wall perme-
ability. The strong acidity and high in-
organic salt content of leachate from the
gob pile are also being examined with re-
gard to impact on trench conditions (i.e.
hydraulic conductivity and accelerated
corrosion of drums).

Condition of Trench Covers and Subsidence

     Detailed maps of the trench covers are
being prepared showing major failures of
the covers and the extent of these
features. The condition of the covers is
also being examined as the trench mater-
ials are removed to determine the role of
surface and subsurface erosion on .the
failures of the trench covers and on the
water balance within the trenches. Monu-
ments established at the site are surveyed
with precision instruments at regular in-
tervals to determine slight changes in
elevation. Failure of the abandoned coal
mine 300 ft below the site would be in-
dicated if parts of the site show specific
patterns of subsidence.

Condition of Drums and Wastes

     The condition of the drums and other
wastes  is being documented periodically as
they are removed from the trenches to help
determine the effects of the leachate on
the drums and earth materials, the rel-
ative leachate strength, and drum life
expectancy.
                 RESULTS

     This paper describes work currently
in progress. As such the results presented
should be considered as tentative and sub-
ject to possible reinterpretation.

Geology of the Site

     The thickness of the glacial deposits,
collectively referred to as drift, ranges
from about 50 to 100 feet. A silty to
clayey Pennsylvanian shale occurs immedi-
ately beneath the glacial deposits at the
site. A site map showing the location of
drill holes with respect to -the trench and
gob pile and the location of the cross
section is given in Figure 1. The sequence
of nonlithified (or glacial) materials
underlying the site is  illustrated in
Figure 2, a cross section of the site, and
in the generalized stratigraphic column in
Figure 3. Approximately the lower half of
the sequence is composed mainly of fine
grained, silty to clayey till of the
Banner Formation. Several till units have
been recognized on the  basis of clay
mineralogy, morphology, and truncated soil
profiles within the Banner. The uppermost
till at Wilsonville is  the Vandalia Till
Member of the Glasford  Formation. It
ranges in thickness from about 25 to more
than 60 feet. It rests  upon the Banner
Formation and comes to  within about 3 to 5
feet of the ground surface on the site.
Near the site the Vandalia outcrops along
side slopes of valleys  of dissecting
streams. The Vandalia  is commonly divis-
ible into 4 zones from the top down:   1)
weathered,  leached, clayey, stiff ablation
till (the Bt of the Sangamon Soil); 2)
weathered,  leached, loamy, soft "mushy"-
ablation till; 3) partly weathered,
calcareous, loamy, brittle, fractured,
dense, basal till; and  4) unweathered
calcareous, loamy, stiff, semiplastic,
dense basal till.
     Several variations from this general
scheme have been observed  in the Wilson-
ville cores studied thus  far. In a  few
places the  upper part  of  zone 3  is  cal-
careous  and soft with  a high water  content.
The  unweathered zone 4  is  sandy  in  its
                                            63

-------
                               Profile V
                                      V4
                                            A/2^  N3s>   99.56
            <97.39

W3^T>^<:
W2^r^fii lh
W1
                                                           Cross-section
                                                 99.83 CD
                                                          Nest F
Figure 1. Site map showing: potentiometric surface of lower ablation till, April 1983; locations of trenches in rela-
tion to well nests, profiles, and cross sections; and elevations (meters) based on arbitrary datum point.
                                     64

-------
upper part but contains some silt rich
zones in the lower part. The sandy phase
till is stiffer and less plastic than the
silty phase. The phase relations between
subunits appear to be caused by glacial
deformation, shearing and stacking. Silt;
sand- or gravel-rich lenses, partings or
layers, are few to common in most cores.
They are most often less than 2 in thick,
but range up to 2.5 ft thick in one boring
(V4D) for an interval of sand and gravel.
So far no evidence for continuity of sand
has been substantiated for  lateral dis-
tances beyond a few meters.
     The upper part of zone  3 is highly
jointed in places,  and the amount of
jointing dissipates with depth.  Most joints
are horizontal,  as  many as two per in;
fewer are oblique to vertical, about 1  to 5
per core. Joints are stained with iron or
other compounds. The major factors in joint
development are  related to stress release,
desiccation, increased brittleness caused
by oxidation and a slight carbonate cemen-
tation.
     During exposure of the Vandalia Till
to weathering, the Sangamon Soil developed.
The Sangamon Soil formed directly in the
ablation phase of the Vandalia Till. This
interval of weathering caused a high degree
of mineral alteration and the development
of the clay enriched zone 1.
     The surficial materials covering the
Vandalia Till at the site are principally
wind-blown silt  deposits. Overlying the
Vandalia Till is the Roxana Silt that was
deposited mostly during the interval from
about 30,000 to 45,000 years ago. The upper
2 to 5 feet is the Peoria Loess, which was
deposited about 12,000 to 25,000 years ago.
Weathering of these silty deposits has
changed the texture to a silty clay loam
(30 to 40% clay) in most places. The sur-
face soil horizons are less clayey, gener-
ally with  15 to 25% clay. The Roxana often
contains 20 to 30% clay. The modern soil
at most places has reached  a mature state
in terms of strong horizonation and chemi-
cal leaching. The natural pH ranges from
4.3 to 5.5 and most weatherable minerals
have been altered. Areas adjacent to the
trenches are covered by  1 to 3 feet of
backfill soil material. A flattened coal
refuse pile preparation  (gob) covers about
10 acres of the site with about  15 to 40
feet of rock- debris from an underground
coal mine.
     Special emphasis has been placed on
assessing the normal pedologic and geologic
features in and around the trenches to
develop a classification for materials that
distinguishes classes of normal and dis-
turbed materials. Cores from and backhoe
pits in the surrounding area have also been
examined and evaluated to substantiate the
stratigraphic interpretations presented.
     HYDROGEOLOG1C/GEOCHEMICAL STUDIES

     Hydrogeologic and geochemical inves-
tigations of the site are being conducted
and include:  (1) borings of  18 piezome-
ter/monitoring well nests (nests A to K,
profiles V and W in Figure 1), (2) three
to nine piezometers and monitoring wells
per nest, and (3) 45° angle piezometers at
nests A, B, E, and K to attempt to measure
the influence of vertical fractures on
hydraulic conductivity. The details of the
design, construction, and experimental
plan are given in Griffin et al. (1983)
and in Johnson et al. (1983), with the
exception of angle piezometers. The angle
holes were drilled on a 45° angle and the
cased interval was backfilled by pumping
grout from the bottom of the casing to the
ground surface rather than the intervals
of expanding concrete and bentonite de-
scribed by Griffin et al. (1983) and
Johnson et al. (1983). All other design
and construction details were identical to
those described for the vertical piezome-
ters .
     Piezometers are being used initially
for in-situ hydraulic conductivity tests.
After the water levels stabilize, piezome-
ters are used to establish the long-term
potentiometric surface and in turn the
hydraulic gradient and flow across the
site. The elevation of the potentiometric
surface at the site measured in the pi-
ezometers in April, 1983 is shown in
Figure  1, and in the cross section, Figure
2. The effect of the coal refuse pile on
shallow groundwater flow pattern is evi-
dent . A groundwater mound is present be-
neath the coal refuse pile resulting in
shallow groundwater flow toward secure
trench area B to the west and secure
trench area A to the south. Some disposal
trenches in each area were apparently ex-
cavated below the water table; however,
the trenches may have remained relatively
dry during the disposal operation due to
the very low hydraulic conductivity of the
surrounding till. The presence of the
ground water mound beneath the coal refuse
                                             65

-------
c
o
                                                                          _o

                                                                          o
                                                                          a?

                                                                          C3
                           66

-------
pile is also significant because of the
potential effects of acidic, highly
mineralized, coal refuse leachate on the
geologic materials, wastes, and drums at
the disposal site. The pH of the coal
refuse leachate varied between  1.85 and
2.40; whereas soil beneath the refuse at
Nest I varied between a pH of 1.95 at the
soil-gob interface to a value of 3.75 at
4.25 ft below the refuse. The effects of
the acid leachates were not apparent at
depths greater than about 5 ft where soil
pH and EC values returned to the normal
range. It is tentatively concluded that
the high buffering capacity of the soils
have mitigated any potential influence of
the acidic refuse leachate on wastes or  ,
containers within the trenches. The major
influence of the gob pile at this time
appears to be its strong effect on the
local water table and ground water flow
directions.
     Preliminary results of the in—situ,
field tests of hydraulic conductivity
calculated using the methods of Cooper et
al.  (1967) and Papadopulos et al. (1973)
are -compared to the results of  reported
laboratory tests of hydraulic conductivity
of similar materials in Figure  3. The
hydraulic conductivity of the Vandalia Till
determined by laboratory tests  of recom-
pacted samples is very low, especially for
reportedly unfractured basal till. Labora-
tory-derived values for samples of Vandalia
Till were all reported to be 2.0 x  10~7
cm/sec or less (SCA,  1982). The hydraulic
conductivity calculated from field  inject-
ion  (slug) tests,  including a limited
number of angle hole results is however,
generally significantly greater than that
calculated  from  laboratory  tests  for the
same apparent material. Field measurements
of the hydraulic  conductivity of  intervals
of ablation  till  and  fractured  basal till,
however, were  found to be  similar for both
vertical and angle holes and as much as
three  orders of magnitude  greater than
laboratory measured values. In  the  ablation
till,  this may be  due  to very thin  sand
seams  or small interconnected fractures
within the relatively  soft  till.  The
locally, highly-fractured  nature  of  the
upper  portion  of  the more  dense basal  till
probably results  in much greater  hydraulic
conductivity values than those  observed  in
recompacted  samples of the  same material.
     The results  of field  tests of  hydrau-
lic  conductivity of the  relatively  unfrac-
tured  basal  till are  significantly  lower
than the overlying till zones; however,
they are still much greater than the re-
sults of' corresponding laboratory tests.
The reasons are not clear for this dis-
crepancy but may be due to the presence of
joints revealed in some angle borings; the
difference may also be related to the range
of accuracy of both field and laboratory
tests of materials of such low hydraulic
conductivities.
     The similarity between field and
laboratory derived values of hydraulic
conductivity of the Sangamon Soil developed
in ablation till is probably due to the
high clay content and the relatively
homogeneous nature of this highly frac-
tured weathered zone.
    ' A separate set of monitoring wells has
been constructed for water chemistry
samples. While water chemistry data are not
presently available, cores of the soil
materials from these borings were analyzed
chemically for organic and inorganic con-
stituents. The distribution of selected
contaminants with depth at Nest A is shown
in Figure 4 and is representative of the
general findings to date. Figure 4 clearly
illustrates that the zones of highest con-
taminant concentration are in the soft
ablation till  and the weathered basal till
(Vandalia till zones 2 and 3, respec-
tively), with  the majority occurring in the
soft ablation  zone. The results of the
field injection tests at this nest indi-
cate that the  soft ablation zone has the
highest hydraulic conductivity and this
probably accounts for the higher concen-
trations of contaminants and apparently
higher migration rates in this zone.
     Figure 5  illustrates a geologic cross
section of monitoring well profile V at
Trench Area B  with the results shown for
analysis of purgeable organics from core
materials obtained during installation  of
the  monitoring wells. In this case the
zone of highest contamination is the
brittle, weathered, basal till which
occurs near the base of the  trenches. No
field hydraulic conductivity  tests have
been conducted at  this location so  it  is
not  known whether  the brittle basal till
is  more permeable  than the soft ablation
till at this  location of the  site.  It  is
clear that  the greatest contamination
occurs  in  this zone at Profile V  and  that
the contaminants  have migrated more  than
20  ft from the trench but  less than 60  ft
since no  contamination was detected  at
wells V2D,  V3D, or V4D.
                                             67

-------
    Idealized stratigraphic column
     Depth
       (ft)
       10-
       20-
       30-
       50-
       60 -
       70 -
      80 -
      90 -
      100
                      Material

                   Peoria Loess

                   RoxanaSilt
                      SangamonSoil
                   VandaliaTill
                      (basal)
                   fractured, few
                    sand lenses
                   Vandalia Till
                      (basal)
                  few sand lenses
                    Banner Fm.
                       (till)
                                  Pennsylvanian
                                      . shale
   Average           Hydraulic          Hydraulic
 texture (%)     conductivity  (cm/s)  conductivity (cm/s)
sand-silt-clay        Field Test1          Lab Test*
                                                       5-65-30
                                                      30-35-35
                                                                        4.4x10-
                                                                                           1.1 x 10'6
                                                                                           1.6x10-'
                                                       45-40-15    4.1x10-= -2.3x10-    2.0x10''

                                                                   9.5 x10'6 -2.9x10'4*
                                                      41-40-19      1.4-1.5x10-"
                                                      38-43-19
                                                      10-50-40
'Water injection/recession curve tests by ISGS

'Samples recompacted
                                                                         4.4x10''
                                                                                           2.0x10''
                                                                                           4.1 x 10'9
                                                                   *45° angle hole injection tests
Figure 3.  Idealized stratigraphic column, results of field and laboratory tests of hydraulic conductivity, and texture
of geologic materials at Wilsonville site. Actual trench depths generally ranged from 10 to 20 feet.
                                                       68

-------
    COM- .re     ™ CO
 CO 1^™ —  C  lH
LO
 I
             If)
     O
     CM
i      i
 i      I      r
in     o    LO     o
CM     CO    00     «*
 I       I      I       I
                           69

-------
O-
o.
00
o
CM-
o
•*
CM
O
8'
 I
o
CM
 I
O
CO
 1
o
                                 -a

                                 o
                                                                    o
                                                                   al
                               70

-------
     CLAY-ORGANIC SOLVENT INTERACTIONS

     Organic solvents have been shown by
several investigators to increase the
hydraulic conductivity of clay soils.
Because of the presence of such solvents
in the Wilsonville landfill, studies are
being conducted as part of this project
to identify mechanisms responsible for
hydraulic conductivity increases and to
develop test procedures that can be used
with soils and leachates from the site.
     Anderson, Brown, and Green (1982)
found much higher permeabilities for soils
exposed to various organic solvents. They
thought this could be caused by the floc-
culation of clay particles and by collapse
of expandable clay minerals such as smec-
tite. The investigation reported here was
designed to assess the relative importance
of flocculation and layer collapse as
factors in the failure, of clay materials
used to contain wastes.
     Although the glacial materials at
Wilsonville contain relatively small
amounts of expandable clay minerals,
smectite, an expanding mineral, is the
ideal mineral to measure changes in inter-
layer expansion. A Wyoming bentonite
variety was chosen for study because it
expands to a large enough interlayer
spacing in water such that equilibrium
spacings of the organic-smectite complex
are easily detected and measured. The
bentonite was fractionated in water to <2\i
by sedimentation. The natural exchangeable
cation on this clay is primarily sodium,
and osmotic swelling .occurs to spacings in
excess of 100A. Smectite in such a swollen
state has 10 times as much water as
mineral by volume; therefore, the potential
for collapse is great.
     Gels were made by gently grinding the
oven-dried clay with a mortar and pestle
and adding water in increments while mix-
ing the paste with a spatula, until the
(001) smectite peak became diffused at
>25A. A duplicate large sample of gel was
made, mixed, and allowed to age. Chemical
agents were then added to the gel or.small
samples of the gel were immersed in a
solvent and allowed to age. This sample
could then be used to compare the effects
of several different agents.
     The treated paste was smeared on a
glass slide and X-ray traces were made by
immediately scanning the 2-10  20 region
for appropriate peaks. When using extreme-
ly volatile liquids such as acetone, addi-
tional liquid was often added during place-
ment of the sample in the 'X-ray diffrac-
tometer. Even with these techniques some
samples lost enough volatiles to exhibit a
primary, fully expanded peak, and a peak
with relatively collapsed interlayer
spacing reflecting "dry" material on the
sample surface. When adding two or more
solvents, it was impossible to measure the
exact interlayer composition, and the best
that could be done was to carefully control
the proportions of solvent addition. In
order to obtain results that could be used
with confidence, X-ray traces were only
used if a simple transformation of (001)
spacings from water to the treated stage
was observed. Complex X-ray patterns could
not be used.

Causes of Layer Collapse

     Smectite can undergo layer expansion
or collapse due to changes in exchangeable
cation or ionic charge (Brindley, 1980,
and Theng, 1982) and also when exposed to
a host of organic chemicals. Brindley,
Wiewiora, and Wiewiora (1969) studied the
degree of expansion of Ca-montmorillonite
when exposed to several miscible organic
compounds. A summary of their findings is
presented in Table 1.
     When montmorillonite was solvated
with water-organic mixtures from 0-100
percent, they found several distinct types
of behavior as the proportion of organic
increased:

1. osmotic swelling and dispersion,

2. swelling to a greater degree than
   water,

3. little or no change in swelling for part
   of the range of mixtures,

4. progressive, step-wise, or immediate
   collapse to about the d-spacing
   associated with pure organic, and

5. development of mixed—layered or poorly
   defined complexes.

     The montmorillonite-water-acetone
system is an excellent example of the re-
sult of varying the water-organic solvent
ratio. The stable and well-crystallized
montmorillonite-water complex is swollen
to 19A. Even additions of about 1 mole
percent acetone, cause free osmotic
swelling and dispersion. "From about 20-60
mole percent acetone, the clay is expanded
                                            71

-------
TABLE 1.  X-RAY "d"-SPACING OF A Ca-MONTMORILLONITE TREATED WITH ORGANIC CHEMICALS,
H20 1-1 0%R*
19 50+
19 23**
19 22**
19 29.5**
19 19.3
19 19
19 15
20-5 0%R*
26.5**
18
18
21**
17
19
15
60-90%R*
22**
18
18
17
17
16.5
15
100%R*
17.3
17.8
14
17
16.8
16.3
15
R
acetone
n-propanol
1,5 pentanediol
ethanol
ethylene glycol
methanol
dioxane,
morpholine
Dielectric
constant
20.7
20.1

24.3
37.7
32.6
2.2
7.3
Modified from Brindley, G. W., K. Wiewiora, and Andrzej Wiewiora (1969).




 *%R  is the percent of organic chemical when water makes up the rest of the

-------
       TABLE  2.  EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL TREATMENTS ON EXPANSION OF WYOMING BENTONITE
         Chemical Treatment       001 d-Spacing A
                                                     State of Sample
       Set  1
       control  gel
       gel  and  ethylene  glycol
       gel  and  dimethyl
         formamide
       gel  and  methanol
       gel  and  ethanol
       gel  and  acetone
       gel  and
Set 2
H20
H20 (air dry 20 min.)
Air Dry (H20*)
Methanol (+H20*)
Toluene (+H20*)
CCl^ (H20*)
Acetone (H20*)
Ethanol (+H20*)
H20 (very wet)
H20 + 4 drops ethanol
    + 8 drops ethanol
    + 12 drops ethanol
    + 16 drops ethanol
       H20
       H20
       H20
                          20.5-35 diffuse
                          17.0 sharp

                          23.3 sharp
                          20.1 sharp
                          22.1 sharp
                          38.4 diffuse
                          20.5-35 diffuse
20.1
20.1 + 16.4
12.8
16.8
12.8
13.8
21.6 + 17.7
17.0
35A1
20. 1
22.7?
broad peaks
21.0
                  dispersed gel
                  •completely flocculated, hard mass

                  caused suspension of gel
                  completely flocculated, hard mass
                 .completely flocculated, hard mass
                  dispersed gel
                  probably didn't replace water?
                                                   rough  sample;  flocculated
                                                   rough  sample;  flocculated

                                                   rough  sample;  flocculated
       *Dry sample contains about 1  interlayer water layer at start of experiment,
here have employed montmorillonite gels
that were already swollen with water.
     The previous discussion of water-
clay-organic interactions seems to explain
the hydraulic conductivity results of
Anderson et al. (1982) very well. When
soils were exposed to some organics, cracks
developed and there was an. immediate in-
crease in flow. Acetone treatment showed
lower conductivity at first, and then
cracking occurred and flow increased. This
behavior would seem to match the changes
observed by Brindley, Wiewiora, and
Wiewiora (1969). This mechanism is pos-
sibly a contributing cause to the migration
of  organic contaminants observed at  the
Wilsonville site.
       ENGINEERING GEOLOGY STUDIES -
       TRENCH COVERS AND SUBSIDENCE

     The objectives of the trench cover
study are twofold. The first is to deter-
                                         mine the mechanisms for failure of the
                                         covers.  The study may identify soil
                                         materials which would be most suitable  for
                                         construction of future trench covers. Also,
                                         improved construction and burial techniques
                                         may be identified which would improve
                                         cover stability. The second objective  is
                                         to determine if the continuity of the
                                         trench covers and in-situ soil -materials
                                         were disturbed by mine subsidence. The
                                         site is  situated over an abandoned coal
                                         mine and failure of the underground mine
                                         openings has caused subsidence of the
                                         ground surface elsewhere in the region.
                                         Court testimony hypothesized that subsi-
                                         dence of the trenches at the site could
                                         cause fractures which would result in  in-
                                         creased  seepage from the trenches.
                                              A review of technical literature  con-
                                         cerning  design and construction of trench
                                         covers by Herzog, et al. (1981) shows
                                         that the rate of migration of wastes from
                                             73

-------
 burial  trenches  is  probably related  sig-
 nificantly to  the rate  of  infiltration  of
 precipitation  through the  covers. One
 function of constructing trench covers
 with  sloping surfaces is to reduce the
 rate  of infiltration and to improve  runoff.
 Sags, depressions,  or "sinkholes" which
 develop in the cover after construction
 interrupt  the  flow  of the  runoff and allow
 more water to  infiltrate through the cover
 or  in the  case of a "sinkhole" to flow
 unimpeded  into the  trench.

 Field Work and Surveys

     A  field survey of  the  trench areas
 made prior to  the exhumation of the wastes
 showed  no  obvious tension  crack patterns
 typical of mine  subsidence  areas. The
 survey  did show  the presence of six de-
 pressions  ("sinkholes") located within  the
 area of the  trenches as shown in Figure 6.
 A precision  (third  order) monumented
 survey  net was established  over the entire
 site. Additional monuments  and instruments
 were installed at special  locations to
 monitor  settlement, differential settle-
 ment, and  tilt of some  of  the trench
 covers. For  example at  trench 19, to
 better  study changes near the sinkhole  in
 the west end,  additional monuments were
 tied into  the  precision survey system.
     Samples of  trench cover material were
 collected  for  testing the susceptibility
 of cover materials to internal erosion or
 piping.
     Susceptibility of trench cover
 materials  and  their components of loess
 and till to  piping are summarized in Table
 3. Loess is variously susceptible to in-
 ternal erosion whereas till  is relatively
 unsusceptible. One test used for this de-
 termination  is the pinhole test developed
 by Sherard, et al.  (1976) for testing
 materials  used in earthen dams by simu-
 lating water flow through a small opening
 in a compacted sample of soil material. A
 modification of  the Sherard pinhole test
was used for this study. Tests were run at
 2 in, 7  in,  and  15 in heads. No tests were
 run beyond the 15 in hydraulic head.
     The pinhole tests show dramatic vari-
 ability  in resistance of the loess samples
 to erosion which gave test results of D-l
 and ND-2 (highly susceptible and unsus-
 ceptible,  respectively,  see Table 3). The
 results tests of Vandalia till samples
with classifications of ND  1 or 2 indicate
high resistance to erosion. The trench
 cover No. 5 samples tended to be highly
 resistant, while trench cover No. 25
 tended to be only moderately resistant.
 Figure 6 shows a "sinkhole" depression in
 the cover of trench No. 25, whereas trench
 No. 5 does not. Preliminary results suggest
 that the pinhole test will be a useful test
 for determining susceptibility to piping
 in trench covers.

 Continued Monitoring and Laboratory Testing

      The precision survey was designed to
 measure very small movements which common-
 ly continue to occur several months after
 a mine subsidence event. Movements of  the
 monuments which may be caused by natural
 causes such as freeze/thaw or shrink/swell
 of soil materials must be taken into ac-
 count. A subsidence monitoring program
 should extend through all seasons (usually
 at least one calendar year)  before defini-
 tive conclusions can be drawn. Examining
 data from only one season could easily lead
 to errors because of the size of the sig-
 nigicant movements.
               ACKNOWLEDGMENT S

     The authors wish to acknowledge
partial support of this project by SCA
Chemical Services, Inc., Wilsonville,
Illinois, the Illinois Environmental
Protection Agency, and the U. S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH,
under Cooperative Agreement No. R810442-01;
Dr. Michael Roulier is the US EPA project
officer.
     The authors also gratefully acknow-
ledge S. Otto, J. Hurley, D. Tolan, D.
Helmers, K. Bosie, and Tim Greetis of the
Illinois Environmental Protection Agency;
G. Kush and J. DiNapoli of SCA Services,
Inc., and H. D. Glass, R. R. Ruch, P. C.
Heigold, B, L. Herzog, W. A. White, B. A.
Cline, S. Newman, R. A. Cahill, R. S.
Vogel, L. R. Henderson, E. I. Fruth, and
R. J. Roeper of the Illinois State Geo-
logical Survey for their technical assis-
tance during this project.
                REFERENCES

Anderson, D., K. W. Brown, and J. Greene.
  1982. Effect of organic fluids on the
  permeability of clay soil liners. In
  Land Disposal of Hazardous Waste, EPA-
                                            74

-------
              Trench area B
               200ft
                        Trench area A
                               L
                             L
                             sw
                             0»
                                       24, etc.  trench number
                                              "sinkhole"
                                              (depression in
                                              trench cover)
               	deep vehicle track
               _ .-.   precision vertical
                  *  survey monuments
                                               13

17
                                               20
                                               18
                                                           \
                                                       i  i
                                                              o
                                                               o
                                     NE0
                                                                                  15
                                                                                  11
                                                                                  16
                                   12
                               t  19  *
vrj
                                           5
                                           SE
Figure 6. Sketch of waste disposal trenches at Wilsonville, IL showing six "sinkholes" mapped on August 11, 1982
by M. M. Killey.
                                              75

-------
TABLE 3.  RESULTS OF PINHOLE TESTS OF TRENCH COVER SAMPLES AND NEARBY NATURAL MATERIALS
                 Sample Description
                                   Pinhole Test
                                  Classification
Trench 5, disturbed mixed cover material
1.5 feet below ground level, middle of Trench 5
2 feet below ground level, middle of Trench 5
3 feet below ground level, middle of Trench 5
4 feet below ground level, middle of Trench 5
6.0 feet below ground level, adjacent to
  Trench 5 undisturbed soil (loess?)
Trench 25, disturbed mixed cover material
1 foot below ground level, west end Trench 25
2 feet below ground level, west end Trench 25
5 feet below ground level, west end Trench 25
Loess taken from roadcut south of waste disposal site
Vandalia Till ablation phase, (two tests)
Vandalia Till basal phase, (two tests)
                                CLASSIFICATION SUMMARY*
          Pinhole Test
         Classification*
         ND-1 and ND-2
         ND-3 and ND-4

         D-l and D-2
                                     ND-3
                                     ND 1 or 2
                                     ND 1 or 2
                                     ND 1 or 2

                                     ND-2


                                     ND 2 or 3
                                     ND-4
                                     ND-3
                                     D-l
                                     ND 1 or 2
                                     ND-3
                    Definition
Unsusceptible to piping, highly erosion-resistant,
clear or barely visible colored water discharge
from sample.
Intermediate soils, slight but easily visible
cloudy or colored water discharge from sample.
Highly susceptible to piping, highly erodable,
distinct cloudy or colored water discharge from
sample.
*Adapted from Sherard et al. (1976)
                                          76

-------
  600/9-82-002,  U.S.  Environmental  Pro-
  tection Agency,  Cincinnati,  OH 45268.
  p. 179-190.
Brindley, G. W.  1980. Intracrystalline
  swelling of montmorillonite  in water-
  dimethylsulfoxide.systems:   Clays and
  Clay Minerals, v. 28,  no. 5, p. 369-372.
Brindley, G. W., K. Wiewiora,  and A.
  Wiewiora. 1969.  Intracrystalline
  swelling of montmorillonite  in some
  water-organic  mixtures (clay-organic
  studies. XVII):   Amer. Mineralogist,
  v. 54, p. 1635-1644.
Cooper, H. H., J.  D.  Bredehoeft, and I.
  S. Papadopulos.  1967.  Response of a
  finite-diameter well to an instantan-
  eous change of water.  Water  Resources
  Research, v. 3,  no. 1, pp. 263-269.
Griffin, R. A.,  K. Cartwright, P. B.
  DuMontelle, L. R. Follmer, C. J.  Stohr,
  T. M. Johnson, M. M. Killey, R. E.
  Hughes, B. L.  Herzog,  and W. J. Morse.
  1983. Investigation of clay soil be-
  havior and migration of industrial
  chemicals at Wilsonville, Illinois. U.S.
  Environmental Protection Agency,
  Cincinnati, OH 45268.  EPA-600/9-83-018,
  p. 70-79.
Herzog, B. L., K. Cartwright,  T. M.
  Johnson, and H. J. H.  Harris.  1981. A
  study of trench covers to minimize in-
  filtration at waste disposal sites,  Task
  1 Report:  Review of present practices
  and annotated bibliography.  Illinois
  State Geological Survey Contract  Report
  No. 1981-5, and  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory
  Commission Contract Report NUREG/CR-2478.
  Illinois State Geological Survey,
  Champaign, IL, 245  pp.
Johnson, T. M.,  R. A. Griffin, K. Cart-
  wright, L. R.  Follmer, B. L. Herzog,  and
  W. J. Morse. 1983.  Hydrogeologic  inves-
  tigations of failure mechanisms and
  migration of organic chemicals at Wilson-
  ville, Illinois. National Water Well
  Association Third National Symposium  and
  Exposition on Aquifer  Restoration and
  Ground Water Monitoring. May 25-27,  1983
  at Columbus, OH. (In press).
Kallstenius, T.  1963. Studies  on clay
  samples taken with standard  piston
  (sampler). Proc. Swedish Geotechnical
  Institute No.  21.
Murray, R. S. and J. P.  Quirk.  1982. The
  physical swelling of clays in solvents:
  Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J., v. 46, p. 865-
  868.
Papadopulos, S. S., J. D. Bredehoeft, and
  H. H. Cooper. 1973. On analysis of "Slug
  Test" data.  Water Resources  Research,
  v. 9, no.  4, pp.  1087-1089.
SCA. 1982.  Proposed remedial action plan,
  Earthline  Site, Wilsonville, Illinois.
  SCA Chemical Services,  Inc., Boston, MA.
  20 pp. with Appendices.
Sherard, J.  L., L.  P.  Dunnigan, R.  S.
  Decker, and E. F. Steele.  1976. Pinhole
  test for identifying dispersive soils:
  Journal of the Geotechnical Engineering
  Division,  Am. Soc. of Civil Engineers,
  v. 102, no. GT1,  p.  69-81.
Stohr, C. J.  1983.  Applications of  close-
  range photogrammetry for geologic inves-
  tigations during  the exhumation  of a
  hazardous-waste disposal site. Technical
  Papers of the 49th Annual Meeting of the
  American Society of Photogrammetry,
  March  13-18,  1983 at Washington,  D.C.
Theng, B. K. G.  1982. Clay-polymer inter-
  actions:  summary and perspectives;
  Clays and Clay Minerals, v. 30,  no.  1,
  p.  1-10.
White, W. A.  1964.  Origin of fissure fill-
  ings in a Pennsylvania shale in Vermilion
  County, Illinois, 111. Acad. Sci. Trans.
  57:208-215.
                                            77

-------
                             FABRICATION  OF WELDED  POLYETHYLENE
                                ENCAPSULATES TO SECURE  DRUMS
                                CONTAINING HAZARDOUS WASTES
                 S.  L. Unger, 8. M.  Eliash, R. W. Telles, H. R. Lubowltz
                         Environmental Protection Polymers,  Inc.
                               Hawthorne, California  90250
                                         ABSTRACT

    Corroding 208-lHer  {55-gallon} steel drums holding hazardous wastes present a threat
to man and  the environment, a threat  that 1s Intensified  In uncontrolled disposal sites.
To prepare  such drums for secure and  safe transportation  and disposal, a process was
developed to encapsulate them In polyethylene overpacks.  Process features are custom
designed polyethylene overpacks and a friction welding apparatus to produce seamless
overpack seals.

    The process provides a unique option for encapsulating corroding steel drums with
polyethylene.  Other means to encapsulate drums with polyethylene are expected to yield
products with poor properties due to  Inferior overpack closures which cannot sustain leak
tight conditions under stresses expected during use.  By  friction welding, encapsulates
are sealed  seam-free and testing results show high mechanical performance.  In addition
to seam-free closures, the encapsulates exhibit Increased corrosion resistance.
Verification of corrosion resistance  Is based upon published work concerning
polyethylene.  High performance of closures was confirmed by mechanical testing and
microscopic observation.

    These Improved characteristics are estimated to be available at comparatively
moderate costs.  Polyethylene overpacks are estimated to  be competitive 1n cost with
steel overpacks.  A projected cost of $70 per drum was determined for encapsulating drums
1n an uncontrolled disposal site at the rate of 100,000 drums per year.
INTRODUCTION

    In previous laboratory studies
hazardous, unconflned contaminant
partlculates, sludges, and small corroding
containers holding toxic substances were
encapsulated In 6.35 mm (1/4 In.) thick,
seam-free polyethylene (PE) jackets.
(8,4,6)  These encapsulated contaminants
resisted delocallzatlon by harsh aqueous
leachates that simulated extreme case
conditions potentially found In a
landfill.  When management of 208-liter
(55-gallon). corroding steel drums was
considered, It was proposed to reinforce
them by encapsulation with jackets similar
to those previously Investigated.
    The method selected for encapsulating
the drums with PE was to seal them 1n PE
overpacks.  The PE overpacks were prepared
by rotomolding powdered PE Into 6.35 mm
(1/4 1n.)-thick wall receivers and
matching covers.  The drums were inserted
into the receivers and the receivers
sealed, seam-free, by friction welding the
covers onto the receivers.

    Rotomolding was selected for producing
overpacks because rotomolding is a
cost-effective method for fabricating
large PE holding tanks.   It also permitted
custom molding for simple low-cost
overpacks for drums.  With these
fabricating advantages,  the cost of PE
                                            78

-------
overpacks Is estimated to be competitive
to the cost of steel overpacks.  However,
the rotomoldlng Industry could not produce
the open-head overpacks with
high-performance closures needed for
better drum management.  Therefore,
friction welding of covers to the
receivers was considered as a potential
method to produce high performance leak
tight seals.

    Overpacks could be produced readily
where they are needed.  Rotational molding
shops are located through the U.S.  We
estimate that production of 100,000
overpacks per year, the estimated amount
needed to Initially address the
uncontrolled disposal site problem, would
engage only a small fraction of the
production capacity of the rotomolding
Industry.

PURPOSE

    The purpose of this work Is to
demonstrate a superior method for
overpacklng steel containers of hazardous
waste.  Previous work had Indicated the
potential for using PE to produce an
overpack superior to steel.  In order to
demonstrate the technology, It was
necessary to design and fabricate PE
overpacks and a friction welding
apparatus, since they were not
commercially available.  Improved service
performance would be expected because PE
encapsulates would not be subject to the
prevalent failure mechanisms of steel
drums and steel overpacks:  corrosion of
the container and failure of the
closure. (2,3)

    The superiority of plastic over steel
to resist corrosion has been well
documented.  Seam-free closures, rather
than closures employing bolt rings,
threads, gaskets, etc., are features not
readily realizable with steel.  Seam-free
encapsulates would be expected to exhibit
significantly Improved leak tight
performance, particularly when they are
subject to lateral compression.
Furthermore, the PE overpacks are
estimated to be competitive with steel
overpacks.

APPROACH

    The technical approach taken was to
adapt cost-effective, commodity plastics
and the advantages of rotomoldlng to
produce a superior overpack for managing
corroding steel drums holding toxic
materials.  Much of the data on use of
plastics for encapsulating hazardous waste
and Its expected performance was taken
from previous studies and the literature.
Based upon this the overpack process was
designed Involving two major
considerations:

    o  Selecting plastics and designing
       overpacks.

    o  Selecting and/or designing a
       closure mechanism with superior
       performance features compared to
       conventional closure devices.

Plastics

    Polyolefins, particularly high density
and linear low density polyethylene, were
selected for fabricating overpacks because
such materials are well characterized,
mass-produced, comparatively low-ln-cost,
and provide a unique combination of
properties:  Broad chemical compatibility,
corrosion resistance, mechanical
resilience, and toughness.f)  Other
resins are also potentially suitable for
overpacks, e.g., polypropylene, polyamide,
polybutylene, and polyvinylldene fluoride;
but these materials were not addressed in
this program because we judged
polyethylene to have the broadest
applicability at lowest cost.
Nevertheless, we reviewed the properties
of resins to establish their suitability
to be rotomolded and friction welded In
order to employ them to manage
contaminants which may not be compatible
with polyethylene.  Examples of wastes
which could be managed by nylon overpacks
include those wet by solvents such as
methylethyl ketone.

    In comparison to steel overpacks,
polyethylene overpacks offer effective
management of acidic waste materials.
These materials are highly corrosive to
steel; to Improve the performance of steel
overpacks for these applications, the
overpacks are lined with a thin layer of
polyethylene or coated with an epoxy
phenolic resin.

    The dimensions of the overpacks are
based upon two design criteria:
encasement of steel drums and sealing them
                                            79

-------
by friction welding.  The overpack
dimensions are 66 cm  (26 in.) Inside
diameter and 97.2 cm  (38 1/4 1n.) high.
These dimensions well provide space
between the outside of the drum and the
Inside of the overpack to accommodate
partially distorted drums and Incorporate
absorbents.  The wall thickness of 6.35 mm
(1/4 1n.) 1s consistent with the wall
thickness of 85 gallon free-standing
holding banks and commercial PE drums.  An
overpack weighs approximately 45 Ibs; In
contrast, a steel overpack weighs 78 Ibs.

    The welding operations are aided by
two features 1n the overpack design:
(1) the configuration of the lip of the
receiver and (2) the  ribbed structure of
the cover.  The Up provides a welding
surface upon which the cover is fused to
the receiver.  The width of the welding
surface was 1.9 cm (3/4 in.),
approximately three times the wall
thickness of the overpacks, thereby
assuring a secured closure.  The ribbed
structure of the cover provides the means
to engage the cover to the welding
apparatus for welding the cover to the
receiver.

Friction Welding

The selection of friction welding to seal
the overpacks was based upon commercial
friction welding practice used to produce
high performance joining of relatively
small circular plastic parts.  The feature
of the technique judged particularly
advantageous in managing drums In the
field 1s the capability to rapidly join
the plastic receivers and covers without
exposing the joints to the air.   Other
plastic welding techniques such as butt
welding do not exclude air contact with
Joint bonding areas, therefore not
preventing potential oxidation of the
resins and reduced joint strengths.

PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

    The major problem encountered in the
work was the absence of data and practice
concerning friction welding large diameter
parts.  The literature provided criteria
for equipment design and friction welding
operations only for small diameter part
friction welding.   An extrapolation of the
data to effect bonding of large diameter
In parts from that of friction weld.lng of
small diameters parts indicated novel
design features affect bonding and machine
balancing were required in order to assure
high performance and readily reproducible
sealing of PE overpacks.  Design and
experimental emphasis was given to the
configuration of the bonding surfaces and
the drivetrain of the equipment, thereby a
successful friction welding apparatus was
developed which does not require precision
balancing.

RESULTS

    Specifically, the results of our work
are addressed in this section under the
following topics:

    o  Design and fabrication of friction
       welding apparatus

    o  Determination of operational
       procedures and parameters

    o  Evaluation of overpacks and welded
       joints

    o  Economic analysis of an overpacking
       operation

    o  Field Demonstration

Apparatus

    The friction welding apparatus was
designed with provisions for
transportation by truck or rallcar
(Fig. 1).  The apparatus consists of five
subsystems designed for encapsulating drum
in the field:  frame, drivetrain,
hydraulic power unit, drum positioning
mechanism, and electronic controls.

    The frame houses the hydraulic power
unit, welding drivetrain, electric
junction box, and drum clamps.  The frame
also provides a platform so that overpacks
can be loaded onto and removed from the
apparatus by conventional equipment such
as forklifts or drum hoists.  The frame Is
pallet mounted so that the apparatus can
be moved by forklift to different on-s1te
locations.  The frame was welded from
2 1n. structural steel and 1/2 in. thick
deckplate.  The frame dimensions are
120 in. long x 48 in. wide x 82 1n. high.

    The drivetrain serves to rotate the PE
overpack cover under pressure.  (Fig. 2).
The drivetrain consists of a hydraulic
motor, driveshaft, coupling, tapered
                                            80

-------
                                                   e
                                                  • H
                                                  T3
                                                  O.
                                                  w
                                                   00
                                                  • H
                                                   fa
81

-------


.
Hydraulic 	 •





Couplin"* »-




y
ri
H
Pillow Blocks /
and Tapered \
Roller Bearings N.

r/
ft
H.

Weld Headv

1
r
1













£

s

\







•~i
















L

j=.







I —














~~.
^-^-











	 r





/
I







C





S









r
1
' 1







_j

1
J

3 — r
J

1























































	 „....



























t


1
1
1
1
I


1
1
1
1
1




I
II


I
II
1
I

H


























j





























I — |




















—









Super Ball
Bushing







Hydraulic
Cylinder


Super Ball
Bushing







Figure 2.  Schematic of Welding Unit Drlvetraln.
                        82

-------
roller bearings, and machined weld head.
The weld head engages the ribbed overpack
cover and rotates 1t to generate frlc-
tlonal heat.  Rotation of the weld head 1s
effected by the hydraulic motor through
the drlveshaft.  The bearings reduce
vibrations and stabilize the assembly.
The drlvetraln 1s mounted on a linear
positioning table to advance and retract
the weld head.  The table Is actuated by a
hydraulic cylinder which also provides
weld pressure.  The drlvetraln was
fabricated from standard mechanical
components except for the machine platen
and custom-size positioning table.

    The hydraulic power unit provides the
two principle requirements of the
friction-welding technique:  rotation of
the cover and application of the welding
pressure.  The power unit consists of two
circuits; the power circuit actuates the
hydraulic motor and the pressure circuit
actuates the cylinder.  Each circuit 1s
supplied by a separate pump; however, both
pumps are mounted on the same shaft driven
by a 40 h.p. electric motor.  The power
circuit Is close-looped, allowing use of a
small reservoir (17 gallon).  The circuits
are controlled by solenoid valves and a
variable volume pump 1n the power unit.

    The drum positioning mechanism Indexes
the overpack from the loading platform to
the welding cage.  By use of clamshell
clamps which are bolted to the frame, the
mechanism positions the overpack under the
weld-head.  The clamps are then closed to
secure the receivers during the welding
process.

    The electronic controls allow
operation of the apparatus by a single
Individual from a remote location.  The
control box Is mounted on a steel stand
and can be positioned up to 25 feet from
the welding apparatus.  Switches control
four servovalves In the hydraulic circuits
to select low or high weld pressure,
advance or retract the linear positioning
table, and deactivate the spin and press-
circuits.  The rotational speed is
controlled by a joystick mounted on the
stand.

Operations

    The procedure used for overpacking
drums with welded polyethylene overpacks
Involve four major steps:
    o  Loaded receivers are placed on
       loading area of the welding unit.

    o  Traverse the loaded receiver under
       the weld head of the welding unit.
       Place cover on the receiver and
       clamp receiver 1n place.

    o  Weld cover to receiver by rotating
       at specified speed, pressure,
       and time.

    o  Unclamp overpack and traverse
       finished encapsulate to the loading
       areas.

    Table 1 presents the range of welding
parameters which were used to produce
high-performance bonds.
       Table 1.  OPERATING PARAMETERS
          USED IN FRICTION-WELDING
                OF OVERPACKS
Processing Parameter

Rotation speed

Welding pressure
Spinning time

Curing time

Cure pressure
Range of Values

    280-350 rpm

       75 psig*
(line pressure)
          5 psi
(weld pressure)

  30-45 seconds

    2-7 minutes

       75 psig*
(line pressure)
          5 psi
(weld pressure)
*  Relates to line gauge on apparatus

Evaluations

    Tests of the welded encapsulate were
performed to evaluate both the entire
overpack and welded bond.  The
polyethylene overpacks were water tight
and exhibited mechanical performance
exceeding that of steel overpacks.  A
hydrostatic burst test showed that the
welded polyethylene encapsulates were
stronger than steel overpacks.  They
withstood an average of 17.8 ps1 whereas
                                            83

-------
                                         0.25"
                                    t	_)
                                                            B
Figure 3.  Transmission Optical  Micrograph  (5X)  of  Friction Weld.

           Regions A, B, I are natural  HOPE  cover,  natural HOPE

           receiver, and weld Interface,  respectively.
                               84

-------
              500u
w
     Figure 4.   Transmission  Optical Micrograph (SOX) of Friction Weld.
               Regions  W,  B,  I  are  natural  (white) HOPE cover, UV-stablllzed
               (black)  receiver,  and welded  Interfadal region respectively.

-------
                                                                     «w
                                                                      B
Figure 5.   Scanning Electron Micrograph (SEM)  of  Friction  Weld.
           Regions W and B are natural  (white) HOPE  cover  and
           UV-stablllzed (black)  HOPE receiver,  respectively.   (Weld
           Interface 1s along arrow path;  45'  angled strlatlon  results
           from polishing during  sample preparation).
                                   86

-------
steel overpacks are rated to 15.0 psi.
Overpacks subjected to the burst test did
not fail at the welded interface.

    Sections of the weld were subject to
tensile testing, and the welds were
examined visually and micrographically.
Tensile pulls showed that a "proper" weld
was achieved by friction welding.  The
specimen consistently and without
exception yielded at the toe of the weld
and not at the Interface.

    Thin cross sections of the weld were
examined by preparing transmission
optical micrographs.  Figure 3 is a
5X magnification that showed the weld to
be a continuous and void-free cohesive
bond.  The weld length measured
2 1/2 times greater than the wall
thickness of the overpack.  No distinct
weld line was observed, Indicating that
good wet-out and thorough mixing of the
SOX magnification of a welded specimen
prepared from a natural (white) HOPE
cover and a UV-stabillzed (black) HOPE
receiver.  This micrograph shows the
welded Interface to be formed by a
gradual and homogenous mix of each parent
material.  The thickness of the
Interfacial region was approximately
560 microns.  Hoveover, no "hairline"
(distinct interface) between the joined
materials was observed.  Figure 5 is a
scanning electron micrograph (SEN) of the
weld interface magnified 100X.   the SEM
shows that there was no dlscernable
difference in the surface morphologies or
the Interface and the parent materials.
Interfaces featuring uniform surface
morphology without a "hairline,"
differentiates friction welds from
heat-seams and butt-weld.  (5)  We
postulated that advanced mechanical
performance exhibited in hydrostatic and
tensile tests was due to the formation of
cohesive bonds characterized by large,
homogeneous Interfaces.

Economics

    An economic analysis of  a full-scale
drum management process showed
polyethylene encapsulates  to be
competitive with steel  overpacks.   The
economic analysis was based  on  managing
100,000 drums per year  at  an uncontrolled
disposal site.  The analysis Included
equipment costs,  material  costs,  and
 labor.   Equipment  Included  conventional
 drum handling equipment and  four
 overpacking apparatures.  Materials
 Included  the overpacks delivered  to  the
 site, and  the labor  requirements  Included
 six men  operating  300 days  per year.

    Process costs  were estimated  to  be
 $7.0 million or  $70  per encapsulated
 drum.  Materials comprised  over 90%  of
 the process costs; costs could be reduced
 by using  scrap polyethylene  to fabricate
 overpacks.  Currently, costs for  steel
 overpacks  range  from $62.5  to $120 per
 overpack,  depending  on location.

 Process  Demonstration

    The welded polyethylene  overpack was
 demonstrated at  the  CECOS,  International
 waste treatment  facility in  Cincinnati,
 Ohio during November 1-12,  1983.  The
 demonstration Involved encapsulating and
 disposing  of approximately  100 drums of
 waste materials.   The demonstration
 showed the feasibility of the welded
 polyethylene overpack for management of a
 wide range of toxic  materials Including
 PCB contaminated sludges, solidified
 flammable  sludges  and paint manufacturing
 sludges.   Fig. 6 shows loading a
 55-gallon  drum Into  an overpack by use of
 a drum grappler.   Fig. 7 shows welding
 the cover  onto the receiver with the
welding apparatus.

    During the demonstrationi the
 polyethylene overpacks were used for
 in-container solidification of sludges.
 The polyethylene overpack can also be
 used as a container  for long-term storage
 or transportation of wastes.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

 Environmental Protection Polymers, Inc.
would like to acknowledge Schober's
Machine and Engineering for fabricating
 the welding apparatus, and Ronco Plastic
for fabricating the overpacks.

    This research was supported by the
U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,
Solid and Hazardous Waste Research
Division, Municipal Environmental
Research Laboratory,  Cincinnati,  Ohio,
under contract #68-03-3144.  EPP would
like to acknowledge  the guidance of  the
project monitor,  Mr.  Carlton C.  Wiles.
                                            87

-------
     Figure 6.  Loading 55-gal. Drum Into Polyethylene Overpack
Figure 7.  Welding Cover onto Receiver During Process Demonstration.
                                 88

-------
REFERENCES

1.  Dreger, D., 1981.  "Plastics for
    Harsh Environments," Machine Design, •
    11:12, pplO.6.,

2.  Frankel, I., 1980.  "Estimating the
    Life Span of a Burled 55-Gallon Steel
    Drum," Hltre Corporation, WP80W00963.

3.  Jacobsen, W. E. and C. A. Blssell,
    1982.  "Condition of Unearthed
    Drums," Mitre Corporation, WP82W00060.

4.  Lubowltz, H. R., R. L. Derham, L. E.
    Ryan, and 6. A. Zakrze1vsk1, 1977.
    "Development of a Polymeric Cementing
    and Encapsulating Process for
    Managing Hazardous Wastes," U. S.
    Environmental Protection Agency
    Report, EPA-600/2-77-045.

5.  Lubowltz, H. R., R. W. Telles, S. L.
    Unger, R. R. Phillips, 1981.  "Study
    of Encapsulation for Securing
    Corroding 55-Gal Drums Holding
    Hazardous Wastes by Welding
    Polyethylene Resin,"
    EPA-600/52-81-131.

6.  Lubowltz, H. R., and C.  C. Wiles,
    1978.  "Proceedings of the Hazardous
    Waste Research Symposium,
    EPA-600/9-78-026, "Encapsulation
    Technique for Control of Hazardous
    Materials,  pp342.

7.  Phillips Petroleum Technical Brochure
    on Marlex Polyolefln Plastics.

8.  Wiles, C. C. and H. R. Lubowltz,
    1976.  "A Polymeric Cementing and
    Encapsulating Process for Managing
    Hazardous Waste," Proceedings of the
    Hazardous Waste Research Symposium,
    EPA-600/9-76-015, pp!39.
                                            89

-------
                         SIMPLIFIED METHODS FOR THE EVALUATION
                             OF REMEDIAL ACTION PERFORMANCE

                                           by
                                    Stuart M. Brown
                              Anderson-Nichols and Company
                                  Palo Alto, CA  94303
                                       ABSTRACT

    Simplified methods useful in evaluating the performance of subsurface and waste
control remedial measures are identified and discussed.  These methods include the
following types of analytical and semi-analytical  ground-water flow and transport
solutions, and associated methods:  1)  well hydraulics; 2)  drain hydraulics;
3)  ground-water mounding; 4)  superposition; 5)  equivalent sections, incremental
methods and corrections for anisotropy; 6)  conformal mapping; and 7)   contaminant
transport.

    Hand-held calculator and micro-computer programs have been written for some
of the available methods.  The general types of programs that are available and the
advantages they offer are discussed.  Sources for  these programs are also
identified.

    An analysis of the effectiveness a ground-water pumping remedial  action with
and without an impermeable barrier is presented to illustrate the use  of selected
methods.  The methods applied in the analysis include those for well  hydraulics,
superposition and contaminant transport.

    The simplified methods that are discussed can  be used by EPA and state Super-
fund staff involved in the review of Remedial Action Management Plans  and Engineer-
ing. Feasibility Studies.  They can also be used by site contractors to screen
potentially feasible remedial action alternatives  and, in some cases,  to conduct
detailed analyses of alternatives and to develop conceptual  designs.
INTRODUCTION

    The National Contingency Plan (NCP)
sets forth a process for the evaluation
and selection of remedial actions at
uncontrolled hazardous waste disposal
sites.  One element in this process is
the Engineering Feasibility Study.  This
study is itself a staged process that
involves the screening of remedial action
technologies, the detailed analysis of
potentially feasible alternatives and the
conceptual  design of the most
cost-effective alternative.
    During the screening stage, the
intent is to reduce the large number of
potential technologies to a workable
number by identifying those that are
cl early ^infeasible or inappropriate.
Best engineering judgement supplemented
by order-of-magnitude estimates of
remedial  action performance are usually
sufficient during this stage.

    The intent of the detailed analysis
stage is  to identify the most
cost-effective action.  Again, best
engineering judgement supplemented by
some level of analysis will  provide much
                                           90

-------
of the basis for the decision.  The
required level of analysis will  be a
function of:  1) the complexity of the
site, 2) the resources available for the
Engineering Feasibility Study and 3) the
potential impacts associated with failing
to fully meet site clean-up goals.

    The final stage in the feasibility
study process is to develop a conceptual
design for the most cost-effective
remedial action alternative.  Again,
depending upon the factors discussed
above and the complexity of the selected
alternative, the level of required
analysis will vary.

PURPOSE

    Recognizing the need for both
simplified and sophisticated methods to
support decision-making throughout each
stage of the feasibility study process,
the Environmental Protection Agency
Municipal Environmental Research
Laboratory  (MERL) in  Cincinnati, Ohio
initiated a research  project to develop
two complimentary levels of remedial
action assessment methods.  The first
level is composed of  relatively
sophisticated computer codes.  This level
is to be used predominantly for detailed
analysis and conceptual design by site
contractors who have  the expertise and
experience  required to properly apply
surface  runoff and unsaturated and
saturated ground-water computer codes.
The  second  level is a collection of
simplified  methods.   These methods are
meant to be  used by state and Federal
staff to review engineering feasibility
study results, and  by site contractors
for  purposes  of screening analysis and,
possibly, detailed analysis and
conceptual  design.

     This paper overviews the  second
level of remedial action assessment
methods; the first  level  is presented  in
a companion report  by Brown et al .  (3).
While the companion report  covers
computer codes  applicable to  the
assessment  of surface,  subsurface and
waste control actions,  this paper
focuses on  methods  applicable only  to
the  assessment  of  selected  subsurface  and
waste control  actions (e.g.,  pumping/
 injection  wells,  interceptor  trenches,
capping and bioreclamation).  The methods
discussed  in this  paper are largely
analytical  or semi-analytical  solutions
for ground-water flow and transport,  and
simplified methods that use these
solutions.

APPROACH

    The approach followed in conducting
this research involved:

     1.  A review of the available
         analytical  and semi-analytical
         solutions and associated methods
         for evaluating ground-water  flow
         and transport,
     2.
     3.
The identification of those
methods applicable to the
evaluation of remedial  action
performance, and

The identification of those
methods that have been pro-
grammed for use on hand-held
calculators and micro-comput-
ers.
RESULTS
Types of Simplified Methods

    During the 1950's, the development
of analytical and semi-analytical
solutions for flow in ground-water
systems dominated the literature.  Even
though attention shifted to numerical
modeling in the 60's, progress continued
in the development of analytical methods
(16).  As a result, there currently
exists a large number of solutions and
associated simplified methods, many of
which are applicable to the assessment of
certain subsurface and waste control
remedial action technologies.  The
following types of simplified methods can
be used:  1) well hydraulics; 2) drain
hydraulics; 3) ground-water mounding;
4) superposition; 5) equivalent  sections,
incremental methods and corrections for
anisotropy; 6) conformal mapping; and
7) contaminant transport.

    The one area that has received the
greatest attention in terms of the
development of analytical solutions  is
the area of well hydraulics.  Numerous
solutions have been developed to
calculate the change in piezometric  head
or water table elevation resulting from
the  introduction of a well .  The most
                                             91

-------
 general  solutions are for horizontal,
 homogeneous isotropic aquifers of
 constant thickness and infinite extent.
 The well is generally assumed  to be fully
 penetrating and to have an
 infinitesimally small  diameter.

     These basic assumptions  often limit
 the use  of these more general  solutions
 in certain situations.   Fortunately, a
 number of analytical  solutions based on
 other assumptions have been  developed.
 Solutions have  been derived  for
 anisotropic conditions and a range of
 possible well configurations,  including
 wells with a finite diameter,  wells with
 storage  capacity,  flowing  wells,  and
 partially penetrating  wells.   Walton (17)
 provides a reasonably complete inventory
 of available analytical  well hydraulics
 solutions for confined,  leaky  and  water
 table aquifer systems.

     Drains are  collection  systems  of
 finite length that can  be  used,  like
 wells, to intercept contaminated  ground
 water and to depress the water  table.
 They can have a  number  of  configurations
 ranging  from fully penetrating,  vertical
 trenches to  partially  penetrating
 ditches  to perforated  pipes.   Unlike
 wells, drains are  almost always  installed
 in  water table aquifers.

     The  complete mathematical
 description  of time-varying flow  to
 drains in  water table aquifers  is
 nonlinear  and intractable  largely  because
 of  the effect of the moving water table
 boundary.  As a result,  simplifications
 based on  the Dupuit-Forchheimer
 assumptions and linearization must be
made  before analytical expressions can  be
 derived.    Cohen and Miller (4)  recently
compiled a large number of available
analytical expressions for flow to
 drains.  While most of the solutions are
 for water  table aquifers, a number have
also  been derived for confined  and leaky
aquifers.

    Large  quantities of leachate can
 produce a mound in the water table below
certain types of waste disposal facili-
ties and  remedial action technologies.
Hounding  of a water table aquifer can
have a major impact on local  ground-water
flow patterns and the resultant movement
of contaminants.
     At least one analytical  method has
 been developed for use in  evaluating
 changes in water table elevations  as  a
 result of recharge from an area! source.
 Hantush (6) derived a  method for an areal
 source, rectangular or circular  in
 configuration.  The method can be  used to
 estimate changes in water  table
 elevations at different radial distances
 away from the center of the  source area.

     Many of the available  analytical
 solutions were derived for single  wells
 or drains with constant flow rates or
 heads  in aquifers  of infinite extent.
 Since  few aquifers satisfy these
 conditions,  it is  often necessary  to
 consider the hydraulics associated with
 and interactions between multiple  wells
 and drains and nearby  boundaries.  This
 is particularly true for the  evaluation
 of remedial  action performance where
 wells,  drains,  and impermeable barriers
 are often used conjunctively.  It  is the
 principle of superposition that makes it
 possible to  combine the solutions  for
 single  wells and/or drains to obtain
 solutions  for multiple well and drain
 systems with variable  flow rates and head
 conditions.   One special type of
 superposition,  the method of  images,
 makes it possible  to add the  effects of
 boundaries like  streams, ground-water
 divides and  impermeable zones to
 solutions  for  aquifers  of  infinite
 extent.

     Most of  the  available analytical
 solutions are also  based on the
 assumption that  flow occurs in isotropic
 and  homogeneous media.   This  assumption
 is often limiting  because all real
 ground-water  systems exhibit  some degree
 of  heterogeneity and anisotropy.
 Fortunatley, there are practical  ways to
 circumvent this limitation through  the
 use of  equivalent  sections and
 incremental methods, and by making
 corrections for anisotropy.  The  use of
 equivalent sections basically involves
 converting the irregular geometry of a
 real world ground-water system into an
 equivalent system with  a regular
 geometry.  In making the conversion to an
 equivalent system it is often necessary
 to account for layered  and  trending
 heterogeneities.  Layered heterogeneities
are vertical  changes in media properties;
 trending hetergeneities are horizontal
changes.  Incremental methods involve
                                            92

-------
dividing an aquifer into regions with
relatively uniform properties and then
applying an analytical  solution in a
step-wise fashion to each region.  Bear
(1) recommends this approach for water
table aquifers with appreciable
variations in head.  In many systems
there may be distinct differences between
horizontal and vertical hydraulic
conductivities.  In these cases,
corrections need to be made before
solutions based on isotropic conditions
can be used.  Huisman and 01sthoorn (7)
present a series of formulas for making
corrections for anisotropy.

    Conformal mapping is a method for
deriving analytical solutions by trans-
forming a problem from one geometrical
domain for which a solution is needed to
one for which a solution can be obtained.
This method has been used to derive
expressions for selected two-dimensional
ground-water flow problems involving
relatively complicated geometries.  A
major disadvantage of the method is that
it is mathematically involved, and often
produces fairly complex analytical
solutions.  One advantage of conformal
mapping is that it can be used to derive
a solution for flow under partially
penetrating impermeable barriers or
barriers that are keyed into leaky
formations.  None of the methods
discussed thus far can provide such a
solution.  The theory behind the method
is discussed by Harr (5).

    A number of analytical solutions  for
contaminant transport have been
developed.  Most of them are based on the
classical convection-dispersion equation.
In addition, several semi-analytical
methods have also been developed.  The
analytical solutions based on the
convection-dispersion equation are
consolidated in several key publications.
van Genuchten and Alves (15) provide
derivations for a relatively complete set
of one-dimensional solutions.  Walton
(17) presents several one-dimensional
solutions and a number of radial flow
solutions involving single  injection and
withdrawal wells with and without
regional  flow.  Other good  sources
include Bear (1) and Javandel et al .   (8).
One type of  semi-analytical method is
based on  the complex velocity potential
concept.  Like superposition, this
concept involves separating a complex
flow field "that itself is intractable
into a series of simple flow fields for
which tractable solutions are available.
Javandel  et al. (8) provide a procedure
for constructing complex velocity
potentials.   The other type of semi-
analytical method for contaminant
transport is based on a simple numerical
technique discussed by Bear (1).   This
technique involves tracking the movement
of one or more particles of water with
time.  The rate and direction of  particle
movement at any location in the
ground-water flow field is estimated by
adding the component pore water
velocities for nearby pumping and
injection wells with the regional pore
water velocity.

Remedial  Action Evaluation with
Simplified Methods

    There are a large number of remedial
action technologies that can be imple-
mented at uncontrolled hazardous  waste
sites.  These actions can be classified
as either surface, subsurface or  waste
control measures (3).  Many of the
available technologies are described in
remedial  action handbooks like those by
JRB (9) and SCS Engineers (14).  The
simplified methods discussed in the,
previous section can be used to evaluate
many of these technologies.  Since these
methods are applicable only to flow and
contaminant transport in saturated
ground-water systems, however, only those
measures having an effect on the
saturated zone can be evaluated.   This
mainly includes subsurface and waste
control measures.

    Table 1 lists each-of the measures
that can be evaluated, and the specific
methods that can be used (2).  It is
important to recognize that many  of the
subsurface and waste control measures can
have different configurations and design
objectives.  Impermeable barriers, for
instance, can be installed upgradient,
downgradient and completely around a
site.  They can be partially penetrating
(i.e., hanging) or fully penetrating
(i.e., keyed-in).  They can be used to
lower the water table, divert
uncontaminated ground water around a
site, or preclude further migration of
contaminated ground water.
                                            93

-------
  LU


  t/>
 LU
 CO

 £
 CC
 ID
 CO
 ca
 u_
 o
 LU
 	I
 CO

 o co
 i—I LU
 —i a;
 
                      OJ ••-
                      03 -a
                      i-  >,
                                                                               x   x: x
                                                                         •g
                                                             S-      r—
                                             CO    •—I
                                                                         -Cl  r-   (O   O  4->  01
                                                                         ro  o   o  •!—   re ~o
                                                                             O  CU  i—     CO  LU
                                                  94

-------
    It is also important to recognize
that there are a number of important
limitations and key assumptions that must
be considered when using the methods in
Table 1 to conduct a practical evaluation
of remedial action performance:

     1.  Many of the analytical and
         semi-analytical solutions
         were derived for specific
         types of aquifers (e.g.,
         confined, leaky or water
         table) with highly ideal-
         ized characteristics.

     2.  Many of the solutions were
         also derived for highly
         idealized ground-water flow
         patterns.

     3.  Many of the solutions were
         derived fro specific well
         or drain configurations.

    These and other limitations preclude
the complete, detailed analysis of all
remedial  action design objectives and
configurations.  Changes in water table
elevations or piezometric heads associ-
ated with the implementation of most
subsurface and waste control  remedial
measures can generally be evaluated.
Changes in ground-water flow patterns can
generally also be evaluated for most
remedial  measures, especially those that
involve wells or drains.  Changes in
contaminant movement, however, are more
difficult to fully evaluate.

    Despite their apparent simplicity,
considerable judgement and experience are
required to evaluate remedial  action per-
formance with simplified methods.  In
applying these methods it is  important to
recognize the tradeoffs that  are being
made between the ease of application and
the accuracy with which these methods can
simulate the effects of implementing dif-
ferent remedial actions.

Available Hand-Held Calculator and
Micro-Computer Programs

    The use of many of the available
analytical  and semi-analytical methods  to
solve ground-water problems of practical
interest will  generally require numerous,
repetitive calculations.  An  evaluation
of the cone of depression for a single
pumping well,  for instance, will  involve
 solving one of the well hydraulics
 equations for a number of radial
 distances away from the well at different
 points in time.  If the cone of
 depression for a number of wells is of
 interest, the drawdown for each well will
 have to be calculated and then summed to
 obtain the total drawdown.

    With the recent development of
 relatively powerful, programmable
 hand-held calculators and micro-
 computers, the work involved in using
 many of the methods is greatly reduced.
 Calculators and micro-computers can
 rapidly perform a large number of
 repetitive calculations in minutes that
 would otherwise require hours or days.
 As a result, the level of manpower
 required to solve a given problem is
 greatly reduced.

    Calculators and micro-computers also
 have several other advantages.  First,
 they can reduce the need for tables and
 graphs that are commonly required to
 solve analytical expressions.  Values for
 the "well  functions" in most well
 hydraulics equations generally have to be
 obtained from tables or graphs.  While
 the required tables and graphs can be
 found in many ground-water textbooks and
 related publications, some of the "well
 functions" can be approximated by series
 expansions or mathematical  functions that
 are easily solved on a calculator.  Many
 of the functions contained in other types
 of analytical methods can also be
 approximated or solved directly with
 calculators.  In addition,  simple
 integration schemes that would require
 numerous,  tedious 'calculations to solve
 by hand can also be used to quickly solve
 certain analytical  equations.

    Another advantage is that
 calculators and micro-computers offer
 peripherals that aid in the analysis of
 remedial  actions.   The programs required
 to solve different analytical expressions
 can be stored on magnetic cards,  magnetic
 tape of disks.   When an analysis is re-
 quired the programs can be loaded
 rapidly.   This  reduces the level  of
 effort required to key in a program or to
make repetitive key strokes on a non-
 programmable calculator.   Results of
different  analyses can be stored  for use
 later or printed immediately.  This
reduces the level  of effort involved in
                                            95

-------
transcribing results.
gpm.
    The final advantage is that pro-
grammable calculators and, to a lesser
extent, micro-computers are readily
available.  Most site contractors and
many state and Federal Superfund staff
have access to them.

    It is important to note that there
are a large number of programs currently
available, particularly for hand-held
calculators, and more are being written
all the time.  Listings for some of these
programs have been published in the open
literature (11, 12, 18, 19, 20) and in
different reports (10, 13, 17).  Other
programs can be obtained from their
developers.  The International Ground
Water Modeling Center (IGWMC), Hoi comb
Research Institute, Butler University,
Indianapolis, Indiana provides a
clearinghouse for many of the available
programs.

Example Analysis of Remedial Action
Performance with SelectedSimpjjfj^d
Methods

    A number of abandoned underground
storage tanks were discovered to have
lost their contents over a period of
years.  A detailed field sampling program
found that the ground-water system was
extensively contaminated.  Figure 1 shows
the current extent of contamination and
the characteristics of the underlying
aquifer.

    The screening of remedial  actions
during the Engineering Feasibility Study
suggested that the plume could be
captured with a line of pumping wells
located near the leading edge of the
plume.  It also suggested that an
impermeable barrier completely
surrounding the plume might act to
expedite the clean-up action of the
pumping wells.  Thus, it was decided to
analyze the time required for plume
extraction with and without an
impermea ble barri er.

    The initial  remedial  action
configuration selected for analysis was
a line of three pumping wells without an
impermeable barrier.  The wells were
located 100 ft upgradient from the
leading edge of the plume, and each well
was assumed to be pumped at a rate  of 20
    To estimate the plume extraction
time for this configuration, a semi-
analytical transport method was used.
The method uses a simple numerical
technique to tract the movement of a
particle of water with time.  A well
hydraulics solution incorporated in the
method is used to estimate the rate and
direction of particle movement away from
injection wells and towards pumping
wells.  The method also allows for
superposition.  Thus, the effects of any
number of wells and a uniform regional
flow component can be considered in a
single analysis.

    The actual application of the
method involved releasing particles from
a number of locations along the perimeter
of the plume.  The movement of each
particle was tracked over time until it
arrived at one of the wells.  The
location of each particle at the end of
selected time increments was noted.
These locations were then used to
estimate the approximate location of the
perimeter of the plume at the end of each
time increment.

    Figure 2 shows the position of the
plume 0, 10, 20, 40, 80 and 120 days
after the initiation of pumping.  The
results show that it takes approximately
the same length of time for contaminants
to travel  from the storage tanks to the
wells as it does for contaminants to
travel  from the leading edge of the plume
to the wells.  This is because the net
ground-water velocity upgradient of the
wells is the sum of the regional velocity
and the velocity induced by the pumping
action of the wells.  Downgradient the
net velocity is smaller because it is the
difference between the two velocities.

    The results also show that most of
the plume can be captured in about 120
days.  It is important to recognize,
however, that this timeframe is based on
the assumption that the contaminants are
"water coincident."  That is, they are
not retarded in their movement relative
to the movement of the ground water. The
timeframes in this example would have to
be extended for contaminants that are
retarded by using an appropriate
retardation factor.  It is also important
to recognize that this analysis neglects
                                            96

-------
                     PERIMETER OF PLUME
 REGIONAL
PORE WATER
 VELOCITY=
 O.33 ft/day
HYDRAULIC CONDUCTIVITY = 10 ft/day
  SATURATED THICKNESS = 40 ft
             GRADIENT = 0.01« /ft
                 UNDERGROUND
                STORAGE TANKS
                                                             100 feet
           Figure  1.  Extent of contamination and aquifer characteristics.
                                                            Pumping Well
           Figure  2.  Plume  position  0, 10, 20, 40, 80, and  120 days after
                     initiation of pumping without an  impermeable  barrier
                     (pumping rate of 20gpm).
                                      97

-------
 the effects of dispersion.   The perimeter
 of the plume is assumed to  behave like a
 "sharp front."

     The impact of installing an
 impermeable barrier  around  the  plume  was
 examined with the same simplified method.
 Figure 3 shows the resulting
 configuration of the remedial action
 alternative.

     To simulate the  impact  of installing
 an  impermeable barrier,  the method of
 images was  used.   The analysis  was
 simplified  somewhat  by only considering
 the effects of the upgradient and
 downgradient portions of the barrier.
 That is,  the sides were neglected.
 Figure 4 shows the image well
 configuration used to create these
 barriers.   Since  they are assumed to  be
 infinite in extent,  the "real aquifer"
 (i.e.,  the  portion of the aquifer inside
 the barrier)  has  the configuration of a
 semi-infinite strip.   A complete
 representation of the barrier could be
 obtained  by using a  more complex  image
 well  configuration.

     Particles  were again released  from
 the perimeter  of  the plume  and  their
 movement  towards  the recovery wells was
 tracked with  time.   Since the barrier
 eliminates  the regional  ground-water  flow
 component,  it  was  assumed that  the
 pumping rate of the  wells could be
 reduced to  10  gpm  even  though the  well's
 were  left in the  same  location.   Figure 5
 shows the estimated  position of the plume
 after 0,  10, 20,  40,   80,  120, 160, 320,
 480 and 640 days.  These  results  show
 that the  barrier  wall reduces the time
 required to capture contaminants
 downgradient from  the wells, but
 increases the  time required to capture
 contaminants between  the wells and the
 storage tanks.  In part, this is due to
 the use of a reduced  pumping rate.
 However,  it is also due to the fact that
 there is no regional  component of
 velocity  inside the  impermeable barrier.
 The velocity due to  the  pumping wells is
 all that is affecting contaminant
movement; this velocity  is very small
 near the facility.

    Centering the wells within the
 plume, possibly along a line parallel  to
the main axis of the plume,  would provide
for more rapid removal, as would
 increasing the pumping rate.  The
 efficiency of this and other well and
 impermeable barrier configurations can
 easily be evaluated using this type of
 approach.

    A large number of calculations were
 required to generate the results in
 Figures 2 and 5.  A hand-held calculator
 program for an HP 41C calculator was used
 to reduce the level of effort involved in
 conducting the analysis.

 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

    This paper was prepared under Work
Assignment No. 5 of Contract No.
 68-03-3116, a task-order contract to
 provide technical  support for
 environmental  exposure assessment of
 pesticides and other toxic substances to
the U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,
Office of Research and Development.   Mr.
Douglas C. Ammon of the Municipal
 Environmental  Research Laboratory (MERL)
 in Cincinnati, Ohio was the Technical
Project Monitor and Mr. Lee A.  Mulkey of
the Environmental  Research Laboratory
 (ERL) in  Athens,  Georgia  was the Project
Officer.

REFERENCES

 1.  Bear, J., 1979.   Hydraulics of
     Groundwater,  McGraw-Hill  Inc.,
     N.Y.

 2.  Brown,  S. M.,  1983.   Simplified
     Methods  for  the  Evaluation  of
     Subsurface and Waste Control
     Remedial  Action  Technologies at
     Uncontrolled  Hazardous  Waste
     STtes,  Draft  final report  pre-
     pared by  Anderson-Nichols,  Inc.,
     Palo  Alto,  CA  for  the Environ-
     mental  Protection  Agency,
     Municipal  Environmental  Research
     Laboratory, Cincinnati,  OH.

 3.  Brown, S.  M.,  S.  H.  Boutwell and
     B. R.  Roberts, 1983.   Selection
     and Use of Models  for  Remedial
     Action  Evaluation  at Uncontrolled
     Hazardous  Haste  Sites,  Draft
     final  report prepared  by
     Anderson-Nichols,  Inc.,  Palo
     Alto,  CA  for the  Environmental
     Protection Agency  Municipal
     Environmental  Research
     Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH.
                                            98

-------
             FULLY PENETRATING
            IMPERMEABLE BARRIER
50 ft
                                                  150 ft
                                                   15O ft
                                                                  -100 ft-
                                                      1OO feet
      Figure 3. Remedial action  configuration for the ground-water
                pumping  system with an impermeable barrier.
             UPGRADIENT
           I  IMPERMEABLE
              BARRIER
                   500ft
              "IMAGINARY
                PUMPING
                 WELLS
DOWNGRADIENT
 IMPERMEABLE,
    BARRIER

              I
                              REAL"
                           , PUMPING
                             WELLS
                                                                   •
                                                            500ft ->•
                                                                 /
              | "IMAGINARY"
              |   PUMPING
                 WELLS
                                    V"REAL" SEMI-INFINITE
                                        STRIP AQUIFER
      Figure  4.  Image well configuration  for the impermeable barrier.
                                     99

-------
Figure 5. Plume position 0,  10,  20,  40,  80,  160, 320, 480
          and 640 days  after initiation  of  pumping with an
          impermeable barrier (pumping rate  of  lOgpm).
                           100

-------
 4.   Cohen,  R.  M.  and W.  J.  Miller,  III,
     1983.   Use of Analytical Models  for
     Evaluating Corrective Actions at
     Hazardous  Waste Sites,  Proceedings
     of the  3rd National  Symposium on
     Aquifer Restoration  and  Ground-
     Water Monitoring,  National Water
     Well Association,  May 25-27.

 5.   Harr, M.  E.,  1962.   Groundwater  and
     Seepage,  McGraw-Hill Book  Company,
     New York,  NY.

 6.   Hantush,  M. S., 1967.   Growth and
     Decay of Groundwater-Mounds  in
     Response to Uniform  Percolation,
     Water Resources Research,  Vol.  3,
     No. 1.

 7.   Huisman,  L. and T.  N. Olsthoorn,
     1983.   Artificial  Groundwater
     Recharge,  Pitman  Publishing  Inc.,
     Marshfield, MA.

 8.   Javandel,  I., C.  Doughty and C.  F.
     Tsang,  1983.   A Guide to Predict-
     ing the Extent of Groundwater Con-
     tamination by Means  of  Mathematical
     Models, January draft prepared  by
     Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory,
     Berkeley,  CA.

 9.   JRB Associates, 1982.   Handbook of
     Remedial  Action at Hazardous Waste
     Disposal  Sites.  EPA 625/6-82-006.

10.   Prickett, T. A. and  M.  L.  Vorhees,
     1981.   Selected Hand-Held  Calculator
     Codes  for the Evaluation of Calcula-
     tive Strip-Mining Impacts  on Ground-
     water  Resources,  Prepared  by Thomas
     A. Pickett and Associates, Inc.,
     Urbana, IL for the Office  of Surface
     Mining, Region V,  Denver,  CO.

11.   Rayner, F. A., 1981.  Discussion of
     Programmable Hand Calculator Pro-
     grams  for Pumping and  Injection
     Wells:  1 - Constant or  Variable
     Pumping (Injection) Rate,  Single
     or Multiple  Fully Penetrating Wells,
     Ground  Water, Vol. 19,  No. 1.

12.   Rayner, F. A., 1983.  Aquifer Model-
     ing with a Handheld Calculator   -
     AQMODL, Ground Water,  Vol. 21,   No.
     1.
13.   Sandberg,  R., R.  B.  Scheibach,  D.
     Koch and T. A. Prickett,  1981.
     Selected Hand-Held Calculator Codes
     for the Evaluation of the Probable
     Cumulative Hydrologic Impacts of
     Mining, Report H-D3004/030-81-1029F,
     Prepared by Hittman  Associates, Inc.
     for the Office of Surface Mining,
     Region V,  Denver, CO.

14.   SCS Engineers, 1981.  Costs of
     Remedial Response Actions at
     Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites,
     Prepared for the Environmental
     Protection Agency, Municipal
     Environmental Research Laboratory
     Cincinnati, OH.

15.   van Genuchten, M. Th. and W. J.
     Alves, 1982.  Analytical  Solutions
     of the One-Dimensional Convective-
     Dispersive Solute Transport Equa-
     tion, Technical Bulletin 1661,
     U.S.D.A.

16.   Walton, W. C., 1979.  Progress in
     Analytical Groundwater Modeling,
     In:  W. Back and D. A. Stephenson
     (Guest-Editors), Contemporary
     Hydrogeology - The George Burke
     Maxey Memorial Volume, J. Hydro1,
     Vol. 43.

17.   Walton, W. C., 1983.  Handbook of
     Analytical Ground Mater Models,
     Short Course "Practical Analysis of
     Well Hydraulics and Aquifer Pollu-
     tion," April 11-15, IGWMC, Holcomb
     Research  Institute, Butler Univer-
     sity, Indianapolis, IN.

18.   Warner, D. L. and M. G. Yow, 1979.
     Programmable Hand Calculator Pro-
     grams for  Pumping and Injection
     Wells:  1  - Constant or Variably
     Pumping (Injection) Rate, Single
     or Multiple  Fully Penetrating
     Wells,  Ground Water, Vol. 17,
     No. 6.

19.  Warner, D. L. and M. G. Yow, 1980a.
     Programmable Hand Calculator Pro-
     grams for  Pumping and Injection
     Wells:  II  -  Constant  Pumping
     (Injection)  Rate, Single Fully
   •  Penetrating  Well, Semiconfined
     Aquifer,  Ground Water, Vol. 18,
     No. 2.
                                            101

-------
20.  Warner, D. L. and M. G. Yow, 1980b.
     Programmable Hand Calculator Pro-
     grams for Pumping and Injection
     Wells: III - Constant Pumping
     (Injection) Rate, Fully Confined
     Aquifer, Partially Penetrating
     Well, Ground Water, Vol. 18, No. 5.
                                           102

-------
             COSTS OF REMEDIAL ACTIONS AT UNCONTROLLED HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES
                         WORKER HEALTH AND SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

                                  John M.  Lippitt, R.S.
                                  James J.  Walsh, P.E.
                                Anthony J.  DiPuccio, P.E.
                                      SCS Engineers
                                   Covington, Kentucky
                                        ABSTRACT

    Costing of remedial  actions at hazardous waste sites requires a determination of in-
cremental costs for protection of worker health and safety.   The study presented  was de-
signed to identify and estimate incremental  health and safety costs for worker protection.
Cost estimates were obtained from five hazardous waste site cleanup contractors in re-
sponse to six hazardous waste site scenarios.  Four degree-of-hazard conditions were
costed for each scenario.   Ranges of percent increases for health and safety considerations
over base construction costs are presented along with estimates  of the impact of  tempera-
ture extremes on costs.
INTRODUCTION

    The Comprehensive Environmental  Re-
sponse, Compensation, and Liability Act
(CERCLA) was enacted in December 1980.
Provisions contained in Item 2 Section
105 require the development of cost ranges
for various types of hazardous waste site
remedial actions.  The project presented
in this paper represents part of the re-
search efforts of the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) Office of Research
and Development (ORD) to fulfill the re-
quirements in Section 105.

PURPOSE

    The development of costs of hazardous
waste site remedial actions requires ,an
evaluation of the increased costs incurred
for protection of worker health and safety.
In previous studies, costs associated with
health and safety were either not included
or not uniformly identifiable as separate
costs.  The purpose of this study was to:

1.  Identify categories of health and
    safety costs.

2.  Collect and compile health and safety
    cost estimates and determine a range
    of costs which can be encountered on
    hazardous waste sites.
3.  Calculate percentage incremental health
    and safety cost adjustment factors.

4.  Identify factors which impact health
    and safety costs and should be con-
    sidered for future study and evalu-
    ation.

STUDY DESIGN AND APPROACH

    Initial data collection was based
on reviews of case studies, bid documents
for Superfund sites, and a telephone survey
of firms and regulatory agencies.  After
reviewing available data and the summaries
of telephone interviews, it was determined
that health and safety costs could not
be readily identified.  Normal accounting
practices did not distinguish many health
and safety costs.  Such costs were rou-
tinely incorporated into general categories
such as labor rates, equipment O&M costs,
and overhead expenditures.  In addition,
extensive analysis of cost data from
existing sites was viewed by many contrac-
tors as extremely sensitive due to compe-
titive and proprietary considerations.
On the other hand, most of the contacts
felt that general discussions of costs
would be of little value because of site-
specific considerations which impact on
the overall costs and particularly health
and safety costs.  As a result, it was
                                           103

-------
 concluded that realistic,  but ficticious,
 hazardous waste site scenarios would  pro-
 vide the best format for providing  and
 evaluating cost estimates  for remedial
 action unit operations.  In  fact, several
 of the contacts indicated  they felt it
 was the only reasonable approach.

     Six hazardous waste site scenarios
 were developed to be representative of
 three basic types of sites:   (1) subsur-
 face burial,  (2) surface impoundments,
 and (3)  above-grade  storage.   Whenever
 possible,  these scenarios  were developed
 based on actual  cleanup operations  either
 completed,  in  progress, or planned  for
 the future.  This approach was adopted
 to  ensure  that the scenarios  would  reflect
 realistic  site conditions  while providing
 a means  of controlling site  variables which
 could impact cost estimates.

     Contractors  providing  cost estimates
 were instructed  to provide cost estimates
 for each unit  operation under the condi-
 tions set  forth  in the scenario and costs
 representative of conducting  the same ac-
 tivity if  the  hazardous wastes  were not
 on-site  (i.e.,  base  construction costs).
 In  order to  identify the relative impact
 of  variations  in degree-of-hazard condi-
 tions, contractors were also  instructed
 to  provide cost estimates  based on  three
 other modifications  of hazard  conditions.
 The  hazard conditions described were de-
 signed to parallel degree-of-hazard condi-
 tions associated with the  four levels of
 personal protection  recommended by  the
 EPA  Office of  Emergency and Remedial Re-
 sponse  (OERR)  [1].   Table  1 provides a
 brief description of the four  levels of
 personal protection  (designated as  Levels
A, B, C, and D in order of decreasing
degree-of-hazard conditions).   Contractors
were  instructed to utilize the  recommended
guidance provided by EPA OERR to determine
the  level of personal protection required.
The modifications were based only on vari-
ations of waste characteristics, while
all other site conditions  and activities
remained constant.

    One additional  factor  identified which
can significantly impact health and safety
costs was ambient temperature.  To identify
the relative impact of temperature,  con-
tractors were instructed to provide an
estimate of the cost variations of the
total scenario costs estimated for each
     TABLE  1.   CONDITIONS ASSOCIATED WITH
         LEVELS OF  PERSONAL  PROTECTION
 1.   Level A  -  requires  full encapsulation
     and  protection  from any body contact
     or exposure  to  materials  (i.e., toxic
     by inhalation and skin absorption).

 2.   Level B  -  requires  self-contained
     breathing  apparatus  (SCBA), and cu-
     taneous  or percutaneous exposure to
     unprotected  areas of the  body  (i.e.,
     neck and back of head) is within ac-
     ceptable exposure standards (i.e.,
     below harmful concentrations).

 3.   Level C  -  hazardous  constituents known;
     protection required  for low level
     concentrations  in air; exposure of
     unprotected  body areas (i.e.,  head,
     face, and  neck) is  not harmful.

 4.   Level D  -  no identified hazard present,
     but  conditions  are monitored and mini-
     mal  safety equipment is available.

 5.   No hazard  -  standard base construction
     costs.
of the four degree-of-hazard conditions.
The cost estimate variations were based
on the costs under the range of tempera-
tures given in the scenario and two addi-
tional temp.erature ranges.  The result
was an estimate of total scenario health
and safety costs under the four degree-
of-hazard conditions for low (<0°), normal
(0-18°C), and high (18-38°C) temperatures.
Ambient ranges included wind chill con-
siderations.

    In providing cost estimates, contrac-
tors were requested not to address costs
of transportation and disposal.  This
approach was taken because information
was available on transportation and dis-
posal costs and to minimize the amount
of cost estimations required of the con-
tractors responding to the scenarios.
Since transportation and disposal  costs
are often included as separate line item
costs, separation of these costs in the
scenarios is consistent with normal con-
tractor procedures.
                                            104

-------
     Ten health and safety cost components
 were identified based on literature reviews,
 previous site observations, discussions
 with field personnel from state and federal
 regulatory officials, and discussions with
 cleanup contractors.  Table 2 is a list
 of the ten health and safety cost cate-
 gories identified in the scenario guidance/
 instructions.

     The selection of contractors to respond
 to the scenarios was based on the following
 criteria:

   • Their relative rating provided from
     the evaluation of the telephone survey
     results.

   t A match of their previous experience
     with sites similar to one or more of
     the scenarios.

   • The availability of personnel routinely
     involved in cost estimation and familiar
     with health and safety requirements
     on a hazardous waste site.

   • Project funding limitations for pay-
     ment of subcontractors (i.e., site
     cleanup contractors) to provide cost
     estimates.

 The final selection included seven hazardous
 waste cleanup contractors responsible for
 one to three scenarios apiece.  Each sce-
 nario was assigned to two different con-
 tractors for cost estimation.

    TABLE 2.  HEALTH AND SAFETY COST
          COMPONENT CATEGORIES
 1.  Decontamination
 2.  Emergency Preparedness

 3.  Hazard Assessment
 4.  Insurance

 5.  Manpower Inefficiencies

 6.  Medical Services/Surveillance
 7.  Personal Protection
 8.  Personnel Training

 9.  Record Keeping

10.  Site Security
    A questionnaire was also sent to the
contractors providing cost estimates.
The questionnaire was designed to identify
differences in approaches to health and
safety considerations which impact costs.
The purpose of requesting the information
was to provide additional information
to assist in determining probable reasons
for cost variations anticipated.  In addi-
tion, contractors were requested to comment
on other considerations or differences,
if any, that they considered significant.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

    A total of eleven completed remedial
action costing scenarios were returned.
Two contractors could not provide the
requested cost estimates within the re-
quired time period due to conflicting
work schedules.  As a result, cost esti-
mates for Scenario 5 were provided by
only one contractor.  The remaining Sce-
narios 1, 2, 3, 4, and 6 were estimated
by two contractors apiece.

    Cost estimate recording forms re-
ceived were reviewed and additional in-
formation was requested as necessary.
Estimated costs were reallocated and
adjusted to provide uniform coverage of
the ten health and safety cost components
identified (see Table 2).  Modifications
made were reviewed with the respective
contractors.

    The contractor's cost estimates were
compiled and evaluated, then used to cal-
culate a cost per unit range for each
remedial action unit operation.  Cost
per unit calculations were made for health
and safety costs at the four degree-of-
hazard conditions and for base construc-
tion costs.  A percentage incremental
cost factor was calculated by dividing
the health and safety costs per unit for
each of the degree-of-hazard conditions
by the costs per unit calculated for the
base construction cost.    The resulting
percent ranges of incremental  health and
safety cost adjustment factors are pre-
sented in Table 3.   Costs for those re-
medial  action unit operations not costed
as part of the six cost scenarios can
be estimated based on a comparison of
potential  worker exposures while con-
ducting remedial  action unit operations.
                                           105

-------



c/l
O
O
I
5
£
CO
1 £
UJ •>-
«: i
CD "C
0- C
S <-
o -a
52 *
s s
UJ 5
§ o
"3 i
s 1
UJ C
CD CU
< Q
1—
g
o
ce
a.
u.
o
UJ
i
t
CO
H-
to
0
u
UJ
eC
to
a
3
i—
— i
S
DC
—I



^tf
LU
0

*""*

ro
UJ
_j
CO
g








^
ofc^ co o co in «3- &s cn s-e
•— CO P-*. | | IO CO CO (O i — CO 1 LO 1 IO 1 1
CU ICMlililii CMIIICOll
> r-N. «sf- «a- LO in io r-»
CU r— r— CM CM CO CM CM







coa^ o in r*-. r— co &?  r^- co CM <3~ co <*• en
Ol r— r-CMCMCMCM r—










•d* &^ cn r*1* r^si ^~ CM &s c^ 5^
r— CM CT> 1 1 tn ID VD LO r— f — . 1 to 1 <3~ 1 1
tt) Ir-IIIIItl t—itit—tj
~* *3" CM F*^ C3 ^— r~~ VO
CU r— r- i— CM CM CM r-
— J







r— O CO LTJ r^. O-CM f^.
loiiiitiii oiiicnti
i co LOcncMcnr^. .— 01
-J r—








(O CO
S- CU
"pi ^
cu •*->


u s-
*4J +J JZ K
cu i — in
J= nj «aC C -C
-H >»j=: o o
e a a. >» *f- c:
>^i — V) r— CO CU C
•• tO O <£ U- J- S_ 4- £
r— 1 I 1 1 > to E O r^
O *i-tn i — cuEE>»-t->n
J- CT> Ol Ol Ol OlQ T3W1 O+->CU CUt- I3C
•HCCCC C CE S-tO4-» -t-*S- Of
CZ *r- ••- -r- •«- T- J- O S- +-> >i V) tO ZJ E
5r— r— r— r- C-OCUO-CU C CO>>E >>•— -r- Ol E
to to to ta o to -t-* CQ o tocutotoracc
O t- CO CO CO CO 4-* CD ^S C "O C r*™ (/) C CU S— r~~ 4-
^ cu to roc s-T-i— >,o+J3-r-c

fO (O OOOCJOJ3OI/1 -MD_3 4->C

a 0) S-$-S-i->C£-tflJ«i i — CU(tJ'r-3COCUC
O U 3333CUO3fl3-«- "O CUCUt-C:CUS-.Ci
ra co co co to oi o to CQ Q c 3 Q o *-* CQ cu to c.
4-» »*- 3
r- S- , O
i^ CO r~* CM CO ^f tO kO F**- CO Ol CD r— CM CO ^" LO ^O !**• C
O 5^ 5^
5^ cn s^ ro o
Ln cn cn LO cn
1 III Lnii — I^-COUDI
' iii t i i t r t i i
en co «=j- co r^
r— Ln r- LO O
OJ






co co co r-.io
1 III •^ir^-.l^f-CM*^-!
i iii i i i i i i i i
1 O ^ O CO
' —









5^ CO S^ CM CO CM
i — > i — CO Ol LO tQ
I 111 *5l~ 1 *O 1 CO i — r — • CO
1 III. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
LO «cj- . — Ln co co
r— <3- r- r- CO CM








5^ LO fe^ tO CO
CM -Ch CO tO O
tii co i Ln i co i — r— i
iii i i i i i i i i
,_^ CM p^CM (0
f— CO CO CO


cJ

cu
O)
-J

o o
to q-
C -0 T3
o 01 cu
•H ro cu to
cn ro sz +-* cu
E u •<- ra 3
cu T- E 3 cr
4-> H- ro CU
V) -r- 4-> T3 S_
>> -o c: cu *
CO CO •«- O 4-> >j
S- r— O C rtJ O> i —
CUC O--.OC C C
71 CO •*— O (/) (/) -r- -r- Ol'r- Q
r •• 4-> t. «r- •*-* QJ +J E c co
cocS-4-> .c+^roro T-CO cu
r— cu ro o cocoi — 4->coa> s-
3 O 5» CQ fd O'r-rorSC: COO CU
J i_ 1_ •r-4-»3OOOlCUO 3
T 4->^JZ4-> -HO i-OCOi-
COOX roCUH-'r- -r-OQ- CO
= OCCUJ X-i-JOOlf-coS- CIJ
3 CJCUCU •• -r- C CUOtOQ_i_ 4->
^ t.s_to to u. H- ICQ; o cu ro
j c i— f— re •— O-HOJ*:E E
3 0 03 Or— r-v-CUCOCS- -r-
3 «r- cu cu ^ ro ro -H -H cu i- ro o -H
4-^>>cu -H oororoEQ-h—M— co
•i ro -r- •!- > C T- -r- > JT -H CO CU
3 S- coirt-r- o E=EroOroE-^c
5 s:o_a. 0
co to

106

-------
    A general  indication of temperature
impacts can be drawn from the data pro-
vided.  The percent variations were based
on increases above base construction costs
estimated for the moderate 0 to 18°C range.
Base construction and health and safety
costs increased with higher or lower tem-
peratures.  An average variation, shown
in Table 4, enables general estimate ad-
justments relative to the impact of anti-
cipated seasonal or climatic temperature
differences.

    Several factors which impact cost were
identified, but not addressed within the
scope of this project.  These include:

  • Scale Economies

  • Regional Differences

  • Management Policies and Procedures

  • Type and Size of Company

Differeneces in cost estimates provided
were  apparently due in part to these fac-
tors, as well as cost variations experi-
enced during site response and cleanup
activities.  Use of the data from this
report should include evaluation of pos-
sible impacts of these factors.

    The primary result of this report  is
a means to  adjust remedial action cost
estimates to reflect additional costs  of
health and  safety considerations.  This
may involve adding these health and safety
costs to  engineering study cost estimates
based on  standard construction cost esti-
mates, or adjusting cost estimates from
actual sites.  Adjustments made will re-
flect the costs associated with variations
in  the degree-of-hazard conditions on  the
site  being  evaluated.  Additional applica-
tions may  include:   (1) calculation of
costs for alternative applications of  a
given remedial  action based on location
and timing, and  (2) evaluation of cost-
effectiveness of conducting additional
site  investigation and characterization
prior to  initiation of remedial response
activities.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

    The project discussed in this paper
was performed under U.S. EPA Contract
No. 68-03-3028, Directive of Work No.
14.  The authors would like to thank the
U.S. EPA Project Monitors, Douglas C.
Ammon and Donald E. Sanning of the U.S.
EPA Municipal Environmental Research La-
boratory, Solid and Hazardous Waste Re-
search Division in Cincinnati, Ohio.

DISCLAIMER

    The information and data presented
in this paper do not necessarily reflect
the views and policy of the U.S. EPA.
This paper was based on the Draft Final
Report for "Costs of Remedial Actions
at Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites --
Worker Health and Safety Considerations"
which is currently in the U.S. EPA peer
review process.

REFERENCES

1.  Interim  Standard Operating Safety
    Guides,  U.S. Environmental Protection
    Agency,  Office of Emergency and Re-
    medial Response, Hazardous Response
    Support  Division, Edison, New Jersey,
    September 1982.  119 pp.
                                            107

-------





CO
LU
Di

1—
ce
LU
Q_
2:
LU
I—

1—
z
LU
Ce:
LU
U_
Ll_
HH
o
f-
co
1—
co
O
O
Q
LU
CO
s
DC
O
SI
1— H

l—
LU
O
a:
LU
a.


§
CO
LU
H— 1
CL.
1 — 1
1 —
— 1
^-J
s:

i —
CO
0
CJ

^^
1 —
LU
U_
«=C
CO

o
•^
^c
I —
a
ar


•
^!"
LU
— 1
CO
^^
1—














 CU
ZC"^ r—
s: Q








CQ


CU
CU





=tt=
I C
c t/
i — i re
cu

o



•4-1
CO 4->  CU

a: 3 r—
E 0.





O

r-~
CU
>*
cu
_J



=tt=
1 CU
c to
i— i res
cu
S« S-
o


•± i
LO 4-> O)
"^^. t~~ *r™
:CS:'Q.


0 *
•Jo cu
CU O •!-
IO 3 I —
1C S-, 0.
CQ 4-> ••-
C i—
0 3
o s:





to Ll-
CU 0
&_
^
•fj
its
S-
cu
O.O
£
CU 0
1—


o en r~~






rv, ^- i^.
CM •* CO
1— f— p™







O IV. LO
i — i —





iv. cn •*
CD r— *z$~
• • •
r™ r*~ ^^




o «d- LO




en •* CM
co en i—

O O r—




0 CO t—





O «* CM
<£> IO OO
• • •
000





o to en
CD O O





o
0 O
tn o o
IO i— CM
i i co
CM LO NX
ro to




o o
OO 00
i — OO 0
1 1 O
CD OO NX














CU
S-


frt
s_
cu

p=
cu

cu
re! •
to -• — .
Ll-
CU 0
-c: LO
4J to
1
4-> CNJ
,
CU •— -P
q- 3 cu
1C E M-
OO 1C
•P to
"O to
C O T3
(C c_) c
1C
•P o i:
r— •!- 4->
1C -P i—
CU O 03
in =! cu

«* 1 ^
• to "a
cu c cu
• o to
•t- o re
— cu
cu s-
co to u
"-v 1C C
ac CQ I-H


*+=*(=
108

-------
                          EVALUATION OF  SYSTEMS  TO ACCELERATE
                        STABILIZATION OF WASTE PILES OR DEPOSITS
                      Emil F. Dul, Robert T. Fellman, Ming F. Kuo
                                  Envirosphere Company
                                 Lyndhurst,  N.J.  07071

                                    James F. Roetzer
                               Woodward-Clyde Consultants
                                   Wayne, N.J.   07470
                                        ABSTRACT
    This paper is a project report on work performed by Envirosphere Company under
subcontract to JRB Associates' contract No. 68-03-3113 with the USEPA; the task is
"Evaluation of Systems to Accelerate Stabilization of Waste Piles or Deposits".  The
paper presents the results of a seven month study which has led to the conclusion that
from the array of treatment methods and delivery/recovery schemes available for in situ
subsurface applications, enhanced flushing using surfactants, treatment using biological
agents and hydrolysis of waste materials are promising applications.  Oxidation of
subsurface waste materials does not appear promising.  Tables 1, 2 and 3 of this paper
present guidance to potential employers of in situ, subsurface treatment systems.  These
tables relate site and waste characteristics to the propriety of using a particular
reagent/delivery-recovery system.
INTRODUCTION

    This paper reports on EPA Project
No. 68-03-3113, Task 37-2, "Evaluation
of Systems to Accelerate Stabilization
of Waste Piles or Deposits".  This
project represents Phase I of a two
phase scope of work designed to document
the feasibility and effectiveness of
engineered approaches to stabilizing and
accelerating the detoxification of waste
piles and deposits.  Phase I, examined
presently available technology and site
specific waste parameters to determine
the limitations imposed by these site
and waste specific characteristics on
the technologies available.  Phase II
will present results from bench or pilot
scale research applied to waste materials
obtained from a site requiring remedial
actions and will be undertaken after
completion of Phase I.

    The Phase I effort concentrated on
projecting the possible use of available
techniques to sites yet requiring
remedial actions by investigating and
documenting both techniques historically
used to stabilize and accelerate the
detoxification of wastes and those
believed to be feasibly applicable.  In
situ treatment rather than immobili-
zation of wastes was emphasized, thus
engineering methodologies incorporating
1). biodegradation, 2). hydrolysis, 3).
solvent flushing 4). surfactants and 5).
oxidizing agents were pursued in
detail.
                                          109

-------
 PURPOSE

     The Phase I work reported upon in
 this paper essentially deals with three
 basic problems:

 1)   What reagents will be most
     effectively used to treat which
     subsurface waste materials?

 2)   What systems are available for
     delivery of treatment agents  to
     subsurface deposits (and/or  recovery
     of treated groundwater)?

 3)   What are the limitations imposed  by
     the site conditions (ie, topography,
     soil characteristics) and by  the
     waste materials  themselves upon the
     selection of technologies?

     The specific goal for Phase I of  the
 project was  to develop a specification
 document capable of  prescribing the
 applicability,  limitations and per-
 formance expectations for the combin-
 ation of technology  and treatment
 reagent which could  be used  in a  broad
 array of site,  waste and pollutant
 combinations.   Via the specifications
 document,  waste site and remedial
 actions associated with low  or high
 probabilities  of success would be
 identified.

 APPROACH

    Envlrosphere pursued a six part
 program of investigation which consisted
 essentially  of  a literature  review, a
 definition of  the capabilities and
 limitation of  delivery,  recovery  and
 treatment  technologies,  visits to sites
 where investigation  of  remedial actions
 were underway,  a definition  of important
 site and waste  characteristics, and an
 evaluation of  remedial  technologies.
 The available data were  evaluated  to
 determine classes  of  organic  chemicals
 amenable to  treatment by  various
 potential in situ  treatment methods.
 Potential delivery and  recovery systems
for these treatment agents were then
evaluated across  site hydrogeologic
characteristics.

    Envirosphere  then proceeded and
developed a specifications manual which
identified, to  the extent deemed
 appropriate,  given the  available  data
 and  experience,  combinations  of delivery/
 recovery  technologies and  reagents which
 have a  reasonably  high  or  clearly low
 probability of  success.

 PROBLEMS  ENCOUNTERED

     The single-most important  problem
 encountered by  the investigators  during
 this project  was the near  absence of
 data and  information from  specific field
 experience and  applications in a
 remedial  action.   For delivery and
 recovery  technologies,  a well  developed
 literature exists  where traditional
 applications  of  these technologies (ie,
 deep well injection of  waste products,
 spraying  of areas  for agricultural
 purposes, flooding, use of infiltration
 galleries, well point systems  etc) are
 described. Also, for chemical  stabil-
 ization applications, for  example, the
 use  of  microorganisms to catabolize
 waste products or  in the case  of
 oxidation of  alcohols,  aldehydes  and
 ketones to carboxylic acids and cleavage
 products, well developed literature also
 exists.   However,  almost nothing  has
 been published for engineered  remedial
 actions consisting of combinations of
 delivery  systems and reagents  in  a
 hazardous waste deposit.  Thus, almost
 all  conclusions to be drawn from  the
 study were based upon engineering
 judgement and scientific approximation.
 Field calibration and verification of
 hypotheses by reference to experience
 was  not feasible.

     Another important problem  encoun-
 tered in  the study was the specification
 of the  degree of homogeneity of the
waste deposit.  Subsurface deposits
 contained in drums or in packaging which
would impede the flow of water-borne
 reagents could not be considered as
 realistic candidates for in situ,
 subsurface treatment.   Thus,  only
deposits having a relatively uniform
permeability not significantly lower
than the surrounding medium could be
considered as  realistic candidates for
subsurface in situ treatment.

RESULTS

    Systems  to accelerate stabili-
zation of  waste deposits will require:
                                          110

-------
(1) selection of a suitable treatment
technology which will be compatible with
waste composition and site character-
istics, and (2) selection of delivery/
recovery methods for the treatment
technology compatible with site
characteristics and the waste deposit
setting.

    There are two basic treatment con-
cepts which can be employed, in situ
treatment (stabilization through degrada-
tion of waste) and flushing methods to
accelerate the removal of the contami-
nants from the deposit for subsequent
recovery followed by above surface
treatment in a waste treatment system.

    Envirosphere reviewed in detail bio-
degradation, hydrolysis and oxidation as
being the treatment methods offering
possible opportunity for success in in
situ applications.  Flushing, and use of
surfactants to enhance flushing were
also considered to be of sufficient
promise to be reviewed in detail.
Potential applications of these methods
to various classes of organic contami-
nants are presented in Table 1.

Biological Renovation of Waste Piles or
Deposits

    Microbes capable of treating many
classes of organic chemicals are
currently available.  These microbes
include natural microbial populations,
adapted microbial cultures and bio-
engineered microbial strains  (1,2).  An
extensive compilation of microbes
capable of treating various organic
chemicals has  been developed  and  is
available in  the  complete project  report.

     Once the  extent of  the contamina-
tion has been determined and  the
chemical characterization of  the
contamination has been  carried out,  the
selected samples  should be further
characterized chemically to establish
the  nutritional content of  the soils
(nitrogen, phosphorus,  etc) as a
supplemental  analysis to the  usual array
of chemical analyses employed at  the
site investigation  stage of  the  remedial
action.

     The proper microorganisms or  groups
of microbes may  then  be selected  to
treat the waste.   Commercial firms use
their past experience,  laboratory screen-
ing, onsite test  plots, or any combina-
tion of these procedures to identify the
proper agents for waste site renovation.
Independent operators should use similar
procedures or should contract with one
of the many commercial firms in this
field for expert  consultation and
guidance.

    In the process of selecting the
appropriate microbes for waste treat-
ment, one must determine the optimum
bacteria, emulsifier and fertilizer
requirements for optimum waste treatment
rates.  Microbial agents require the
maintenance of sufficient concentrations
of nitrogen, phosphorous, trace
elements, etc., and a pH range that will
support their growth.  Knowing the
levels of these factors at the site from
previous laboratory analysis, one can
identify the need for additional
fertilizers or buffers required to
support microbial growth;

    Having identified the above para-
meters, sufficient quantities of
biological agents can be cultured and
freeze-dried for transport, storage and
use at the site.

    In treating surface waste piles or
deposits, the waste site is precondi-
tioned by the application of fertil-
izers, buffers and emulsifiers at rates
determined from initial  studies.  The
bacteria are reconstituted with water
(preferably site water or a fertilizer
solution) and sprayed  on the waste  site.

    Microbial suspensions and
emulsifiers are generally applied weekly
for the  first two weeks, then every two
weeks  thereafter until wastes are
degraded.  The biological agents are
applied  by  spraying  them evenly  over  the
surface  of  the waste site, and  the  area
is  watered  daily to  keep the waste  moist
but not  flooded.

     If temperature maintenance  becomes  a
problem,  the site may  be covered with
polyethylene, with oxygen  supplied
through  the application  of peroxides  or
other suitable oxygen  sources.   If
anaerobic  environments are  required
(e.g., for reductive dechlorination)  the
                                           111

-------
 site may require the careful  application
 of  additional moisture  to  saturate  the
 waste,  then covering the site with
 polyethylene to  reduce  oxygen diffusion
 into the waste materials.  Fertilizers,
 emulsifiers and  buffers are supplied  on
 an  as needed basis  to maintain maximum
 degradation rates.

    Deep or subsurface  waste  deposit  bio-
 logical renovation  poses problems
 relating to oxygen  supply, temperature,
 permeability and accessibility not
 encountered with surface disposal
 sites.   Wells may be established into
 and below the waste site to deliver a
 fertilizer  and oxygen source  (3).
 Oxygen  sources would include  injectable
 solutions of peroxides  or  air and pure
 oxygen  saturated liquids.

    Additional wells around the deposit
 periphery and into  the  waste  material
 itself  would be  required to inject
 selected microbial  preparations and
 emulsifiers into the waste site.  Thus
 not only is the  waste pile treated  but
 any groundwater  plumes  that may be
 migrating from the  site may be renovated
 as  well.  Injection wells  should be
 situated at points  peripheral to an area
 served  by a recovery well.  The purpose
 of  these injection  wells is to surround
 and infuse  the waste deposit  with
 biological  agents,  fertilizers,
 emulsifiers  and  an  oxygen  source.   Flow
 patterns  established between  injection
 and recovery wells  should be  planned  to
 aid in  confining  the waste during the
 renovation  process.

    The  practicality  of subsurface  waste
 in  situ  renovation  ultimately depends on
 soil and waste pile permeability and
 site temperature.   The  treatment of
waste sites  in high clay content soils,
wastes  containing large concentrations
 of  highly insoluble waste or  a
 combination  of these  factors  may make
 biological  renovation of waste sites
impractical.  Waste site temperatures
are controlled by in  situ soil temper-
atures and  biological activity.   The
applicability of biological treatment of
hazardous waste must be assessed on a
 site by  site basis.
Application of Hydrolysis to Waste
Deposits

    The range of chemical classes
potentially treated through acceleration
of degradation by base-catalyzed
hydrolysis is presented in Table 1
(based on date in 4, 5 and 6).  The
range of chemical classes in Table 1
includes amides, esters, carbamates,
organophosphorus compounds, pesticides
and herbicides.  Prior to application of
this method in the field in a hazardous
waste deposit, site specific lab or
pilot scale testing should be conducted
to demonstrate the effectiveness of the
method for the specific chemical/waste
deposit matrix.  In applying base-
catalyzed hydrolysis in the waste
deposit, the primary design concern will
be the production and maintenance of
high pH (9 to 11) conditions with
saturation or high moisture content in
the waste deposit.  In general, for
shallow surface deposits, surface
application of lime followed by an
appropriate surface application of water
(eg, spray irrigation) may be appro-
priate.  For other deposits,  sub-
surface delivery or injection of
alkaline solutions (eg, NaOH) may be
appropriate.  In cases where alkaline
solutions are applied, proper corrosion
resistant equipment should be selected.
In addition, for most waste deposits
treated by base-catalyzed hydrolysis,
leachate recovery methods should be
incorporated into system design, since
application of the treatment  solution
may result in flushing of contaminants
from the deposit.

Application of Oxidation to Waste
Deposits

    The potential application of three
oxidants (ozone,  hydrogen peroxide, and
chlorine)  to waste deposits has been
evaluated.   While these agents are
reactive with a wide variety  of organic
compounds,  and have demonstrated
applications in wastewater treatment,
significant problems may preclude their
effective implementation as in situ
treatment agents for waste deposits.
                                          112

-------
        TABLE 1.   POTENTIAL APPLICATION OF TREATMENT
                  METHODS TO WASTE CONTAMINANTS
                                     Treatment Technology
Chemical
  Class
                                                   Base-Catalyzed
                                  Bjodegradation*   Hydrolysis**   Oxidation***
Aliphatic Hydrocarbons
Alkyl Halides
Ethers
Halogenated Ethers and Epoxides
Alcohols
Glycols/Epoxides
Aldehydes, Ketones
Carboxylic Acids
Amides
Esters
Nitriles
Amines
Azo Compounds, Hydrazine Derivatives
Nitrosamines
Thiols
Sulfides, Disulfides
Sulfonic Acids, Sulfoxides
Benzene & Substituted Benzene
Halogenated Aromatic Compounds
Aromatic Nitro Compounds
Phenols
Halogenated Phenolic Compounds
Nitrophenolic Compounds
Fused Polycyclic Hydrocarbons
Fused Non-Aromatic  Polycyclics
Heterocyclic Nitrogen Compounds
Heterocyclic Oxygen Compounds
Heterocyclic Sulfur Compounds
Organophosphorus Compounds
Carbamates
Pesticides
                              •f
                       (Continued)
                             113

-------
                   TABLE 1.  POTENTIAL APPLICATION OF TREATMENT
                             METHODS TO WASTE CONTAMINANTS (Cont'd)
                                                Treatment Technology
           Chemical
             Class
                                       Water Flushing
Surfactant Flushing
Aliphatic Hydrocarbons
Alkyl Halides
Ethers
Halogenated Ethers and Epoxides
Alcohols                              ,  ,
Glycols/Epoxides
Aldehydes, Ketones
Carboxylic Acids
Amides
Esters
Nitriles
Amines
Azo Compounds, Hydrazine Derivatives
Nitrosamines
Thiols
Sulfides, Bisulfides
Sulfonic Acids, Sulfoxides
Benzene & Substituted Benzene
Halogenated Aromatic Compounds
Aromatic Nitro Compounds
Phenols
Halogenated Phenolic Compounds
Nitrophenolic Compounds
Fused Polycyclic Hydrocarbons
Fused Non-Aromatic Polycyclics
Heterocyclic Nitrogen Compounds
Heterocyclic Oxygen Compounds
Heterocyclic Sulfur Compounds
Organophosphorus Compounds
Carbamates
Pesticides
                                  (Continued)
                                       114

-------
                   TABLE 1.  POTENTIAL APPLICATION OF TREATMENT
                             METHODS TO WASTE CONTAMINANTS (Cont'd)
*    Potential application of biodegradation as treatment technology based
     upon literature identifying microbial degradation of representative
     compounds in class.

**   Potential application of base-catalyzed hydrolysis as a treatment
     technology based upon calculated half-lives for hydrolysis of
     representative compounds at pH 9 to 11.

***  Potential application of oxidation as a treatment method based upon
     literature for oxidation of chemicals in water and wastewater by hydrogen
     peroxide.

#    Potential application of water flushing based upon aqueous solubility and
     octanol/water partition coefficient (Kow) of representative compounds.
     Specific application will depend on solubility and Kow for specific
     compounds.

##   Potential application of surfactant flushing based upon literature for
     enhanced oil and gasoline recovery.
                                        115

-------
     Hypochlorlte reacts  with organic com-
 pounds  as  a  chlorinating agent  as  well
 as  an oxidizing  agent, and  demonstra-
 tions of the effectiveness  of hypo-
 chlorite as  an oxidizing agent  for
 organic materials are extremely limited
 (7,8,9).

     Hypochlorite additions  to waste
 deposits may lead to production of
 undesirable  chlorinated  by-products
 (e.g.,  chloroform)  rather than  oxidative
 degradation  products of  waste contam-
 inants, therefore its use is not
 recommended.

     While  ozone  is  an effective
 oxidizing  agent  for many organic
 compounds  in wastewater  treatment
 applications,  its relatively low
 stability  in aqueous systems,
 particularly in  the presence of certain
 chemical contaminants, may  preclude  its
 effective  application to waste
 deposits.  The half-life of ozone  in
 distilled  water  is  less  than one-half
 hour (10).   Considering  that flow  rates
 of water through waste deposits are
 likely  to  be on  the order of inches/hour
 or less, and that ozone's half-life  in a
 waste deposit  should be  much shorter
 than that  in distilled water, it is
 unlikely that  effective  oxidant doses of
 ozone can  be delivered outside  of  the
 immediate  vicinity  of the point of
 application  (eg,  within  inches  or  feet
 of an injection  point).   For this
 reason, successful  use of ozone is
 unlikely.

     Hydrogen peroxide is  a  weaker
 oxidizing  agent  than ozone,  however,  its
 stability  in water  is considerably
 greater.   Since  decomposition of
 hydrogen peroxide to oxygen may be
 catalyzed  by iron or certain other
metals, effective delivery  of hydrogen
peroxide throughout an entire waste
 deposit may be difficult  or impossible
because of the relatively low transport
velocities achievable in waste
deposits.  Prior  to consideration of
hydrogen peroxide as an in  situ
 treatment method, it will be necessary
 to investigate the  stability  (or rate of
decomposition) of hydrogen peroxide in a
 specific waste deposit matrix.
     If  the effectiveness of hydrogen
peroxide as an oxidizing agent for a
waste treatment can be demonstrated, its
application to a waste deposit does not
appear  to present significant problems
with respect to equipment selection.
The  potential hazard of violent
reactions of certain organic materials
with hydrogen peroxide should, however,
be recognized.  Since addition of
hydrogen peroxide solutions to a waste
deposit could result in flushing of
contaminants, recovery methods as well
as delivery methods should be included
in system design.

Application of Flushing Methods to Waste
Deposits

     Potential removal of contaminants
from waste deposits by flushing was
considered.  (Classes of chemicals
potentially amenable to accelerated
flushing are indicated in Table 1.)  Due
to the complexity of possible inter-
actions of chemical contaminants, waste
deposit matrix and flushing solution
(eg, surfactant type and concentration),
the  effectiveness of flushing to
accelerate removal of contaminants from
a waste deposit can be accurately
estimated only through site specific
laboratory simulations.  At the present
time, a rational basis for application
of surfactant flushing methods is
available only for recovery of oils
(11,12,13).  Flushing with water or
recycled leachate alone may be effective
for  organic wastes demonstrated to be
readily leached from waste materials in
laboratory studies.

Delivery/Recovery Systems

     The selection of the most
appropriate delivery/recovery methods
and  systems requires a thorough
understanding of the waste deposit site
characteristics.   The site must be
defined with respect to the
configuration of the waste deposit
(areal extent and vertical depth),
hydrologic characteristics (surface and
subsurface) of the waste deposit,  and
surface and subsurface geohydrologic
characteristics of the materials
surrounding the waste deposit.
                                          116

-------
Delivery Methods
   Topography
    The matrix for delivery methods is
presented in Table 2.  The table shows
the forced delivery method is applicable
for all conditions.  The choice of a
gravity delivery method is more depen-
dent on the listed parameters.  The
listed parameters are those that indicate
differences in site characteristics that
would warrant selection of one delivery
method(s) over the others.  The reason
for selecting these parameters are  ,
briefly discussed here.

o  Average Permeability of the Waste
   Deposit

   Permeability will dictate the flow
   characteristics of the deposit.  If
   the permeability of the deposit is
   high, then low net pressure and short
   time durations would be required for
   a solution to pass through the
   deposit.  Low permeability means the
   deposit is not easily drainable and
   would require higher pressure and
   longer time duration for a solution
   to move through the deposit.
   Naturally, gravity methods are most
   effective for highly permeable waste
   deposits.

o  Depth to Bottom of the Waste Deposit

   This parameter is chosen based on
   engineering judgement.  If the depth
   is too great then it will take a much
   longer time for a solution to travel
   through the deposit.  Based on this
   condition, a reasonable cut-off point
   for a gravity delivery method is 5
   meters (15 feet).

o  Waste Deposit Topped by Impermeable
   Layer

   For the forced delivery method this
   parameter has no bearing, although
   for gravity delivery methods it will
   have a significant impact.  For
   example, flooding and spraying cannot
   be utilized as delivery methods if
   the surface of the deposit is topped
   by an impermeable layer of soil or
   synthetic material.
   Topographic consideration will limit,
   in part, the extent of applicability
   of gravity flow methods.  For example,
   on a steep slope flooding or ponding
   delivery methods cannot be utilized.
   However, topography will not affect
   the forced delivery method(s).

o  Infiltration Rate

   Gravity delivery at the deposit
   surface is most effective for deposits
   deposits with high infiltration rates.
   Infiltration rate has no bearing in
   forced delivery systems.

   In general, gravity delivery methods
   are effective when the waste deposit
   is situated in unsaturated zone with
   shallow permeable overburden and
   depth to bottom of the deposit is
   limited to 15 feet with permeability
   greater than 10~  cm/sec.

   For waste deposits covered by thick
   overburdens of significant depth
   (more than 5 meters) the forced
   delivery method will be most
   effective.  For waste deposits having
   a permeability lower than 10~^
   cm/sec a forced method utilizing
   electroosmosis could be employed for
   solution injection into the deposit.
   In general, the forced method should
   be highly effective for waste
   deposits within a permeability range
   of 10""-'- cm/sec to 10~^ cm/sec.

Recovery Methods

   Table 3 indicates the applicability of
various recovery methods for different
site characteristics.  Only two para-
meters, depth to recovery zone and
composite permeability are considered in
the matrix.  Although other parameters
such as transmissivity and storativity
may play an important role in designing
well or wellpoint systems.  These two
parameters are the most appropriate
guide for the preliminary selection of
recovery methods.  It should be noted
that the recovery of injected solution
will be from the saturated zone (water
                                          117

-------
 CO
CO i-l O CO CU
a. >, > AS
a) ,n M i-l o
•a cu co -ri
13 O, -ri 43
a) a) S >-i 4J
TO ft 4J cd
co o CH co
Cs J-i o B
a
o
•ri 4J
4-1 co
CO
•ri 4J
S M
4J 4J
C3 CO
O
O
a
•ri
4-1 60
•ri R CU
CO -rl I-l
O 4J 43
P. CO cd
CU -ri 4J
CU M
CU CU
4-1 4J Cd
»j [ rt r^J
o o a
•ri 3
(3 4-> O
O Cd M
•ri H 60
4J CU
CO M
o
o
1-1
Delivery
Methods
01
fr«
o
4-1
CO
i-H
CU
O CO
S,
o
Sub-
surface
1 (U
(-1 CJ
3 cd
CO MH
Saturated
Unsaturated

-" O (3 !-X> pq rH






**^
•ri
4-1
E3
O
**-x


                                                     118

-------
                        e
                        o
                        4-1
                        4-1
                        O
                       pq
                        cu
                       o
•H
 CO
 O
 a.
 cu
O

 ai
4J
 CO
 n)
13
T3


4-J


 O
CO
Q

§
EH
g
x
M
«
H
                             4-1
                             O
                             3
                             •a

                             o
                        a
                        o
                       •H
                       4-1
                        tfl
                        M
                        
                        CU
                        Q
                              CO
                             T3






r-.
1
0
rH

-a-
1
o
rH
Y
O

1
CO

o
H
CO
1
0

1
r-l
1
O
rH
S
O
rH
HI
M
1
in
rH
O
CO

o












o
•o-
o

1
rH
m
1-1


CJ
cu
CO

e
0
o
cu
01
^^
0
0


0
cu
co
^^
s
o
in 1-1
rH fi3
• ~^^_
0 (3
•H

M
CO ,fi
O fi
•H
M
in fi

0 ~fi
•H












0
* * * & & *

EtI W W W X X

XXX .XX X




^ri •^ -^ ^4 ^ri ^
rS i3 J3 £35 £3 !3




•j 25 xx x



XXX XX X


XXX XX X

c a
O O
•H -H
4J CO 4J
00 00 co a) cs
c &o a) a co M-H M
•H C O'H <1) 4JM 4J
T3 -H !S>,^! rHCU rH
O 13 m !fl O -H rH -H
>< O C iJtJ 4-1 It-lrH MHTJ
EHrH O 3P.-IH CtS CCUPl
i-H tu fu coco R MO Mpq w
p^... . . • o
O i — 1 CM CO *3" m VO fo
X



X
X




=B=
X




X







X






X



X


X




a
o
•H
4J
O CO
CU CU
*l~) &*
Sg
.
rH
 n)
 o
•H
rH
 a
 CX.
                                                                                                                                                        X
                                                                                                                           CO
                                                                                                                           CO
                                                                                                                           a)
                                                                                                                           s
                                                                                                                                                                    OJ
                                                                                                                                                                   rH
                                                                                                                                                                   J3
                                                                                                                                                                    CS
                                                                                                                                                                    O
                                                                                                                                                                   •H
                                                                                                                                       to
                                                                                                                                       o
                                                                                                                                       s
                                                                                                                                       CO
                                                                                                                                       o

                                                                                                                                       o
                                                                                                                                       S-i
                                                                                                                                       4-1
                                                                                                                                       o
                                                                                                                                       a)
                                                                                                                                      rH
                                                                                                                                       cu

                                                                                                                                      f
                                                                                                                                       4-1
                                                                                                                                      •H
                                                                                                                                       3

                                                                                                                                       cu
                                                                                                                                                                         tfl
                                                                                                                                                                         O
4-1    a,

a    <
                                                                                                                                                                   8
                  It

                "x
                                                                                   119

-------
TABLE 3.  MATRIX FOR RECOVERY METHODS
Recovery
Methods Depth To Recovery Zone


0-15' 15-40' 40'
GRAVITY
Open Ditches X NA NA
& Trenches
Porous Drains X NA NA
FORCED
Wellpoint X X NA
Deep Well NA X X
Vacuum Well X X NA
Point
Electro- XXX
osmosis
Hydraulic Conductivity
10"1 10~3 10~5
to to to
cm/sec cm/sec cm/sec cm/sec
XX NA NA
XX NA NA
XX NA NA
XX NA NA
NA NA X NA
NA NA NA X
                 120

-------
table aquifer) and normally the recovery
method(s) will be installed beyond the
boundary of the waste deposit.  However,
when a recovery method will be installed
within the waste deposit, the composite
permeability of the waste deposit should
be considered in selecting the recovery
method.  The parameter, depth to recovery
zone, is chosen because gravity methods
are impractical beyond a 5 meter depth
and vacuum well point is also effective
to a 5 meter depth.  The permeability
will dictate the drainage character-
istics and thereby control the selection
of recovery (dewatering) methods.

   In general, gravity recovery methods
are suitable for a shallow recovery zone
(depth to water table from the surface
should not be more than 5 meters).  For
a deeper recovery zone, forced recovery
methods must be employed.

Application of Delivery/Recovery Methods
to Waste Deposits

   Before final selection of delivery/
recovery methods, the following steps
must be undertaken for each site:

Initial Site Evaluation - In this phase
topographical survey and preliminary
geotechnical investigations are per-
formed.  Based on these investigations
the following information is obtained
for each site:

o  Extent and nature of the waste pile;
o  Site soil characteristics such as
   porosity and permeability, and
   uniformity;
o  Surface drainage characteristics of
   the site;
o  Groundwater table location and
   groundwater flow direction and
   velocity;
o  Field permeability testing of the
   waste deposit and host materials;
o  Surface infiltration rate
   determination;
o  Soil, waste deposit and groundwater
   samples collection for laboratory
   analyses.

Laboratory Tests — Two types of testing
must be performed: chemical analysis to
provide information on the nature and
extent of contamination and geotechnical
soil tests to provide information on the
gradation and permeabilities of waste
deposit and host materials.

Identification of Feasible Methods -
Based on the field investigations and
laboratory testings, feasible treatment
and delivery/recovery methods commen-
surate with the treatment requirements,
are identified using the matrices in
Tables 1 through 3.  These feasible
methods are carefully,evaluated based on
engineering judgement to narrow down the
choices for the field demonstration
program.

Bench Scale Tests - Bench scale tests
may be necessary to demonstrate the
effectiveness of a given treatment
method for a specific combination of
chemical contaminant and waste deposit
matrix.

Field Demonstration Program - A field
demonstration program for the selected
feasible methods is undertaken to
evaluate the effectiveness of the
methods and to generate design infor-
mation, such as ditch spacing and well
spacing required for proper delivery and
recovery of the treatment agent.

Design and Economic Evaluation of the
Effective Methods - Based on the field
demonstration program,  alternate
delivery/recovery systems are developed
and a cost evaluation is performed.
Based on cost and effectiveness
analysis, final selection of a delivery/
/recovery .system was made for subsequent
implementation.

CONCLUSIONS

To accelerate stabilization of waste
piles or deposits using a combination of
chemical or biological reagents and
delivery/recovery systems involving
gravity or forced methods of injection,
a great deal more information based upon
specific field experimentation must be
assembled.  Envirosphere has provided
its judgement on what generally appears
to be promising:  biological stabiliza-
zation, hydrolysis and flushing
(combined with recovery and surface
                                          121

-------
 treatment/disposal), however, there is
 no basis for a recommendation of full
 scale implementation at a remedial action
 site.  We believe that a pilot program
 is probably a necessary prerequisite at
 any site where application of in situ
 methods are deemed as a realistic option.
 Of course, how can one determine if iii
 situ methods are realistic?  The answer
 is:  if someone, somewhere else has done
 it successfully before, then it would be
 a realistic option if it is also cost
 competitive with isolation and/or
 removal oriented alternatives.   This
 type of feasibility question becomes so
 site specific as to virtually rule out a
 generic approach,  especially given the
 absence of hard data on effectiveness of
 in situ treatment  methods.   To  pursue
 this as a technical question,  the future
 activities needed  are obvious:
 Development and specification of pilot
 plant and laboratory bench scale studies
 to focus on the central question of the
 effectivness of the treatment.

 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     Envirosphere wishes to  acknowledge
 the help and guidance provided  by:

 Dr Walter Grube -  Soil Scientist &
    Project Officer,  Solid and Hazardous
    Waste Research  Division, MERL, USEPA

 Dr Edward Repa  - Senior Hydrologist,
    JRB Associates

 and  by other Envirosphere contributors:

Mr Amitava  Sarkar  - Senior Engineer
Dr Louis Horzempa  - Environmental
                    Chemist
Dr C F Russ  - Supervising Biologist

REFERENCES

1. Atlas, R.M., 1981.  Microbial
   Degradation of  Petroleum Hydro-
   carbons:  An Environmental
   Perspective.  Microbiological Reviews
   45:180-209.   ~~

2. Kobayashi, H. and B.E. Rittman,
   1982.  Microbial Removal of Hazardous
   Compounds.  Environmental Science and
   Technology. 16:170A-183A.
 3.   American Petroleum Institute,
     Committee on Environmental Affairs.
     1982.  Enhancing  the Microbial
     Degradation of Underground Gasoline
     by  Increasing Available Oxygen,
     Final Report. Submitted to API by
     Texas Research Institute, Inc. 5902
     W.  Bee Caves Rd.,  Austin, Texas.

 4.   Harris,  J.C. 1982.  Rate of
     Hydrolysis, Chapter 7 in Handbook of
     Chemical Property  Estimation
     Methods.  Lymana,  W.J., W.F. Reehl
     and O.H.  Rosenblatt, (EDS). McGraw
     Hill, New York.

 5.   Mabey, W., and T. Mill., 1978.
     Critical Review of Hydrolysis of
     Organic  Compounds  in Water Under
     Environmental Conditions.  Journal
     of  Physical and Chemical Reference
     Data, Vol 7, No.  2, pp 383-415.

 6.  Mill, T., 1979.  Structure Reactiv-
     ity Correlations for Environmental
     Reactions.  US EPA Report No.
    EPA-560/11-79-012.  Available NTIS
     Doc. No.  PB 80 110323.

 7.   Jolley,  R.L.,  G.  Jones,  W.W.  Pitt,
    and James E. Thompson, 1978.
     Chlorination of Organics in Cooling
    Waters and Process Effluents,  pp
    105-138 in R.L.  Jolley (ED),  Water
    Chlorination;  Environmental Impact
    and Health Effects, Vol.  1.   Ann
    Arbor Science.

8.  Stevens,  A.A.,  C.J. Slocum, Dr.
    Seeger,  G.G.  Robeck,  Chlorination of
    Organics in Drinking Water  pp 77-104
    in R.L.  Jolley (ED), Water
    Chlorination:  Environmental Impact
    and Health Effects. Ann  Arbor
    Science.

9.  Rook,  J.J.,  1980.  Possible  Pathways
    for the  Formation of Chlorinated
    Degradation Products During
    Chlorination of Humic  Acid and
    Resorcinol.  pp  85-98 in R. L.
    Jolley, Et Al,  (ED). Water
    Chlorination; Environmental Impacts
    and  Health Effects  Vol. 3. Ann Arbor
    Science.
                                          122

-------
10. Rice, A.,  and A. Netzer,  1982.
    Handbook of Ozone Technology and
    Applications Volume 1. Ann Arbor
    Science.

11. American Petroleum Institute, 1979.
    Final Report Underground Movement of
    Gasoline on Groundwater and Enhanced
    Recovery by Surfactants,  Prepared by
    Texas Research Institute.

12. Shah, D.O. (ED), 1981.  Introduction,
    In Surface Phenomena in Enhanced Oil
    Recovery, Plenum Press, New York.

13. Wade, W., R.S. Schechter, M. Bourrel,
    M. Baviere, M. Fernandez, C.
    Kourkounis, H. Lim, A. Gracia, C.
    Nunn, J. Scamehorn, 1980. Tertiary
    Oil Recovery Processes - Annual
    Report. Prepared by University of
    Texas for U.S. Department of
    Energy.  DOE/BC/20001-6.
                                           123

-------
                 PERMEABILITY  OF  COMPACTED SOILS TO SOLVENTS MIXTURES

                               AND  PETROLEUM PRODUCTS
                       K. W.  Brown,  J.  C.  Thomas  and J.  W.  Green
                         Texas  Agricultural Experiment Station
                           Soil and  Crop Sciences Department
                             College Station,  Texas   77843
                             EPA Grant No. CR-808824020
                                       ABSTRACT

    The  investigation of  the impact  of organic  solvents  and solvent wastes  on soil
permeability  are continuing.  Permeabilities ,  higher  by  several  orders  of magnitude
than  those measured  with  water, have  now  been  observed with  pure  solvent  chemicals,
binary  mixtures  of  pure  solvents,  commerical  petroleum products,  and  solvent rich
industrial  wastes  in fixed wall  compaction mold  permeameters in the  laboratory and
with solvent  rich industrial  wastes  in field cells.

    The  higher  permeabilities observed  in  the laboratory occurred irrespective of the
hydraulic   gradients   applied.    The   higher  permeability   to  polar  organic  liquids
diminishes  as the  organics are  diluted with water,  such  that  mixtures  of  over 50%
water behave  like water.   Soils  were also  more permeable to  other organic  liquids in
common   use,   including   gasoline,   kerosene,    diesel   oil,   and   paraffin   oil.
Permeabilities  to  these  liquids  are  similar  to   those  found  with organic  solvents.
Two  soils  admixed  with  commercially  available  clays  commonly used  for  abatement of
industrial  wastes  also demonstrated  higher  permeabilities  to  organic liquids  than to
water.
INTRODUCTION

    Field    and   laboratory    studies
determining   the   impact   of   organic
chemicals  on the  permeability of  soil
liners  have  previously  been  reported
(Brown  and  Anderson,   1980;   Anderson
and   Brown,   1982;   Brown   ej:   al.,
1983).  These  reports  dealt  with  the
following:   a   literature   review   of
possible   mechanisms    through   which
chemicals    impact    compacted    soil
liners;   presentation   of    laboratory
permeameter  data  using pure  chemicals
on  four  native  clay  soils;  and  the
permeability   to   organic   wastes   of
three   additional   compacted    soils
containing  different  predominant  clay
minerals, in the laboratory  and in
field cells.

    Concentrated  pure  organic solvents
and  organic-rich  solvent  wastes  are
indicated  to  cause soil permeabilities
two  or   three   orders   of  magnitude
higher   than   those   determined  with
water    (0.01    N   CaSO,    solution).
These  differences cannot  be  explained
by  the  differences   in  viscosity  and
density  between  the   organic  solvents
and water.  Much higher permeabilities
to polar  organics have  been  observed,
particularly  after  as  little   as  0.2
pore   volumes   of  liquid  have  been
displaced.   These   higher   permeabi-
lities  coupled with  the  observed  dye
                                           124

-------
 patterns,  indicated  that  the  organics
 are    moving    through    preferential
 channels.  The  channels  are  probably a
 result  of  chemicals  displacing  water
 and    dessicating   the    clays,   thus
 causing  them to shrink and crack.

     The    materials    used    in    the
 laboratory   and   field,   plus   methods
 employed,     have    previously    been
 reported.   Additional data gained from
 field  cells   which  were  disassembled
 since  the  previous  report  (Brown  et
 al.,   1983)   are  presented  briefly.
 This  report  will  emphasize  laboratory
 studies  of:  1)  the effects of elevated
 hydraulic   gradient;   2)  influence  of
 dilutions   of   polar   compounds   with
 water;   3)   influence  of  mixtures  of
 polar and  nonpolar  compounds; 4)  the
 influence    of    gasoline,   kerosene,
 diesel  oil,   and   paraffin  oil on  the
 permeability  of  compacted  soils;  and
. 5)  the  impact of  organic  liquids  on
 two    commercially   available    clay
 admixes.
 MATERIALS AND METHODS

 Soil

     The  soils  used  in the  studies of
 hydraulic  gradient,  solvent dilutions,
 and    petroleum    product   permeation
 included   three   blends   selected  to
 represent   the   range   of   available
 materials    widely     used    for   the
 construction of  land disposal facility
 clay  liners.   A sand  was  mixed with
 either  of  three clays   obtained  from
 geologic   deposits,   e.g.,  kaolinite,
 mica,  or  bentonite   to   achieve  water
 permeabilities   in -the  range  of  1  x
 10~    to  1  x   10~   cm/sec.    In  the
 following  disscusion,  the  soils  are
 referred  to  by  their   dominant   clay
 mineralogies,  viz.  kaolinite, mica, or
 bentonite.   These  are  the   same  soil
 blends  used  in  earlier  studies  (Brown
 et al., 1983).
 Laboratory Testing Procedure

     Soils were  compacted in fixed wall
 permeameters  as  described  in previous
 reports  by   Anderson  et  al.   (1982)
 and Brown and Anderson  (1983).
Hydraulic   conductivity   was  measured
after   compaction   to  at   least  90%
proctor  density  at  moisture  content
slightly  wet of  optimum.  Permeability
tests   with  water   (0.01   N   CaSO,)
were  conducted  on  replicate samples.
The     effects     of    pressure    on
permeability  were   tested  with  both
wastes  on  laboratory  compacted  soils
that  had  been  saturated   first  with
0.01   N  CaSO,   and   on    unsaturated
soils at  the moisture content used for
compaction.   Pressures of   5,  15,  and
30    psi    equivalent   to    hydraulic
gradients  of  31,   91,  and  181  were
tested  on  the kaolinitic  and  micaceous
soils.   Bentonitic  soils   were   tested
at  15,  30,  and  45  psi,  equivalent to
hydraulic   gradients  of  91,  181,  and
272.  Samples  tested  with  water were
permeated  until  approximately  1 pore
volume  of   water  had  penetrated  the
sample.  The  liquid  chamber  was then
opened, waste was  substituted for the
water,   and  pressure  was   reapplied.
Samples  of   effluent  were   collected,
quantified,    and     subsampled    for
analysis.    Collection  continued  until
the   permeability   data  indicated  no
further    increase    or     until   the
                                     — fj
permeability   exceeded   1   x   10
cm/sec.

    To  measure  the  effect   of diluting
a  polar  organic  solvent   with   water,
the   permeability   of  an   unsaturated
micaceous,     compacted     soil    was
measured.    Mixtures   consisting   of
0:100,  2:98,  12.5:87.5,  25:75,  50:50,
75:25,  and  100:0  (acetone:water, % by
volume)  were applied  to  separate soil
samples  in  triplicate at  a  hydraulic
gradient of  91.

    Small  samples  of  the  clays were
treated   with   acetone,    xylene  and
dilution  of acetone  and   examined  by
x-ray  diffraction  to  investigate the
effect  of   the  liquids on  d-spacing.
The   clays   were   equilibrated   with
saturated  water vapor pressure  in an
environmental    controlled    chamber
similar   to   that  used  by  Rhoades  et
al.   (1979).  Acetone  or   xylene  was
added     dropwise,     and    periodic
diffraction  patterns were  run until no
further    change    in  d-spacing  was
detected.    The  initial  values  were
taken  after  several  drops  of acetone
                                           125

-------
had  been allowed  to  equilibrate with
the clay in the specimen holder.

    To  determine  the  effects  of  other
organic  liquids  on   compacted   soils,
three   replications   of  non-saturated
micaceous soil were  exposed  to  diesel
fuel,  kerosene,  gasoline,   motor oil,
and  paraffin  oil at  a gradient  of  91.
Properties  of  the  liquids  tested  are
given in Table 1.

    Two  commercially  available  clays,
sold  specifically   for  use  as  soil
amendments      to      decrease      the
permeability    of    soil   liners    in
landfills   or   surface  impoundments,
were  mixed  with  sand  to  achieve   a
permeability   to  water  of  about 1   x
10    cm/sec.   The   permeant   liquids,
water,   xylene,   acetone,   kerosene,
diesel  fuel,  gasoline,  and  motor oil,
are   being    tested   at   a  hydraulic
gradient  of  91.   The  clays,  CCl  and
CC2,  have  been characterized  as  shown
in Tables 2 and 3.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Field Cells

    These    studies    are   still    in
progress.   Results  from  12 of  the  27
test   cells   were   reported   earlier
(Brown  e^   al. ,   1983).    Since   that
time,  six  additional  cells have   been
taken  apart  and   the   soils  examined.
Table 4  summarizes the data from  these
six   cells.    A   comparison   of   data
obtained   from  laboratory  and   field
studies of  the same  soils  is presented
in Table  5.  Since not all  replications
of all  treatments applied  in the  field
cells  have   been  excavated  and   the
soils examined, no conclusions  will  be
presented.    The   un-excavated    soils
primarily  represent  kaolinite  and  mica
soils  permeated   with  acetone  waste.
All   but   one  liner  is   now  leaking
waste.  The  permeability  of the  liners
have  not  yet  stabilized  at  a   value
where  cell  examination  is considered
relevant.
             Table 1. Physical and  Chemical  Properties  of  Five Organic
                                     Fluids  .
Liquid Viscosity Density Surface Tension
(Centistokes) g/cm dynes/cm @ 85°C
Paraffin
Oil 2
Diesel Oil
Gasoline „
Motor Oil
SAE 30 „

Kerosene

75
1.4-2.5
0.69
8.8-13


0.7-0.9

0.93
0.87
0.70-0.75
0 . 81 -0 . 90


0.79-0.82

28.8-48

24.4-25.8
36.0-37.5


30.7-31.2
             1. Leslie, E.H. 1923. Motor oil fuels,  their production
                and technology.  The Chemical Catalog Co. Inc.,
                New York. pp. 681.

                Deere and Co. 1970.  Fundamentals of service fuels,
                lubricants and coolants. John Deere F.O.S. Manual #58.
                Deere and Co., Moline, 111. pp. 68.

                Spiers, 1952. Technical data on fuels. British National
                Council. World Power Conference, 5th ed. pp. 514.

                Gruse, W.A.  1967. Motor fuels, performance and testing.
                Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York. pp. 270.

             2. Commercial product obtained locally.

                                          126

-------
Table 2. Physical and Chemical Characteristics of  the
               Commercial Clays Evaluated Here.
Parameter
                             CCl
CC2
PH
CEC meq/lOOg*
Al 0, (%)
CaO U)
Fe,0 (%)
MgV(Z)
Na.O (%)
• y
Si00 (%)
2.
Mineralogy


Particle size
(dispersed in water)
<44 micron %
<5 micron %
<0.5 micron %
<0.1 micron %
8.5-9.5
95-130
18-22
0.62
3.0
2-2.5
2-2.5
60-63

blue bentonite








8.5-10.0
80
21.08
0.65
3.25
2.67
2.57
63.02

bentonite
synthetically
treated


96
93-94
87-89
60-65
*Measured by methylene blue  titration  technique.
Table 3. Particle  Size Distribution  for  Commercial  Clays
         After Mixing with  Sandy  Loam to Obtain  Desired
                   Permeability  to Water.
                             CCl
   CC2
% sand
% silt
% clay
Sand fraction
>2.0 mm
1-2 mm
0.5-1 mm
0.25-0.5 mm
0.106-0.25 mm
<0.106 mm
89.6
0.4
10

0
0.1
0.1
20.3
68.1
1.0
84
5.5
10.5

0
0
0.1
5.4
77.9
0.6
                             127

-------
      Table 4. Test Cells Disassembled  Since  Those  Reported  on  in  Brown et
                                  al.  (1983).
      Dominant Clay Mineralogy    Waste Type
           in soil liner*
    Initial K
Final K
Bentonite (Replication 2)
Bentonite (Replication 3)
Bentonite (Replication 4)
Mica (Replication 1)
Mica (Replication 2)
Mica (Replication 3)
Xylene Paint
Xylene Paint
Acetone
Acetone
Ace tone
Acetone
1.7 x 10 8
Oft*
0**
1.8 x 10 *
3 x 10 I0
1.4 x 10
1.1 x 10 7
0
°-7
1.2 x 10 '
4.1 x 10 *
7.7 x 10
      *  Commercial clays admixed  to a  sandy  loam soil, wetted  to  optimum
         moisture, compacted to near Standard  Proctor.

      ** No leachate was collected on these test  cells  between  installation
         and removal for inspection.
Table 5. Conductivity of Three Compacted  Soil  Liners  to  Water  Measured  in the  Laboratory
             at a Hydraulic Gradient of 91, Pure  Xylene  and  Acetone  Measured  in the
          Laboratory Using Non-Saturated  Soil  and a Gradient of  91,  Waste Xylene and
          Acetone Measured in the Laboratory Using Non-Saturated Soil and a Gradient
         of 91, and Waste Xylene and Acetone Waste Measured  in Field Test Cells Using
                            Non-Saturated  Soils and a Gradient of 7.
Dominant
Clay in
Compacted
Soils
Kaolinite
Mica
Bentonite
* Tests
Water
(0.01N CaS04)
in Lab
5.5xlO~9
l.OxlO"8
5xlO~9
in progress.
Pure
Xylene
in Lab
7.3xlO~5
4.1xlO~5
6xlO~5

Waste
Xylene
in Lab
2.2xlO~6
1.8xlO~6
1.2xlO~8

Waste
Xylene
in Field
lxlO~6
2xlO~6
lxlO~7

Pure
Acetone
in Lab
5xlO~7
6.7xlO~7
*

Waste
Acetone
in Lab
3.0xlO~7
l.lxlO~7
*

Waste
Acetone
in Field
lxlO~6
lxlO~7
*

     The six  cells examined  since last
 year have  demonstrated  essentially the
 same    characteristics    of    solvent
 movement  through  fracture  openings  as
 did the earlier cells.  The bentonitic
 soil,    where   the   waste   had   not
 completely   penetrated   through   the
 total  soil  depth  (e.g.  rep.  3, xylene
 waste), demonstrated  a  striking visual
 and odiferous  wetting front  marked  by
 sulfides  and  black  color.   Reducing
 conditions  associated  with  corroding
 iron drums  and bacterial  action  are
presumed   to   cause   this  phenomena.
Complete analysis  of  all the data from
the  field  tests  will  be provided when
all   cells   have   been   examined   in
detail.   The   difference  in hydraulic
gradient  (7)  present   in  the  field
cells  from  that  used  in  laboratory
permeability studies  of  the  same soils
(181) has contributed  to the long time
required  for   the  waste  to  penetrate
the liners.
                                           128

-------
Laboratory Results

    Effects of Pressure

    While   Darcian   flow   should  be
independent of  the hydraulic gradients
we  are using,  the  elevated pressures
could  possibly have  some impact system
because of  the  presence of  the organic
liquids.  It  is  common  technique  in
most    laboratories    to    allow    a
conductivity  test  cell,  loaded  with  a
soil   samole.   to   set    undisturbed
is  a tendency  for  the  permeabilities
to  increase  slightly  with  hydraulic
gradient,     particularly     on     the
bentonitic     soil;     however,     the
differences   do   not   appear   to  be
statistically  significant.  The avail-
able data  for  the  effects of  elevated
pressures   on   the   permeability  of
presaturated  and  unsaturated  soils to
acetone  and  xylene  are  given  in  Table
7.   While  the  data  set   is   not  yet
complete,  the   final  permeability  to
the  orsanic  liauid  will  annarpnf-lv ho

-------
 Table 7.  Average Permeability of Compacted Soil Liners to Acetone and Xylene at
           Four Hydraulic Gradients Under Both Presaturated and Nonsaturated Conditions.
                          Presaturated Gradient
                                 Nonsaturated Gradient
                   31
91
181
272
31
91
181
272
Acetone
Kaolinite
Mica
Bentonite
Xylene
Kaolinite
Mica
Bentonite

4.4xlO~5
l.OxlO"6
*

1.7xlO~6
2 . 8xlO~6
*

6.0x10 7
3.5xlO~7
2.2xlO~9

8.0xlO~6
3.0xlO~6
4.0xlO~7

1.
1.
5.


lxlO~6'
5xlO-8
2xlO~9 2

Incomplete
2.

0x10-5
** 6

* 1
* 1
.6x10-8

* 1
* 3
.OxlO~77

.0x10 6
.4xlO~6
*

.5x10-6
. 3xlO~7
.OxlO~5

1
5


1
1
6

.0x10 6
.4xHr7
**

.4xlO~6
-4
.2x10 ^
.OxlO-5

6
6


1
2
1

.8xlO~6
.OxlO"8
** 2.

.5xlO~4
. 8xlO~5
.4x10-4

*
*
2x10-7

*
*
*

 *  Not run.
 ** Data not  yet complete.
Brown   e£  al.   (1983).    These   data
were  used  as  the  100% acetone values
for  the purpose  of comparison in  this
study.

    Representative  'data  are  shown  in
Figures  1  through  6.   As  can be  seen
by  comparing  Figures  6  and  1 through
5, the  increase in  hydraulic
conductivity  over  that  measured   with
water   increases  as  the concentration
of acetone  is  increased.

    An     increase     in     hydraulic
conductivity   was   measured   on   all
perraeameters  where  the  concentration
of  acetone  was   75%  or  greater.   The
lower   concentrations   (12.5  and  25%
acetone)   apparently   have   a  lower
hydraulic  conductivity  than  was  found
with  water.  One  possible  explanation
for  the  observed  data  is   that  low
concentrations  of  acetone  may  cause
dispersion   and   swelling  while   high
concentrations     may     result      in
flocculation    and    shrinkage.     In
addition,  there  may be  an interaction
between  low concentrations  of acetone
and   the   water    layers   on  mineral
surfaces  resulting  in  an alignment  of
the carbonyl group  towards  the mineral
surface and the methyl groups  (hydro-
                 phobic   in  nature)  towards  the  pore
                 wall   (Parfitt  and  Mortland,   1968).
                 This   alignment   could   result  in   a
                 decrease  in effective pore  diameter  at
                 low concentration  of  acetone.

                 Mixtures  of Acetone and  Xylene

                    A  summary   of   the   effect    of
                 mixtures  of acetone  and xylene  on the
                 permeability  of   the   micaceous   soil
                 liners   compacted  in   the   laboratory
                 permeameters  at  a  hydraulic  gradient
                 of  91 is  shown on Figure  7.   At  100%
                 xylene,         the         permeability
                 (non-saturated soil)  is  four  orders  of
                 magnitude greater  than  the  value found
                 with  water.   When  acetone   is  added  to
                 the   xylene,  i.e.  12.5%   acetone  to
                 87.5%  xylene,   the   permeability   is
                 dramatically  reduced,  i.e. 3.3  orders
                 of  magnitude  lower  than  with  xylene
                 alone as  a  permeant,  but  is still
                 greater    than  for   water.   As   the
                 concentration  of  acetone  is  increased
                 in   the   xylene:acetone  mixture,   the
                 hydraulic   conductivity  remains   low
                 until the concentration of acetone  is
                 greater  than 50%.  At concentrations  of
                 75  to 100% acetone,  the  permeability
                 reached  a plateau at about   1.5 orders
                 of    magnitude    greater    than    the
                                           130

-------
rio7
                   »REP I
                   •REP 2
                   = REP 3
                              LAB. MICA
                              2%  ACETONE
                              98% WATER
                              GRADIENT 91
                                                             lid7-
                ,-LAB VALUE W/ WATER
                     'PORE VOLUME2
                  « REP I
                  • REP 2
                  o REP 3
                                                                 rLAB VALUE W/ WATER
                                                                     00°  o°o
                               LAa MICA
                               25% ACETONE
                               75% WATER
                               GRADIENT 91
                                                                   On a »
                                                                    •• *
                                                                       'PORE VOLUMEZ
Figure  1.   Hydraulic conductivity versus
            pore volume for laboratory
            compacted micaceous  soil,  per-
            meated with 2% acetone and 98%
            water mixture, at the  "as  com-
            pacted" moisture content and a
            hydraulic gradient of  91.
Figure  3.   Hydraulic  conductivity  versus
            pore volume  for laboratory
            compacted  micaceous soil,  per-
            meated with  25% acetone and
            75% water  mixture, at the  "as
            compacted" moisture content and
            a  hydraulic  gradient of 91.
                 » REP I
                 • REP 2
                             LAB. MICA
                             123% ACETONE
                             87.5% W4TER
                             GRADIENT 91
             ,-LAB VALUE W/ WATER
                    'PORE VOLUME"
                                                             I09-
                  ° REP I
                  • REP 2
                  o REP 3
                               LAa MICA
                               50% ACETONE
                               5O% WATER
                               GRADIENT 91
                                                                 /•LAB VALUE W/ WATER
                                                                      'PORE VOLUME'
Figure 2.   Hydraulic  conductivity versus
            pore volume  for laboratory
            compacted  micaceous soil,  per-
            meated with  12.5% acetone  and
            87.5% water  mixture, at  the
            "as compacted" moisture  content
            and a hydraulic gradient of 91.
  Figure 4.  Hydraulic conductivity versus
             pore  volume for  laboratory
             compacted micaceous soil, per
             meated with 50%  acetone and
             50% water mixture,  at the "as
             compacted" moisture content and
             a hydraulic gradient of 91.
                                               131

-------
                o REP |
                • REP 2
                                                               85  70  93   4O   23   10  0
                                                            LAE MICA
                                                            MIXTURE
                                                            ACETONE' XYLENE
                                                            GRADIENT 9t
          If
1LAB VALUE W/ WATEg , *
         *"
                           US. MICA
                           75% ACETONE
                           25% W4TEH
                           SWOIENT 91
                  POHE VOLUME2       3

 Figure 5.  Hydraulic  conductivity versus
            pore volume  for laboratory
            compacted  micaceous soil, per-
            meated with  75% acetone and
            25% water  mixture,  at  the "as
            compacted" moisture content and
            a hydraulic  gradient of 91.
                                     Figure 7.   Hydraulic conductivity versus
                                                percent acetone and percent
                                                xylene of micaceous soil per-
                                                meated by various mixtures of
                                                acetone and xylene at the "as
                                                compacted" mixture content and
                                                a hydraulic gradient of 91.
                                                  permeability to water.
Figure 6.  Hydraulic  conductivity versus
           pore volume  for laboratory
           compacted  micaceous soil, per-
           meated with  acetone at the "as
           compacted" moisture content and
           a hydraulic  gradient of 91.
                                         One  possible  explanation  of  this
                                     phenomena   is   that  the   concentrated
                                     solvents  have  a  greater  impact  on  the
                                     shrinkage   of   the   clay   than   the
                                     mixtures    of    the   chemicals.    The
                                     collapsing   of   the  clay   plateletts,
                                     particularly  along  pore  walls,  could
                                     cause   an   effective   pore   diameter
                                     greater  than that  found  in the  water
                                     permeated  soil  liner.    This  increase
                                     in  pore  diameter  could  result  in  an
                                     increase  in hydraulic conductivity.

                                         The  x-ray  diffraction  investiga-
                                     tions found  an  initial  swelling  of  the
                                     d-spacing  of the bentonitic clay  from
                                     34  to  36  A (Table  8)  with  acetone,
                                     which is  in agreement with  the initial
                                     decrease  in hydraulic  conductivity  as
                                     reported   by  Brown  et_   al.   (1983).
                                     The  subsequent  decrease  in d-spacing
                                     to  12  A  as  more   acetone  was  added
                                     could    account    for   the    observed
                                     increase  in permeability   as  the clay
                                     shrinks  in  response  to   decreases   in
                                     interlayer  spacing.  The   decrease   in
                                     d-spacing   found   in   the   same  clay
                                     material  with  high  xylene  concentra-
                                           132

-------
Table 8. D-spacings (A) Found for
         Selected Clay Materials
         Eluted With Acetone Or
         Xylene Under Saturation
         Water Vapor Pressure.
Clay
Material
Bentonite

Mica


Kaolinite


Solvent
Water
Glycerol
Acetone (i)
(f)
Xylene (i)
(f)
Water
Acetone
Xylene
Water
Acetone
Xylene
D-spacing
34
18
36
12.6
27
18.4
10
10
10
7.12
7.12
7.12
i = after a few drops were added.
f = after a plateau reached.
tions  coincides with  the  increase  in
permeability  exhibited  by   the    bulk
soils.  The  constant  d-spacing for  the
other  clay  materials was  as expected,
as    they    are   non-expansive    clay
minerals.   Changes   in  space  between
clay minerals which  may be  responsible
for  the behavior  of. these clays cannot
be measured with this technique.

Permeability to Petroleum Products

    Kerosene

    The   laboratory   permeability   of
non-saturated compacted micaceous  soil
to  kerosene  is  given  in   Figure   8.
While   the   compacted   soil   had   an
initial  permeability  to  water of 1  x
10   ,   the   permeability  to  kerosene
was  slightly  greater  than  1  x. 10
for  rep  3  and  about  8  x  10     for
reps 1  and  2.  Thus, the permeabilities
of  kerosene are  higher  than to   water
by 3  to  4  orders of magnitude.  In all
cases,  one  half of  the difference  was
achieved  within  the   first  0.1   pore
volume.    In   two   replications,    the
maximum   permeabilities   to  kerosene
were achieved by 0.5 pore volumes
while rep.  3  did not achieve a maximum
permeability  until  the  passage of  1.75
pore volumes.

    Paraffin  Oil

    The   permeability   of  compacted,
non-saturated    micaceous    soil    to
paraffin  oil  was  about  one  order  of
magnitude  greater  than  the comparable
permeability  to  water (Figure 9).   The
permeability  increased  rather rapidly
and reached  a plateau or maximum value
by  the  passage  of 1  pore volume. While
this  change  may  not  be  as dramatic  as
that  for  some   of  the  other  organics
tested,  the  permeability  to  paraffin
oil  is  still   10  to  100  times   the
permeability  to water.

    The  viscosity  of paraffin  oil  is
much  greater  than  that  of  water   and
the other  liquids tested.  The greater
viscosity   would  slow   the   flow   of
paraffin  oil  through  the  soil,   and
thus  the  permeability was not expected
to  be  as great  as  that  for  the other
liquids tested.

    Diesel Fuel

    The   permeability    of   compacted
non-saturated micaceous  soil to  diesel
fuel  was  1  to  1.5  orders of magnitude
greater    than     the    corresponding
permeability   to  water  (Figure   10).
Since  the data  appeared  variable,  an
extra      replication     was      run.
Permeability  values  for  reps.  1 and  2
did   not   appear    to   plateau   but
initially  rose   for  the  first  0.75  to
1.25  pore   volumes  then  slowly   but
steadily   declined.   Permeability    of
rep.  3  rose  initially in  the  first 0.1
pore  volume, decreased  steadily until
1.75  pore  volumes,  remained  constant
until   3.2   pore   volumes,   and   then
rapidly  increased  and  remained  high.
Again   data   show  a  permeability  to
diesel  fuel  of  10  to  100  times   the
permeability  to water.

    Gasoline

    Permeability    of    non-saturated
compacted  micaceous  soil  to  gasoline
(Figure  11)  was  2  orders of magnitude
greater   than   the   permeability    to
water.   This  permeability was observed
                                           133

-------
                   'PORE VOLUME2
                                                                                   LAB MICA
                                                                                   DIESEL FUEL
                                                                                   NONSATURATED
                                                                                   GRADIENT 91

                                                                                   • REP I
                                                                                   X REP 2
                                                                                   •> REP 3
                                                                                   • REP 4
                                                                  °PORE VOLUME1'0
Figure  8.   Hydraulic  conductivity versus
            pore volume  for laboratory
            compacted  micaceous soil
            exposed to kerosene at a
            hydraulic  gradient of 91.
                          LAB MICA
                          PARAFFIN OIL
                          NONSATURATED
                          GRADIENT 91
Figure 10.   Hydraulic conductivity versus
             pore volume  for laboratory
             compacted micaceous soil
             exposed to diesel fuel at a
             hydraulic gradient of 91.
                       VOLUME2
                                                            ,69-
                         LAB MICA
                         GASOLINE
                         NONSATURATED
                         GRADIENT 91
                                                                      'PORE VOLUME2
Figure  9.   Hydraulic  conductivity versus
            pore volume  for laboratory
            compacted  micaceous soil
            exposed to paraffin oil at
            a hydraulic  gradient of 91.
Figure 11.   Hydraulic  conductivity versus
             pore volume  for laboratory
             compacted  micaceous soil
             exposed to gasoline at a
             hydraulic  gradient of 91.
                                                134

-------
                    LAB MICA
                    MOTOR OIL
                    NONSATURATEO
                    GRADIENT 91
                                                       ro9-
                                                              LAB CCI
                                                              COS04
                                                              ORAOIENT 91
                                                                'PORE VOLUMES
Figure 12.  Hydraulic  conductivity versus
            pore volume  for  laboratory
            compacted  micaceous  soil
            exposed to motor oil at a
            hydraulic  gradient of 91.
within  0.1  pore  volumes  and  remained
within  the range  of  1  to  2 x  10    up
to the passage of  1.9 pore  volumes.

    Motor  Oil

    The  permeability  of non-saturated
compacted   mica   clay   to   motor   oil
(Figure  12)  showed  a  value  of  2  x
10     within   the   first   0.5   pore
volumes.     The    permeability    then
steadily   rose  until   reaching  1.5  x
10   cm/sec  at 3 pore volumes.

    Commercial Clays

    The  permeability  of  CCl  (one  of
the  two   commercially   obtained  clays
admixed  with  sand)  to  wate_r7 (.01  N
CaSO,)  began  at   1.4   x  10    cm/sec
and  decreased   to  4   x  10    cm/sec
after  2.9  pore  volumes  were  displaced.
This  clay  exhibited  a  steady  decrease
in  permeability  and  did  not  reach  a
constant   value   even   after  3   pore
volumes  (Figure  13).   The  behavior  of
this  clay  when  exposed to xylene  was
quite  different  (Figure  14).   Within
0.5 pore volume,  the permeability  rose
to  1.8  x 10    and  slowly  increased
thereafter to 2.8 x  10  .  Thus,  the
permeability  of  CCl  to xylene  was  3
Figure 13.  Hydraulic  conductivity versus
            pore volume  for  laboratory
            compacted  commercial  clay 1
            (CC 1) admixed soil exposed
            to water  (.01 N  CaSO,) at a
            hydraulic  gradient  of 91.


orders  of  magnitude   greater  than  the
initial   water  permeability  and  4.5
orders  of  magnitude   greater  than  the
lowest  permeability to  water measured.
Permeability  of  CCl to  acetone (Figure
15) was  similar to that of  xylene.  It
increased  within  the,-  first  0.5  pore
volumes  to  3  x  10     or   greater  and
became  fairly  steady   thereafter.   Of
the   2    replications   studiedt_  one
equilibrated   at  about  9   x _ 10    and
                  3.5   x 10    cm/sec.
                  2.5  to  3  orders  of
                   the   permeability  to
                                                the   other  at
                                                Again,   this   is
                                                magnitude  above
                                                water.
                                                    The permeability  of CC2 (the
                                                second  commercial  clay  admixed  with
                                                sand)  to  water   (0.01  N  CaSO,)  was
                                                initially  7.5  x  '" 8  - - '  '  *
                    10
                          and
                               decreased
to  an  average  of  about  1.8  x  10
cm/sec   (Figure   16).   There  was   a
decrease   and   then   an   increase   in
permeability  between  1.5 to  2.25  pore
volumes  that  is  unexplained  at  this
time.    Exposure  of   CC2   to   xylene
resulted in much  higher permeability
(Figure  17).   One replication showed_a
permeability   to  xylene of   6  x  10
and the  others had pe_raieabilities  of 7
x  10    and   2  x  10    cm/sec.   This
again   represents   permeabilities   of
                                            135

-------
                 LAS CCI
                 XYLENE
                 NONSATURATEO
                 GRADIENT 91
                 •-REPI
                 X-REPZ
             LAO VALUE WITH WATER
             4XIO"9 TO I.4XIO"7
                                                                               LAB CC2
                                                                               CaSOfl
                                                                               GRADIENT 91
                  'PORE VOLUME*
                                                                      2 PORE VOLUME3
Figure  14.   Hydraulic conductivity versus
             pore volume for laboratory
             compacted commercial clay 1
             (CC 1)  admixed soil exposed
             to xylene, at the  "as com-
             pacted" moisture content and
             a hydraulic gradient of 91.
                                                  Figure  16.  Hydraulic  conductivity versus
                                                             . pore volume for laboratory
                                                              compacted  commercial  clay 2
                                                              (CC 2) admixed soil exposed
                                                              to water  (.01 N CaSO,)  at a
                                                              hydraulic  gradient of 91.
                   LAS CCI
                   ACETONE
                   NONSATURATEO
                   GRADIENT 91

                   X-REP 2
                   0-REP 3
             LAS VALUE WITH WATER
             4XIO"9 TO L4 «IO'7
                  I PORE VOLUME2        3

Figure  15.   Hydraulic conductivity versus
             pore volume for laboratory
             compacted commercial  clay 1
             (CC 1)  admixed soil exposed
             to acetone, at the  "as com-
             pacted" moisture  content and
             a hydraulic gradient  of 91.
                                                                  LAB CC2
                                                                  XYLENE
                                                                  NONSATURATEO
                                                                  GRADIENT 91

                                                                  •-REP I
                                                                  X-REP 2
                                                                  0-REP 3
                                                         LAS VALUE WITH WATER
                                                         WIO"9  TO T»IO~8
                                                              'PORE VOLUME2        3

                                                  Figure  17.  Hydraulic  conductivity  versus
                                                              pore volume for laboratory
                                                              compacted  commercial  clay 2
                                                              (CC 2) admixed soil exposed to
                                                              xylene, at the "as compacted"
                                                              moisture content and  a
                                                              hydraulic  gradient of 91.
                                              136

-------
2.5,  4.5,  and 5  orders  of magnitude
higher   than   the    permeability   to
water.

    In  summary, both  commercial  clays
performed   similarly    in    laboratory
tests   to   the  other  clay  materials
tested   and   reported   in   this   and
previous  papers.   The  permeability  of
these   two  clays  to  water  bears   no
resemblance  to their permeabilities  to
pure organic liquids.
REFERENCES

1.  Anderson,  D.,   K.  W.  Brown and  J.
    W.  Green.  1982.  Effect of  organic
    fluids  on  the  permeability  of  clay
    soil  liners. In:D.W.  Shultz  (ed.).
     Land   Disposal:  Hazardous   Waste.
    Proceedings   of   the  8th   Annual
    Research     Symposium    at     Ft.
    Mitchell,  Ky.   March  8-10,   1982.
    EPA-600/9-82-002. pp.  179-190.

2.  Brown,  K.  W. ,  J.  W.  Green and  J.
    C.  Thomas.  1983.  The  influence  of
    selected  organic   liquids   on  the
    permeability of  clay  liners.  In:
    D.W.  Shultz  (ed.).  Land Disposal,
    Incineration,    and   Treatment   of
    Hazardous   Waste.    Proceedings   of
    the 9th Annual Research Symposium
    at  Ft.  Mitchell, Ky.  May 2-4,  1983
    EPA-600/9-83-018 p.  114-125.

3.  Brown,  K.   W.   and  D.  C. Anderson.
    1983.   Effects  of  Organic  Solvents
    on    the    Permeability  of   Clay
    Liners.  United   States   Environ-
    mental       Protection      Agency,
    EPA-600/S2-83-016  or  NTIS  No.  PB
    83-179978.  153  pp.

4.  Parfitt, R.  L.  and  M.  M. Mortland.
    1968.     Ketone    adsorption    on
    montmorillonite.  SSSAP 32:355-363.

5.  Rhoades,  J.D.   R.  D.  Ingvalson  and
    H.   T.   Stumpf.   1969.  Interlayer
    spacings  of expanded  clay  minerals
    at  various  swelling  pressures:  An
    x-ray  diffraction   technique  for
    direct      determination.      SSSAP
    33:473-475.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

    The information  of  this report has
resulted  from  research  funded  in part
by   the   United  States  Environmental
Protection  Agency,  under  Cooperative
Agreement  CR-808824,  to  the  Texas A&M
University   Research  Foundation.    It
has  been  subjected  to  the  Agency's
peer and  administrative review and has
been approved  for publication. Mention
of  trade  names  or  commercial products
does   not  constitute  endorsement   or
recommendation  for use.
                                            137

-------
     EFFECTS OF HYDRAULIC GRADIENT AND METHOD OF TESTING  ON  THE  HYDRAULIC  CONDUCTIVITY
                     OF COMPACTED CLAY TO WATER, METHANOL, AND HEPTANE

                           David E.  Foreman and  David  E.  Daniel
                                  The  University of Texas
                                    Austin,  TX  78712


                                         ABSTRACT

      Permeability  tests are  being performed  on  three  compacted  clays using compaction-
mold permeameters,  consolidation-cell  permeameters  and  flexible-wall permeameters.   Hy-
draulic  gradients  of 10,  50,  100,  and 300  are being used.   The  permeant liquids include
water, methanol, and heptane.   Approximately one third of the tests are complete;  the
remaining  tests are scheduled  for completion by August,  1984.

      Results  of tests on  one of the soils  (kaolinite) and two of the liquids  (water and
methanol)  indicate  the following:   1)  the  hydraulic conductivity of kaolinite to water is
about the  same regardless  of permeameter type or hydraulic  gradient;  2) when flexible-
wan  or  consolidation-cell permeameters  are  used at hydraulic gradients of 100 and above,
kaolinite  is  twice  as permeable to methanol  as  it  is  to  water;  3) when compaction-mold
permeameters  are used at  hydraulic gradients of 100 and  above,  kaolinite is 10 times more
permeable  to  methanol  than to  water;   and  4)  hydraulic gradient has a  small  effect
for  kaolinite permeated with methanol  in flexible-wall permeameters but may have an im-
portant  effect in consolidation-cell  or  compaction-mold  permeameters where the trend  is
for  decreasing hydraulic  conductivity  with decreasing gradient.  The effects of side-wall
leakage, applied stresses, and degree  of saturation are  thought to be the causes of dif-
ferences observed with the various types of  permeameters.
INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE

    Compacted clay is widely used for lin-
ing solid waste landfills and waste stor-
age lagoons.  Several studies have been
conducted in recent years to investigate
the effects of organic solvents on the hy-
draulic conductivity (k), or permeability
of compacted clay (2,3,4).  Most of these
studies have shown that compacted clays
are more permeable to organic solvents
than to water.  However, nearly all the
experiments were accelerated by elevating
the hydraulic gradient to values well  in
excess of those that would be expected in
the field.  The question is:  Are compact-
ed clays more permeable to organic sol-
vents than to water even at more realistic
hydraulic gradients?  In addition, do
other test variables, such as type of per-
meameter, affect the hydraulic conductivi-
ty of soils to organic solvents, and if
so, why?
APPROACH

Testing Program

    To determine the effects that hydrau-
lic gradient, permeant liquid, and type of
permeameter have on the hydraulic conduc-
tivity of compacted clay, constant-head
permeability tests are being performed on
samples of compacted clay using both flex-
ible-wall and rigid-wall permeameters.
Three soils are being permeated at four
hydraulic gradients with three different
permeant liquids.  Hydraulic gradients of
10, 50, 100, and 300 are applied, with ad-
ditional intermediate gradients applied in
a few circumstances.  Replicate tests on
different soil  specimens are run.  Since
actual testing has addressed only a few of
the total parameter combinations at the
time of this writing, a complete result
matrix depicting the results of over 300
planned tests would contain mostly gaps.
                                           138

-------
Soils
Permeameters
    The soils used in this study are a non-
calcareous smectitic clay, a mixed-cation
illitic clay, and a commercially-processed
kaolinite.  The noncalcareous smectitic
clay is Lufkin clay obtained from the Texas
A & M campus with the help of K. W. Brown.
The mixed-cation illitic clay is Hoytville
clay from northwestern Ohio and was also
obtained through Brown's help.  Lufkin clay
and Hoytville clay were used in a study by
Anderson and Brown (1).  The kaolinite was
obtained from Georgia Kaolin Company, Eliz-
abeth, New Jersey, and is type Hydrite R.

    The three permeant liquids used in this
study are water (0.01 N CaS04), laboratory
solvent grade methanol, and heptane.  Meth-
anol is a neutral polar organic liquid, and
heptane is a neutral nonpolar organic li-
quid.  These three liquids were selected
because they span a wide range in dielec-
tric constant (2 to 80).

    Atterberg limits of the three soils,
using water  (0.01 N CaS04) or methanol are
presented in Table 1.  Standard ASTM pro-
cedures were applied to assess these engi-
neering characteristics.

    TABLE 1. ATTERBERG LIMITS* OF SOILS
         TO WATER AND TO METHANOL
Soil
Lufkin Clay
Hoytville Clay
Kaolinite
Water
LL PL
56
48
58
14
19
34
PI
42
29
24
Methanol
LL PL PI
33
35
74
N.P
29
45
. -
6
29
 *  LL  =  liquid  limit;  PL = plastic limit;
   PI  =  plasticity  index
   N.P.  indicates "non plastic"
   These tests  were performed according to
   current  ASTM methods, which specify re-
   porting  method and acceptable  precision


    Methanol reduced the liquid limits of
Hoytville and Lufkin clay substantially and
virtually eliminated the plasticity of
these two soils.  When kaolinite was tested
with methanol, the liquid limit and plas-
ticity  index increased compared with water.
Tests have not yet been completed for hep-
tane.
    Two types of permeameters are in common
use:  rigid-wall and flexible-wall  permea-
meters.  The flexible-wall device used for
this project is shown in Fig. 1 and is de-
scribed in more detail by Boynton (1).  Two
types of rigid-wall permeameters are used:
Figure  1.  Flexible Wall Permeameter.  The
           soil sample has a diameter of 4
           inches  (in.) and a height of 3.7
           in. The drawing is not to scale.
 1)  compaction-mold  permeameters  (Fig. 2);
 and 2)  consolidation-cell  permeameters
 (Fig. 3).   With  compaction-mold  permeame-
 ters, the  applied vertical  stress  is  zero.
 With consolidation-cell  devices, a vertical
 stress  is  applied to  simulate  the weight of
 any overlying  soil  or waste.   With flexi-
 ble-wall devices, an  all-round stress of
 desired magnitude is  applied.  Backpressure
 saturation of  40 pounds  per square inch
 (psi) was  used with the  flexible-wall per-
 meameter.   Backpressure  was not  used  with
 the other  devices.  A nominal  consolidation
 stress  of  +15  psi was used with  the conso-
 lidation-cell  and flexible-wall  permeame-
 ters.

      Most  of the tests for this  project are
 being performed  using flexible-wall permea-
 meters. However, we  are also  conducting
 sufficient tests using rigid-wall  and con-
 solidation-cell  equipment to permit compar-
 ison of results.
                                            139

-------
        INFLUENT
          LIQUID n   n VENT
                  EFFLUENT
                    LINE
 Figure 2.  Compaction Mold  Permeameter.   The
           soil  sample  has  a  diameter  of  4
           in. and  a height of 4.7  in.  The
           drawing  is not to  scale.
 Figure 3. Consolidation Cell Permeameter.
           The soil sample has a diameter
           of 2.5  in. and a height of 0.75
           in. The drawing is not to scale.
  Procedure with  Flexible-Wall Permeameter

       After a sample  is set-up  in a flexi-
  ble-wall permeameter, it is soaked with the
  permeant liquid for 24 to 48 hours. To soak
  a sample, a vacuum of 15 in. of mercury
  (7.4 psi) is placed on the top of the soil
  and the base of the soil is opened to a re-
  servoir of permeant liquid at atmospheric
  pressure.  Air bubbles are removed from the
  sample as the fluid flows upward through
  the sample.  A 5-psi-cell  pressure is used
  during soaking.   After the soaking stage is
  complete, the sample is backpressured for
  24 to 48 hours.   Backpressuring causes near-
  ly all  the air bubbles remaining in the sam-
  ple to go into solution with the soaking
 fluid.   To backpressure a  sample,  the cell
 pressure is raised to 55 psi,  and 40 psi
 pressures are placed on the top and bottom
 of the  soil  sample.

       To permeate the sample^,  the  pressure
 on the  bottom of the soil  is raised,  and the
 pressure on the  top  of the  soil  is lowered
 to produce  the desired pressure difference.
 The  average backpressure is  kept at 40 psi,
 and  the  cell  pressure is kept at 55 psi.
 Tests at all  gradients except 300  are per-
 formed  at an average effective  stress of 15
 psi.  Tests with a triaxial  cell at a hy-
 draulic gradient of  300 are performed at an
 average effective stress of 25  psi.   This
 is because  the headwater pressure  must be
 raised  to 60 psi and the tailwater pressure
 must be  lowered  to 20 psi  to produce a hy-
 draulic  gradient of  300.   To keep  the mem-
 brane pressed against the  soil,  the cell
 pressure is increased to 65  psi.

      Nearly all tests are performed until
 at least 2 pore volumes of permeant liquid
 have passed through the sample and the hy-
 draulic conductivity is steady.  With  some
 tests, 3 to 4 pore volumes of flow is  nec-
 essary to achieve steady conductivity.
Soil Preparation

    Soil samples are prepared by compacting
soil mixed at or slightly dry of the opti-
mum moisture content.  The compaction is
performed according to ASTM D-698.  The
soil is scarified between each lift (ap-
proximately 1.7 in. thick).  Samples that
are to be tested in a flexible-wall perme-
ameter are extruded from the compaction
mold and approximately 1 centimeter (cm) of
soil is trimmed from the ends.
Procedure with Consolidation-Cell Permea-
meter

      A consolidation-cell permeameter, as
shown in Figure 3, used the central portion
of a 4-in.-diameter compacted soil sample,
trimmed into a 2.5-in. diameter consolida-
tion ring with a height of 0.75 in.  A ver-
tical stress of 15 psi was applied and the
soil soaked.  After the height of the sample
ceased to change, permeant liquid was pres-
surized to initiate upward seepage through
                                           140

-------
the soil.  The rate of inflow and sample
height were measured periodically.
Procedure with Compaction-Mold Permeameter

    The soil is left in the original  com-
paction mold and set up for testing as
shown in Fig. 2.  The permeant liquid is
stored in a pressurized reservoir and flows
downward through the soil.  The soil  is
free to swell;  otherwise the procedure
generally follows that described by Brown
and Anderson (2).
PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

    The biggest problem encountered was
finding a soil-confinement membrane for the
triaxial apparatus that will resist the
chemical attack of heptane.  Membrane com-
patibility tests were conducted in beakers
of methanol and heptane prior to any perme-
ability testing.  Latex membranes were im-
mersed into beakers containing these fluids
and the condition of the membranes was ob-
served.  Methanol did not harm the latex
membrane in any noticeable way.  Since
then, dozens of permeability tests have
been conducted with latex membranes and
methanol with no trouble at all.  The beak-
er test with a latex membrane immersed in
heptane revealed that the membrane expanded
but did not rupture.  It was assumed that a
latex membrane might work with heptane.  A
permeability test was set-up with heptane
as the permeant liquid.  Two days into the
test, the membrane ruptured and the test
was ruined.

    There have been several ideas on how to
create a satisfactory membrane for tests
with heptane.  A thick butyl rubber mem-
brane was obtained, and it became apparent
that this would not work because it would
be too difficult and inconvenient to place
a sample inside the bulky, stiff membrane.
Another idea was to coat soil samples with
a spray-on Teflon lubricant and then place
the usual latex membrane around the soil.
This idea did not work either.

    The latest  idea seems  to be working. A
6-in. wide roll of Teflon  tape was pur-
chased, and a length of this tape was wrap-
ped around the  circumference of a soil
sample, top cap, and base  pedestal.  Two
to three revolutions of tape around the
sample were used.  Then, a regular latex
membrane was placed over the Teflon tape
and sealed in the usual way.  The sample of
soil was set up in a permeability cell, and
heptane under a pressure of 40 psi was
placed on the sample.  This test ran sucess-
fully for about 2 weeks until it was dis-
mantled.  Since then, one full.permeability
test with heptane has been completed suc-
cessfully, and another one is presently run-
ning with no trouble.

    A second problem encountered is long
testing times.  Permeability tests with
Lufkin clay and Hoytville clay are taking
longer to complete than originally thought.
It was stated earlier that tests are con-
tinued until at least 2 pore volumes of
permeant liquid are passed through a sample
so that a representative hydraulic conduc-
tivity can be determined.  Based on tests
in progress, it is estimated that at least
8 months are required to pass 2 or more
pore volumes of permeant liquid through
Lufkin clay samples under gradients less
than 300.  Hoytville clay samples under a
gradient of 10 require about the same test-
ing time.
RESULTS

    Fewer than one-third of the planned
tests have been completed.  Preliminary da-
ta are presented for kaolinite, which is
the soil for which the testing program is
most nearly complete, and the permeant li-
quids water and methanol.  Completion of
the complete testing program will provide
data for other soils, heptane as a permeant
liquid, and sufficient replication data to
allow measures of testing precision to be
estimated.

    Typical plots of hydraulic conductivity
(k) versus number of pore volumes of flow
are shown in Fig. 4 for the three types of
permeameters and the permeant liquid meth-
anol.  The curves have similar shapes, but
the compaction mold permeameter yields a
somewhat higher hydraulic conductivity than
the other two devices.  The hydrualic gra-
dient for these tests was 250 or 300.

    Plots of k versus hydraulic gradient
are presented in Figs. 5, 6, and 7 for the
three types of permeameters, the soil type
kaolinite, and the permeant liquids water
and methanol.  Each data point included
within the figures represents a calculated
value, obtained from a flow volume measure-
                                           141

-------
       -6
     10
   o
   o
   I io-7
   •a
   c
   o
   O
       -8
     10
              12345


              Pore  Volumes  of  Flow
                                          100       200

                                       Hydraulic  Gradient
                                       300
Figure 4. Hydraulic  Conductivity  Versus  Num-
          ber  of  Pore  Volumes  of  Flow for
          Kaolinite  permeated  with  Methanol
          at a  Hydraulic  Gradient of  250 or
          300.
      -6
    10
  o
  O
  •o
  >,
  z
      -8
                        Methanol
Water
    10
                 100        200


                H ydraullc  Gradient
               300
Figure 5. Hydraulic Conductivity Versus Hy-
          draulic Gradient for Kaolinite
          Permeated in Flexible-Wall Perme-
          ameters.
                         Figure 6. Hydraulic Conductivity Versus Hy-
                                   draulic Gradient for Kaolinite
                                   Permeated in Consolidation Cell
                                   Permeameters.
ment  taken  at  a  point  in  time  for  one  soil
within one  permeability test cell  and  in-
serted into the  Darcy  equation for flow
through a porous medium.  The  trend of each
curve was drawn  after  inspection of the  da-
ta points.   The  conclusions drawn  from
these data  are as follows:

1.  At high  hydraulic  gradients  (values  of
    150 or  larger), kaolinite  has  a h'igher
    hydraulic conductivity to  methanol than
    to water regardless of permeameter type.

2.  At high hydraulic  gradients, the flex-
    ible-wall and consolidation-cell perme-
    ameters yield similar hydraulic conduc-
    tivities for both methanol and  water;
    kaolinite is roughly twice as  permeable
    to methanol as to water for these  two
    types of permeameters.

3.  At high gradients, use of  compaction-
    mold permeameters leads to large scat-
    ter in measured hydraulic conductivity.
    On the average, compaction-mold devices
    showed kaolinite to be approximately 10
    times more permeable to methanol than
    to water.  The lowest values of k mea-
    sured with the compaction-mold devices
                                            142

-------
   10
     -6
     -7
   10
 o
 o
   to
            • Methanol
                 100       200

              Hydraulic Gradient
                                      300
Figure 7. Hydraulic Conductivity Versus Hy-
          draulic Gradient for Kaolinite
          Permeated in Compaction Mold Cell.

    are nearly identical  to values measured
    with the other two devices.   It is pos-
    sible that side-wall  leakage contribu-
    ted to the causes of large hydraulic
    conductivity in some of the tests.

4.  With flexible-wall permeameters and two
    liquids and one soil, hydraulic gradient
    appears to have little effect on hydrau-
    lic conductivity (Fig. 5) for gradients
    between 50 and 300.  At a hydraulic
    gradient of 10, the hydraulic conducti-
    vity of kaolinite to tnethanol is about
    half the value at higher gradients and
    is about the same as the value to water.
    As studies progress, data will show
    whether this trend is stable.

5.  With consolidation-cell permeameters,
    hydraulic gradient has a very substan-
    tial effect on hydraulic conductivity
    (Fig. 6).  At a hydraulic gradient of
    50, k to methanol is only half of k to
    water, but at gradients of 200 to 300,
    k to methanol is twice as large as k to
    water.  One possible explanation for
    the low k to methanol at low gradients
    is that the pressure head at low gra-
    dients is not large enough to cause full
    saturation of the soil.   As methanol
    flows through soil,  the  pressure drops
    and any gas dissolved in methanol  be-
    yond the solubility  limit at the reduc-
    ed pressure would be released.   Because
    the solubility of air in methanol  is
    approximately 10 times the solubility
    of air in water, the opportunity for
    release of gas from  solution is much
    greater with methanol than with water.
    The high backpressure used with flexi-
    ble-wall permeameters probably prevent-
    ed formation of any  significant volume
    of gas with flexible-wall tests.

6.  There is too much scatter in the plots
    of k versus hydraulic gradient for com-
    paction-mold permeameters (Fig. 7.) to
    draw any definite conclusions.   Howev-
    er, data collected so far appear to in-
    dicate a trend of increasing hydraulic
    gradient causing an  increase in hydrau-
    lic conductivity of  kaolinite to both
    water and methanol.   Completion of the
    testing program in August, 1984 is ex-
    pected to result in  data which confirm
    the actual trends.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    The information in this report has re-
sulted from research funded in part by the
United States Environmental Protection
Agency, under Cooperative Agreement CR-
810165, to the University of Texas, Austin.
It has been subjected to the Agency's peer
and administrative review and has been ap-
proved for publication.  Mention of trade
names or commercial products does not con-
stitute endorsement or recommendation for
use.  The USEPA Project Officer for this
study is Dr. Walter E. Grube, Jr.  The
help provided by D. C. Anderson and K. W.
Brown in obtaining Lufkin clay and Hoyt-
ville clay is appreciated.
REFERENCES

1.  Boynton, S.S., 1983. Selected Factors
    Affecting the Hydraulic Conductivity of
    Compacted Clay, M.S. Thesis GT83-8,
    University of Texas, Austin, TX,  88 p.

2.  Brown, K.W., and D.C. Anderson, 1983,
    Effects of Organic Solvents on the Per-
    meability of Clay Soils, EPA 600/2-83-
    016, USEPA Municipal Environment Re-
    search Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH, 153
    p.,  (NTIS #PB83-179978).
                                            143

-------
3.  Green, W.J., Lee. G.F., and R.A. Jones,
    1981, Clay-Soils Permeability and Hazar-
    dous Waste Storage, Journal, Water Pol-
    lution Control Federation, Vol. 53, No.
    8, pp. 1347-1354.

4.  Michaels, A.S., and C.S. Lin, 1954, Per-
    meability of Kaolinite, Industrial  and
    Engineering Chemistry, Vol. 46, No. 6,
    pp. 1239-1246.
                                           144

-------
                  COMPARISON OF COLUMN AND BATCH METHODS FOR PREDICTING
                         COMPOSITION OF HAZARDOUS WASTE LEACHATE

               Danny R. Jackson, Benjamin C. Garrett, and Thomas A. Bishop
                  Analytical  Chemistry and  Applied  Statistics  Sections
                             BatteHe-Columbus Laboratories,
                                  Columbus, Ohio  43201


                                        ABSTRACT

     Inorganic and organic analytes were  leached from  four  waste samples using batch and
column  leaching  methods.     Leachate  concentration   profiles  were  constructed  from
sequential leaching of waste with  distilled-deionized  water using a combined solution to
waste ratio  of 40:1.    Leachate profiles  produced  by  the batch  and  column methods were
compared  in  terms of  a  fitted leaching  profile function  and variation of  the experi-
mental data.   Leachate  profiles produced  by the two methods were significantly different
for 12 of the 16 reported analytes.   Variation of  experimental  data,  as  represented by
relative  standard deviation,  was  over twice as  great  for the  column  method than for the
batch method.  This result was  attributed to varying degrees  of channeling that may have
occurred  during   leaching  of  waste  constituents using the  column  method.    The  batch
extraction method offers  advantages through its greater reproducibility  and simplistic
design, while  the column method is  more realistic  in simulating leaching processes which
occur under field conditions.
INTRODUCTION

     Various   laboratory  techniques   have
been  reported  for   generating   and  char-
acterizing  leachate  from  solid  hazardous
waste and  are  generally grouped  into  batch
and column  extraction  methods  (1).   A batch
extraction  method involves  the  mechanical
mixing  of  a  unit volume  of  water, or  an
alternative solution,  with  a  unit  mass  of
hazardous  waste.     This  method  has  been
noted for  its  ease  of operation   and  low
experimental variation  (2).    A  column  ex-
traction  method   involves   the   continuous
flow of  liquid  through  a fixed bed  of solid
waste.   Leachate  generated  by   the  column
method is reportedly  more  representative  of
leachate derived  from a disposal site  than
is the  leachate from the  batch  method  (3).
Column   procedures   generally   include   a
liquid  to  solid  ratio  which  more  closely
represents  a  field  situation.    The mecha-
nism  of  contacting  a  fixed  body of  waste
with  a   transient  liquid  resembles   the
leaching mechanism imparted  by gravity  flow
of liquid through  a waste disposal site.
      The  objective  of  this   study  was  to
 compare   differences   in   concentration   of
 leachate   constituents   and   experimental
 variation derived  from  batch  and   column
 extraction  methods  using samples  of four
 representative  wastes.   The  column  leach-
 ing  method was  designed  to  be comparable
 to  the  batch method  in  terms of   opera-
 tional  parameters such  as  liquid  to waste
 ratio  and leaching time.   This standardi-
 zation  allowed   comparisons   to  be  based
 primarily on  differences  in  waste consti-
 tuents  dissolved  by   (1)  flowing  water
 through   a  static  bed  of  waste  (column
 method)   and  (2)  constantly   agitating  a
 waste-water   suspension    (batch   method).
 Leachate  profiles were generated  based  on
 multiple  sequential  extractions  of  waste
 samples and  results were  compared  using a
 statistical model.
APPROACH

     Four  waste   samples   having  diverse
physicochemical    characteristics     were
                                           145

-------
selected  for  the  leaching  experiments (4).
Electroplating   sludge   and   fly  ash  were
selected  as  representatives  of  inorganic
solid wastes.   A  filter cake sludge  and a
liquid  (polystill  bottoms)  were  selected as
representatives  of  organic  wastes.   Several
analytes  were   analyzed  for  each  waste.
Metals   were   determined   by   Inductively
Coupled Argon  Plasma (ICAP),  while volatile
organic  compounds  were determined  by  gas
chromatography   (4).     Three  replications
were  used  for  each waste   and  extraction
procedure.

     Extraction   Procedures.      The   Solid
Waste Leaching ProcedurefSWLP),  described
by  Garrett  et  al.   (5),  was  used  as  the
batch method  for  extracting waste  samples
in  a  sequential  manner.     This  procedure
specifies  sequentially  mixing   100  ug  of
waste with  four  1-L aliquots of distilled
water.   Thus,  each leaching  sequence con-
stitutes  a  liquid  to  waste  ratio  of  10:1,
with  a  combined  waste   to  liquid ratio  of
40:1.   This  sequential mode of  waste  ex-
traction  facilitates  the  construction  of
leachate   profiles  from   which  intensity
(concentration)   and  capacity  (buffering)
factors can be evaluated.

     A   column  extraction   procedure  was
designed  to  provide leaching   profiles  of
waste samples  comparable to those generated
by  the   batch  procedure.    Details  of  the
column  method  are  described  by  Jackson  et
al. (4).  A waste sample is mixed with sand
prior to  placement in  a column  to increase
permeability   and  reduce   channeling  and
particle  migration.   The  packed column  was
leached with distilled-deionized water at a
rate of  0.93 mL/minute.   This leaching rate
was prescribed to  leach each  100-g  sample
of  waste with  four 1-L fractions  of  water
over four  18-hour time  periods.   Thus,  the
total volume of  water contacting each 100-g
sample  of waste  per 18-h"our  time  interval
was equivalent to that of the batch method.

Timer-regulated  rotary  valves  apportioned
the various leachate fractions  into Tedlar®
collection  bags.    The   rotary valve  timers
were  set to divide the first  1-L leaching
fraction  into  three equal  subfractions,  and
the  second  1-L  fraction  into  two  equal
subfractions.      The   third   and   fourth
leaching  fractions   were   not  subdivided.
This   leaching  sequence  was  performed  to
provide  greater resolution of the  leaching
profile  in the liquid  to waste ratio  por-
tion  of  the profile  where greater  changes
in  analyte concentrations were  expected.

      Statistical  Model.   Comparison of the
batch  and column  extraction   methods   is
based  on  a  statistical   model  that   des-
cribes the deterministic  and random exper-
imental  factors  influencing  the   leachate
data  (4).   Because  the   data  ranged  over
several   orders   of   magnitude,  the  model
describes  the  natural  logarithms  of  the
basic  concentration  data.    The  determin-
istic  factors  control  the average  concen-
tration   levels   of   the   analytes   in  the
leachate.   This average  concentration  is  a
function  of the  volume of liquid  contact-
ing  the   waste,  denoted  by f(V),  where   V
represents the  volume.

      In  addition  to  deterministic  factors,
several  sources of  random variation affect
the data.   Potentially significant  sources
of  variation   are:   (1)  replication,  (2)
leaching   processes  within  a  given  100-g
sample,   and   (3)   the   analytical  deter-
mination.

     The   basic  form  for  the   statistical
model for  method  k  (k=l for batch, k=2 for
column) is given by:

*n Ykij =  fk(Vj)+Rki+Ykij eq.l
where  Y^-JJ   is the  observed concentration
measurement  after  Vj liters of  water have
contacted the  ith  luO-g sample.   The func-
tion  fk(vj)  describes  the  average concen-
tration  level  as  a  function of  volume Vj.
The  random  component  R^-j   represents  the
random  effect  associated  with  replication
i  (i  = 1,2,3)  and Ykij  is  the  random com-
ponent  representing  the  combined  leaching
and analytical measurement  effects.   These
two sources  of variability  cannot  be sep-
arated  since  single  analytical  measure-
ments  were  made  on  the  leachate  samples.
The {Rki}   are   assumed   to  be  independent
and   normally   distributed   with  expected
value  zero   and  variance  oRk-    The  com-
ponents   {Ykij}   are    assumed    to   be
independent  and  normally distributed  with
expected value zero and variance a|_. .
                                           146

-------
     The  actual  form  of  the  deterministic
profile  function  fk(v)  is unknown,  but  it
can be  approximated by  a  third-order poly-
nomial  equation.    Therefore,  the  statis-
tical model  used  to analyze  the laboratory
data is given by:
   Ykij
82K-V2j+ B3k-vj
                              eq. 2
The  last  two  terms of  equation  2 also con-
tain  the  variation  between  the  polynomial
equation and the unknown function fk(V).

     The    statistical    software   package
BMDP3V  (6)  was used  to estimate  the model
parameters  via a  maximum  likelihood  esti-
mation  procedure.    The  polynomial  coef-
ficients  B0k>  3 ifck  B2!o  and B3k   and  the
variance   components   c/Rk   and   a\,   were
estimated  by   this  technique  for both  the
batch  and  column  procedures  using  the lab-
oratory leachate  data.   The  fitted  profile
functions based on  these estimated coeffic-
ients  are  presented  as the  curved  lines  in
Figures 1-4.    Formal  hypotheses  were con-
structed and statistical  tests performed to
compare these  parameters across  methods  to
determine   if  significant  differences  ex-
isted  in   either  the  leachate  profiles  or
the  level  of   experimental  variation assoc-
iated  with each  method.    The   results  of
these  analyses are summarized  in Table 1.
PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

     A  multichannel  peristaltic  pump  was
initially employed  in  the column extraction
procedure    in    order    to   lower   costs
associated  with  the procedure.    However,
liquid   flow   through    the   columns   was
diminished   over  the   72   hour   leaching
sequence.   This diminished flow  was  attri-
buted to  slight increases  in  back  pressure
created  by  particle migration  in  the waste
columns and  a decrease  in the elasticity of
the   tubing   in   contact  with  the  pump
rollers.   This  problem  was  solved  by  re-
placing  the  peristaltic  pump  with  three
positive displacement pumps.

     A  second  problem  encountered  involved
the  apparent inadequacy  of  the  statistical
model  to fit  closely  the highly  variable
experimental   data  of  certain   leachate
profiles.   In  some  cases,  abrupt  changes
in  the  leachate  profiles  from  the  column
method  required  more flexibility  than the
third   order   polynomial   function   could
provide.  This  problem  was most notable in
leachate profiles of  the polystill  bottoms
waste (Figure  4).  New statistical  models
are  being  considered   for  fitting  exper-
imental   data  of  a  highly  variable  nature
(4).
                                               RESULTS
                                                    Leachate   Profiles.
                             Evaluation  of
                                               intensity and capacity  factors  can be made
                                               using  information  from  the  leachate pro-
                                               files  (Figures  1-4).    For  example,  not
                                               only  is  the pH  of electroplating   sludge
                                               relatively  high  (pH 7-8),  but  this  waste
                                               is   also   highly  buffered   against  the
                                               neutralizing effect  of  sequential leaching
                                               with  water  in  excess  of a 40:1  liquid  to
                                               waste  ratio.    In  contrast,  pH of  fly ash
                                               leachate   was    initially   at   3.5   and
                                               increased  to  approximately 6.5  over  the
                                               course  of  sequential  leaching.    A   single
                                               extraction  of   waste   would   not  provide
                                               insight  into  the capacity of  the waste  to
                                               sustain  a  given  concentration of  analyte
                                               in leachate.

                                                    Waste   leachate   profiles   were   con-
                                               structed from batch  and  column extractions
                                               using  4 and  7  successive leaching  frac-
                                               tions, respectively.   Fewer  leachate  frac-
                                               tions  were  collected using the  batch pro-
                                               cedure  because  of  the  added  time  expend-
                                               iture  required   for  filtering   leachates
                                               each  time  an additional  leachate fraction
                                               was  initiated.    Alternatively,  fraction-
                                               ation  of  leachate samples from the  column
                                               procedure can be  accomplished  readily with
                                               little  additional  time  required,  due  to
                                               the  timer-sequenced  rotary  valves  regu-
                                               lating  leachate  collection.    Reduction  of
                                               the  liquid  to  waste  ratio used for  the
                                               intial  leachate  fractions  from the  column
                                               procedure  can   provide  greater  resolution
                                               of  the  overall   leachate  profile.    This
                                               greater resolution  is  especially  desirable
                                               in  cases   where   initial   analyte   con-
                                               centrations   in  leachate are  high and  the
                                               capacity  for  leaching  is  relatively  low
                                               (Figure 4).   Additional  leachate  fractions
                                               are  not  as   important   to  resolving   a
                                               leaching  profile  for  wastes  which  are
                                           147

-------
buffered  to a  great  extent  such  as the  pH
of electroplating waste  (Figure 1).

     Experimental Variation.   Components  of
variation   associated  with   the   leaching
methods  were estimated  and  compared.   The
random  variation  was  classified  into two
distinct  categories:   (1)  differences  among
the  three  replicate  waste samples  used  to
generate   each   leachate  profile   and  (2)
combined   differences  attributable   to  the
sequential  leaching  and analytical  measure-
ment  processes.    Previous   investigations
have  indicated  that  experimental variation
due  to the analytical  measurement  process
is  negligible   compared  to  that   due   to
sequential  leaching (7).

     In  almost  all   cases,   the  replicate
variance   component   (C/R)   associated  with
both  methods  was  less  than the  variance
associated  with  sequential   leaching   (a])
(Table  1).   This  trend  was notably  sig-
nificant  for the batch method.   Replicate
variation  for  the batch  method  was  approx-
imately three-fold  lower than that  for the
column method  (Table   1).   This  finding can
be  attributed  to  the more   thorough   agi-
tation  of  samples   analyzed  by   the  batch
method.  The mean overall  experimental var-
iability  for  the  column  method,  as  rep-
resented  by replicate  and  leaching  profile
components  of  variation, was  over twice  as
great  as   the  variability  for   the   batch
method.

     Variance   attributed   to    sequential
leaching  (c$_)  was  greater  for   the column
method than for  the batch method   in  all but
two cases   (Table 1).   This  difference  is
attributable in  part   to the  lack of fit  of
the model  to the  experimental  data from the
column extractions.    While a few cases  of
high a[_  values  are  attributable  to model
deficiencies, the order  of  magnitude dif-
ference between  overall  mean values  of ai
for the batch  and column  methods (Table  1)
represents  greater  experimental   variation
on  the part of  the   column  method.   This
variation  may result  from non-uniform water
flow  through the  waste  column   during the
leaching  process.    Sand was  added  to the
waste  samples   in   order  to  reduce  this
variance  by  increasing  porosity  and  de-
creasing channelization.
CONCLUSIONS

     Column  methods  used  previously  for
extracting  hazardous  waste  have  focused
primarily  on  an attempt  to  simulate field
leaching processes  closely.   These methods
have generally  employed  gravity-fed leach-
ing  medium  and,  consequently,  low  flow
rates.     Leaching  relatively  impermeable
wastes  have been  problematic  using  these
methods, and results  have been highly var-
iable  (8).  The  column method presented in
this  study  was  developed to  reduce  ex-
perimentation   time  greatly   through   an
accelerated flow rate.    This  greater flow
rate was facilitated  through  the use  of
sand incorporation  with  the  waste prior to
leaching.   While  this  operation  may  com-
promise  the simulation of natural leaching
processes,  it  greatly increases  the  util-
ity  of a  method which   is  less aggressive
and  conceptually more  realistic  than  the
batch method.

     The batch  extraction method  offers an
advantageous  approach   to   extraction   of
waste   constituents   through   its  greater
reproducibility   and   simplistic   design.
The  batch  method  can  be  set  up  and  used
routinely  by   laboratory  personnel   more
easily  than the column  method.   The lower
inherent experimental variation associated
with  the  batch  method   should  facilitate
more satisfactory   interlaboratory  compar-
isons   which   are   a  necessary   part   of
standardizing an extraction  procedure  for
regulatory functions.

     In  summary,  both   batch  and  column
extraction methods  were   effective  in  gen-
erating   useful    leachate   profiles   for
evaluating  potentially  hazardous  wastes.
Although  useful  data  can  be  produced  by
these  methods,   the relative   accuracy  of
predicting levels of  analytes  leached  from
landfilled wastes remains uncertain.
LITERATURE CITED

(1)  Perket,   C.L.    and   Webster,   W.C.,
     "Hazardous Solid Waste  Testing:  First
     Conference",  R.  A.  Conway  and  B.  C.
     Malloy,  Eds.,   American  Society  for
     Testing and Materials;  1981;  ASTM STP
     760, pp. 7027.
                                            148

-------
(2)   Lowenbach,     W.     "Compilation    and
     Evaluation  of  Leaching Test  Methods",
     (EPA-600/2-78-095)    USEPA    Municipal
     Environmental    Research    Laboratory,
     Cincinnati,  OH,  1978;  lOOp.  (NTIS  No.
     PB 285-072/AS)

(3)   Cote,  P. "A Proposed Procedure  for  the
     Development  of a Canadian Data  Base on
     Waste    Leachability";    Environmental
     Canada,  Burlington,  Ontario;  1981;  24
     P-

(4)   Jackson, D.R.;  Sarrett,  B.C.;  Bishop,
     T.A.;    Chinn,   P.M.;   Coldiron,   S.J.
     "Comparison    of   Column   and    Batch
     Methods  for  Predicting Composition  of
     Hazardous  Waste  leachate:,  Draft  Final
     Report   for   Cooperative    Agreement
     CR810272    with    USEPA     Municipal
     Environmental    Research    Laboratory,
     Cincinnati,  OH, 1983;  120p.

(5)   Garrett,    B.C.,    Jackson,     D.R.,
     Schwartz,   W.E.,   Warner,   J.S.   "Solid
     Waste  Leaching  Procedure Manual"  (SW-
     924),   USEPA  office  of   Solid   Waste,
     Washington,   D.C.   and  USEPA  Municipal
     Environmental    Research    Laboratory,
     Cincinnati,   OH,  1983;  41p  (Technical
     Resource Document,  in  press).

(6)   Biomedical     Computer    Programs;    P
     Series,    University   of    California
     Press, 1979.

(7)   Garrett, B.C.;  McKown,  M.M.;  Miller,
     M.P.;  Riggin,  R.M.;  and  Warner,  J.S.
     In:   Land   Disposal:   Hazardous  Waste;
     Proceedings    of   the   Seventh   Annual
     Research  Symposium,  Philadelphia,   PA
     (EPA-600/9-81-002b);   USEPA   Municipal
     Environmental    Research    laboratory,
     Cincinnati,  OH,  1981;  pp.  9-17;  (NTIS
     No. PB81-173-882).

(8)   Ham,  R.K.;  Anderson,  M.A.;  Stegmann,
     R.; Stanforth, R.  "Background Study on
     the Development of  a  Standard leaching
     Test"      (EPA-600/2-79-109),      USEPA
     Industrial     Environmental     Research
     Laboratory,  Cincinnati,  OH,  1979;  249
     p. (NTIS No. PB 298-280).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     We   thank    Paula   Chinn,   Shelley
Coldiron,  and  Ron  Coffman  for  valuable
assistance   in   performing   the  leaching
procedures  and  chemical  assays.    Scott
Warner,  Marvin  Miller  and  Mary  McKown
provided  helpful   guidance  in  the  conduct
of  this  research.    We  most  especially
appreciate the  support and  advice  of Mike
Roulier    in      the     conception     and
implementation     of    this    cooperative
research program.
LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1.  Leachate profiles for Elec-
           troplating Sludge.  ( 4- denotes
           less than detection limit)

Figure 2.  Leachate Profiles for Fly Ash.

Figure 3.  Leachate Profiles for Filter
           Cake.

Figure 4.  Leachate Profiles for Polystill
           Bottoms.  (4- denotes less than
           detection limit)
                                           149

-------
   8 I
               PH

       BATCH    COLUMN
ug/l
   4 '
   2-
 100i
ug/l
  50
           CHROMIUM
        BATCH     COLUMN
    0   1234    1234
          1/100g Waste
                                              I
       1234    1234
          1 /100g Waste
            COPPER
        BATCH    COLUMN
                              300
             NICKEL
         BATCH    COLUMN
                                               MIT
     01234   1234     0   1  2 3  4   1234
           1/100g Waste                1/lOOg Waste
   Figure 1.  Leachate Profiles for Electroplating Sludge.
             ( ^denotes  less than detection limit)
                          150

-------
              pH
        BATCH     COLUMN
   6-
ug/l
   2-
    0   1234    1234
          1 /100g Waste
                                105
       BORON
  BATCH    COLUMN
1234    1234
    1 MOOg Waste
          Figure 2.   Leachate Profiles for Fly Ash.
              pH
        BATCH     COLUMN
   ALUMINUM
BATCH    COLUMN
12-
10-
8
ug/l
6-
4-
2-

:-:


-

N!





_l
"fc^.
^^^




>**•




-;
. .


-
0 1234
?h





*i





*>•





lU'' -
Hg^H






103-
ug/l
102-


J

A
/
f
{-

-f
f






•



1234 01234




'
•


r-
/

/


/



1 2 3
           1 /100g Waste
   1 /100g Waste
         Figure 3.  Leachate Profiles  for Filter Cake.
                              151

-------
U
Z

M
LU
      z
      5


s   i
fS
^   X
      u
      <
      CO
                                                                                                                                           (U
                                                                                                                                           4<«
                                                                                                                                           ui
                                                                                                                                           (C
                                            01
                                            o
                                            o
                                                                                     O
                                                                                     o
                                                                                     CM
g
                            ^  §        s
                            O)  *~
                            3
                            en
                            D
                                                                                           O    O    O     O    O     O
                                                                                                                                           01
                                            O)
                                           o
                                           o
                                                                                                                                                 QJ
                                                                                                                                                 •o
                                                                                                                                                 c
                                                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                                           4_r
                                                                                                                                           I/I
                                                                                                                                           fD
                                                                                                                                          o
                                                                                                                                          o
                                                                                                                                           O!
                                                                                                                                          O
                                                                                                                                          o
                                                                                                                                                 £
                                                                                                                                                a.
                                                                                                                                                 u
                                                                                                                                                 1C
                                                                                                                                                 01
                                                                                                                                                •*

                                                                                                                                                 
-------
oo
LU
o
o;
o.
<=c
:c
o
O
o.
o
O
=c


•a:

UJ
CQ
•=C

c
o
i.
ro
Q
£
o
cu
4-
o
S-
Q_
cu

ro
o
ro
cu
— i







, 	
ro
E
o
E
, 	
0
CL.
4-
0
j_
CU
~O
S-
o

Q





ro
ro
Q
cr
E
"l~
0
ro
cu
—
o
•*-*
l ^
^
T~


'o






^:
o
4_>
ro
CO
                    oo  cu
                         cj
                     CD E
                     E  ro

                    E  S-
                     •
                     cu
    ro

o =c
                             ro
                             c:
                             cu
                             Q-
                                                                                                                      3  3 O CJ       <
                                                                   o-o-
                                                                                             ^HCDt-HCO^HO    OOOOCDC3CDCD
                                                   oo o o o
«—< cr> cn ufi CNJ
O C3 O O CNJ
O O O O O
O O O O O
co CM i—i to oo ^r
*-* I*-- O O T-I »-«
^j- i—i f-H   O
                                                                                                          S-
                                                                                                      (O  O
                                                                                                                                                        S-  0
                                                                                                                                                        CO -r-
                                                                  -E     CU

                                                                   cu     ro
                                                                   O    -E
                                                                   S-    •(->
                                                                   o     cu
                                                                  i— CU  O
                                                                  -E E  i.
                                                                   o cu  o
                                                                                                              I   CU  O
                                                                                                             CM  O •!-
                                                                                                              •>  S-  S.
                                                                                                             •-I  O I—
                                                                                                              I  1—  I
                                                                                                             in -c oj
                                                                                                             C  U   "
                                                                                                                                                        f-         *   =tt=
                                                                                                                                                       [a *  =tfe *   =«t=
                                                                                  153

-------
                           USE OF BATCH ADSORPTION PROCEDURES FOR
                           DESIGNING EARTHEN LINERS FOR LANDFILLS

                 C. C. Ainsworth, R. A. Griffin, I. G. Krapac and W. R.  Roy

                              Illinois State Geological Survey
                              615 East Peabody Drive
                              Champaign, Illinois  61820
                                          ABSTRACT
      An investigation is being undertaken to develop a "Batch Sorption" procedure  and
 scientific documentation for hazardous wastes on soils and soil constituents.  The
 procedure will help in evaluating various earthen materials with respect to their
 ability to attenuate hazardous waste. A very simple procedure has been adopted and is
 now being tested as to its flexibility, reproducibility,  and usefulness. The procedure
 will be revised and tested using various soils from different parts  of the  country.  Soil
 CO solution ratio, most effective mixing method, separation techniques, and sample size
 are just some of the variables that are being addressed in this investigation. As  each
 question is studied the procedure is revised and upgraded to reflect the data  obtained.
 In using this systematic approach, the procedure will be  well documented by laboratory
 experimentation and data and will hopefully be of use in  critical evaluations  of an
 earthen material's ability to attenuate pollutants.
               INTRODUCTION

     The retention of chemical species in
various soils and soil constituents have
been studied for many years. The adsorp-
tion of inorganic cations and anions by
clays and soils (Bingham et al., 1964;
Griffin and Shimp, 1976; Frost and Griffin,
1977; Harter, 1979 and others) has been
investigated; as has organic compounds
(Griffin et al., 1978; Chou and Griffin,
1981; Hassett, 'Banwart, and Griffin, 1983).
Although there are many variations, the
"batch" adsorption technique has been
widely used. This consists of mixing a
solution of known composition and concen-
tration with a mass of soil for a given
period of time.  The solution is then
filtered and analyzed for concentration
changes to determine adsorption by the
soil. This has been called the standard or
traditional "batch" technique. In point of
fact there is nothing truely standard about
 the procedure. In reviewing just a portion
' of the literature, 80 batch adsorption
 studies were found using various adsor-
 bates and adsorbents. Of these, few were
 procedurally comparable.
      Apart from the inherent variability
 of different soils there are a considerable
 number of factors that affect the sorption
 of a given constituent. For inorganic
 species some of these are temperature,
 method of mixing, composition and concen-
 tration of the solution, and moisture con-
 tent (Barrow, 1978). Organic species are
 much more complicated; this is due to the
 need to identify and control various re-
 actions that would reduce or in some way
 affect the precision and accuracy of the
 results. Photodegradation, polymerization,
 microbial degradation, hydrolysis, and
 volatilization are reactions that could
 effect the outcome of an organic sorption
 study.
                                            154

-------
     The development of uniform batch-
test sorption procedures would enable
investigators to obtain sorption-retention
data of known reproducibility under
standard conditions. This would help in
comparing and evaluating various materials
for their suitability as landfill liners.
It would also allow calculation of minimum
thicknesses of clay liners to remove pol-
lutants from landfill leachates (Griffin
et al., 1976).
     To facilitate the comparisons of
various systems (adsorbent/adsorbate)
sorption data has been fitted to adsorption
curves (Sibbesen, 1981; Barrow, 1978).
However, if the techniques used to obtain
the data are not comparable then the com-
parisons that are made may be erroneous.
It is the hope of this investigation that
a procedure and guidelines can be devel-
oped to allow for useful and reproducible
collection of adsorption data for evalu-
ation of landfill liner materials.
                 PURPOSE

     The purpose of this research project
is to develop a Technical Resource Docu-
ment and a Background Document to be used
for performing batch type sorption studies
and for using this data to estimate pol-
lutant retention by earth material liners
at hazardous waste disposal facilities.
The specific objectives are:

1. To develop standardized procedures for
   collection of sorption data.

2. To prepare a document detailing the
   routine use of the procedures.

3. To prepare a background document
   describing the scientific basis and
   rationale behind the procedures
   developed and recommended for use.

     In using a batch sorption procedure
to develop a sorption curve for a given
system, the soil to solution ratio used
for an investigation may be predicted upon
the ability to detect the steady-state
concentration of the specie of interest.
Hassett et al. (1980), using a radio-
isotope labelling as a means of detection,
needed three different soil to solution
ratios to determine sorption properties of
14 organic compounds onto 14 soils and
sediments. Without the use of isotopic
 labelling the soil to solution ratios
 would probably have been much wider and
 more varied. In this respect a single pre-
 determined soil to solution ratio  is not
 feasible.
     A single sorption curve (equilibrium
 concentration versus amount of sorption),
 should,  in theory., describe a given system
 at equilibrium no matter what the  soil to
 solution ratio. Whether one holds  the con-
 centration (initial) constant and  varies
 the soil to solution ratio or vice versa, the
 same adsorption curve should describe both
 techniques. This of course is true provided
 all other parameters are equal or  accounted
 for in the adsorption curve. Griffin and Au
 (1977) found Pb sorption on Ca-montmoril-
 lonite to be apparently dependent upon the
 soil to solution ratio.  However,  once the
 Ca ion activity in solution was accounted
 for, a single adsorption curve described
 the system regardless of the soil to solu-
 tion ratio.
     In more complex systems, such as soils
which contain many materials in addition to
 clay minerals, results of soil to solution
 ratio studies have been less straight-
 forward. Using Atrazine  (2-chloro-4-
 (ethylamino)~6-isopropylamino-5-triazine)
 as the adsorbate, Dao and Lavy (1978) and
Anderson et al. (1980) found that soil to
 solution ratio had no effect on the amount
 sorbed by soil. Nearpass (1967),  and Green
and Obien (1969) found a 1.4 fold decrease
 and 1.6 fold increase, respectively, in
Atrazine sorption with an increase in soil
 to solution ratios. However, both felt
 these were statistically insignificant.
Grover and Hance (1970)  saw a decrease in
 the Freundlich constant  (Kf), by a factor
 of 2.6 when the soil:solution ratio was
changed from 1:10 to 1:0.25. Koskinen and
Cheng (1983) also found  differences in the
Kf for 2,4,5-T sorption on soils  which
were ascribed to soil:solution ratio.
Their results indicated  the variation was
 only present at higher soil to solution
 ratios.
     While a great number of systems reach
 steady-state conditions  rapidly others re-
 quire days and weeks. Bar-Yosef (1979)
 studied Zn sorption on soils and  determined
the steady-state conditions to be reached
only after 16 to 168 hours. Hope  and Syers
 (1976) found that phosphate sorption in
 soils had not reached equilibrium after  146
hours. R. E. White (1966) found equilibrium
between phosphate and certain soils to be
 attained only after 120  days. W.  R. Roy
                                            155

-------
 (unpublished data) found Mo, As, and P to
 take up to 5 days to reach steady-state
 conditions. Besides the dependence on the
 soil used or constituent of interest the
 rate at which sorption occurs (and hence
 attainment of steady-state) also has been
 shown to be dependent upon soil:solution
 ratio, vigor of shaking, and method of
 shaking (Barrow and Shaw, 1979). Unfor-
 tunately, the dependent variables mentioned
 above are not predictable. Therefore, it
 would be presumptuous to arbitrarily set a
 time interval to carry out the procedure.
      However, beyond about a 24 hour period
 the investigator must be conscious of con-
 comitant reactions that may affect the
 adsorption study. Of primary importance is
 raicrobial assimilation or degradation. This
 is  particularly true of organics.
      Although the literature does suggest
 that low soil to solution ratios are less
 likely to cause problems, it can be seen
 from the previous discussion that work re-
 mains to be done on this topic. Even if the
 rationale has not been worked out for a
 procedure which accounts for this phenome-
 non, it does not preclude the practical
 application of an empirical soil to solu-
 tion ratio given certain constraints. This
 is  one of the areas that is actively being
 pursued via laboratory investigations in
 this project.
      While the procedure for organics may
 be  similar to inorganics, the work to
 develop the laboratory basis for such a
 procedure is much slower. This is primarily
 due to analytical considerations. However,
 tests must be designed to allow for the
 determination of various side reactions
 that may bias the batch sorption study re-
 sults (i.e.:  photodegradation, volatili-
 zation,  etc.). Therefore, organics are not
 as  easily characterized as inorganic pol-
 lutants  with respect to developing docu-
 mentation of a sorption procedure.
                 APPROACH

     The approach to developing a useful
batch adsorption procedure is based on the
premise that to be useful it must be flex-
ible enough to accomodate those that would
use it and have a well founded scientific
rationale. The flexibility of a procedure
is seen by the investigator's ability to
use various techniques and equipment with-
out altering the results of a given study.
Each step and option (point of flexibility)
within the procedure must be shown to have
 a rational and scientific basis. The latter
 is to be determined through the use of the
 published literature and laboratory
 studies.
      Figure 1  is a flow chart of the
 initial proposed procedure that was based
 on a draft procedure developed by ASTM
 Committee D34.02.03. From this, one may
 identify the points at which the procedure
 may be unnecessarily confining. These are:
 1) mass of soil needed, 2) soil:solution
 ratio, 3) the  type of container, 4) type of
 mixing apparatus,  5) time of shaking and,
 6) mode of separation. Other points that
 may need to be studied are temperature and
 ionic  strength  at which the  investigations
 are  to  be  carried out.
     As  the  procedure  is run and points  in-
 vestigated,  a new generation of  the proce-
 dure is  developed. This is then  tested for
 reproducibility  through an ASTM  sensitivity
 analysis using  several volunteer labora-
 tories.  The  cooperating laboratories run
 the  procedure on a given soil using pre-
 scribed  solutions. Results and comments on
 the  procedure are then correlated. This is
 very useful  in  identifying problems and
 appropriate  changes. From the first test
 the major  problem identified was that of
 shaking vigor.
     Concomitant to the actual testing of
 the procedure itself, laboratory studies
 are being  carried out to investigate
various  improvements in the procedures such
 as methods of separations, variations in
 sample  size, etc. Also, attempts are being
made to determime how to best delineate the
 range of solutions used, soil to solution
 ratio,  and time  of mixing. At the present
 time only  one soil (Catlin silt  loam) and
 two adsorbates  (arsenate and cadmium) are
being used for inorganic adsorption tests.
Once a procedure is completely worked out,
 it will be verified on five additional
 soils from various parts of the United
 States .
                 RESULTS

     Most of the laboratory work to date
has been the collection and characteriza-
tion of the seven soils to be used in the
investigation. This includes, mineralogy,
surface area (N2 B.E.T.), particle size
distribution, cation exchange, native
cation and anion determinations (both H20,
KC1, and NHijCl extracts) and various other
tests. Some work has been done on the
points of interest in the procedure. A
                                            156

-------
                                                    ISGS 1984
Figure 1.  Flow chart for sensitivity test.
                 157

-------
Cat 1in AI horizon  (fine silty, mixed mesio,
Typic Argiudoll) has been used as the
sorbent in these initial studies. This
soil has 2-3% organic carbon, 24% clay,
65% silt,  11% sand and has a pH of 7.1
(1:1; H20).
     Using 200 ppm of Cd (as CdCl2) dis-
solved in deionized HgO as the sorbate, a
kinetics study was carried out using 350 g
soil in a  1:4 soil:solution ratio. Samples
were allowed to shake on a reciprocating
shaker (100 strokes/min; 1.25 inch throw)
for periods of  1 to 32 hours. Samples were
filtered and then analyzed using an in-
ductively coupled argon plasma (ICAP). In
conjunction with this study, triplicate
samples of the above prescription were al-
lowed to shake or stir (paddle stirrer) at
various speeds and displacements. Also,
using a 200 ppm arsenate solution (as
NaaHAsOi,), a sample size-separation study
was conducted. This consisted of triplicate
samples of Catlin soil at a 1:4 ratio of
the As solution using either 350 g or 50 g
of soil. The samples and 2 separation
techniques (12 runs total) were shaken at
100 strokes/min and 1.25 inch displacement
for 24 hours on a reciprocating shaker„
Samples were then separated using either
filtration or centrifugation. Filtration
was accomplished using four 25 mL aliquots
passed through a 0.45 yra pore size filter;
the initial aliquot was discarded. The
centrifugation used either 50 mL or 150 mL
of the suspension in nalgene tubes at 1.6 x
101* or 5.0 x 103 rpm, respectively, for 30
minutes at constant temperature.
     Figure 2 illustrates that the Catlin
soil/Cd solution reached a. steady-state Cd
concentration in approximately 2 hours.
However, after shaking similar samples for
24 hours at various speeds, none of the
other suspensions had attained the final
concentration that set C (Table 1)" had
after 2 hours. Barrow (1978) showed that
various shaking vigors could affect the
speed at which a steady-state condition was
reached. But, he also demonstrated that
either ped destruction or abrading of
surfaces could also cause sorption to take
place at an increased rate. This latter
point does not happen to every soil. It may
well be that the differences observed here
are a function of one or both of the above
phenomena. Since this experiment was run,
an end-over-end tumbler has also been
employed in the investigations, which
promises to provide superior results.
     The results of the sample size-
separation study demonstrated that sample
 size  need  not  be  as voluminous  as  original-
 ly proposed  (Table 2).  Also,  it would ap-
 pear  that  the  separation can  be obtained
 through  filtration or centrifugation with-
 out sacrificing reproducibility.
      While these  studies are  preliminary
 and the  breadth of samples  narrow,  the
 results  do help in identifying  problems. As
 a consequence  of  these  studies  the  maximum
 mass  of  soil has  been decreased from 350 g
 to 70 g, filtration or  centrifugation has
 been  adopted and, due to other work simi-
 lar to the above, the soil/solution ratio
 for the  Catlin soil has been  revised to
 1:20. Now  that the seven soils  to  be used
 in  the investigation have been collected
 and characterized, the  breadth of experi-
 ments  involving both adsorbent and adsor-
 bate will  be extended.  Through this type of
 systematic investigation  it is felt that a
 reliable, well documented procedure can be
 produced that will be useful  in assisting
 in  the selection of earthen materials for
 landfill liners.
              ACKNOWLEDGEMNTS

     Financial assistance from the U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Solid and
Hazardous Waste Research Division, Award
No. R-810245-01 and the assistance of our
project officer, Dr. Michael Roulier, are
gratefully acknowledged. Also, we would
like to thank ASTM and ASTM D34.02.03
participating laboratories for giving of
their time and effort so freely.
             LITERATURE CITED

Anderson, J. R., G. R. Stephenson, and
  C. T. Corke. 1980. Atrazine and
  cyanazine activity in Ontario and Mani-
  toba soils. Can. J. Soil Sci. 60:773-781.
Barrow, N. J. 1978. The description of
  phosphate adsorption curves. J. Soil Sci.
  29:447-462.
Barrow, N. J., and T. C. Shaw. 1979.
  Effects of solution:soil ratio and vigor
  of shaking on the rate of phosphate ad-
  sorption by soil. J. Soil Sci. 30:67-76.
Bar-Yosef, B. 1979. pH-dependent zinc ad-
  sorption by soils. Soil Sci. Soc. Amer.
  J. 43:1095-1099.
Bingham, F. T., A. L. Page, and J. R.
  Sims. 1964. Retention of Cu and Zn by
  H-montmorillonite. Soil Sci. Soc. Amer.
  Proc. 28:351-354.
                                            158

-------
                                                                                                     c

                                                                                                    'E
                                                          £  S


                                                          I  *
                                                          O  
-------
          TABLE  1.  RESULTS OF  24 HOUR  SORPTION  STUDY USING
                    VARIOUS VIGOR OF  SHAKING AND AN  INITIAL
                    Cd CONCENTRATION  OF  200 ppm





Cd
Set
A
B
C
D


in Solution Shaker Rate '
ppm strokes/min throw (inch)
13.82* 59 3"
19.3* 70 1.25"
1.78* 100 1.25"
3.1* paddle stirrer

*Each concentration is the average of 3 separate
runs .

Sample
1
2
3
4
X
S
TABLE 2.
350
1400 mL
Filter


128.0
131.0
127.0

128.6
2.08
RESULTS OF THE SAMPLE SIZE-SEPARATION STUDY
USING THE CATLIN SOIL AND AN INITIAL As
CONCENTRATION OF 200 ppm
200 ppm initial As solution
g soil 50 g soil
solution 200 mL solution
Centrifuge* Filter Centrifuge** Centrifuge*
•

129.0 126.5 124.5 129.5
128.0 128.0 126.5 127.0
127.0 131.0 126.0 127.0
136.0 126.0 127.5
128.0 130.4 126.0 127.8
1.0 4.19 1.08 1.10
 * - 50 mL of the suspension was centrifuged at  1.6 x  101* rpm  for
     30 min.

** - 150 mL of the suspension was centrifuged at 5.0 x  103 rpm for
     30 min.
                                 160

-------
Chou, S. F. J., and R. A. Griffin.  1981.
  Adsorption of PCBs by cellulose fiber
  filteraids and carbonaceous adsorbents
  used for water treatment.  Fourth Annual
  Conference of Applied Research and
  Practice on Municipal and  Industrial
  Waste. University of Wisconsin-Extension,
  432 N. Lake St., Madison,  WI 53706,
  p. 238-249.
Dao, T. H., and T. L. Lavy.  1978. Atrazine
  adsorption on soil as influenced by
  temperature, moisture content and
  electrolyte concentration. Weed Sci.
  26:303-308.
Frost, R. R., and R. A. Griffin. 1977.
  Effect of pH on adsorption of arsenic
  and selenium from landfill leachate  by
  clay minerals. Soil Sci. Soc. Amer.  J.
  41:53-57.
Green, R. E., and S. R. Obien. 1969.
  Herbicide equilibrium in soils in re-
  lation to soil water content. Weed Sci.
  17:514-519.
Griffin, R. A., and A. K. Au. 1977. Lead
  adsorption by montmorillonite using  a
  competitive Langmuir equation. Soil  Sci.
  Soc. Amer. J. 41:880-882.
Griffin, R. A., R. Clark, M. Lee, and  E.
  Chian. 1978. Disposal and  removal of
  polychlorinated biphenyls  in soils.  U.  S.
  Environmental Protection Agency,
  Cincinnati, OH 45268. EPA-600/9-78-016,
  p. 169-181.
Griffin, R. A., R. R. Frost, and N. F.
  Shimp. 1976. Effect of pH  on removal of
  heavy metals from leachates by clay
  minerals. U. S. Environmental Protection
  Agency, Cincinnati, OH 45268. EPA-600/9-
  76-015, p. 259-268.
Griffin, R. A., and N. F. Shimp. 1976.
  Effect of pH on exchange-adsorption  or
  precipitation of lead from landfill
  leachates by,clay minerals. Envir. Sci.
  & Tech. 10:1256-1261.
Grover, R. and R. J. Hance.  1970. Effect
  of ratio of soil to water  on adsorption
  of linuron and atrazine. Soil Sci.
  109:136-138.
Hassett, J. J., J. C. Means, W. L.  Banwart
  and S. G. Wood. 1980. Sorption properties
  of sediments and energy-related pol-
  lutants. U. S. Environmental Protection
  Agency, Athens, GA 30605.  EPA-600/3-80-
  041.
Hassett, J. J., W. C. Banwart, and  R.  A.
  Griffin. 1983. Correlation of compound
  properties with sorption characteristics
  of nonpolar organic compounds by soils
  and sediments:  Concepts and limitations.
  In "The Environment and Solid Wastes:
  Characterization, Treatment, and Dis-
  posal," C. W. Francis and S. I. Auerbach,
  Eds., Butterworth Publishers, Woburn, MA,
  p. 161-176.
Barter, R. D.  1979. Adsorption of copper
  and lead by Ap and B2 horizons of several
  northeastern United States soils. Soil
  Sci. Soc. Amer. J. 43:679-683.
Hope, G. D., and J. K. Syers.  1976. Effects
  •of solution:soil ratio on phosphate sorp-
  tion by soils. J. Soil Sci. 27:301-306.
Koskinen, W. C., and H. H. Cheng. 1983.
  Effects of experimental variables on 2,4,
  5-T adsorption-desorption in soil. J.
  Environ. Qual. 12:325-330.
Nearpass, D. C. 1967. Effect of the
  predominating cation on the  adsorption
  of simazine and atrazine by Bayboro clay
  soil. Soil Sci.  103:77-182.
Sibbesen, E. 1981.  Some new equations to
  describe phosphate sorption by soils.
  J. Soil Sci.  32:67-74.
White,  R. E. 1966.  Studies on the phosphate
  potentials of soils. IV. The mechanism of
  the 'soil/solution ratio effect'.  Aust.
  J. Soil Res.  4:77-85.
                                           161

-------
        ORGANIC FLUID EFFECTS ON THE STRUCTURAL STABILITY OF COMPACTED KAOLINITE

                     Yalcin B. Acar, Ivan Olivier!, Stephen D. Field
               Department of Civil Engineering, Louisiana State University
                              Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70803  -


                                        ABSTRACT

     The  effects  of small  particle sizes and  the surface  force  interactions in  fine
grained  soils  are  manifested  by a  variety  of  interparticle attractive and  repulsive
forces  which strongly  influence the  macroscopic engineering  behavior and  structural
stability of compacted soils.  This paper presents the results of studies to explain the
post-constructional behavior of compacted soils  in terms  of the  properties  of  the indi-
vidual components of the  system.   Since  organic  leachates are of immediate  concern, the
static dielectric properties of  the pore fluid and the activity of  the  soil  are  empha-
sized.

     The  results of  permeability  and  pore  size  distribution studies indicate,  that
changes in hydraulic conductivity with organic  fluids  are due to variations in the sur-
face forces  of interaction.  These  changes in  the interaction forces are well reflected
with changes in the liquid limit and free swell of kaolinite.  It is suggested that such
simple classification tests with the leachate be used to obtain a qualitative estimation
of the expected changes in hydraulic conductivity of a soil.
INTRODUCTION

     Containment of wastes with different
organic  and  inorganic  constituents  in
shallow  land waste  disposal  facilities
has  stimulated  the  study  of  leachate
effects on  the  engineering properties of
compacted soil liners.  Presently, highly
active (activity is  defined as the plas-
ticity index divided by the percent finer
than -2 pm by weight) soils are chosen in
the  design  of  these  liners.   Although
such a choice would  render lower permea-
bilities     (12) ,     post-constructional
changes  in  the chemistry  of the  pore
fluid  would alter  the  physico-chemical
surface interactions  of  the fine grained
fraction  with  high  surface charge  den-
sity, leading to changes in the engineer-
Ing behavior.-   It  then becomes necessary
to assess  whether  these  changes  and the
structural  stability  of  the  compacted
soil could  be estimated from a knowledge
of  the properties  of the  soil  and  the
pore fluid.

     This article presents the results of
the ongoing studies  on the volume change
behavior  and the  permeability   of  com-
pacted clay with reference to  the present
state of knowledge on the effect of vari-
ations  in  the   forces   of  interaction
between the minerals  and the pore fluid
to the engineering characteristics.

     Since a  majority of  leachates  con-
tain a  wide  variety  of  organic constit-
uents and  recent studies  indicated  dra-
matic increases in hydraulic conductivity
of  compacted   soils   (3,6)  with  organic
fluids,  static dielectric  properties  of
the pore  fluid and  the  activity  of  the
soil are emphasized.

FORCES  OF INTERACTION   IN  FINE  GRAINED
SOILS

     It  is well established   that  both
attractive   and   repulsive   electrical
forces  exist  between   clay  particles.
Repulsive forces are primarily attributed
to the interaction between diffuse double
layers existing  on the  surfaces (10,15).
The system variables that  control these
forces are defined in the development of
the Gouy-Chapman theory of diffuse double
layers.     An   approximate   quantitative
indication of  the thickness of  the  dif-
fuse double layer is given by (13),
                                            162

-------
     H -
             DT
           \2  2J
            h  v
             o
                                   (1)
where  H =  relative  thickness  of double
layer,  D =  dielectric  constant of  the
medium, T = temperature, h  = electrolyte
concentration,  v =  cation valence,  and
n = a  constant  (s%).   Hence,  changes in
the thickness  of diffuse double layer is
directly related to  the forces of repul-
sion between the clay minerals.

     The   principal    contribution   to
attractive forces arise from  the van der
Waal's forces.  The van der Waal's forces
could  either  be ion-dipole  or  dipole-
dipole interactions.   Other factors that
contribute   to  attractive   forces   are
Coulombic  attractions  between  negative
surfaces  and  positive   edges,   cation
linkages and  hydrogen  bondings  (10,11).
It should be noted that attractive forces
are insensitive to  slight  variations in
the chemistry of the pore fluid.

     Moore  and  Mitchell  (14)  developed
analytical expressions  for both electro-
static   and   electrodynamic   forces   of
interaction   between   particles.    The
expressions   developed   indicate  these
forces  of  interaction  are functions  of
the  static   dielectric  constant  of  the
pore fluid.   Figure 1 presents the
  o
z <
2
cr
UJ
o
UJ
                          ATTRACTION___
                 40     6O     8O
               DIELECTRIC  CONSTANT
                                      100
                                ^REPULSION
Figure 1.
           Forces of Interaction on Clay
           Surfaces (14).
 changes  in these  forces  with variations
 in  the dielectric  constant of  the medium.
 As  it  is  observed  the   net   forces  of
 interaction  closely  follow  the  Van der
 Waal's   attraction  curve  with  minimum
 attraction   at  approximately  a  static
 dielectric  constant of 4.0  which repre-
 sents the dielectric  constant  of the clay
 particles.   In  order  to  evaluate  the
 applicability  of  their theory, Moore and
 Mitchell  (14)   conducted  vane  shear and
 triaxial  tests  on  resedimented  Georgia
 kaolinite   after   permeating   miscible
 organic  fluids  of  variable  dielectric.
 constants.   The  sample  volume x^as  kept
 constant  during   this  permeation.   The
 relationships  between  the  strength and
 the dielectric  constant  confirmed  the
 hypothesis   exhibiting   shapes  corres-
 ponding  to  the net  interaction curve in
 Figure 1.

     The  above discussion indicates that
 permeating  an  organic fluid through com-
 pacted  soils would change  the forces of
 repulsion  and  reestablish the net forces
 of  interaction in the fine grained  frac-
 tion  leading  to  changes  in  the micro-
 fabric  and  the macroscopic   engineering
 behavior.   Since  forces  of repulsion are
 also  a  function  of  the  surface charge
 density,  minerals with a  higher surface
 charge  density (smectitic minerals)  will
 be  affected  to a higher degree with  these
 changes.  In order to assess and quantify
 the changes  in volume change behavior and
 permeability   of   compacted   soils,  an
 experimental   procedure   is   implemented
 where  the   surface   charge  density  and
 dielectric  constant  of  the  pore   fluid
 were taken as  the  variables.

 EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURE

     Kaolinite and Ca-montmorillonite are
 chosen for permeation studies.  For  index
 properties  and free swell tests Na-mont-
 morillonite  is also used.  The mineralo-
 gical  composition, index  properties and
 compaction   parameters    of   kaolinite,
 Ca-montmorillonite and Na-montmorillonite
 are presented  in Table 1.  Organic fluids
 representing  a wide  range of dielectric
 constants  were  used.  Table  2  presents
 the characteristics of various compounds
 used  in this  study  together  with  their
 hazard    classification    and   maximum
 reported   concentration   in   leachates
 collected  from waste disposal facilities
-(16).
                                            163

-------
           TABLE 1. COMPOSITION AND CHARACTERISTICS
                   OF CLAYS USED IN THIS STUDY
            Characteristic
        Ca-M
Na-M
Mineralogical Composition (% by weight)

     Kaolinite

     Illite

     Ca-Montmorillonite

     Na-Montmorillonite

Index Properties (%)

     Liquid Limit

     Plastic Limit

     Plasticity Index

     Specific Gravity

% Finer than 2  m size

Activity

Proctor Compaction Parameters
                             2
     Maximum Dry Density (t/m )

     Optimum Water Content (%)
 98

  2
         92
                100
64
34
30
2.65
90
0.32
88
54
34
2.70
12
2.8
425
58
367
2.70
80
4.5
1.37    1.15    1.15

31.0     25      25
   K - Georgia Kaolinite
Ca-M - Ca-Montmorillonite
Na-M - Na-Montmorillonite
   T - Trace Quantity
                              164

-------


























y~^
rH
s^

CO
H
13
W

! 1
0
CO

0
M
55

co cd

rH


CO
V 	 /


• ,— X
0 rH
X CJ --.
CO O 00

*s^





CO
CO
CO
rH
O






p-{
ft






g
«







>-







a.





to






to
rH
i
M
O
Fn







13

3
O
ft
B
0
o







1 8











1 1









1 1








O -*

r^» \o




CO
CO CM
. .
rH CM




CO rH
0\ rH
rH






O O

r-l rH
CM

VO
•%
4-1 .
CO 4-1
Is w



O

C O ft
CU | CU
PQ PM HI





























I—I
vo
rH
i — i

C
0
•H
4-1
CO
O
•H
H |
•H
CO
CO
CO
rH
O

TS
M
CO
N
&

i

.
CO
CO
CO
rH
O






/-*N
O
o
O
CN


4-1
co
4J
CO
(3
o
O

O
•H
M
4-1
O
CU
rH
CU
•H
""O

1

CO










J-J
C
co
4->
rH
t__ |
0
f*t.
>,
4J
•H
O M
•H 0
!*! -H
0 f-i
•M Oi

i i

EH PM






TJ

p
O
ft
8
0
0

rH
rH
CO CO
3
o a
•o o
!-l -H
CO 4-1

CTJ CU
& CO

1 1

pa co










^— s
u
o
O
CM
x_ s

S-+*
CO
CJ
•"•^
a
\^s

4-1
£1
60
•H
CU


4J
•H
id


1

*"





/r-^
rH
••^^
oo
e


CO
CU
4-J
CO
O
^J
CU
rH

a
•H

T3
CU
4-1
I-l
0

CU
M

ta

•H
4J
CO

4J
a
CU
O
B
o >,
O 4J
•H
B rH
i -H

•H D

ctt O
B ^

1 1-4
CU
4J
0 CO
C !3
0
0 1

^ H 1
CO P3
s w


^^
o
O
C5
CM


y^X
CD ^-s
0) CO
w d)
'o ^
p^ 
-------
Permeabilitv Tests
                               Free Swell Tests
     Permeability tests are  conducted  in
flexible wall  permeameters.   The  results
are  also  compared  with  tests  in  rigid
wall  permeameters.   Mercury  intrusion
tests  were  performed  on   the  samples
before  and  after  permeation  with  the
organic fluids.  The  details  of the test
setup and testing procedure are presented
elsewhere  (1,2).   Presently, tests  with
kaolinite are completed.

Atterberg Limits
                                    Free  swell tests is  another method
                               of   determining  the   repulsive   forces
                               between  the  clay  particles.   The  free
                               swell  test  is  performed  by pouring 10 cc
                               of  dry soil, passing No. 40 sieve into a
                               100  cc graduate cylinder filled with the
                               liquid.   The   final  swelled  volume  is
                               recorded  after  the  suspension  came  to
                               rest.  Free swell (F.S.) is given by
                                           V, - V
                                    F.S. = -2-	 x 100%
(2)
     In order to  determine  the  effect of
organic  fluids  on  the  liquid  limit  and
hence the repulsive  forces  in the clays,
Casagrande apparatus was  first  used.   It
was  then  realized  that  this  apparatus
gave  inconsistent  results  with  organic
fluids of low dielectric constants.  This
was mainly  due to  the  fact  that  as  the
plasticity  index  of  the  clay  mineral
decreased,   the    shear    failure   was
mobilized  at the  interface  between  the
soil  and  the  brass  cup  resulting  in
uncomparable  liquid  limit  values.   In
order to  avoid  this discrepancy,  Swedish
fall cone tests were used (6).
                               where V, =  soil volume after swelling and
                               V   = soil  volume  before swelling.  This
                               procedure  is  often used  in the classifi-
                               cation  of  soils for swelling potential.

                               ANALYSIS OF RESULTS

                                    The  results  of  permeability tests
                               with four  pure  organic  fluids  and com-
                               pacted   kaolinite  are   presented   in
                               Figure  2.   Dramatic increases experienced
                               in previous studies with rigid wall per-
                               meameters   (3,6)  were  attributed  to side
                               leakages  (1).  Tests with nitrobenzene
               > 3.0

               O
               Z3
               O
               O
               o
                  2.0
tc
o
X
UI
>
                  1.0
               tu
               tc
                                T
                        BREAKTHROUGH(50%)
                            PV « 1.6
                                                                   T
                                    EFFECTIVE STRESS. kPo
                                              PHENOL_._

                                              ACETONE
                                                              ACETONE
                        NITROBENZENE AND BENZENE
                             (O.OOI TO 0.003)
                                       3456
                                       PORE VOLUME, PV
                                                          9
       Figure 2.  Hydraulic Conductivity of Compacted Kaolinite to Pure Fluids  (1) ,
                                           166

-------
0"
                   lor'  ' '"  o"	To'1
           LIMITING PORE DIRHETER. MICRONS
    ItT
Figure 3.
      lor8	ID"'  '•"Iff   ' '  ?cr
      LIMITING PORE DIHMETER. MICRONS

      Pore Size Distributions  of
      Compacted Koalinite Before  and
      After Permeation with Benzene.
and  benzene resulted  in three orders  of
magnitude  decrease  in  relative  permea-
bilities, while  acetone and phenol result
in up to one-fold  increase.  Table 3 com-
pares  the  final mean  relative and  abso-
lute  permeabilities   with  pure   organic
solvents and the 0.01  N CaSO,  solution.

     Figure  3   compares  the  pore  size
distribution of  compacted  samples  before
and after permeation with benzene.   Cumu-
lative  porosity  distributions  indicate
that major changes are not observed.  The
mercury  intrusion method scans pores  of
80 Ac or greater and  the modal pore dia-
meter for these  samples is 600 A°.   It is
then expected  that the majority of flow
is through pores of 600 A°.

     Figure 4  plots the pore  size  para-
meters  obtained  from  the  distribution
analysis with respect  to absolute  permea-
bility  (4).    It  is  observed  that  pore
size parameters  do not  respond to  varia-
tions  in absolute permeability.    Conse-
quently, two explanations  could be  given
for the change in  hydraulic conductivity;
plugging or  unplugging of  pores  due  to
particle migrations or unusual properties
of the pore fluid  close to  clay surfaces.

     Non-Darcian  type  of   flow   through
compacted  soils  have  previously   been
demonstrated to  be caused by particle
         E
         =L
       cvj
      < -o
        UJ
        Q
        o
        S
                   COMPACTED SILTY CLAY
                    Water (Bengochea and Lovell, 1981)
                   COMPACTED KAOLINITE
                    .OIN CaS04
                    Nitrobenzene
                    Acetone
                    Phenol
                    Benzene
        
-------
   TABLE 3. A COMPARISON OF RELATIVE AND ABSOLUTE PERMEABILITY
                    OF COMPACTED KAOLINITE (1)
Permeability
Relative
Permeant _
x 10 cm/sec
k.* k,, K.
i f i
Nitrobenzene (1) 5.60 0.025 560
(2) 5.20 0.015 520
Acetone (1) 5.60 6.00 560
(2)** 5.00 11.00 500
Phenol 6.00 14.00 600
Benzene 5.10 0.010 510
Absolute
.--15 2
x 10 cm
Kf Kf/K.
1.51 2.7 x 10~3
0.91 1.8 x 10~3
1470 2.63
2690 5.38
119.0 0.20
1.38 2.7 x 10~3
&
  Initial permeabilities with 0.01 N CaSO,

**Test at effective stress of 13.8 kPa (2 psi)

  K = kp/Y

  Y = unit weight of permeant

  p = viscosity of permeant
                                168

-------
migrations  (8).   It is also  possible to
initiate  such  a mechanism by  changes in
the forces  of  interaction.   The increase
in dispersive  forces  might tend  to dis-
locate  particles.   There  exists  contra-
dicting   information   on   whether   the
unusual pore fluid properties around clay
particles effect  the fluid  flow  through
fine grained soils  (13).  However, if the
properties  of  the pore  fluid  in the dif-
fuse layer  around the  clay particles are
different than that of water, the changes
in  the  thickness  of  this  layer  will
result  in  variations   in  the' effective
pore  space  contributing  to  the  total
flow.

     Since  the extent of repulsive forces
is related  to  the  thickness  of  the dif-
fuse  double layer  and  the  liquid  limit
values  and   free  swell  tests present  a
good  estimate  of   this thickness  (12),
such  tests  were  conducted on  the  clays
with  the  organic  fluids  used  in  this
study.  As  presented in Figures 5  and 6,
dielectric  constant correlates with both
the  liquid  limit and  free swell  of  the
smectitic  minerals.  However,  kaolinite
did  not  follow this  trend;   the  liquid
limit  and  free  swell   is  increased with
nitrobenzene,   and   benzene   slightly
increased with phenol  and  decreased with
acetone.  Such observations  are possible
in  low active kaolinite  minerals  since
the  unaccounted  charges  at   the  broken
edges of  this mineral have a major effect
on the  forces  of interaction.

     If the liquid limit  and free swell
of a.  soil with any pore  fluid increases
when  compared  to  that of   water,  this
implies a  corresponding increase  in the
thickness of the diffuse  layer.   Consi-
dering  that this thickness  might extend
to 400  A° with water and  that the modal
pore diameter  of 600 A° and the frequency
are  not changed with  organic fluid per-
meation indicate  that  the variations in
the  forces  of interaction  on the clay
surface would be the major factor affect-
ing  the  flow.   In  fact   the  changes in
liquid  limit and free  swell  are consis-
tent  with  absolute permeability  values
presented in Table  3.   An  increase in the
liquid  limit and free  swell with nitro-
benzene and benzene shows  that repulsive
forces  and  the thickness of diffuse layer
is increased resulting in a.  decrease in
permeability  (1).   The reverse mechanism
would be  true  for acetone.
     If  the  results of  the  permeability
and  pore  size  distribution  tests  with
Ca-montmorillonite  are  consistent  with
the  conclusions  reached using  kaolinite
as  reported  herein,  the case  for  using
simple   classification  tests   with   a
specific  leachate  to provide an  initial
qualitative  estimate  of changes  to  be
expected  in  hydraulic  conductivity  will
be greatly strengthened.

CONCLUSIONS

     The   present   results   of  ongoing
studies are summarized as:

     1.   Organic  fluid permeation  does
          not affect the size and distri-
          bution  of  pores  in  kaolinite
          samples compacted at the wet of
          optimum water content.

     2.   Three order of magnitude change
          in  hydraulic  conductivity  at
          the same pore size distribution
          indicate that these changes are
          initiated by changes in the sur-
          face  forces of interaction  on
          clay surfaces.

     3.   The liquid limit and free swell
          of  sodium or calcium-saturated
          montmorillonite  appear  to  be
          strongly related to the dielec-
          tric  constant of pure  organic
          fluids.   These  data  indicate
          that  forces  of  repulsion  in
          this  mineral  vary  with  the
          dielectric   constant   of   the
          liquid medium.

     4.   The  direction  of  changes  in
          liquid limit  and  free swell of
          kaolinite  with organic  fluids
          is well reflected by the varia-
          tions in hydraulic conductivity
          of compacted samples.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

     The  information  presented in  this
study  is  funded  by  the  United  States
Environmental  Protection   Agency  under
assistance   agreement   EPA   Cooperative
Agreement  CR 809714010  to  the  Hazardous
Waste  Research  Center,  Louisiana  State
University.    However,   it   does   not
necessarily  reflect  the  views  of  the
Agency  and  no   official endorsement  is
inferred.
                                            169

-------
IOOO
500

g
^100
H"
§ 50
O
o
-1
10
100
80
60

I 1 ' 1 1 I 1 1 l I 	 1 	 1 	 1 — | — i i i i
I i WYOMING BENTONITE (KINSKY, ET AL 1974) ;
• No-MONTMORILLONITE A = 4.5_, -
0 Co-MONTMORILLONITE yt -
A=ACTIVITY /& -
~ ^^' — — -*~~-
' ^--^'^ ~.£-"r"~~^'~~' ~~
•$^~-— — -—"6 -_
'
'
Phenol Nitrobenzene
B"jene 1 Acetone Woter
	 Lt 	 1 	 1 	 1 1 1 1 1 1 	 1 1 l ii 1 1 . ill
1 I — 1 — 1 1 1 1 1 1 	 1 	 1 — 1 — 1 1 1 1 1 1
- • GEORGIA KAOLIN ITE • -
~ m A= 0.32-1 —
	 1 	 1 	 1 	 1 1 1 1 1 1 	 * i , 1 i . i i~
                                                REFERENCES
                  5    10            50
              DIELECTRIC CONSTANT
Figure  5.   The Effect of Organic Fluids
            on the Index Properties (1).
   IOOO
   50O
 UJ
 (/I
 UJ
 u
 a:
IOOO
BOO
600
          • No- MONTUORILLONITE
          OCo- MONTUORILLONITE
         A«ACTIVITY
                                   • A=2.8-
       Hiplont Xyllnl
        P-DioiccK Bmwi
                    Anlllnl
           .III.  ...I...   I
                         Acitoni E.GIyeol
                          phtnol
                              Nfrobtn-
               1 - 1 — i — i i i 1 1
         GEORGIA KAOLINITE
                       ,,
                   5     10           50
               DIELECTRIC CONSTANT
Figure 6.  The Effect  of  Organics Fluids
           on Free Swell  of  Clays (1).
 Acar,  Y.,  Hamidon,  A., Field, S. D.,
 and   Scott,   L.    (1984),   "Organic
 Leachate Effects  of  Hydraulic  Con-
 ductivity  of  Compacted  Kaolinite,"
 Submitted   for publication  at  the
 Symposium   on   Impermeable  Barriers
 for  Soil  and  Rock,   ASTM,  Boulder,
 CO.

 Acar,  Y.,  Olivieri,   I.,  and Field,
 S.  (1984),  "Organic Leachate Effects
 on  the Pore Size and  Frequency Dis-
 tribution  of  Compacted  Kaolinite,"
 Submitted   for publication  at  the
 Symposium  on Impermeable Barriers on
 Soil and Rock, ASTM,  Boulder, CO.

 Anderson,  D.,  and Brown,  K.  (1981),
 "Organic  Leachate   Effects  on  the
 Permeability  of  Clay Liners,"  In:
 D. W.  Schultz  (ed.),  Land Disposal:
 Hazardous   Wastes,   Seventh   Annual
 Research  Symposium,   EPA-600/9-81-
 0026,  USEPA,  Cincinnati,  OH  45268,
 pp. 400.

 Bengochea,  J.  G., and Lovell,  C.  W.
 (1981),  "Correlative Measurements of
 Pore  Size  Distribution and  Permea-
 bility  in  Soils," ASTM Special Tech-
 nical Publication 746, pp. 137-150.

 Green,  W.  J.,  Lee,  G. F.,  Jones,  R.
 A., and Pallt, T.  (1983),  "Interac-
 tion  of Clay  Soils With  Water  and
 Organic  Solvents:   Implications  for
 the Disposal  of  Hazardous Wastes,"
 Environ.   Sci.  Technol.,  V.   17,
 pp. 278-282.

 Green, W. J.,  Lee,  G.  F.,  and Jones,
 R.  A.   (1981), "Clay-Soils  Permea-
bility  and Hazardous Waste Storage,"
 J. Water Pollut. Control Fed.,  V.  53,
pp. 1347-1354.

Hansbo,  S.   (1957),  "A New Approach
 to  the  Determination  of  the  Shear
 Strength of Clay  by  the  Fall  Cone
Test,"   Royal  Swedish   Institute,
Proceedings, No. 14.

Hardcastle,  J. H.,  and Mitchell,  J.
K.  (1974) ,  "Electrolyte  Concentra-
tion-Permeability  Relationships   in
Sodium  Illite-Silt  Mixtures,"  Clays
and   Clay   Minerals,   Vol.    22,
pp. 143-154.
                                            170

-------
9.   Kinsky, J., Frydman, S., and Zaslav-
     sky,  D.   (1974),   "The  Effect  of
     Different Dielectric Liquids  on the
     Engineering  Properties   of  Clay,"
     Proceedings  of  the  4th Asian  Con-
     ference on Soil Mechanics  and Foun-
     dation Engineering.

10.  Lambe,  T.  W.  (1954),   "The  Permea-
     bility of  Fine-Grained  Soils,"  ASTM
     Special  Technical  Publication  163,
     pp. 56-67.

11.  Lambe, T. W.  (1960), "A Mechanistic
     Picture  of  the  Shear  Strength  of
     Cohesive Soils," Proceedings  of the
     Conference   on  Shear   Strength  of
     Soils," Boulder,  CO.

12.  Lamb,  T.   W.,  and  Whitman,  R.  V.
     (1969), Soil  Mechanics, John  Wiley
     and Sons, Inc.,  New York.
13.  Mitchell, J. K.  (1976,  Fundamentals
     of  Soil Behavior,  John  Wiley  and
     Sons, New York, 422 p.

14.  Moore,  C.  A.,  and  Mitchell,  J.  K.
     (1974),  "Electromagnetic Forces  and
     Soil Strength," Vol. 24, No.  4,  pp.
     627-640.

15.  Seed, H.  B.,  Mitchell,  J.  K. ,  and
     Chan, C. K. (1960), ''The-Strength of
     Compacted   Cohesive  Soils,"   Pro-
     ceedings of  the Conference  on Shear
     Strength  of   Soils,  Boulder,   CO,
     pp. 877-961.

16.  Shuckrow, A. L.,  Pajak, A. P.,  and
     Touhill, C.  J. (1980),  "Management
     of Hazardous Waste Leachate,"  USEPA,
     Office  of   Water  Waste  Management,
     Report No.  SW871.
                                            171

-------
                            AIR EMISSIONS OF VOLATILE ORGANIC
                      CHEMICALS FROM LANDFILLS:  A PILOT-SCALE STUDY
              Louis J. Thibodeaux, Charles Springer and Guadalupe Hildebrand
                      College of Engineering, University of Arkansas
                              Fayetteville, Arkansas  72701
                                         ABSTRACT
     Through a combination of vapor phase chemical transport models and a pilot-scale
simulator, volatile organic chemical emission through soils were examined.  An experimen-
tal  apparatus was built to simulate a landfill cell containing a liquid chemical in pure
form.  Models were used to determine the flux of the volatile chemical under various con-
ditions.  Two soil cover depths were investigated and'carbon dioxide was used as a land-
fill gas purge.  The landfill gas purge and cover depths had varying effects on the
ability of the volatile chemical to diffuse through the soil layer, dependent upon the
volatile chemical used.  This paper discusses the changes of chemical flux rates of
selected chemicals and compares the model prediction to experimental results.
INTRODUCTION

     Burial pits and landfills have been
classified as near-surface impoundments.
Such land depositories have been and will
undoubtly continue to be disposal sites
for solid and chemical wastes.  Hazardous
substances are known to have escaped the
sites in liquid form and as water leachate
and these emissions have been studied
extensively with the result that a broad
base of technical knowledge exists on this
subject.  However, until recently, aspects
of vapor-phase emissions have been given
little study.

     The loss of chemicals to air via
vapor-phase emission from landfills and
land burial has been documented.  Two
noteworthy incidents are:  the volatiliza-
tion and subsequent transport by moving
air currents of hexachlorobenzene (HCB)
about the environment in South Louisiana (1]
and the much publicized Love Canal area of
Niagra Falls, NY, where analysis of air
samples nearby the landfill site reveal the
presence of at least 26 volatile organic
compounds (3).

Purpose

     The goal of this research project is to
provide verified methods of estimating vola-
tile chemical emissions into air from a
variety of near-surface impoundments.  The
emphasis of this project is on landfills and
similar subterranean structures.  This goal
can be achieved by a combination of model
development, laboratory simulation experi-
ments and field monitoring.
                                            172

-------
Approach

     The present approach to the research
project is along two parallel lines of
development.  One line is the procurement
of data that reflect VOC emissions in a
realistic landfill-type environment.  This
is being accomplished by use of a pilot-
scale simulator.  The other line of
investigation is to review, evaluate, and
develop vapor phase chemical transport
models for the same landfill-type
environment.

     Pilot-scale simulator.  An experimen-
tal apparatus as shown in Figure 1 was
built to simulate the idealized single
cell landfill containing a chemical
(liquid) in pure form.  The rectangular
box is made of galvanized sheet metal, has
an open top and dimensions of 45.7 cm (18
in.) x 45.7 cm (18 in.) x 91.4 cm (36
in.).  A soil support structure consisting
of a metal frame, iron grating, screen and
cheesecloth, is in-place through the top
to retain the soil-clay test section.  The
metal frame can be raised or lowered to
give various soil depths.  The,bottom part
of the apparatus contains a recording pan-
evaporator.  Other elements of the simula-
tor include a small vapor circulating fan,
thermocouples, gas inlet and distributor
pipe, gas sample ports and a transparent
access door.  Another larger fan keeps the
top soil surface vapor free.  A silicon
rubber cement is used around the metal
frame, door and other entry points to
assure that all vapors and decomposition
gas must exit through the soil layer.

     A simulation run is performed by
placing a quantity of pure liquid test
chemical in the pan of the evaporator.  If
decomposition gas purge is also being
studied carbon dioxide is fed in the bot-
tom.  The entire simulator is placed in a
constant temperature and humidity room.
The room is vented with an exhaust fan to
avoid the build up a chemical vapor and
decomposition gas.  Weight remaining in the
pan is continuously recorded with time.
The emission flux rate is computed from
the weight loss rate and the area of the
soil surface 2090 cm2 (2.25 ft2).  Gas
samples are withdrawn from the chamber for
analysis by chromatography.
    The soil presently being used has the
general characteristics shown in Table 1.

    Three chemical are presently being
tested in the simulator.  They are methanol
(MeOh), methylcyclohexane (Mch) and
1,2-dichloropropane  (Dcp).  Table 2 sum-
marizes properties of these chemicals.
Reagent grade chemical are used in all
tests.

     Gas-phase transport models.  Several
transport models with specific application
to emission of chemical vapors from land-
fill sources have appeared in the recent
literature.  Farmer, Yang and Letey (1)
extend Fick's first  law for the diffusion
of chemical through  a porous media.  The
effective diffusion  coefficient is a func-
tion of the molecular diffusivity of the
chemical, the air filled porosity and the
total soil porosity.  The model is tested
with hexachlorobenzene waste.

     Thibodeaux (4)  extends the Fickian
transport model to include the effect of
decomposition gas flowing through the cap
to enhance the vapor transport.
Mathematical simulations with benzene,
chloroform, vinyl chloride and PCB suggest
that bio-gas purge can enhance the volatile
chemical emission rate by a factor of
seven.  An effective diffusion coefficient
based on field measurements of radon
(222Rn) and Farmers, et.  al. hexach-
lorobenzene data was used to establish the
general creditability of the model.

     The model was extended (5) to consider
the dynamics of the  landfill environment.
Landfill decomposition gas dynamics and
flow were simulated to account for baro-
metric pressure effects on emission.  Based
on in-situ gas permeability measurements in
a waste trench containing tritium, seasonal
cap permeabilities and seasonal emission
rates of benzene were computed.  The fluc-
tuation of the barometric pressure was
found to increase the emission rate by
as compared to constant pressure con-
ditions.  A sensativity analysis of the
effect of season, cover thickness, cell
porosity, cell depth, and decomposition gas
generation rate on emission of benzene was
also performed.
                                            173

-------
                                                          (O
                                                          S-
                                                          o.
                                                          a.
                                                          S-
                                                          o
                                                          ra

                                                          Zi
                                                         •o
                                                          £T
                                                          ro
                                                          a>
                                                          i.
174

-------
     Murphy (2) presented a model for
volatiles  diffusing through the bulk
waste, through the soil and then into the
lower atmosphere boundary layer.  A time
dependent rate equation is presented
inasmuch as the flux into the atmosphere
                        decreases the amount of vdlatile chemical
                        in the waste and increases the transport
                        distance.  The model equations are not used"
                        to make any specific prediction of emission
                        rates.
                              Table 1.  Soil Characteristics*
                                   Sand Percent
                                   Silt Percent
                                   Clay Percent
                                 Carbon Content
                                       Porosity
                                  Water Content
                                   Bulk Density
                           30.4
                           47.3
                           22.3
                           1.42%
                           0.43
                           2.43%
                           1.29 g/cm3
*Analysis performed by University of Arkansas Soil Characterization Laboratory.
                              Table 2.  Chemical Properties
   Chemical
Molecular Weight  Density (g/cm3)
 Vapor   25-C     Water*
Pressure (mmHg) Solubility
Methanol
MethyIcyclohexane
1,2-Dichloropropane
      32.04         dls=0.79609           125.03
                    d25=0.78675

      98.19         d20=0.76936            46.36
                    d2S=0.76506

     112.99         dzo=1.5600             50.33
                    d2s=1.159
                  Used d = 1.16 for
                  flux calculations
* °°-soluble in all proportions
  i-insoluble
  6-slightly soluble (1,2-DCP soluble 2,700 mg/1 at 20-C)
                                            175

-------
      Continuing study of the diffusion
 process in light of the volatile materials
 used in this study suggests that the
                       following  equation  is  most  appropriate
                       for  interpreting  the experimental results.
b. f\  _ PA/PT-EXP[-(NA/MA  + VP-r/RT)  LRT/PTD]f
  ^                                       J
                                                                        (1)
                       where NA = flux of volatile chemical, g/cm2-s,
                              V = apparent decomposition gas velocity, crnVs-cm2,
                             PA = vapor pressure of the volatile, atm.
                             M/\ .= molecular weight of the volatile, g/mol,
                              R = gas constant 82.1 atm-mol/cm3-K,
                              T = temperature of the gas-vapor mixture, K,
                             Pf = atmospheric pressure, atm,
                              L = thickness of the soil layer, cm, and
                              D = effective diffusion coefficient, cm2/s.

 It  should be noted that NA also appears on the right side of the Eq. 1.   This is a
 necessary inclussion for chemicals of high vapor pressure in the range P. > 0>05 P    An
 iterative scheme is required for solution of EQ. 1.   For the case of no decomposition gas
 flowing through soil (i.e., V=0) the appropriate equation is:
                          NA = (D PT MA/RTLjlnCl/1 -
                                              (2)
The  equation  can  also be used to commence the iterative solution of Eq.  1.
     Probelms  encountered.   Early experi-
ments resulted in  extremely  high apparent
emission rates.  Values  of up  to 4500
ng/cm2*s for Dcp,  4100 ng/cm2-s  for  Mch
and 3900 ng/cmz-s  for  Meoh were  obtained
through a 38.1 cm  (15  in.) soil  layer.
Adsorption calculations  suggested that  the
soil could be  retaining  quantities of the
chemicals.  If so  this would give high
apparent emission  rates.  It was therefore
necessary  to  perform  additional experi-
ments to determine the extent  to which
adsorption occurs.

     Three desiccators were  used to  per-
form chemical  vapor adsorption experiments
with the soil.  Quantities of  varying
amounts of oven-dried  soil were  placed  in
25 ml. vials.  Into each desiccator  was
placed a sufficient amount of  liquid che-
mical.  A perforated porcelain plate was
placed over the chemicl pool and  the vials
containing the soil were placed  on top of
the plate.   The lids on the desiccators
                      were sealed in-place, and the soil vials
                      were allowed to absorb chemical vapors for
                      approximately sixty days.

                           The soil samples were re-weighed and
                      the weight change due to adsorption noted.
                      The adsorption results were:   Meoh = 0.0469
                      + .0016 g/g-soil; Dcp = 0.0649 +. .0026
                      g/g-soil; and Mch = 0.0440 _+ .0030
                      g/g-soil.  These adsorption results indi-
                      cated that it would be necessary to pre-
                      treat the soil layer with the respective
                      chemical prior to performing  emission simu-
                      lations.  The soil had a mass of 95.5 kg
                      for a 38.1 cm layer and this  amounted to
                      4.5 kg Meoh,  6.20 kg Dcp and  4.2 kg Mch
                      sorbed.

                          Elaborate means of soil pre-treatment
                      were undertaken prior to further  simulation
                      experiments.   This included covering the
                      soil surface,  observing chemical  and gas-
                      vapor temperatures inside the simulator  and
                      recording the total quantity  absorbed.
                      Soil pre-treatment took up to 9 days.
                                           176

-------
    A wet-test meter was used as an in-
line decomposition gas flow measuring
device.  Moisture introduced through the
meter likely interfered with some of the
flux results.  Water also adsorbs onto the
soil and hampers chemical vapor transport.
Water is soluble in Meoh.  This practice
was stopped and a Dri-rite filters was
placed in the decomposition gas inlet
lines to adsorb water vapor.

Results

During this reporting period 36 flux
measurements have been completed.  Three
chemicals:  Meoh, Dcp and Mch, and two
soil layer depthst  38.1 cm and 7.62 cm
have been tested.  Table 3 presents the
operating conditions and flux results
prior to installation of the Dri-rite
filter for the 38.1 cm soil depth.
                                          liquid giving faulty readings.  The experi-
                                          ments were repeated after installation of a
                                          moisture trap and these measurement results
                                          appear in Table 4.

                                              The new methanol results are still
                                          inconsistent.  The flux with and without
                                          decomposition gas fluctuate highly.  The
                                          Dcp data show a slight increase (i.e. 6.3%)
                                          with decomposition gas purge.  The Mch data
                                          show a substantial increase (i.e., 31%).

                                              Further experiments were performed in a
                                          room with temperature and humidity control
                                          features.  In addition 250 ml. aliquots of
                                          the gas from the simulator were periodically
                                          withdrawn with an evacuated gas sampling
                                          bulb and analysis performed on a Tracor 565
                                          gas chromatograph with a flame ionization
                                          detector.  The soil depth was reduced to
                                          7.62 cm (3 in.).  The results of the latest
                                          flux experiments appear in Table 5.
                         Table 3:  Chemical Fluxes Through Soil*
Chemical    Run No.
                             gas
                                 (*C)
Gas Rate cm3/s   Flux ng/cm2-3
Meoh
Meoh
Meoh
Meoh
Dcp
Dcp
Dcp
Dcp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
23.4
20.4
19.9
21.7
20.0
20.0
22.0
21.0
19.9
17.8
17.9
19.7
19.0
• 19.2
21.0
20.9
0.0
0.0
2.05
2.05
0.0
0.0
2.03
2.03
525
472
444
472
1445
1651
1541
1581
*Soil Depth: ~ 38.1 cm, w/o Dri-Rite
    As is evident from the results in
Table  3, there is essentially no dif-
ference between the flux with and without
decomposition gas flow.  The introduction
of high moisture levels appears to
have been influencing the process.  Water
can adsorb on the soil and into the pan
                                              Gas analysis results, available only on
                                          runs 21 through 33 indicate that the gas
                                          below the soil bottom surface in the simu-
                                          lator is not saturated with chemical vapor.
                                          Comparison with the pure component vapor
                                          pressure at the temperature of the liquid
                                          indicate the partial pressure of Meoh is
                                            177

-------
                          Table 4.  Chemical Fluxes Through Soil*
Chemical
Meoh
Meoh
Meoh
Meoh
Dcp
Dcp
Dcp
Dcp
Mch
Mch
Mch
Mch
Run No.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Tgas (*C)
23.8
25.5
24.5
23.8
22.3
23.1
23.4
26.0
24.4
23.6
23.6
25.0
Tliquid('C)
20.8
22.5
22.0
20.8
21.2
21.8
22.0
24.5
22.5
21.7
21.6
23.1
Gas Rate cm/s
0.0
0.0
1.90
1.90
0.0
0.0
1.90
1.90
0.0
0.0
1.90
1.90
Flux ng/cm2-s
1046
923
1328
701
2240
2340
2470
2400
1146
1167
1556
1474
 *Dri-Rite Filter in Place,  Soil Depth:  38.1 cm
                          Table 5:   Chemical Fluxes Through Soil*
Chemical
Meoh
Meoh
Meoh
Meoh
Meoh
Meoh
Meoh
Meoh
Meoh
Meoh
Dcp
Dcp
Dcp
Dcp
Dcp
Dcp
Run No.
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Tgas C-C)
17.6
17.4
17.6
17.8
17.2
17.4
17.8
17.2
16.8
16.5
17.4
17.5
16.8
17.0
17.5
17.3
TliquidC'C
12.5
12.0
12.5
13.2
13.4
13.6
13.0
12.8
13.4
12.7
15.7
15.9
15.3
15.7
16.1
15.6
) Gas Rate cm/s
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
5.70
5.70
5.70
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Flux ng/cm2-s
909
911
910
984
978
883
895
1192
1195
1203
1432
1436
1436
1441
1444
1453
*Dri-Rite Filter in Place, Soil Depth  7.62  cm
51.6% (cr=6.666%3 saturated  for no  decom-
position gas and 66.1%  (cy=2.76%) saturated
with gas.  Dcp with no  gas  was 61.6%
(cr=3.55%) of saturation.  Measurements
with Mch are incomplete at  this time.
    The chemical flux rates of Meoh appear
to be significantly enhanced with purge gas
flow.  The data in Table 5 indicate an
average of 29% increase in the flux.
Temperature variations preclude a com-
                                            178

-------
parison of the effect of decreased soil
depth on flux in Table 5 from that in
Tables 3 and 4.

     The extraction of the effective dif-
fusion coefficients from the raw data pro-
vides an additional parameter to interpret
the results.  These values also provide a
means of translating the laboratory data
to field conditions.  This has been per-
formed by solving Eq. 1 for D and using
the laboratory data for N/\, P/\, L, etc.
The effective diffusion coefficients
appear in Table 6.

     The mean values for methanol are .253
(a=.105)cm2/s for the 38.1 cm. soil depth
and .115(0=.0169)cm2/s for the 7.62 cm.
soil depth.  The dichloropropane values
are .445(a=.0807) and .085(a=.00488)cm2/s
respectively.  The methylcyclohexane
apparent diffusion coefficient for the
38.1cm soil is .349(a=.0462)cm Vs.  In
           general these deep soil values are higher
           than the molecular vapor diffusivities
           (i.e.,  .051 to .17 cm2/s).   The 7.62 cm
           soil depth apparent diffusion coefficients
           are in  general slightly less than the mole-
           cular vapor diffusivities.   Diffusivities
           were estimated using the Wilke-Lee modifi-
           cation  of the Hirschfelder-Bird-Spotz
           method  (6).

               The results presented here are based on
           limited data so no conclusions will be
           drawn at this point.

           Acknowledgement

               Mr. Stephen C. James is the Project
           Officer for this research endeavor.  His
           continuing interest in this subject and his
           technical input create a stimulating
           atmosphere for inquiry.  Vicki Welytok and
           Phil Lunney are acknowledged for helping
           with the chemical analysis of the gas
           samples.
                       Table  6.  Effective  Diffusion Coefficients*
      Meoh
Run No.  DCcmVs)
      Dcp
Run No.  D(cm2/s)
      Mch*
Run No.  D(cmVs)
1
2
3
4
9
10
11
12
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
.229
.230
.147
.142
.435
.351
.382
.207
.142
.146
.116
.107
.119
.0892
.112
.113
.0982
.104
5
6
7
8
13
14
15
16
31
32
33
34
35
36




.371
.420
.342
.352
.520
.558
.535
.462
.0923
.0861
.0855
.0886
.0776
.0805




17 .345
18 .259
19 .463
20 ,407














* Top  half  of  table  for  38.1  cm soil,  lower  for  7.62 cm soil depth
* Assumed 60%  vapor  saturation.
                                             179

-------
Literature Cited

1.  Farmer, W. J., M. S. Yang, and J.  Letey, "Land Disposal of Hexachlorobenzene
      Waste-Controlling Vapor Movement in Soil"  EPA-600/2-80-11,  August,  1980.

2.  Murphy, B. L., "Air  Modeling and Monitoring  for Site Excavation", Proceeding Nat.
      Conf. Management Uncontrolled  Hazardous Waste  Sites,  Nov. 29-Dec. 1, 1982,
      Washington, D.C.

3.  Shen, E. T. and T. J. Tofflemire,  "Air  Pollution Aspects of Land  Disposal of  Toxic
      Waste",  Journal of Environmental Engineering,  ASCE,  Vol.  106, No. 5, pp.  211-225.
      Feb. 1980.

4.  Thibodeaux, L. J., "Estimating the Air  Emissions of Chemicals from Hazardous  Waste
      Landfills", Jo. Haz.  Mtl.  4 (1981) 235-244.

5.  Thibodeaux, L. J., C. Springer and L. Riley, "Models of Mechanisms for the  Vapor Phase
      Emission of Hazardous Chemicals  from  Landfills",  Jo.  Haz.   Mtl., 7  (1982) 63-74.

6.  Treybal, R. E., Mass Transfer Operation. 3rd Ed., McGraw-Hill, N.Y. (1980),  pp. 31.
                                           180

-------
                ASSESSMENT OF SURFACE IMPOUNDMENT TECHNOLOGY
                                     By
               Masood Ghassemi, Michael Haro, and. Linda Fargo
                                    MEESA
                       18811  Crenshaw Place,  Suite 2O1
                             Torrance, CA 9O5O4
                                  ABSTRACT
     Case studies of hazardous waste surface impoundments (SI) comparing
actual and projected performance can contribute significantly to improving
their design, construction, and operation.  To this end, the available
data for 22 Si's in the southwestern United States were reviewed, and six
of them were assessed further for a case study.  The six Si's represent a
range of industries, waste types and volumes, ages, environmental settings,
liner types and designs, and systems for leak detection and groundwater
monitoring.

     Poor performance of several ponds studied was attributed to lack of
good project planning during the design and construction phase.  Failure
to execute proper quality assurance and control (QA/QC) procedures during
the project also contributed to failure of these ponds.  Deviations from
desired liner specifications and poor liner-waste compatibility testing
resulted in poor performance.  At at least one site studied, poor impound-
ment performance resulted from the lack of rigorous site-specific investi-
gations to develop the basis for proper design and construction.

     The successful performance of Si's at one facility is attributable to
(1) use of a very impermeable clay as liner material after extensive waste-
liner permeability studies, (2) use of competent design, construction, and
inspection contractors, (3) close scrutiny of all phases of design,
construction, and QA inspection by the owner/operator, (4) excellent QA/QC
and record keeping during all phases of the project, and (5) good communica-
tion between all parties involved in establishing the Si's.
                                     181

-------
INTRODUCTION
     The Solid and Hazardous Waste
Research Division (SHWRD) of EPA's
Municipal Environmental Research
Laboratory (MERL, Cincinnati, OH) is
investigating the use of surface
impoundments (Si's) for hazardous
waste management.  The primary aims
of this research are to develop
criteria for improved SI design and
operation and to provide technical
support to EPA's Office of Solid
Waste in developing SI regulations
according to the provisions of the
Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act (RCRA).

     Currently, the principal source
of EPA information on hazardous
waste surface impoundments is the
Surface Impoundment Assessment (SIA)
data base developed by the Office of
Drinking Water.  Though the data
base contains some background survey
information on the numbers, types,
and uses of wastes handled by muni-
cipal, industrial, and agricultural
Si's in the United States, it con-
tains little or no information on
their engineering design and actual
performance.  Comparison of pro-
jected and actual performances at
operating Si's and identification of
reasons for observed differences are
essential for designing better new
Si's and for formulating approp-
riate corrective actions at existing
sites.

PURPOSE

     The purpose of the present
study is to develop a data base on
hazardous waste surface impoundment
design and operating practices and
to compare actual and projected
performance for a selected number of
facilities.  The study will identify
gaps in the existing data base and
areas that most warrant research and
development.

APPROACH

     Two complementary approaches
are being used to define the state-
of-the-art for hazardous waste
surface impoundment technology: (a)
case studies for a selected number
of Si's, and (b) interviews with
technical experts.

CASE STUDIES

     The Si's for the case studies
were selected largely from those
operating in the southwestern
United States, primarily California
and Texas.  In selecting specific
impoundments, the following data
sources were consulted:

      •  State data files for CA,
         TX, UT, NM, and AZ.

      •  State Surface Impoundment
         Assessment (SIA) surveys.

      •  Background information
         collected and analyzed
         recently for a number of
         hazardous waste management
         facilities in connection
         with several recent projects
         sponsored by the Land Dis-
         posal Branch of EPA's Office
         of Solid Waste, including
         "Risk Assessment for RCRA
         Subtitle C Land Disposal
         Regulations and Regulatory
         Impact Analysis,"  "Prepara-
         tion of Background Informa-
         tion on Hazardous Waste
         Management Facilities,"
         "Assessment of Technology
         for Constructing and
         Installing Cover and Bottom
         Liner Systems for Hazardous
         Waste Facilities," and
         "Waste Stream Description
         and Categorization."

     Twenty-two facilities were
selected as potential candidates for
case studies based on consultations
with the above data sources.  These
sites were further screened by means
of exploratory discussions with state
regulatory agencies and facility
owners/operators, and the following
factors:

      •  Amount of data available

      •  Representation of a range
         of SI service types
                                      182

-------
     •  Type of liner (including no
        liner) used '

     •  Types of hazardous waste
        handled

     •  Design and construction
        practices used

     •  Facility performance

     •  Absence of litigation

     •  Anticipated level of
        cooperation from owner/
        operator

     The prelimary screening elimi-
nated eight sites (Table 1) from
further consideration.  These sites
were rejected because of multiple
potential sources of pollution
(three), ongoing litigation (two
sites), and lack of operating data
because of the newness of the sites
(two sites).  The previously
collected data on the remaining 14
sites were then supplemented with
additional data obtained from state
agencies, owners and operators and
used to prepare detailed assessments
for these sites.  As a result, eight
additional sites were eliminated
and detailed case study and assess-
ment summary reports were prepared
for the remaining six sites.

     Table 2 presents background
information on eight facilities
that were subjected to detailed
evaluation and rejected as unsui-
table for the case studies, primary
reasons for rejection are included.
As noted in Table 2, these sites
were generally found unsuitable for
performance analysis because of the
absence or lack of adequate moni-
toring data (Facility A), multiple
potential sources of contamination
(Facilities B and D), recent changes
in operating practice that eliminated
discharge of hazardous waste to pond
(Facility C), refusal of the owner or
operator to participate in the study
(Facilities E, F, and G), and dis-
covery of the unsuitability of the
site after more detailed analysis
(Facility H).

     Tables 3, 4, and 5 present the
information on the six cases that
were evaluated in some detail and
for which case study and assessment
summary reports were prepared.  Table
3 contains general information on
these sites, including the types and
qualities of wastes handled.  As
noted in the table, these Si's serve
a variety of industries, handle
different waste types and volumes,
are used for disposal or treatment
purposes, and range in age from less
than 2 to more than 3O years.  Some
general information on the environ-
mental setting (surrounding land use,
geology, and hydrology) for the Si's
is presented in Table 4 to indicate
the spectrum of conditions repres-
ented by the sites considered.  The
SI technology information on the
sites appears in Table 5.  The case
studies cover a range of liner types
and designs (single versus double
liner, clay versus Flexible Membrane
Liners (FML) versus clay and FML)
and leak detection systems.  The
extent of groundwater monitoring
also varies from use of no observa-
tion wells to use of multiple wells
at strategic locations.

     The case study report prepared
for a site is essentially a compila-
tion of all available relevant data
for that site and is the basis for
performance assessment.  Depending
on the number of data available, the
report contains some or all of the
information categories shown in
Table 6.  For each facility, the
draft case study report was sub-
mitted to the site owners/operators
for review to assure accuracy and
completeness and to provide them
with an opportunity to expand or
supply additional information or
clarification on the various topics
covered.  In transmitting the draft
reports, the owners/operators were
requested to provide any quantita-
tive engineering data (e.g., on the
original site design, actual
construction, liner inspection/
maintenance programs, etc.) that
might support some of the quali-
tative statements and assertions.
Comments received from the
reviewers were incorporated in the
case study reports as appropriate.
                                     183

-------
I
H
CO
w
H
H
H
>4
H
w
I









E
0
•r—
4J
ra
E
«p—
E
•r—
p—
LU

S-
,0
4-

00
•1—
CO
ra
CO





S-
•P E*
3 T
XI O
E 4-*
3 -p-
0 E
i- a
C3 E
E
•p-
ca <->
cu cu
H _i -P
cu
a


cu
a.

'
t.
cu
E

'JJ





CU
CL

J—

CU

00












>3
•M
£1
•p*
CJ






s:
•fj
3

E
O

•4-*
ro
O)
•r-
•4-*
•r—
i—

E
X)
OJ
>
I—
O
>
E
•p- CU
4-3
^•j ca
E 4-*
ca co
CL
E CU
O .E
O 4->


CO
cu





CO
cu
>-


*
CO
_J
E:
LL.
00

O
•1—
^
to

CO
•P- CO

•P 4-^
00 CO
3 ra
•0 3
E
•p- CO

00 O
3 XJ
0 S-
•p- ro
S- N
co ra
> -E


CO
3
O
XI
S-
ra
N p—
CO CO
.E 00
o
r— CL
CO CO
O XJ 4-*
Q) rl) r—
§4™' *p~
co o
O ro ro
O34-



^>
E
O

CU
o
•p-
>
^.
cu
00

e~
•p-
X)
cu
o
ca

• "a.

E
CU
4-^ ^)
00 1 —
>* 4-*
CO E
CU
CU O

r- S-


00
CU






0
z:






cu
 CU

CU ro
a- 3


"io >>
O 4°
•r~~ *P™
^ P—
Q} *r~
JZ O
u ca
4-
r~
CO E
i- 0
3 «p-
p- ra
o 'zj
IP— F^
i- S—
cn o
"^ H—






^~
O
•i —
-[->
fO
o>
•t—
4_)
,(—
^—
XI
ZJ
4-
S_
CU
a.
Z3
to

cu
I—"
_a
•i —
CO
CO
o
a.


CO







0
•z.











o
s»
D-
00
3
O
T3
^
ro
N
ro
C"

CO
3 00
T 00
ra ca
> 3

Dl
•r-
i.
*^
4^
O
CO
4-

E
ra
4-1 >,
4- -E?
ra -P-
S- r—
O T-
i- 0
•p- ra
=C 4-
CU 1

ra E
3 ra
ro ^— ^ CU
^> 4J
CU 00 'p-
CU 00
O -P-
4J CD E
0 0
4-> p-
i— o ff~"^
3 E a>
O -E E
•p- CJ -p-
t-sg
•p- ro
XJ S- 4-
0)
CU -E X)
(J 4-> E
E O ro
rO p—1
E 4—
S- O XI
0 E
4- CU ro
S- CO
CU 3 oo
Q. CO r—
O i—
1— 1 CU •!-
00 J3 4-


00
CU






Q
^



>^
CO
p—
O
3
4-)
•p-
CO
1
E
»— i

j_
•fJ
00
XI 3
E XI
ra c
•p-

r—
cu ra
p- O CO
£!$
4_> ru co
cu .E ro
a. o 3


CO
3
O
-o
s-
ro
N p-
ro ra
^: co
o
p- a.
ra oo
•p- -p- >,
0 XI 4->
§CU P™
4^ •p'
00 O
O CO CO
O34-



^
f-~
40
E
CU
O
cu
S-

^^
S-
cu

ra
CD
cu

^-^,
E ro
O CO
•p- CT1
4-> p-
ra
S- CD
CU E
Q.T-
0 S-
Q.

to • —


CO
CU





00
0)
>-











t
SI
"•
00
3

XJ
c_
CO
tsl
CO
-C

00
3 CO
'£ 00
ro ro
> 3




CU
o
ca
a.
CO
O CD
i. E
CU -p-
=c s-
4- 0
(t5 fO
S- 4-
O 3
S- E
•p- ra
=C E
















E
3
O
XI

XJ
CU
00
O

13

-l_^
E
ro

CL

CO
ra
XJ
O
E:




o












_j
E:
LJL.





CO

4->
00
ra
3
'rO

CU
SI









XI
i- s-
ra cu
0 t-
JD 3
4-> U
•p- ro
3 4-
U 3
S- C
•p- CO
0 E



XJ
ca

00 CU

p~ *i —
•p- 00
4-
XJ E
E O
ro
r- XJ
- — CU
4J
00 CO
CU O
•ri O
CDp-
O

*O CD
E E
.E 'P~
 fQ
4-
S-
CU XI

-[__> frt
0 i—


CO
cu






o











^J
rO
P—
O
ra
•p-
i-
•fj
00
3
XI

•p-

00
3 CO
^ CO
ra co
> 3


CO
3
O
XI

CO
N r-
ca ca
x: co
o
i — a.
ro co
•p- -p- >,
O XI 4->
CU  -p-
E oo cj
O ro ro
r_>34-

1
E ra
0 S-
s- cu
4- CL
O
00
CU CD
r— E

'5.43

CU CU
4_9 g
CO 00
ro
'A
o a.
o

P_ •
•p- XJ
3 CU

O

j * p^
•i— tO
p- .a
•p- ra E
u o
CO E 'P-
Uu ro 4J


00
CU






o












l: _l
s
u"




00
cu
4J
CO
ca
3

CJ
•p-
XJ

G

E
CO

'o.

XJ

o
ro
CJ
•p-
3
4-

3
to






































































Ul
M
0)

•H
(D
G
(0

t?
f**
6
fl)
s

0)
•H
X
fi)
Ux
rH
pq
•K
                                                  184

-------








CO
W
EH
H
CO
STUDY i

W
CO
<
U
CO



Q
W
E-i
CJ
1-3
w
«

E-i
D
ra

Q
H

(_>
QJ

QJ
ce:
s_
<£
C
o
l/l
ro
QJ
c£
1"
'C
d.


QJ CD
ro •(-


Z3 -r-
°i

c
(O U

OJ
0



QJ
Q.
s-
QJ

_J





QJ

>,
t-
in
.g




QJ
Q.
^
' 5-

O
ro
u_

c
o
•ij1*-^
•r- ro
i — d
•r- CD
O -i-
ro (/i
Ll_ QJ
CD
TJ
QJ
4->
rog.
11
OJ 4->

QJ E
-Q O
E "O
4_> QJ
0 S- •—
C OJ *—
•t-> ro
-o ro 4-»
i— 3 in
ZJ -Q C
O SZ T-
O ZJ
0 4->
QJ 1- in
a en ^
c ••->
ro QJ
ESS
£ cu2
S- V) E-
QJ rJ QJ
Q. ro 4J
(J to
K-. QJ >>
on JD in


in
QJ





O




•a
QJ

I
c:
QJ
r— O
E ro^

n re



w

*->
i
•a
o

en c
S- ro
i — Q.
ro cn
•»-» C
E 10
i (/)
SOJ
O
XJ O




^




t/) *>~ "O ' "*"* E ^> * ' ' 5 ni "Jj 2 ^ e Pi f—
-o 4-1 4-> aj c in •!— ro S- ui > — -i-Jaj +jc et_ t_ s_
^ ro^-^-^8^ ^^B.^i^tfl^ row rowQJ rowaj
+J OO>flj"S3->°'"*J:^S'r-'-S*f- O -E Sn° -Sd)°




ro2 'o"ct«'f~U'5 laroaj-c-^ajirt TJC: 'ucr— 'oc-—
Q '£ -o "~ _<^- 1- 1— i T- "O i — o ro-r-tn *Oi — ~o ro ~o ro
4l§ s_-o>o O oi-C i— S^S rotnro roinro
S *~~ o.^ in -1^ ^ ro ui Hi 'r^1^ 4- 2 ro Q.JZ o.^: •*-> Q-J= •<-»
•^cn o +J =3 r— ro N -r--Mt>iajo M- o-u^a o-i-'^ \-§
rtjQj SQJN cnc mroro>^(/)v)QJro SQJ-CQJ ^SSo'o-SSS
.^,H °fdJc;oTc: vj aj < — ojQ.cn rozis- rocrs- rocrs-
^_,.^ | — OCuiE-^ 1 — H- Oi ro •— < O in d. H- O QJ tn 1 — Orotn I — (jrai/i


ui tn w w
0 QJ 0 QJ OJ QJ
^ >- 21 >->->-




t/i i/) _ z: >- >- ^ 2-


= 1- E
54! ^ °S CSJ M-
•r- >, ^
+j t- «i— fi c ro m
•OOJQJ>iin< — i^ O- — QJ *^
S^.= -°e^^ £ -a°o «
•i-oi— -OOC^JD QJM-C: J=:
r-o-Qjro^ oo-^ Q-
i .--i->-o c s- ro c jg
oji — i/irodino r~"m *
^3 E OJ ro to a.~o >, JT ~a 
rs i £ a. o c ~ +•* Luu-ac ex ca_ •»-
ocbjzOJM-. — roi3 Q_ccro >> Q o
QI — minoinincQ co-i-roin 3; ^t v*

.E:
•r- OJ tn Ol
toi — 'roro rotn •<-* I+J
ajro -i-^S 4->ro ro '?
4-> 4-3 QJ QJ 5 ' — *~
i/) QJ ' E en E O- *^

^ -o^^ ^ro !5'^ tj-a1 ^-S1
'El 'oSo *oS? OQJ r—.— rf "" '
ca   r- E «r- D. Q- ^J '*~
.^ro Ss- a- a. ^^^
O "o. 53 (_> O UJ M- O



03 O a LU U- CD




                                                    o
                                                    C   U
                                                    DOM
                                                   H C O
                                                    >i O C
                                                   .C H -H
185

-------


CO
u

EH
to
H
K
W
EH
O
/3
p£
2
o
$
i
Q
Z
CO
K
g
w
Pn
J
K

Z
W
O
1


CO
w
t-l
EH
H
H
0
fa
SH
Q



to
H
to

o



n
H
m

EH






,|5*
QJ •*—
4-> P
w C
o-







(U
VI
m


o,^
N*IA
•r- >
•a
3
•P
to •

I/I
 r**cn
 OJ *r- Ol O)
"§•*= ^"3 -^
0 rjj C ^ ^ C

•cd" i —
O r—


CV,

CT» OI





rd "O
to c:
0 O
CL a.
•5 *(O
to
Si 1
So *(—
t/J CL O





| 	
5
C
CJ rd
'-P *CL
>>
r- 0>
2 =
-P C
O T-
Cj L!




^-


it

ra c:
1-0 =

°&|
SI'5 =
CQ^ — - |=






i_
•P
§ =
QJ
to
£=
S_
*
*u
«
QJ

r- r-
? 9


cn

2 2 ,-



c
C 1 O
10 OJ-r-
,rz -i— t/i -P
to -P -o c: rd -o
rd rd c: •.— I- c:
S I- O S- O O
O CL CL CL
25« 51-S
O OJ to (J to
•r- O •*— ^- O
-P C CL -P Q) CL
to S w u to P to



-P
c c:
O rd
-p 'o.
id
3 O
£ -p'
O 3

tu'tl
•a -P
•r- to
O '1—
•t- X>
•p
QJ c:
Cu rd




OJ


CvJ
CO
01
r~"
00"-
CD
5°J



QJ
« 0)
QJ 3 C
« +J ^— n n3

•r- E OJ QJ l/l
O Q.-5 O
"O (d QJ 'I— r—
c: « w -P (d
c £ E $ .,--
•P QJ OJ -P « -£Z
(O C E O QJ O
^^ ^^"E aj
illl&f

«
1 , r^~




™ - ^


i n rd i
X) QJ 10 (O
C en o t-
o s- £ w CL
E 4- -P "O > ra
•»- to OJ ui
~o ai o
CO QJ « O> 1 — CL
(/) O1"O i/l
.. 3 C 3 .. -i—
«=C ••— i — ca Xi
to — to to
OJ -P -P QJ C TJ
•P C -P *O -P O C
•r- OJ OJ C -i- -.- O


-P*


O O
•a rd
s"Z
rd rd

r- CL
(d to

U T3
S-
QJ QJ
1 1




CO




>> >^
-o -a

o c: o c:
O 0 CJ O
«r— O r—
o rd ro ro
c\j 01 r^ en



§p
U "O C
10 o ^ "i -p t?.".?
o CL v o rd P zi
M-ozcto 'cLat.— cxj
x: CL QJ i- 3 v •• — »
QJ ^^. j= -i- o a: QJ
4J QJ 4-> ,— S- 1- TD CLT3
3 Q> QJ C rtJ
£3 •*- Dl (/> -i— "O -r-
•r- u -r-  -1-03
0 P E
CD o ra -P
CO) J- 03
;= *- as
P O ro -P
•p is e > ^
l/J "O V) "O
QJ CL OJ C
r— to >i CO
i — 3 O> O Q-

J_
QJ
N

i — P
•r- C
•P rd
S- r-
QJ CL
H-
cn
r— E
2r
3 3
-P P
r^~ O
0 4^
I1 1




^f




>j
ro

O C
O O
O r—
r- OI







E
to
rd
E
ra

CO
ro


«D

CTl





I
o>- — -
C P
-i— C
i — QJ
0 B
U fO
QJ
C P
O •— '





















186

-------
                           r—   *> VI T3


                           •P O O O E
                                                               CD O


                                                               8r=
                            C* S-

                           •r-  O
          O O



          •i— HI



         " 01 ro :
                                                    ro  o


                                                    4-> -o
                                                   ^V>
                                                    O.S-
                                                4-» 4J O -O
                                             T3 E E "O  13
                                              c tu cu 5  E
                                              ro E E o
                                              u ^ .^ ,_  a,
                                              vi ro ~o JD  c:
                                             •o oj QJ   T-
                                                                     £=  ^ T-
                                                               i — t- o  O  *-
                                                               rtj-a
•o
 c
•H
-P
 G
 O
U
t/i to

 S_ E
ro

W
                                      o
                                      CL
                           o CL
                           O-VI
                           ro-i-
                                      "O "O
                                      (OErdC
                                      cuoajo
                                      _c:ci._c:o-
                                      Cn o

                                      £ •£
                                             -a -a   -i- i—

                                                    ro to
                                                    s- o
                                                    o o-
                                             JZ  C   O- V)
                                             cn o   ro •<-

                                             : n 4-J   uj -—
                                                             CL >,-*->
                                                                i — "3
                                                             >— +-> QJ
                                              s-  o
                                                 ao.
                                                 t-i
                                              ro •<—
                                                                               OS
                                                                               Q.S
&>,B

r— 4J OJ
ro E SI

ss^
Q. t, T3
                                                                          187

-------







CO
El
U
FEATU:
1
&
VIRONM
M
1
a
E-i
H
H
U
<
S
W

w
o
t
^*

S
9 '









OJ
L. O •
m t/j
*5i
oi 4J c
S oj **-
0 ••-* 0
o
cu




>,
o>
o
S
1







S:
0
i







1"
4->
*O
t.
S

1
V) •
sg
U

to
1 "O U C
S g^3.°.B
i- O.CM ra 4J
c rx. 3; ro -M
Sotoi S i. c
Cr— 43 0 QJ
C -r-"— » in O- O
Ol i— ro id rd •
J3 O "O 3: > -o QJ
8Qj UJ T3 4->
SE-0 rd-r-
Q rjj in
f- *0 -0 C • M
in QJ C •«- T3 "O V) QJ
1 C rd •— C C -i- C
S^SiRRS S
• 4->
>> 1 QJ -O QJ QJ Ot
r- M , 3: o
ro (J •£? 5 J-
« t- 1 *i— i — OJ QJ
t/i E ai ••— i — u 4->
ocuH-£.r-Qji-«d
j= -M *.- a> u j= 3 3:
U 10 3 W ,rd -M O
C >> O- »t- in r—
•»- tn rd rd tn rd
OJ QJ r— *r—
cot-Qj-o^rcnros.
• QJ r— C +3 J_ o. •*->
CO -M .O rd rd •<— in
 —. flj O CT3
QJ -6 Of -r- Ol T- C=
0»Ct-4Jr— J- I- -r-
23 QJ f- L. CL
p -M in a> t_ -a
o» C «o -o QJ o> c
>cn3:aJc:|+-J=rd
rd J= =J ••- -M
X ro +3 3 _
r— QJ « CT in rd •
r— ^-**-J=t-rdt-a. rd
rd Q. o •*-* OJ -r- -M
**-g ro^-t-JSU • nj
COO)OJ*r-a}(J*r-rd "D
•*- U C C 3 O.-I- C QJ
S^c^g-g-iiJs S

5 =
SI JZ
ro 0-W
c c QJ tn
ra QJ gr- 3:

*J3 T3 O •—
01 ro t= i— OJ -r-
c ra jr to
f- CD *t- £3
i— C QJ O "O
^^•w +5 Jl .3
r- C tn +-> rd rd
(O QJ *r- QJ >, TD
C X .g -^ QJ r— O

• - ^ g
3 OJ QJ *O. iT JD *3
O >i > Ol 4J J_ O
tO ,— QJ QJ rd -r-
^«^(/j^OJ.E "oZOj"?
^ ^- § S o? • Q) -
OJ-O3C IdZD^-'^
Ct-QJOQJ > O (J
O*ON"UO CETU*
•r- *r- U rd i — S- >r- QJ i —

Ol JZ 'rd M *'5> •? -S in E -2
>- t— ;r- rd rd >tnajo+->
f -S"11 v> ^ 2 S ° S
u • tn i- t- <— jr *«"a
a»*->3OO rd43T30J.r-
Q 3;-r- g J- >to
pll
8 S e"1
•=c-g"
o^i ^.;
4-> C 1 i —
n o *-* *rd S- -r- cr
i- t- > a) rd ro
S °^E?ra£r^
•r- •OJ^rdTDQjtt-'o
>< QJ jz rd c c s-
Ott-4JjrECD rdO
^ _^ 5 M «2 . -"^ Q.^
cci— aj-M^in^-
ep CO +-» in jz in
!— ^ i — T— XJ
en CTJ QJ c: aj tz
QJ -U T- jz; T3 rd
•f- r— 00 'r- i- QJ C:
i — aj +J QJ m >, rd
«^3-l-»<:-(-> > 3 rd>—
QJ t- • -t- T3 O QJ -C
o 4— •+-* m rd 3 S- i.
£rd rd S- o f) rd rd
LO ^ QJ Oi E mr~ i — E

00 >> O
Sit 4-> 4-> E
rd ro i — O
§QJ ^£ tn C3 >»4-
SO C 0 [--•*->
rjj ^_> .,_ O 4_ , — w
Q. S- S- o >>•<- Q>
i — tno J^QJ'O'Ord •
>> rd" J!? OJ ^ 3 rd "u*
Tr> ^~ E r— O >^ QJ
C t-QJJZ r^-O-i-^C.
(d *r- O +^ **— rd *i— (J
^~ C in ^— T3 tn -Q
S- ra QJ i — c « — in rdCO
XJS-C4- lOCoEO
crord Qjrdrd s-i —
3 s- «c:.E:in-i-»aj
**" *^S QJ a. o
4-* QJ in QJ 4—
QJ -P T- in TD 0^ >, >SU3


-0^1
c: i/i c
QJ "J S o
tn .Q -r- o
13 S- r- O
C rd O ' —
rd OJ in «t-
r~ QJ XJ

it! -3
3 >i-i- in
O -C O
10 E 3XJ



1
•i— rd aj in c -i- •
rd"~QJL? ^XlV-O
s_ l_ in rd o o o o.
•r-4->cnaJ M-i— ^fc
lll!IIs'51
aJrdJ-COini — QJO
^"ss^^^sls.
^_
"nt ^ nt -r/i "? 4-)
'ojaj" •— xiT^^
CU O • C 4-> CU
<1J i — 4- QJ QJ QJ •*-*
CD O_. — O~'i- to O O
CO 4-> rd 3 -i- '« -r- i —
in rd *O fd t- o CL
tn-i— «cc:iDli-4J3cu
X 03 Q) M— JZ Zi Cn C fd
QJ O H- - C (J O"-^ o O
J-H-ZJCUOCU S- , —
QJ S- O~i — CX"O •(— i —
4->3rdJDrd QJ rdtn
20 s-J-Jai oui — "a o i-
i- QjrdaJt-crQjci^— o

m -t-> H—
•P rd C 0 >,
tn cu  -H U LO -M
rd -r- -Q r—
C i — "O O
cu o fd cu tn

•r- oil— e c:


CU *rd
c: cu -t->
4_ .,_ i_ ,_
111 I
r— i- rd
rd 3 4->
> co rd i-
r- ££
rd *
•i— •*-> CU >> •
> to S- r— in
«— jz in rd o
"* 3 ~C -^ £" V
cCtyir- 0.0.


*





Q3
c
o
s:

£ CD
QJ 0
QJ tO 3
>Q 4-* O
'rjj O
rd fd o
oil — tn
-O •*- 4J
rz ro rd
to iz S-
o cu
rz u -P
rd (d
u {/} (^ ,
-C JZ S- QJ
\— is om-

rd
* J-
i — CU CU
> QJ 4->
.g 2^^ S_
. rjj
•^ *O rd* C
*~ r— "O
in in u a)
4J 4-> 4->
•i— in "O rd
tn -r- c O
O in rd O
O. C r—
T3 O •»-> CU
•— i- •
'i — >v* rd >>

zi ••- -a r— C^
• — •>- rd rd rd


rd
t°- QJ
OJ
Is
C -M
0 3 .

H-
CU M-
in cu
•o i —
QJ



LT>





CU
C
o
^
S- O
QJ CD C
QJ 'aj C QJ
O rd OJ •(- JZ
S- (Z to ra
QJ 3 Q) in C
ro .a in
3 *•!- QJ
•a cu 4-> to
3 'r- QJ QJ
O tn 4- 4-> i —
S- rd fd
01 c o 3: T-
S~ 01 -0 O
Scu c: -r-
4-» TD 3 M-
S" C OJ J= 4^-
'
o >, q r
rO -P rtj
rd c: u in p o
>, -M -o -^ cu
c In aj' o
'ra o 5 "^ 4J ' —
i— (J rd T— QJ E
QJ T3 1: "" l£ £
•0 QJ C >-, 4-
C -Q 3 -O O
3 IZ O to
QJ « fd r— CU •
S- rd C ^ 4- C QJ
rd i — -i— -o O rd in
4-> C i- \

.,_ QJ 4->  o t!

i — -O QJ
CU «=C T3

-------










s
W
EH

>H

C3
DNITORINi
S
Q
Z

K
W
2
H



W
H
EH
H
1 — |
CJ

fa

X
Q
D
EH
W
CJ

in
W
J
1








S-
CU Ol

rd •!-
|s

11
o s:







c
o
4->
CJ
CU E
S3
O in
jw: LO
ra
QJ
	 i




o
4J QJ
rd •—
i — rd
ro i —


C >
i — i <£
C rd
01 -P
•i- ro
to Q
OJ









. QJ
0.
I-
CU
c




t/1
4-
QJ
Q.
•o
to
CU O
vi z:
fd
QJ j —
.c E ~o rd ,H- TO fO
fO i- C QJ
" ii^^S
,— X
QJ .C QJ in Ol
> O VI C
fd C QJ O •«-
s- •.- CL i- -P
01 1 -i- (J O
ro o. (d QJ
-P C
4- QJ CJ >, C
1 C >• fd O
. — o n- 3 0
c
OJ O

fd c: o
> vi -a
•d c
O X)
V) •«- C

•i— U *
siEl
-O O -r-
^^-d
•r- (/) *> QJ
rd -a -P
-*-» O C V)
cu c o >^
-o
QJ
•i- O
fd
-0 S- S- QJ
C ra QJ >•)

M- O CD
0 c? it1 ra
vi rd
QJ **— "O to
a. o c •<-
°^s~
"%X? .
•o >, c cj
C fO O >
id < — * D_
o a. +-»•!-
4_> 5 i 	 O 1
(g'5'icBg

-C
in I i —
g2g
cu a. o.
TJ fd v)
•r~ > •>-
U QJ "O
'•P C C TJ
VI 3 0 C
QJ 0 T- 0
a. -o -P o.

OJ




















QJ
3
c
o
fd
>







































QJ
c
s

1 O- ro

0- S-
ra CU
CJ V)
•" > JD
S- 0- 0
|-o c
^ 2S
CO
rd 4- -O r—
VI J- QJ ' —
Q) 4-> QJ
•P a. o 3
M— QJ
1 .C C C
i— U C O
c o •«-





=


=

=

CJ
• •=*•
LU a_
D_
"*i
•r- 1
EO
O *"~
ra vi
II
cu •«—
>^ [rt
CTD
fd c
E 0
•i- U
S-- CU
Q. to


•a
1- = 8
cu o S-
QJ 4-J «i—
•O rd -P ^~
•r- 3 fd rd
O 1 S- V)
•r- CU O O
•P vi a. a.
to c: rd vi
QJ -r- > •!-
a. s- QJ -a










• o
VI S-
i — fd
QJ V)
* ^
QJ QJ
QJ 3 •
S- \f^
jE ^ to

r— QJ
«t fd -C
13 U +J
CQJ QJ -r-
rd i. OJ -p- -P o
QJ JZ -r- 01 fd -P
^r 3 -P to c E C
o •<- o •«—
C Q. O>4— O--*J
cu E c: o fd 3 ^i
•P tO i — QJ V) (d
rO OILtJ QJ o
C C TD S-
•r- O "O QJ fO "O
rtJ -r- QJ • CU
L. 4-> r— C r- VI D-
4-> O i — S- f^ T3 E
^j cu rd cu aS T- i3
n r- *J 4-> r- 3 0. - QJ
t/1 i — (/) V) O" Vt C
O C ro C -i- >-,^ O
«c p -i- cu -r- r— i — to z:
QJ
1 C +J
C QJ -P
Scf^
o c
-a •<- i3 -
rd rd o, vi
0» 0 "~ C cu


•o "" o •— =
C CU «i—
*o o ' —  4J
Q V) rd i — "O









>, >>
CJ CJ

QJ (O IV)
t vi •» t/i fd "O
E = OITIJ o > c
•i— c c a. QJ o
v) -i— fd in a.
00 -P r- T- r-
^ +J n -Q C f—
• •OJ-PQJ "Oro
Qj CQ-r-in
OJ C S- TD QJ id d.
+->ZJS_OI3 4->S_v)
•r- O O -P — T- O *i-
tO CL.1*- VI Ul tO Q-Ta

CO











QJ

z






QJ
C
O
^



fd
V) -O


•r- rd
•S4S
ra
Q) TD
+J C
J -P

t •
•J— VI
I •«- C
C J3 O

'S ^ QJ
fd t OJ -M
•P °"JZ
•r- \ C
E fd E QJ
Ij -P
jr i -P
. -M O VI
"O i — •«—
Q) QJ- — X
C +J (U
•i— rd i —
,— CJ fO —
C -r- QJ >>
iz> -a tn -P

E
O 3
4-> V)
01 a.
C T3 >,
•r- QJ p*
-P QJ
1/1 XJ O
C CJ
i— O QJ
r— Q. S-

W











QJ

^



CJ C
vi > fd
C Q-

S^. -i— d. VI
1 O., —
•r- JT rO Ol
T3 -P S- C
1 -r- "O T-
^» QJ S-
^r o
OJ T3 U -P
QJ QJ C -r-
S- C -i- C
J= -r- | O
(— r— ro E
T3
O c in
O- O C
U O
-o -,-
QJ -a -t-1
•*-> C 4^ S
QJ Ol-i— fd
-a .,-{_),—


C T3 V) >
rd to
S- C
QJ QJ O V)
4J C -r- 01
"a.""" g '3
CJ rO VI X>

CU
^- , •
QJ C O Q- TJ i —
O ' O
rd 0 O CU QJ QJ
C -P !- O
rd O S- O rd
.O C tn E
50J JD ••- QJ O
^ Z3 QJ Q. CJ
'g ^ | ^ 4J
C oJJ C V) M-
~O O O 1
QJ QJ S- QJ i —
c cj s- cj -a
••—>•!- ra T- m
_J ti. I— Q VI ••-
^_^
C HP
O C
fO -P
S- rd
O CU
!£
«1
c o
o a.













QJ
c
s





=
=





s


=

=









=
=

	 	 	
•p
c.
oiB
^s
0 -P
O-— •
(J
T)
QJ C
C O
o a.





189

-------
Sg1
!*
II
Continued
to
w
            4-»  O)
            ro i—
            r- J3
            r—  «
            43 £

            = 1
                         oe
                         J- (O
                         C7>r—
                                                                        S- 0>
                                                                        3 E
                                                                        O -i-
                                                                        LL- TJ
                                     E    QJ (O
                                     O    -O    (0
                                     U    (d O
                                        Q) £- -P  rd
                                     It)  C CD   «r-
                                  S-     OJ    CJ» >
                                     SOI— ro C
                                     E  >>   T-  E
                                  O -r- .^ E 4-> -.-
                                  (U  >>-P T- O  W

                                 ^ "u  >>-O C JD
                                     SQJ — QJ E
                                     >  O U O  Cn
                                     O  O. rd O  E


                                  >  O  3    U  O
                                  OJ U E E -O
                                     QJ >r_ .,_ |

                                 
                        -
                        SQJ  O Ul
                        c: -r- o>
                     (U -r- 4-> C
                                                                       S u
                                                                       •i- QJ
                                                                       E C£
                    (U
                      -
                                     mo.ra
                    o o. t/}     at    to
                    •—    O     J= E O
                       t-  a.     100.
                    tu *o  wi     JT •*- m
                    >•— -r-     014-*.!-
                    •r- O *O     -r- rd TD
;a^_
)  E 'ra
j  o w
:£g.
:  rd wi
n i_ T-
;§.2
                                                                       4->  E -0
                                                                       •i— ^6 
                                                               E O    E O
                                                               O Q.    O Q.
                                                              •r- I/)   -r- to
                                                                                CX >^
                                                                     l QJ fd
                                                                       S- r—-
                                                                 190

-------
TABLE  6.    TYPES  OF  INFORMATION  SOUGHT FOR  THE  CASE STUDIES
       •   Basis  for  site  selection:
               Geotechnical and hydrogeological considerations/studies, including results
               of any soil boring tests, modeling effort, and environmental impact
               analysis.
       •   Basis  for  selection of the design firm (and construction/installation contrac-
           tors).
       t   Criteria used and basis for design:
               Design objective and purpose of impoundment (disposal, storage, treatment);
               Waste  characteristics data  (flow, composition, etc.);
               Hydrogeological considerations (e.g., distance to groundwater, precipita-
               tion,  evaporation, temperature, etc.);
               Waste-liner compatibility considerations;
               Soil permeability and leachate attenuation test results used;
               Regulatory/permit agencies  requirements;
               Cost considerations;
               Etc.
       •   Description  of  design and design specifications:
               Unit size,  dimensions, and  configuration;
               Liner  type, characteristics, and recommendations for installation;
               Specifications for foundation preparation, leak detection system, and
               liner  backfill placement;
               Inlet/outlet, aeration unit, and other appurtenances including systems  for
               diversion of surface runoff, prevention of vandalism and animal damage;
               Observation wells and monitoring systems;
               QA/QC  specifications;
               Etc.
       •   Description  of  as-built facility and related matters:
               Modifications to and deviations from the recommended design and specifi-
               cations, and the basis for  such modifications and deviations;
               Problems encountered which  had not been anticipated or adequately
               addressed in design, and mitigation measures used;
               Level  of QA/QC and competent inspection actually employed.
       •   Performance  data and operating  experience:
               Evidence for liner/system inadequacies or failures (groundwater monitor-
               ing data and leak detection information);
               Operating difficulties encountered and mitigation measures  used;
               The adequacy and reliability of the monitoring system to detect or fore-
               warn problems;
               Inspection  and maintenance  programs;
           -    Etc.
                                            191

-------
     The identity of the case study
sites was of  little consequence to
the project objective.  Thus to
promote cooperation of the owners/
operators, all sites were kept
anonymous and are referred to only
by letter or  number designations.

INTERVIEW WITH EXPERTS

     This phase of the effort began
in September  1983 to seek expert
perspective on factors affecting SI
performance and deviation from
design predictions.  Information
was sought from those most
intimately involved in the design,
construction, operation and regula-
tion of hazardous waste Si's.  To
date, a number of individuals and
organizations representing many
viewpoints have been identified and
contacted as possible interviewees.
These interviews will compile
information on real-world problems,
mitigation measures, and research
and development needs.  As with the
case studies, summary reports will
be reviewed and approved by inter-
viewees before the collected
material is used to supplement the
results from the case studies.

PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

     One major difficulty with the
case studies has been the identifi-
cation of an adequate number of Si's
suitable for the case studies.  As
noted, many of the sites had to be
eliminated from further considera-
tion, because of one or more of the
following reasons:

     •  Absence of rigorous data
        and documentation on the
        original design and con-
        struction and on any
        subsequent problems and
        solutions.

     •  Lack of adequate monitoring
        data for meaningful perfor-
        mance assessment.

     •  Many potential sources of
        pollution at or adjacent
        to a site (e.g., landfills,
        waste piles, other Si's,
        etc.) that make it difficult
       to  attribute  any observed
       incident  of contamination
       to  a  specific source.

 RESULTS

      Detailed evaluation of the data
 compiled for the six cases studied
 has resulted in  the  following
 assessments.

 CASE  STUDY NO. 1

      The two FML-lined hazardous
 waste Si's at this site were
 designed and constructed by the
 owner in 1972 and 1979.  Since no
 regulatory requirements governed
 the design and construction of such
 facilities at the time, no geo-
 technical and hydrogeological
 studies, environmental impact
 analysis, or laboratory or field
 investigations preceded the actual
 design and construction to develop
 sound basis  for  siting, liner
 material selection,  foundation
 preparation, liner installation, QA/
 QC inspection, etc.  Onsite avai-
 lability of  land was the primary
 consideration for SI site selection.
 Apparently,  there was no rigorous
 QA/QC program or inspection of the
 completed Si's by professionals
 trained in FML design and installa-
 tion.

      Because of  shortcomings, the
 Si's  at this site have failed to
 provide satisfactory service.
 Limited water quality data from
 monitoring and production wells
 indicate contamination of both the
 upper and the lower groundwater
 aquifers, as evidenced by increases
 in the total dissolved solids,
 sulfate,  and nitrate concentrations.
 Because cracks appeared along the
 exposed sides of the liner in one
 of the ponds, the liner in this pond
was replaced once.   Possibly, the
 liners in both ponds are now leaking.
 Because of the relatively high
permeability of the geological strata
 underlying the plant (O.44 x 1O~2
to 1.4 x 1O~2 cm/sec) and the strong
 acidic nature of the heavy metal-
bearing waste disposed to the Si's,
 any liner failure could result in a
 substantial underground waste
                                     192

-------
release and hence presents major
potential for groundwater contamina-
tion.

CASE STUDY NO. 2

     The very satisfactory opera-
tion at this site indicates that
(given proper site and wastewater
characteristics) designing and
constructing small ponds to provide
satisfactory performance can be
simple tasks.

     Two very small (48 x 28 x 5 ft.
and 3O x 2O x 3 ft.),  relatively
new, onsite impoundments serve this
pesticide formulation and packaging
plant which generates intermittent
discharges of wash-down and rinse
wastewater.  The waste volume is
very small, seldom exceeding 4OO
gallons per discharge, two to three
times per month.  Groundwater in the
area is at 215 ft.  The wash-down
pond is lined with two layers of
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sheeting
as the primary liner on both the
bottom and the side slopes, and a
3O-mil PVC as the secondary liner
on the bottom only.  The primary
and secondary liners are separated
by 1 ft. of gravel.  The rinse-
water pond is lined with 2O-mil
chlorinated polyethylene (CPE)
underlain with 1 ft. of sand and a
lO-mil PVC liner, with both liners
extending along the bottom and the
side slopes.  The leak detection
system for each pond is merely a
single, perforated PVC pipe (a 3-
inch pipe for the wash-down pond
and a 1-inch pipe for the rinse-
water ponds) extending halfway
across the pond bottom and
connecting to an observation well.
A 1/4-in. fiberglass cover was
recently placed over the primary
liner in each pond for better
protection against liner deteriora-
tion and damage during pond
cleaning.  A 2O,OOO-gallon storage/
equalization tank was also recently
installed to control liquid level
in the wash-down tank.

     During the 4-year operation of
the wash-down pond, no liquid was
observed in the observation well.
Since the rinse-water pond was
placed in operation only in late
1982, similar results from the leak
detection have not yet been reported.

CASE STUDY NO. 3

     This facility, which has
impoundments located in two separate
areas, is an example of the diffe-
rences in performance between poorly
planned and designed ponds and well-
planned ponds .  Problems resulting
from poor planning cannot always be
fully and permanently corrected
through piecemeal remedies applied
as the problems surface.  This fact
is illustrated at Site A, where
nothing indicates that detailed site
selection investigations or pond
design took place.  When the
facility was investigated in 1971,
wastes were seeping through pond
levees that had been built on top of
old waste fill.  Work was performed
to correct the problem at that time,
but seepage was reported again
during investigations in 1978.  At
this time, specific levee permeabi-
lity and thickness requirements were
imposed, and the levees were rebuilt
to conform to these requirements
(5 ft. of clay with 1O~8 cm/sec
permeability or the equivalent).  But
leachate was discovered again in
198O, indicating that even the
improved dikes were not able to
prevent seepage.

     In contrast to Site A, Site B
was developed in 1971 with some
effort to design ponds that would
prevent waste migration.  A site
investigation was performed, and
soil compaction and other design
criteria were specified before con-
struction.  When the site was inves-
tigated in 1978, no seepage was
reported, even though the levees did
not all conform to the new permea-
bility requirements and had to be
modified.

     Site A may not have been
explicitly sited and designed to
prevent waste seepage, though Site
B was.  This possibility appears to
have been a significant factor in
the performance of the facility with
respect to seepage.  Building Site
A pond levees on a garbage foundation
                                     193

-------
 undoubtedly contributed to the
 seepage problem, and the displace-
 ment fill method of improving the
 dikes apparently was unable to
 solve the problem.  Trench key work
 apparently did not provide a com-
 plete solution either, unless the
 leachate originated (as the
 facility owners contended) from an
 adjacent commercial landfill.

 CASE STUDY NO. 4

      The operating experience at
 this site illustrates (1)  how the
 materials contained in the waste can
 provide an adequate barrier against
 further waste seepage under certain
 circumstances, and (2) how liner
 failure and poor performance can
 result from deviations from desired
 liner specifications,  reliance on
 liner-waste compatibility  tests
 that poorly simulate actual field
 conditions,  inadequate attention to
 geotechnical factors,  and  poor
 design and operating practices.

      The major surface impoundment
 systems at this fertilizer manu-
 facturing facility are 14-acre
 "gypsum" ponds,  an 8-acre  evapora-
 tion pond,  and a 38-acre cooling
 pond.   The gypsum ponds are unlined
 sedimentation  ponds  that have  been
 used to recover gypsum for almost
 2O years.   The natural build up  and
 solidification of gypsum in those
 ponds  have rendered  them impervious.
 This  fact  has  been verified by
 actual  examination and permeability
 testing of the core  specimens  from
 the bottom, which have indicated
 the presence of  a very hard, low-
 permeability material.

     The FML-lined evaporation and
 cooling ponds  have failed  in the
 past and are currently leaking.
 The liner specifications, which were
written by the facility owner,
 called for a material that would not
 deteriorate, when exposed to a waste
with the following characteristics:
pH of 2, maximum temperature of
 11O°F, O.5% sulfuric acid,  1.63%
phosphoric acid, O.O5% chlorides,
O.5% fluorides, and  l.O% organics.
Though the available data indicate
 that the liner met the alkali and
 acid (pH 3.O) resistance tests, the
 material may not have been tested
 with a waste simulating the above
 characteristics.  The actual liner
 manufacturer warranty also provides
 for an acid resistance of 1% weight
 change versus an original specifica-
 tion of O.3% (both at pH 3.O) and
 limits the definition of organics
 to only five specific compounds,  the
 total concentration of which is not
 to exceed 1%.  Geotechnical and soil
 investigations had indicated that
 the native clay had a high content
 of calcium carbonate.  This soil
 characteristic (which would lead to
 gas formation underneath the liner
 in the event of acidic waste leakage
 through the liner)  was also not
 addressed in the site and liner
 design.

      Liner bubbles  have been
 observed in the FML-lined ponds.
 Inspections during  repairs suggested
 seaming failure as  the main initial
 cause of the liner  leak.   Seepage
 of the  acidic waste into  the under-
 lying carbonate-bearing clay resulted
 in the  production of  large volumes
 of gas.   Since no provisions had
 been  made for venting,  gas  accumula-
 tion  helped spread  the seams and
 further  aggravated  the leaking.   An
 overhead discharge  pipe that diverted
 wastewater  from the gypsum ponds  to
 the evaporation pond  was  also an
 apparent  contributor  to the  seam
 failure  problem in  the  splash area.
 This  problem was  eliminated  by
 installing  a splash pad after the
 liner area was  repaired.

 CASE  STUDY NO.  5

      This facility  containing eight
 clay-lined impoundments demonstrates
what  can be  achieved when the im-
poundments are well designed, con-
structed, and operated.  The major
reasons for the highly successful
performance of these clay-lined
ponds include:   (1) the use of a
very impermeable clay  (which was
available onsite) as liner material,
 (2) the use of competent design,
construction, and inspection con-
tractors, (3) a conscientious owner/
                                     194

-------
operator that closely scrutinized
all phases of impoundment design,
construction, and operation (from
site selection to QA inspection),
(4) extensive waste-liner permea-
bility studies, (5) excellent QA/
QC and recordkeeping during all
phases of the project, and (6) good
communication (input and feedback)
between two different state regu-
latory agencies and all parties
involved in the establishment of
the ponds.

     The performance of the impound-
ments is documented by many years
of inspection reports and observa-
tion of the leak detection systems
located beneath each pond.  These
leak detection systems were field-
tested by state inspectors during
construction.  The good perfor-
mance of the impoundment is not
surprising, since the clay used to
line these ponds has held the borate
deposits mined at this facility for
centuries.

CASE STUDY NO. 6

     The operating experience at
this site illustrates how poor im-
poundment design and inadequate con-
struction, inspection and record
keeping can lead to leakage and poor
performance.  Wastewaters began
seeping laterally out of one impound-
ment because (1) sand lenses within
the natural clay were not identified
and removed as specified in the
design, and (2) at least one of the
embankments was not adequately keyed
into unweathered clay to prevent
lateral waste migration.

     This commercial hazardous
waste disposal facility contains
three 5-acre Si's lined with in-situ
clay (on the bottom) and recompacted
clay embankments.  Pond 8 receives
geothermal and petroleum industry
sludges and wastewaters, and the
other two ponds are currently used
for land treatment of organic
sludges.

     A  soils investigation con-
ducted  before impoundment design
indicated the presence of sand and
silt lenses within the natural clay
beneath the site.  The design
specifications called for (1) at
least 2 ft. of natural clay (with
a permeability of 1O~^ cm/sec)
beneath the ponds in which no sand
or silt lenses were discovered
during pond excavation and con-
struction and (2) subsequent place-
ment of recompacted clay.  The
wastes began to migrate laterally
along a sand lens underneath the
embankment and surfaced outside the
impoundment because:  (1) all sand
and silt lenses were not detected by
boring tests or during excavation
and construction, and (2) at least
one embankment of Pond 8 was not
keyed into the natural unweathered
clay as specified (and this non-
compliance with specifications was
apparently not discovered and docu-
mented during QC inspection).

     Though no seepage has been
detected outside the other ponds,
the other embankments at the site
may not have been keyed into un-
weathered clay.  The inspection and
engineering certification reports
for the site are very poor and
unclear on this point.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     This work has been carried out
by MEESA for the Solid and Hazardous
Waste Research Division 'of EPA's
Municipal Environmental Research
Laboratory (Cincinnati, Ohio)
through Contract No. 68-O2-3174, Work
Assignment Nos. 97 and 123, Subcon-
tract Nos. M98967JQ3E and M98968JQ3E.
The authors wish to express their
sincere gratitude to the EPA Project
Officer, Mr. Carlton Wiles, for his
advice and guidance during the course
of the project.  Thanks are also due
to the many individuals and organiza-
tions who fully cooperated with this
study and provided data and input to
the program.
                                     195

-------
               TECHNICAL CONSIDERATIONS IN LOCATING SURFACE IMPOUNDMENTS AND
                            LANDFILLS IN LOW PERMEABILITY SOILS
                         Dr. C. Clark Allen and Dr. Ashok S.  Damle
                                Research Triangle Institute
                       Research Triangle Park, North Carolina  27709
                                         ABSTRACT
     The question of the anticipated life
of waste disposal facilities located in
either saturated or unsaturated porous
media of low hydraulic conductivity needs
further consideration due to the reduced
pore velocities through such materials and
the increased travel time this implies.

     Technical issues have been identified
which influence the degree of protection
provided in saturated versus unsaturated
soils with low hydraulic conductivity.
Permit applications for landfills located
wholly or partially in the saturated zone
of soil require demonstration of effective
containment on a case-by-case basis.  A
better understanding is needed of leachate
movement in saturated soils with low hy-
draulic conductivity to accurately assess
the potential environmental endangerment
from the operation of landfills under these
conditions.

     Previous advantages which have been
identified for locating surface impound-
ments and landfills in low permeability
soils include pollutant adsorption/attenu-
ation capability and containment of con-
taminants in the event of liner failure.
Many naturally occurring low permeability
clay soils are located with a water table
near the surface of the clay.  In addition,
surface streams are often nearby.  These
clay soils often have heterogeneous and
anisotropic hydraulic conductivities which
permit surface seepage of contaminants.

     The environmental  implications associ-
ated with surface impoundments or landfills
located in saturated soils with low
hydraulic conductivity were identified and
examined.  A more detailed assessment of
the potential environmental implications
of landfill management was obtained than
had been provided by previous studies,
particularly the impact that heterogeneous
and anisotropic saturated low permeability
soils will  have in influencing the movement
of subsurface leachate releases.  In addi-
tion, the influence of soil saturation due
to capillarity above the water table on
leachate movement was examined.

     A number of numerical models are avail-
able to describe the groundwater flow with
solute transport.   Analytical  solutions are
also available for a limited number of sit-
uations and usually involve simplifying
assumptions such as isotropy and homogeneity
of soils.  Numerical models generally employ
either finite difference or finite element
techniques  to solve the governing flow and
transport equations.  Finite element schemes
offer more  flexibility over finite differ-
ence schemes but are also highly involved
comutationally.   In order to fully assess
the environmental  impact of landfills loca-
ted in saturated soils with low hydraulic
conductivity, the  predictive models should
incorporate the effects of soil heterogene-
ity and anisotropy and should be able to
handle low  hydraulic conductivities.  With
these considerations, the applicability of
existing groundwater flow and solute trans-
port models to the present case was inves-
tigated. Models typical  of different
numerical and analytical  methods were com-
pared for accuracy, cost, time requirement,
and ease of use for a typical  set of input
parameters.
                                            196

-------
                FIELD VERIFICATION OF AIR EMISSION MODELS FOR HAZARDOUS
                               WASTE DISPOSAL FACILITIES
                     W. D. Balfour, C. E. Schmidt, R. G. Wetherold,
                    D. L. Lewis, J. I. Steinmetz, and R. C. Hanisch
                                   Radian Corporation
                                  Austin, Texas 78766
                                        ABSTRACT
     Field tests were conducted at four
hazardous waste treatment, storage, and
disposal facilities (TSDFs) in order to 1)
measure volatile organic compound air emis-
sion rates and 2) collect the necessary
data to estimate the air emission rates
using available predictive models.  The
activities for which air emission rates
were measured included various surface
impoundments, active and inactive land-
fills, a landfarm, drum storage, and a
solvent recovery operation.  Due to the
limitations of the existing air emission
models, calculation of predicted emissions
were limited to the surface impoundments
and landfarm.

     A direct comparison of emission rates
measured using the concentration-profile
technique and the emission isolation flux
chamber was made based upon measurements at
a surface impoundment.  For most compounds,
the flux chamber technique resulted in a
statistically significant greater air
emission rate than as measured by the
concentration-profile technique.

     The Thibodeaux, Parker, and Heck air
emission model was used to predict
emissions from three surface impoundments.
Predicted emissions were compared to
emission rates for ponds 1 and 2 measured
using the flux chamber.  No statistically
significant differences were determined
between predicted and measured emission
rates in half of the cases examined for
pond 1.  In all  other cases, the predicted
rate was greater than the measured rate
for pond 1.  For pond 2, the predicted
rate was orders of magnitude greater than
the measured rate in all cases.  This
discrepancy is attributed to problems in
modeling the sludge/oil/aqueous surface
encountered for this lagoon.  Predicted
emissions were compared to emission rates
for pond 3 measured using both
concentration-profile and flux chamber
techniques.  In general, the predicted
rates are statistically greater than those
measured fay the concentration-profile
technique and less than those measured by
the flux chamber.  A  predictive model was
not used to estimate emissions from the
inactive chemical landfills in light of
the heterogeneous nature of the waste and
inability of the model to account for
vented emissions.
                                            197

-------
                   SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION ALTERNATIVES FOR REMEDIAL
                       ACTION AT UNCONTROLLED HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES

                                Murdock John Cullinane, Jr.
                             USAE Waterways Experiment Station
                                   Vicksburg, MS  39180

                                         ABSTRACT
     Typically, the solidification/
stabilization process involves the addition
of solid and/or liquid reagents to produce
a solid matrix with handling properties
similar to soil matrices.

     Planning for the application of
solidification/stabilization technology to
a particular remedial action site is
divided into two distinct phases:  process
selection and scenario selection,,  The
process selection phase is primarily
concerned with the chemistry of the
solidification/stabilization process as
applied to the specific waste type; whereas
scenario selection is primarily concerned
with the development of equipment require-
ments, construction sequencing and cost
estimating for accomplishing the selected
solidification/stabilization process.  The
selection of an appropriate scenario must
consider:  safety and environmental
concerns, available equipment, purchase
and handling of solidification/
stabilization chemicals, and handling of
waste materials.

     A review of current field practices
indicates that four basic field scenarios
have been successfully applied to the
solidification/stabilization of waste
liquids and sludges.  These scenarios
include in-drum mixing, in situ mixing,
plant mixing, and area mixing.  Various
modifications to each of the above basic
scenarios have also been developed.

     Each scenario is documented and
information is presented on equipment
requirements, operating characteristics
and capacities.  A methodology for
estimating the unit cost associated with
implementing each scenario is also
developed.  A flow chart for selecting and
implementing an appropriate process and
scenario is developed and illustrated.

     The development and selection of the
solidification/stabilization operations
plan for a particular remedial action site
is dependent on several factors such as the
nature of the waste material, the quantity
of the waste materials to be treated, -the
location of the site, the physical
characteristics of the site, and the
solidification/stabilization process to be
utilized.  As a result,  no conclusions are
drawn as to the selection of a particular
scenario for a specific remedial action
project; however, the attributes of each
scenario are developed and presented,,
                                           198

-------
        PREPARE TECHNICAL RESOURCE DOCUMENT ON DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE,
               AND EVALUATION OF CLAY LINERS FOR HAZARDOUS WASTE FACILITIES
      Leonard J. Goldman, Garrie L. Kingsbury, C. Clark Allen, Robert S. Truesdale,
                  Coleen M. Northeim, Scott M. Harkins, Ashok S. Damle,

                               Research Triangle Institute
                                     P.O. Box 12194
                      Research Triangle Park, North Carolina  27709

                                   and Mike H. Roulier

                          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                 26 W. St. Clair Street
                                      Mail Stop 472
                                  Cincinnait, OH  45268
                                         ABSTRACT
     The purpose of this project is to
develop a Technical Resource Document (TRD)
on clay liners for landfills, surface
impoundments, and waste piles.  The TRD
will be a summary of the current
technologies and evaluation techniques
applicable to these facilities.  Critical
factors in the design, construction, and
maintenance of compacted clay liners will
be investigated and addressed.
     Major research and development
projects related to clay liner performance
will be identified and their results
compiled on an ongoing basis.  Relevant
information that is obtained through this
data-gathering effort will be presented  in
the final TRD.
     Another aspect of this project will be
the presentation of the state-of-the-art
knowledge and techniques currently used  for
clay liner design and installation.  The
project team will contact selected
engineering firms, waste management
companies, and professional associations to
collect information on current practices
for designing, installing, testing, and
maintaining clay liners.  Problems
encountered during installation will be
highlighted.
     A data base documenting the
performance of installed clay liner
systems will be developed.  Relevant
information will be obtained from both
governmental and private sources.
     The influence of waste liquid
composition on infiltration rate into
partially saturated clay liners will also
be studied.  This analysis will, in part,
be based on results of laboratory tests
performed with various clay and liquid
waste systems.  In a closely related
area, an effort will be made to document
the accuracy achievable and the effort
required to use available methods for
predicting transit time of leachate in
partially saturated compacted clay
liners.
     Research reports and the TRD Draft
for public comment are scheduled to be
completed in May 1985.
                                            199

-------
                           APPLICATIONS OF ENGINEERING FABRICS
                              AT LAND WASTE DISPOSAL SITES
                                     Raymond C. Horz
                    U. S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station
                              Vicksburg, Mississippi 39180
                                        ABSTRACT
     Engineering fabrics have proven to be
cost effective materials for solving
numerous drainage and stability problems
in geotechnical engineering, and they can
potentially be utilized to solve similar
problems in the containment and disposal
of solid and hazardous waste.  A variety
of applications of engineering fabrics is
presented which utilizes the filtration,
drainage, separation, and reinforcement
capabilities of these materials.  The
applications addressed include
(1) construction of leachate collection,
and groundwater control systems,
(2) protection of waste covers from surface
erosion, (3) drainage blankets .in landfill
covers and waste disposal lagoons, (4) gas
venting and puncture protection beneath
synthetic membranes, (5) permanent capping
of soft waste sediments, and
(6) construction of haul roads and
temporary working platforms on soft
sediments.  In each of these applications,
design considerations arid techniques,
fabric requirements, and construction
techniques are discussed.  Model
specifications for fabrics in the various
applications are given.  For drainage
systems and erosion control, criteria for
the selection of fabrics based on the
fabric's piping resistance and clogging
resistance are presented.  Strength
requirements based on the severity of
the construction environment and long-term
chemical/biological degradation are
addressed.  Fabric selection criteria are
given for fabrics used for haul roads, for
reinforcing dikes, and as a component of
caps for soft sediments.  Construction
techniques are described for each of these
applications.

     Important physical, hydraulic, and
endurance properties of fabrics are
discussed.  Tensile strength, modulus,
and puncture resistance, as measured by
the grab tensile test, the wide width
tensile test, and the Corps of Engineers
puncture resistance test, are emphasized
as being the most practically applicable
physical properties.  Other physical
properties such as creep susceptibility,
tear resistance, fractional and pull-out
resistance with soil, and seam strength
are also discussed.
                                            200

-------
                              LEACHATE PLUME MANAGEMENT
                            Charles Kufs,  and Edward Repa
                                   JRB Associates
                                  McLean, VA 22102
     To successfully control leachate
plumes from uncontrolled hazardous waste
sites, a thorough understanding of plume
dynamics and aquifer restoration tech-
nologies is essential.  To address this
need, a handbook has been developed which
provides an overview of the fundamental
concepts, procedures, and technologies
used in leachate plume management.  The
handbook consists of eight chapters:

o  Chapter 1 — Introduction:  Overview
   of plume generation and summary of
   the handbook's contents.
   Chapter 2 — Plume Dynamics:  ^^^^.^
   of groundwater flow patterns, leach
   characteristics, and plume/geologic
characteristics,
media interactions
                              Effects
                              leachate
   Chapter 3 — Plume Delineation:  Data
   sources and procedures for estimating
   plume boundaries, characterizing plume
   chemistry, and extrapolating future
   plume movement

   Chapter 4 — Control Technology Selec-
   tion:  Overview of plume control tech-
   nologies and evaluation and selection
   criteria for site applications.

   Chapter 5 — Groundwater Pumping:
   Well hydraulics, design, installation,
   operation, and maintenance.

   Chapter 6 — Subsurface Drains:  Drain
   hydraulics, design, installation, and
   maintenance.

   Chapter 7 — Low Permeability  Barri-
   ers :  Barrier materials, placement,
   design, installation, and maintenance.

   Chapter 8 — Innovative Technologies:
   Bioreclamation and in situ chemical
   treatment technologies.
     Groundwater pumping technologies
involve the extraction or injection of
water, through wells, to alter a plume's
movement.   Extraction wells create a
cone of depression causing groundwater
to flow toward the well.  A cone of im-
pression is created around an injection
well causing groundwater to flow away
from the well.  Groundwater injection
and extractions wells can be used sepa-
rately, or in combination, to change the
flow of groundwater in order to contain
a plume.

     Subsurface drains are continuous,
permeable barriers designed to intercept
groundwater flow.  They can be used much
like wells, especially in low permeabili-
ty aquifers.  Groundwater collected in
drains or wells generally must be pumped
to a treatment system.  This additional
water can increase the treatment facili-
ties operation costs substantially.

     Low permeability barriers consist
of a wall or other appropriate configura-
tion of low-permeability material con-
structed underground for the purpose of
isolating contaminants or diverting
groundwater flow.  Slurry trench barriers
are used to contain contaminant plumes
by completely surrounding a waste site,
capture insoluble contaminants migrating
down gradient, or lower a groundwater
table to prevent contact with wastes.
Grout barriers can be constructed simi-
larly to slurry trenches but high costs
and technical difficulties generally re-
stricts the use of grouts to sealing
fractures and other  large openings  in
aquifers.

      In addition to  these more establish-
ed techniques, innovative technologies
are being developed  to control leachate
plume movement.  These  include in situ
biological and chemical treatments.  "
                                            201

-------
                TECHNICAL HANDBOOK FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF COVERS
                         FOR UNCONTROLLED HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES

                                    Colin C. McAneny
                     U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station
                               Vicksburg, Mississippi 39180

                                         ABSTRACT
     This technical handbook provides
guidance to the cover-system designer and
technical information for regulatory per-
sonnel.  A properly designed and main-
tained cover system reduces percolation
and leachate formation, prevents contam-
inated dust emissions and contaminated
surface runoff, and results in rapid
aesthetic improvement to a site.

     Most materials used in any cover
system are likely to be soils, which are
best classified by the Unified Soil Class-
ification System (USCS).  Soils may be
stabilized or modified by the use of soil
additives such as lime, bentonite, portland
cement, fly ash, or bituminous materials.
Other applicable materials in a cover sys-
tem may include impermeable substances such
as asphalt and synthetic "geomembranes,"
and permeable substances such as various
waste or residual materials, pipes and
tiles, and synthetic "geotextiles."  Sig-
nificant properties of all these materials
are discussed in the handbook, and tests
and criteria for them are described or
referenced.

     Proper cover-system design requires
decisions regarding design life of the
system, tolerable quantities of leachate,
and future use of the site.  To estimate
the amount of leachate expected from a
given design, it is necessary to perform
a water-balance analysis.

     To provide for various functions and
attributes, the most efficient cover system
is one composed of layers.  From bottom to
top, the layers in a cover system may be
as follows:  a gas-permeable layer to con-
trol gases produced by organic decay within
the wastes; one or more filter layers where
materials of contrasting gradation are
placed in direct contact with one another;
a foundation or buffer layer to serve as a
platform on which to build the rest of the
system; a hydraulic-barrier layer, composed
of either impervious natural soils, amended
soils, or a geomembrane; a drainage layer,
to intercept percolating water and provide
a path for it to a disposal outlet; a
biotic barrier layer to stop animals and
plant roots from penetrating and disrupting
the hydraulic barrier; and a surface layer
to provide for vegetative support, stabil-
ize the surface against erosion, aid in de-
watering the cover through evapotranspira-
tion, and provide an aesthetically pleasing
appearance.  An effective surface water
management plan is essential to control
surface runoff.

     Good construction is as important as
good design.  The handbook discusses methods
and equipment used in cover construction,
and organization and practices important
for construction quality control.

     Two case histories of existing cover
installations at hazardous waste sites are
presented to demonstrate some of the cover
design concepts described in the handbook.
                                            202

-------
      TESTING AND EVALUATION OF  PERMEABLE MATERIALS FOR THE REMOVAL OF  POLLUTANTS FROM
             LEACHATES AT REMEDIAL ACTION SITES - BENCH AND LABORATORY  TESTING
                                       James E.  Park
                           University of Cincinnati, T&E Facility
                                   Cincinnati,  OH  45268
                                          ABSTRACT
     Conventional  practices for controlling
pollutant migration at remedial action
sites seek to restrict ground water flow.
Impermeable barriers such as slurry walls
and grout curtains, ground water pumping
wells and/or surface drains can restrict
contaminant movement.  These pollutant
migration management techniques, however,
do not mitigate their toxicity.

     "Permeable barriers," using materials
that can reduce the concentration of con-
taminants in solution by sorption, precip-
itation or other mechanisms may be a viable
addition to the alternatives available for
remediating a hazardous waste site.  Per-
meable materials would allow the ground
water flow to be maintained while the
pollutant load is decreased.

     There are many materials that might be
used for this purpose.  Activated Carbon
and man-made zeolites have been extensively
tested in pollution control and industrial
treatment operations.  These materials,
along with many synthetic, commercial
sorbents would seem appropriate, however
the quantities required at most sites, may
make them cost prohibitive.

     Natural materials such as limestone,
coal and clay, and waste products such
as fly ash may offer some capability in
removing contaminants from leachates.
They also are comparatively low in cost
and are generally available throughout the
country.  It is unlikely that any one of
the four materials mentioned above has the
ability to retain all of the possible con-
taminants that may be encountered at a
remedial action site.  This project will
examine multiple layers of available,
inexpensive materials to evaluate the
effectiveness of various layer orderings,
appropriate layer*thicknesses and the
individual materials' abilities to.retain
a leachate's contaminants.

     If the results are sufficiently posi-
tive, they will be used to develop a
protocol for testing these and other suit-
able materials with actual leachates.  The
intention of such a protocol will be to
provide site-specific data and design in-
formation for the use of a "permeable"
barrier at a remedial action site.

     The Technical Project Monitor for this
work is Mr. Jonathan G. Herrmann, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Municipal
Environmental Research Laboratory, Solid
and Hazardous Waste Research Division,
Cincinnati, Ohio.
                                           203

-------
              IN SITU TREATMENT TECHNIQUES  APPLICABLE  TO  LARGE  QUANTITIES
                         OF HAZARDOUS  WASTE CONTAMINATED  SOILS
                                    Ronald  C.  Sims
                            Utah  Water  Resource  Laboratory
                          Utah  State University,  Logan,  Utah

                                   Kathleen Wagner
                                    JRB Associates
                                     McLean,  VA
                                       ABSTRACT
In situ treatment may be a practical and
economical approach to the treatment of
large volumes of hazardous waste con-
taminated soil.  A literature study and
evaluation was conducted to determine
in situ treatment techniques which may
be used as alternatives to excavation,
hauling, and disposal of contaminated
soil.  Specific site scenarios addressed
for in situ treatment included low level
contamination around the periphery of
a site, in the hot or contaminated zone
after the bulk of contaminant removal,
or across a broad terrestrial system.

     Three alternative treatment schemes
were considered for in situ treatment.
These include: 1) management of the soil
system to utilize natural soil reactions
for treatment (degradation, detoxifica-
tion, or immobilization of waste constit-
uents); 2) addition of treatment agents
to the soil; and 3) washing or flushing
the soil to remove contaminants.  Treat-
ment techniques evaluated and selected
for the first two schemes involve sorp-
tion processes to control mobilization;
biological processes to control degrada-
tion and detoxification; and chemical
and photochemical processes to control
detoxification, degradation, and immobi-
lization.  Soil flushing, involving the
elutriation of contaminants from soil,
followed by treatment of the elutriate
may also be used.

     A total of forty in situ treatment
techniques were identified.  Fourteen
techniques for treatment of hazardous
inorganic constituents were evaluated
 including precipitation,  organic  matter
 addition, chelation,  reduction  and  oxida-
 tion,  sorption by  soil,  activated carbon,
 zeolites  and soil  flushing.   Twenty five
 techniques for treatment  of  hazardous
 organic  constituents  were evaluated in-
 cluding:   1) immobilization  through soil
 moisture  control,  soil  incorporation,
 and  sorbent addition; 2)  chemical treat-
 ment through soil  catalyzed  reactions,
 addition  of oxidizing and reducing
 agents,  and soil pH adjustment; 3)  bio-
 logical  treatment  including,  management
 of aerobic and anaerobic  environments,
 analog enrichment,  and  addition of  exoge-
'nous acclimated or mutant microorganisms
 and  cell-free enzymes;  4) soil  flushing;
 and  5) control of  volatilization  through
 physical  and chemical barriers.

      A methodology was  developed  for
 selection and implementation of in  situ
 treatment methods  based on:  1)  character-
 ization  of the site,  soil, and  waste;
 2) assessment of the  environmental  impact
 of the waste; 3) treatment technique
 selection; and 4)  monitoring to evaluate
 treatment success.

      Results of the evaluation  of in situ
 treatment techniques  that have  been used
 to treat  hazardous  waste  contaminated
 soil indicate that, although several
 techniques appear  promising,  very few
 have been field tested.   It  is  therefore
 necessary to conduct  bench and  site spe-
 cific  pilot scale  testing of potential
 treatment techniques  to  determine the
 extent of applicability at CERCLA sites.
                                           204

-------
                        CONTAMINANT FIXATION:  PRACTICE AND THEORY
                 H. R. Lubowltz, R. W. Telles, B. H. Ellash, S. L. Unger
                         Environmental Protection Polymers, Inc.
                               Hawthorne, California  90250
                                         ABSTRACT

    Data from a literature review are used to describe and evaluate elements of hazardous
waste fixation.  Factors are then Identified for producing high-performance stabilized
hazardous wastes, and some conclusions are drawn about the performance of current
stabilization techniques.  Some suggestions are made for future research.
INTRODUCTION

    Though the current trend 1n managing
hazardous waste 1s either to destroy or
reuse toxic residue,d) the formation of
some unmanageable waste Is usually
unavoidable.(5)  such materials are
generally disposed of on the land by
broadcasting them 1n small concentrations
or by fixing them 1n large concentrations
within a binder that prevents or restricts
contaminant release Into the environment.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
toxldty tests have shown that fixation
processes 1n current use may not, 1n fact,
achieve the high performance levels
claimed for themJ7)  In addition,
future fixation products will be even more
difficult to manage with binders as
fixatives because Improved waste treatment
processes will yield wastes with higher
concentrations of contaminants.  The
purpose of this paper 1s therefore to
examine contaminant fixation practices and
establish criteria for producing high-
performance fixation products.
Examination of these criteria and an
understanding of their scientific
principles can provide a basis for
predicting performance of stabilization
processes and products.

ELEMENTS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE FIXATION

    There are several factors to consider
1n judging the expected cost and
performance or merit of a contaminant
fixation process using binders.  These
Include (!) the waste to be fixed, (2) the
binder (fixative) used, (3) the type of
product formed (solid solution, chemically
fixed product, or mlcroencapsulate),
(4) processing techniques, and
(5) stability of the product under
expected environmental stress.  The most
Important factors 1n judging performance
are Hems 3 and 5, the type of product
formed and Us stability.  By carefully
examining these two factors, one can judge
the relative merits of any proposed
fixation process for managing any type of
waste.  Information about each of these
was gathered 1n a literature review and 1s
discussed here briefly.

Wastes to be Fixed

    The compositions of waste materials
are highly variable and often defy tight
definition.  Wastes of concern, however,
are primarily hazardous Industrial
wastes.  Those most amenable to
contaminant fixation by current
stabilization processes used are normally
produced 1n large amounts.  They consist
mainly of Inorganic materials 1n aqueous
solution or suspension and contain large
amounts of heavy metals or Inorganic
salts.  Organic wastes and waste streams
containing organic constituents are less
amenable to contaminant fixation by
state-of-the-art processes.
                                           205

-------
 Binders Used

     A great variety of binders are used
 for hazardous waste stabilization, Includ-
 ing naturally-occurring clays, lime-based
 cements, scrap plastics, and fly ash.
 Such materials are economical, but their
 performance properties under waste dis-
 posal conditions may be highly variable.
 These uncertainties along with those of
 the highly variable waste feeds produce
 fixation products whose performances may
 not be predictable 1n the field.  A key
 factor 1n determining product performance
 1s the stability of the binder.  Even
 though the stability of the binder alone
 1s less than optimal, 1t may still be
 acceptable depending on the type of
 product 1t forms when combined with waste.

     Binders (fixatives) are of two
 types—organic and Inorganic.   They may be
 classified as follows:

     1.   Organic fixatives:

         o   Asphaltlc and bitumens

         o   Ureas  and phenollcs

         o   Epoxldes  and  polyesters

         o   Vinyls

     2.   Inorganic  fixatives:

         o    Cements and concretes

         o    Calcium compositions

         o    Silicates

         o    Sulfur compositions

     Inorganic  cements are the most
commonly  used  fixatives and are employed
mainly  for  fixing  heavy metal contaminants
eventhough  organic fixatives are generally
more chemically  stable  than Inorganic
ones.   They are  also more physically
stable, but as nonrelnforced materials
their load  bearing properties may not be
comparable.  Raw material cost
considerations and familiarity presently
favor the use of Inorganic fixatives.

Types of Products Formed by Fixation

    Because waste and binder compositions
vary considerably, 1t Is difficult to use
 these factors to predict expected
 performance of the products 1n the field.
 A better approach 1s  to examine carefully
 the types of end products formed with
 hazardous waste fixation processes—solid
 solutions, chemically fixed products,  and
 mlcroencapsulates.  These products and
 their merits with regard to contaminant
 fixation are defined  briefly as follows:

     1.   Solid solutions consist of
 submlcroscoplc contaminant particles  (most
 likely  1n the molecular and colloidal  size
 range)  dissolved 1n a solidified fixative
 and characterized by  weak chemical
 Interactions such as  Van der Waals
 forces.   Solid solutions should generally
 be  avoided because  the weak chemical bonds
 could permit contaminant loss  through
 diffusion.   They may  be acceptable  1n  some
 cases,  however,  If  the permeates  and the
 fixative are such that they retard
 contaminant  diffusion.   For examples,
 solid solutions  may contain-high  molecular
 weight  contaminants and binders  having
 macromolecular  structures  characterized by
 chain cross-links and  entanglements.

     2.   Chemically fixed products consist
 of  submlcroscoplc contaminant  particles
 (most likely 1n  the molecular  and
 colloidal  size  range)  Incorporated  1n a
 fixative and characterized  by  strong
 chemical  Interactions  with  the  fixative
 such  as  chemical  bonds.   Hazardous waste
 products  that  are truly  chemically  fixed
 are  difficult  to  achieve  but are  highly
 desirable  1n all  cases  since contaminant
 molecules are  expected  to  resist  diffusion
 because  of their  strong  chemical  bonds to
 the  fixative.  Strong  chemical bonds refer
 to bonds with  high dissociation energies
 and  Indicate, but not  Invariably, high
 bond  resistivities to  chemical
 dissociation  (e.g. hydrolysis).  The great
merit of chemical fixation  1s that the
 fixative can hold contaminants even though
 the fixation product may fragment under
 service conditions.

    3.  Hlcroencapsulates consist of
microscopic and macroscopic contaminant
particles Individually encased 1n a
fixative that does not significantly
affect the contaminant molecules because
they are unavailable for Interaction.
Mlcroencapsulatlon can yield
high-performance contaminant fixation  If
the products maintain  their Integrity
under environmental stress.
                                           206

-------
    The merit of mlcroencapsulates under
service conditions can be estimated by
monitoring their surface areas or (at
least) of their dimensions.  An Ideal
mlcroencapsulate will exhibit no change 1n
surface area, whereas that of a less
acceptable mlcroencapsulate will degrade
and may provide a path for contaminant
release.

Processing

    Processing techniques for fixing
hazardous wastes Involve mixing 1n an
attempt to homogeneously disperse the
contaminants throughout the fixative.
Thus the nature of the fixative largely
determines the type of processing
required for blending and Isolating the
product.

    Inorganic fixatives are processed
mainly at ambient temperatures and use
water to effect their consolidation.  In
some cases, water Is Immobilized by the
fixative without being chemically
Incorporated.

    The processing of organic fixatives
may require greater than ambient
temperatures and may or may not
require water.  The presence or
absence of water In processing Is
Important to determining the
performance levels of the final
product, since water Is the vehicle by
which all contaminants but gaseous ones
are released and dispersed 1n the
environment.  Without water contact,
contaminants remain fixed.

Stability and Performance of Fixation
Products In the Field

    Fixation product performance Is
assessed by considering the following:

    1.  The size of the contaminant
        particles 1n the fixative
        (submlcroscoplc versus microscopic
        and macroscopic),

    2.  Orientation and strength of the
        Interfadal forces acting on
        submlcroscoplc particles
        (nondlrectlonal and weak, as 1n
        solid solutions, versus
        nond!rect1onal/dlrect1onal and
        strong, as 1n chemically fixed
        products), and
    3.  Accessibility of leachate to the
        contaminant particles (limited or
        constant surface area of the
        product versus increasing surface
        area and eventual fragmentation of
        the product under service
        conditions).

Contaminant Particle Size

    The particle size of the contaminant
and how 1t is dispersed In the fixative
greatly affects the ability of a process
to fix that contaminant.  Submlcroscoplc
particles are affected much more than
microscopic or macroscopic particles by
the chemical forces at the contaminant
particle interfaces.  For example,
submicroscopic contaminants are released
by leachate at the wetted surface of the
fixed product.  More contaminant particles
then diffuse from the interior to the
surface in response to the decreased
concentration gradient leading to the
surface.  The diffusion is enhanced by
high concentrations of submlcroscoplc
particles.

    Microscopic and macroscopic particles
are also released by contact with
eachate at the wetted surface of the
product.  But diffusion of these
contaminants through the product is
Impeded because the particles are large
and can be insoluble in the fixative.
Thus, current fixation products seem
functional, but eventually the fixative
moiety itself breaks down, exposing more
particles to leachate and accelerating the
loss of contaminants.

    Our work Indicates that most fixatives
in current use stabilize contaminants
through m1croencapsulat!on rather than
through chemical fixation or solid
solution.  Microencapsulatlon is the main
vehicle for contaminant fixation even
though chemical reactions may occur
between contaminants and fixatives.  A
truly chemically fixed product Is not
likely to be produced 1n current practice
because the required dissolution of the
reaction products by the fixative 1s 1n
reality not probable under the processing
conditions generally employed.  Instead,
the processing produces microscopic and
macroscopic particles that are entrapped
(encapsulated) as the fixative
solidifies.  Such products should be
considered mlcroencapsulates.
                                           207

-------
Orientation and Strength of  Interfaclal
Chemical  Forces

    Weak, nonchrectlonal chemical
Interfaclal forces characterize  solid
solutions, and strong directional or
nondlrectlonal forces characterize
chemically fixed products.   Thus the
submlcroscoplc contaminants  1n solid
solutions are much more readily  released
from the  fixative to the leachate than are
those  1n  chemically fixed products.  These
forces affect the stability  of microscopic
and macroscopic contaminant  particles only
minimally.  They are Important,  however,
In estimating the mechanical performance
of the products.

Accessibility of Water to Contaminant
Particles

    Accessibility of water to fixation
products  depends on the product's surface
area and  the extent to which that area 1s
wetted.   A preferred product 1s  one that
maintains a microscopic surface  area that
approximately equals the geometric area of
the monolith, or at the very least, one
that has  a constant surface area or
becomes constant before the mechanical
properties of the product are
significantly affected.

    Thus  the effectiveness of a  preferred
product depends on minimizing the surface
area, which Is the site for contaminant
release and transfer to the environment.
Some preferred products perform  better
than others.  In a solid solution, for
example,  the contaminant 1s dissolved 1n
the fixative and thus 1s available at all
the wetted surfaces of the product.  But
1n a preferred mlcroencapsulate  the
contaminant Is physically encased and not
dissolved.  Thus only those contaminants
In particles actually at the surface are
released.  The contaminant In a  preferred
mlcroencapsulate Is not available at the
surface except for a relatively  few
particles that remain exposed after
processing.  Further release of
contaminants would not occur as  long as
the particles remained Insoluble 1n the
fixative and the product remains Intact.

    A nonpreferred product, on the other
hand, shows continual Increase In Us
surface area under service conditions and
may finally disintegrate.   Processes that
yield nonpreferred products can be used
 for waste stabilization 1f contaminants are
 chemically fixed to the binder.  In such
 cases, even though the surface area may not
 remain constant, the product can be useful
 because of the appreciable time needed for
 the monolith to disintegrate Into water
 entralnable particles.  But 1f the product
 Is not a chemically fixed one, a nonprefer-
 red product exposes contaminant particles to
 leaching In a relatively short time through
 the ready formation of flaws, cleavages,
 capillaries, etc. In the monolith.

    The type of water action on the product
 1s also Important—static, flowing, etc.
 Static action can activate release of
 contaminants because of salting In effects,
 or 1t can retard It by common Ion effects.
 Even under leachate flow, static water
 exists 1n flaws, cleavages, and
 capillaries.  This static water can also
 Induce chemical and physical changes 1n the
 product's surface, which may then perhaps
 transpire contaminants more readily than
 possible with contact by virgin leachate
 only.

 PROBLEMS IDENTIFIED IN PRODUCING STABILIZED
 PRODUCTS

    As mentioned, our observations Indicate
 that state-of-the-art fixation products 1n
 current use are really mlcroencapsulates.
 As such, contaminant release occurs mainly
 at the interface of microscopic and
 macroscopic particles with water
 (leachate).  Water normally contacts the
 contaminant only at the product surface and
 In Its flaws.   However, enough water may be
 used In the process of consolidating some
 fixatives so that 1t characterizes the
 matrix as 1t does In a gelJ8' 13)  This
 water may solublUze contaminants and thus
 promote contaminant diffusion and
 additional contaminant loss.

    Solid solutions and chemical fixation
 products were not readily available for
 study because state-of-the-art fixation
 products generally hold microscopic) and
macroscopic Insoluble heavy metal contam-
 inants.  Exceptions occurred only 1n high
 temperature sintered products.  In the
 future, however, organic contaminants may
be dissolved In organic fixatives to
 produce solid  solutions.   This procedure
will  not be easy to carry out.  An
appreciably more difficult task would be to
attach the contaminant chemically to the
 fixative.
                                            208

-------
 CRITERIA FOR  PRODUCING HIGH-PERFORMANCE
 STABILIZED  PRODUCTS

     Based on  our  work  and  the  IHerature
 review conducted  for  this  study,  we  have
 established the  following  criteria for
 producing high-performance stabilized
 products:

     1.   Fixatives (binders)  selected for
         use with  hazardous wastes must be
         chemically and d1mens1onally
         stable under expected  service
         conditions, both before and  after
         the waste has  been Incorporated.
         For example, asphalt binders would
         not be expected to provide
         dimensional stability  to  a
         solidified waste even  though such
         materials are  chemically  stable.

     2.   For a chemically fixed product,
         processing should  disperse
         contaminants throughout the
         fixative  1n the molecular or
         colloidal state, and H should
         Incorporate contaminants  1n  that
         state by  strong chemical  forces
         within the matrix  rather  than by
         weak chemical  bonding forces.
         That 1s,  the contaminant must be
         chemically grafted to the
         molecular structure of the
         fixative.

     3.   For a mlcroencapsulate, encasement
         of  the microscopic and macroscopic
         contaminant particles by  the
         fixative  must  be as complete as
         possible.  Ideally, 100% of  the
         particles would be completely
         encapsulated.   Careful  processing
         conditions are required to achieve
         this goal, however.

    4.   Stabilization  of mlcroencapsulates
         should be enhanced by minimizing
         the surface area of the product
        potentially exposed to  leaching
         solutions.

    5.  Formation of  leachate Insoluble
        particles would enhance the
        stability of  mlcroencapsulates.

CONCLUSIONS

    Our review of the   IHerature Indicates
that the mechanism predominantly used for
fixing contaminants  1n available processes
 1s  actually microencapsulatlon  and  not
 chemical  fixation^6),  as  claimed  by
 several manufacturers.  Though  some
 fixatives  (e.g.,  silicates,  lime, and
 cement) were believed  to  cause  molecular
 dispersion of contaminants and  to effect
 chemical  fixation,(3«  4«  10«  12)  our
 work Indicates that  only  minimal  amounts
 of  contaminants  are  actually  fixed  1n
 molecular  or colloidal  dispersion.

     In  fact, fixing  agents react with
 heavy metal  contaminants  and  cause
 precipitation of  microscopic  and
 macroscopic  particles  that are  presumed to
 resist  dissolution by water
 (leachate).  (2)   Waste  1s sometimes
 pretreated to condition contaminants to be
 reactive with the fixative.(9)  When the
 product 1s consolidated,  the  particles are
 locked  Into  the  fixative  (I.e.,
 encapsulated).   Thus even 1f  the
 consolidated products are water permeable,
 the  contaminants  will not be  released
 because they are  In  an  Insoluble state.

     There  are means  other than
 precipitation to  form water-Insoluble
 compounds.   Wastes can be treated with
 additives  to produce contaminant particles
 that  resist  water action.  The preferred
 approach Is  to cause chemlsorptlon of
 contaminants  onto leachate-stable
 particles.HI)  This approach 1s,
 nevertheless,  Inferior to chemical
 fixation because  the chemlsorbed particles
 may be small  enough  to be subjected to
 water action.

    We believe that fixation products
 holding heavy metals, In general, are
 acceptably stable only when contaminant
 particles  are all completely encased In
water-tight  compartments (I.e.,
mlcroencapsulated).   The reason  for  this
 conclusion 1s that leachates  specified 1n
 the regulatory guidelines  for assaying
contaminant  stabilization  dissolve the
heavy metal oxides and silicates that are
believed to  resist dissolution.   We  found
 1t nearly  Impossible 1n most  cases to form
heavy metal compounds that were  stable
when contacted with the specified
 leachates.

    We are currently Investigating means
for stabilizing mlcroencapsulated
contaminants 1n organic binders  so that
total encasement of  particles would  be
unnecessary and future processing demands
                                           209

-------
would be less rigorous.  One approach Is
to reduce the soluble Ionic character of
heavy metal compounds by Introducing
dissolution-resisting covalency Into the
composition.  Thus, we view polysulfldes
and organo-sulfldes as being more suitable
than sulfldes, oxides, and silicates In
producing leachate-stable heavy metal
contaminant particles.

Acknowledgements

    This work has been conducted by EPP,
Inc. for the Solid and Hazardous Waste
Research Division of EPA's Municipal
Environmental Research Laboratory
(Cincinnati, Ohio) under Contract
68-03-2993.  Mr. Carlton C. Wiles Is the
EPA Project Officer.  The authors wish to
thank Ms. Anne Hamilton for her editorial
assistance.

References

1.  Anon., "Land Disposal Hay be Grinding
    to a Legislative Halt," Chemical Week,
    Vol. 132, No. 25, June 22, 1983,
    pp 10-11

2.  Bishop, Paul L., Stephen B. Ransom,
    "Fixation Mechanisms 1n
    Solidification/Stabilization of
    Inorganic Hazardous Waste," 38th
    Annual Purdue Industrial Waste Conf.,
    May 10-12, 1983, 15 pp.

3.  Conner, Jesse R., "Ultimate Disposal
    of Liquid Wastes by Chemical
    Fixation", Purdue Univ. Engineering
    Extension Series, Engineering Bulletin
    1974, Pt. 2, pp 906-922.

4.  Halladay, D. W. (Oak Ridge National
    Lab., Oak Ridge, TN) Report 1978,
    ORNL/TM-5757, 105 pp.,  Avail NTIS
    Energy Res.  Abstr. 1978 3(16), Abst.
    No. 36949.

5.  Josephson, Julian, "Immobilization and
    LeachabHlty of Hazardous Wastes,"
    Environ. Sc1. Techno!., Vol. 16,
    No. 4, 1982, p. 219A.

6.  Lubowltz, H. R., R.  W.  Telles, "Waste
    Management by Fixation  Processes,"
    Unpublished  Report submitted to EPA
    Cincinnati,  Contract 68-03-2993,
    March 1981,  71 pp.
10.
11,
12.
13.
Malone, Phillip G., Richard B.
Mercer, Douglas W. Thompson, "The
Effective- ness of Fixation
Techniques 1n Preventing the Loss of
Contaminants from Electroplating
Wastes," First Annual Conf. on Adv.
Pollut. Control for Metal Fin.
Indus., EPA-600/8-78-010, May 1978,
pp. 130-144.

Moffatt, William G., George W.
Pearsall, John Wulff, The Structure
and Properties of Materials, Vol. 1,
John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1964,
pp. 116-121.

Rousseau, J. M., and A. B. Craig,
Jr., "Stabilization of Heavy Metal
Wastes by the Sollroc Process," Proc.
3rd Annual Conf. on Adv. Pollu.
Control for Metal Finish Ind, NTIS,
PB81-191900, February 1981, pp. 70-75.

Rysman de Lockerente, Sege, and
Norbert Van de Voorde, "A Procedure
for the Treatment of Waste and
By-Products," Request for Letters of
Patent, "Soclete Internationale de
Publlcite et d'Agences Commerlcales,"
No. 11234, 1978, 18 pp.

Sakuma, S., et al, "Treatment of
Waste Polychlorlnated Blphenyl
Solution," Japan Kokal 78 101 847,
1978.

Schofleld, John T., Toxic and
Hazardous Waste Disposal, Vol. 1,
Ann Arbor Science, Ann Arbor, HI,
1979, p. 306.

Sneed, M. C., J. L. Maynard, General
Inorganic Chemistry, D. Van Nostrand
Co., NY, 8th ed, pp. 779-780.
                                           210

-------
                                  MULTIPLE SOIL LAYER
                         HAZARDOUS  WASTE  LANDFILL COVER:
                       DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, INSTRUMENTATION,
                                     AND  MONITORING

                    Richard C. Warner,  James E. Wilson, Nathaniel Peters
                            Agricultural Engineering Department
                                      Harry  J.  Sterling
                                Civil Engineering  Department
                                   University of Kentucky
                                     Lexington,  Kentucky
                                          40546-0075

                                      Walter E. Grube
                        Municipal Environmental Research  Laboratory
                       United  States Environmental Protection Agency
                                      Cincinnati, Ohio
                                           45268

                                         ABSTRACT

      The design, construction,  instrumentation, and  monitoring  of three  multiple  soil  layer
landfill  covers are described in detail.   The major  scope of this research  is to  ascertain  the
hydrologic balance of such  a  cover with  emphasis  placed  on soil moisture  movement through-
out the  layered  soil  profile.   The  experimental  design  allows  for the  evaluation of  numerous
alternative design  options.  These  include  alternative  pervious  drainage spacing  and  leachate
collection  systems. .  The construction  phase  of this  project  is  presented in detail,  encompas-
sing  a comprehensive  analysis of the clay,  sand,  and topsoil layers, as well as  drainage  and
subsidence provisions of the   experiment.    A  multi-layer,  multi-sensor soil  moisture  system
employing tensiometers, resistance blocks,  thermocouples,  and  the neutron  probe  is  presented
with  emphasis placed on installation without disturbing the  effects  of  construction  equipment
or the integrity  of the multi-layered cover.   A  tipping bucket system was  designed  to measure
surface  and  subsurface  drainage  to  within ±0.5%  of  the actual  discharge.   Calibration of  re-
sistance  blocks yields a log/linear  relationship  between  resistance  and  soil moisture content.
The  multi-sensor  approach provides  a  comprehensive  data base  for multi-layer  cover  model-
ing used  to evaluate  alternative  designs.
INTRODUCTION

Project Scope

       The  overall scope  of  this  project  is
to design, construct,  instrument  and monitor
a  multiple  soil   layered  hazardous  waste
landfill cover.  The   objectives  are  twofold:
(1)  delineate  the procedure  used  to  con-
struct a  multi-  layered  cover  that  meets
current   regulatory   requirements,   and   (2)
ascertain the  hydrologic  balance  of  such  a
cover  with emphasis  placed  on soil  mois-
ture  movement  throughout  the  layered soil
profile.   Phase II  of  this project  includes  a
more extensive period of data gathering and
model   applications   to   extend   results  to
evaluate alternative multi-layered cover
operations/designs.

Site Description

        Tyrone, Kentucky is  the  location of
this project.  The research site  is located
22  miles southwest of the University of
Kentucky at Lexington, Kentucky.  Selection
of  the  site  was  based  upon: (1) a  required
natural  land slope of less than four  percent
in order to  minimize construction costs, (2)
an  acceptable  source  of clay  and  topsoil
materials,  and  (3)  convenient administrative
and logistic  aspects.
                                              211

-------
PURPOSE

Synopsis of Multi-Layered  Design

       The  purpose  of  this  section  is  to
provide  a  capsule  overview  of  the  multi-
layer  landfill  design  and  in-place  instru-
mentation.  A thorough discussion  of  design,
construction,  and instrumentation procedures
is presented  later.

Dimensions

       Three  multiple  soil  layered  landfill
covers were  constructed  in  order   to  moni-
tor  the  hydrologic balance  of  such  a sys-
tem.  Each  cell  can  be  viewed  as  a  slice
from  a  large  hazardous   waste   site.    An
overview  schematic  is shown in   Figure  1
illustrating the  major features of the cells.
Each cell  was  constructed  on a  three per-
cent  grade, 27  m in length and  6 m  wide.
Overall cell height is 3 m.   The layers from
bottom  upward  are:  (1)   protective  sand
layer  (0.3  m),  (2)   PVC  20  mil  liner  to
prevent  moisture  movement  in  or  out  of
cell,  (3) sand to be  augered out during the
subsequent  hydrologic effect  of subsidence
studies (0.9   m), (4)  compacted clay  liner
(0.6  m),  and (5) sand  (0.6  m),  and  topsoil
(0.6 m)  (Figure 2)
Drainage

       Perforated  FVC pipe was installed  at
six  locations  in  each  cell.    Lengthwise,
drainage  pipe  was  positioned  9,  18  and  27
m from  the upslope  point. Pipes were situ-
ated   at   the   bottom    sand/plastic   liner
interface  and  at  the  sand/clay   interface
(Figures  2  and  3).    Placement   at  these
positions   enables  determination    of   the
influence  of  either  9 or  27  m  spacing  as
well as  leachate  collection and/or  reduction
of  head  on the  clay layer  due to  lateral
removal  of water along the top sand layer.
Both   of  these  techniques have  been  em-
ployed in  proposed  landfill  cover  designs.
Also,  surface  drainage   was  provided   by
three   half-round  PVC    pipes  located   at
the  9, 18,  and  27   m  marks.   All  drains
were placed on  a one percent slope  toward
the observation pits.

Instrumentation
       Flow  from  all twenty-seven drains  is
directed to  tipping  buckets  installed in the
observation  pits.  (Figure  3).  The tipping buckets
are used to measure flow from  the drainage
tiles.    Since  emphasis   is being  placed  on
the movement (both upward  and  downward)
of soil  moisture, several  redundant  instru-
mentation  systems  are  used.   Soil  moisture
is  being  determined  via:  (1)   tensiometers,
(2) gypsum  (resistance)  blocks, (3) thermo-
couple wire, and (4) the neutron probe.  Six
each  of   tensiometers,   resistance  blocks
and  thermocouples  are  installed  near  the
center of the cell  above and below all  soil
interfaces.    Also,  three  access  tubes  are
located  as shown  in Figures 2 and  3.

APPROACH

Construction

Site  Requirements

      The site for  the multi-layered  landfill
project  is  at  Tyrone ,  Kentucky.  Prior  to
actual  landfill  construction  a   gravel  road
with  appropriate  subbase and   drainage  was
built.    Two  hundred-twenty  volt,   single
phase 200 amp service  power   was installed
at the  field fabrication  building and  adjac-
ent research  locations.   A1.6   m  high  ten-
sil strength fence was  provided under  con-
tract  to  exclude cattle.  The  field   fabri-
cation building was  constructed  to  provide  a
work  area  to construct  and  assemble  re-
quired materials  and instrumentation for the
landfill  cells.

Preliminary Requirements

      Excavation  for  the 3  m  deep  cells
required the  removal  of  topsoil and  2.3 m
of limestone. -  The  limestone   was removed
through  use of  a hoeram.   This   operation
required  five  weeks  of  continuous hoeram
usage   and   produced   a  rough   grade  of
approximately  three percent.   The hoeram
was  also  used to smooth the  cell  walls to
prevent  'highly irregular  surfaces.   Approxi-
mately  10,000  polyethylene  sandbags  were
filled and placed  along cell walls to protect
the liner  from sharp  rocks and provide  the
27 m by  6 m cell  dimension.   Also, these
sandbags  were used to  support the  upper-
most  sections of  the cells that  were located
slightly  above the natural land  grade.

      --Next,  the   placement   of   Fibretex
fabric along the  cell sides  was installed to
provide  additional  protection  from  punctur-
ing the  20  mil PVC liner.   Sand was  placed
                                               212

-------
                                                      Jrnulti-level-
                                                      multi-sensor
                                                      instrumental
               sand bogs   I  20 mil
                         PVC liner
                      Figure 1.  Plan view  of  multi-layered  cover cells
to  protect  the  bottom  of  the  liner  from
rock  fragments.  Also,  the  sand afforded  a
uniform  three  percent slope along   the  cell
base.

       A single sheet  of 20  mil  PVC  liner,
15.24  m by  30.48  m,  was  placed   to  com-
pletely  encapsulate  the  sides,   ends  and
bottom  of  the landfill  cell. The  liner  was
continuously  checked  to  determine  that its
water-tight  integrity  remained  intact.   On
the  few occasions  when  small  punctures  or
tears were  discovered  patches were immed-
iately installed and visually  inspected.

Subsidence Provisions

    In  order  to  provide  the option  of  de-
termining  the  hydrologic  consequences   of
subsidence in  a  multi-layered  cover  access
for an augering system was  provided.  Three
15.24 cm diameter  PVC pipes, 4  m  in length,
were placed  above sheets of marine plywood
located on a 2 cm  cover of sand above the
plastic  liner.   Auger access pipes,  shown  in
Figure 1 , were placed  to allow   later  inser-
tion  of  a guide  sleeve and auger  device.
This auger  access  system  provides  the op-
portunity to  remove  a  known  quantity  of
sand, thus developing  a given  void space  at
three  desired  locations  along  a  cell.   The
created  space could  simulate  any  size  void
expected to  occur in hazardous waste  mater-
ials.    Hence,  studies  of  subsidence,  clay
layer fracturing, etc., could be conducted  to
measure associated water movement through-
out the  multi-layered  landfill  cover.

Leachate Collection

       As stated  in  the synopsis  section  of
this paper   alternative  leachate  collection
facilities were  installed  across the cell  at  a
9  m  spacing along  the  length  of  the  cell
(Figure  1).   Leachate  collection was  pro-
vided  by PVC  pipe  which  was  drilled  with
0.8 cm diameter  holes  spaced  2.5  cm  apart.
Approximately   120    holes   were    drilled
per  meter length, yielding  the surface  area
typical  of  tile  drainage.   Fibretex  fabric
was wrapped around the drain pipe to  pre-
vent  -entrance   of  sand.     The   leachate
collection pipes  were placed on  a one percent
slope across the width  of the  cell.  Compacted
                                               213

-------
             yfiX-Tr-^v-rtfAXl-oWrc-O^w^i-v. Snrroeo ».. u _ *£*:.
e^^PfPh7rr--^^
^?&w-5Xt>^v»« 33v! eiti>f»A. _t_ ..   --vsvSt

                          I
                                                                 5 cm  diameter '
                                                              1   PVC  leachate
                                                                  collectors
sand bags

                                                               20 mil PVC  liner


  Figure 2.   Cross section  of  multi-layer landfill  cover  (A -  A')
          Fibretex
           /fabric
      20 mil PVC liner
                                                               INSTRUMENTATION

                                                                    PIT

                                                               J~~| "instrumentation
                                                                "-1    circuits

                                                                   •pressure  gages
                          resistance
                          (gypsum)
                   thermo-  block
                   couple
 Figure  3.   Cross section  of multi-layer  landfill cover  (B  - B')


                                          214

-------
clay   and  plastic  were  placed   beneath
the  collector  pipe  to   prevent  any   down-
slope flow  under  the  pipe.   The  pipes  lo-
cated  9  m  and  18  m  along  the  3%   slope
may  be  plugged  by pipe  inserts  such  that
both  9  m  and  27  m  drain  spacing can be
evaluated.  Flow  exiting the  leachate  col-
lection   pipes   is   measured  by   automatic
recording tipping  buckets.

Simulated Waste Layer

   Nine-tenths  meter  of  sand  was   placed
by a 0.44  m3  bucket  skid-loader.   A  total
of  1 ,635  metric  tons  of   sand  was   used
for  sand  layers on  all  cells.    Ninety  tri-
axial  truck  loads  were delivered  to  the
research site.   The  depth  of  sand  was  used
to simulate  hazardous  waste  such  that the
material  could  be  augered  for  the  subsi-
dence  study.    The  sand was  covered  with
10 cm  of clay  provided as an  upper  driv-
ing surface.

   Instrumentation   was   located   approxi-
mately   10  cm  deep   in  the   sand   layer.
Note  that  soil   moisture  instrumentation
was  placed above  and  below  all  soil  layer
interfaces  at  the  time  of  construction  in
order  to achieve  a  true  measure  of  the
influence  of  construction  equipment  upon
soil   moisture   movement  throughout  the
layered soil  profile.  -Tensiometers, gypsum
blocks,   and   thermocouple   sensors   were
placed  above   and  below  each  interface.
Lines  from   all   instruments  were   placed
in conduit  to  prevent  crimping  from  con-
struction  equipment  loads.

Description of  Compacted Clay Liner

       An excellent clay source  was located
within 0.25 km of the   cells.  Extensive  soil
testing  was conducted:  (1) Procter  density,
(2)  particle  size   analysis,  (3)  liquid  limit,
(4)  plastic limit,  (5)  plasticity,   (6)  per-
meability,  and  (7)  soil  moisture-tension.
Numerous  trial  tests were conducted  using
a  wheel-roller, sheeps-foot  and  a Dynapac
compactor to determine the  ability to blend
respective  clay  lifts and produce a  relatively
impervious clay liner. Documentation  of soil
moisture  and   density  for  each   lift  was
determined  by  nuclear  density,  sand  cone
test, and gravimetric samples taken through-
out  each  lift.    Additionally,  cores  were
removed  from  each  cell for  in-lab  analysis
of permeability and subsidence testing.
Description of Clay  Layers for Cover
       The  two  foot  thick  clay  layers  for
the  landfill  covers  for cells 1  and  2 were
constructed  using five lifts of a brown, silty
clay.   The clay used,  from  a local  borrow
pit,  is  a Type CH,  based  on the Unified Soil
Classification  System,  with   a  plastic  limit
of  30, a  liquid  limit  of 57,  and  a  plas-
ticity  index  of 27.   It  has a specific gravity
of 2.76.

       Construction  initially  involved  placing
the  clay  across the  whole  surface  of  the
plot, tilling  the soil  to break  up  any  large
clods,   removal of  small  rocks  which  were
present in it,  adding water  when  below  the
optimum moisture  content, and then  using  a
vibratory  compactor  to achieve the  desired
density.

       Field  tests were conducted to  deter-
mine  lift  height and  the number  of  com-
pactor  passes  necessary  to  achieve  90%
compaction.     Initial  soil   moisture   ranged
from  22  to  27%.    The  maximum   density
from the  standard Procter test was found  to
be  1525  kg/m3  at  an  optimum  moisture
content of 25.7%.   The average density from
Cell  1  was   1458  kg/m3  and  for   Cell   2
it was 1442 kg/m3  , and  the  average mois-
ture content  was  29% for  Cell  1  and  28%
for Cell 2  (Figure 4).

       A soil moisture of approximately 28%
was  selected  for actual  compaction.  This
above   optimal  soil   moisture  represents   a
compromise between density and  plasticity.
A higher than  optimum soil  moisture  allows
for greater plasticity  which  may be  needed
for  later  cover  subsidence.    It  was found
to be   difficult  to   incorporate  the   desired
soil  moisture  throughout the lift profile.

       Of  special concern was the ability  to
blend  or  mesh lift  layers  together.  It  was
found  that no matter how   many -equipment
passes   were  made,  the two  lifts oftentimes
contained a slight separation.   This  problem
was  resolved  by  rototilling  the  following
clay lift  prior to  compaction.   The  roto-
tilling  operation roughened  the prior com-
pacted  layer  and   eliminated  or   greatly
reduced the  separation problem.   Also,  this
procedure  assisted  in  thoroughly  incorpor-
ating soil moisture  throughout  the  lift pro-
file.
                                             215

-------
  no
  too
z
uj
Q
  80
cc
a
  70
     	T
     Maximum
     Density =
     _95,2pcf
                     Optimum Moisture =
                         25.7 %
    15
                                   4O
            20     25     30    35
              MOISTURE CONTENT (%)
 Figure  4.   Procter Moisture Density Curve

      Clay  placement  was accomplished  by
five  lifts approximately 15 cm in height.   A
Dynapac  CA12PD  self-propelled,  vibratory
compactor,  which has  an  operating  weight
of 3254  kg,  was  used  for compaction.   It
has 72  drum  pads, each  with  a contact area
of 87.1  cm2,  arranged  in a chevron pattern.
The  vibration  system is capable  of producing
103,356  -  207/H4  kg/mz of  contact  pres-
sure.  Approximately 60 - 70 passes per  lift
were   required   to  produce   the   desired
compaction.

       In  order to reduce the possibility  of
damage  to the  PVC  liner  the  skid-loader
was  filled  with sand  and used  to compact
nearby  all  side  and  end walls.   Also,  a
plastic  strip was  fastened along  all sides  to  •
act  as  an   anti-seep   collar.    The   strip,
extended  approximately 15 cm into the cell,
was  used to preclude side wall seepage.

       A  mobile  soil  testing  lab  was  re-
ceived on  loan from the Engineering  Trans-
portation Research Laboratory  at  the Uni-
versity  of   Kentucky.    This facility  enables
rapid determination  of  soil  moisture.   The
standard oven drying procedure was replaced
by  a microwave  oven  to obtain  a  rapid  re-
sponse.    Six  nuclear   density  tests  were
taken  per  lift at  both  the  10  and  15  cm
depths.   Ten cylinder  tests  and  two sand
cone tests  were also, employed for  each lift.

       A  drill rig was supplied  by  the Civil
Engineering Department  to remove  cores  from
each cell  for in-lab  permeability  analysis
and  subsidence studies.  The permeability  of
a Type  CH clay  under  optimum_gCompact[og
is expected  to  range  from  10     to   10
cm/sec.  Thus, the perspectives  for a  highly
impervious  clay liner are excellent.
       An apparatus designed specifically  for
the  measurement of  permeabilities of  fine-
grained  soils (clays)   has  been  constructed
(1983)  in the  Daniel  V.  Terrell  Soils  Lab-
oratory  of   the  Department  of  Civil  En-
gineering at  the University  of  Kentucky.
The  apparatus  is  constructed  primarily  of
stainless  steel  components,  is  capable  of
operating at pressures up to 100 psi, uses a
triaxial type of chamber with  upflow of  the
permeant,   and   has   computerized   data
collection and analysis.  These features have
been incorporated  due  to  some of  the  in-
herent  difficulties   with  performing  per-
meability  tests on   clays.    Some   typical
problems  are   air   entrapment   in  the  soil
sample,  long test  times,  and  having  high
back pressure.   Automated  data  collection
help  to  alleviate  these  problems.    Three
samples  can be tested simultaneously.

       The permeabilities of  the  clays taken
from the covers  will  be  tested  using  this
apparatus.   In  addition, samples  have  been
obtained  from  which  horizontal  permeabil-
ities   can  be  determined.    Recompacted
samples  will also be tested to ascertain  the
effect  of different   moisture  contents  and
densities  on  the  permeability.   Some  field
tests are planned  and will  be  compared  to
the  laboratory   results.    This  information
will  be  provided for  input  to  the  models
being  used  to  describe  the  hydrologjc   ef-
fectiveness  of the  landfill cover.

The  Pervious Layer

       Perforated  PVC  drains,   wrapped  in
Fibretex  fabric, were  installed on   top  of
the  clay  layer.  These drains  are employed
to   increase  water   movement   along   the
pervious  sand layer.   As  with  the  leachate
collection  system,  the   first  two   drains,
located at the  9 and  18  m marks,  can  be
plugged and  the efficiency of  a  27  m  drain
spacing  can  then  be evaluated.    Another
alternative  would  be to  plug  all   drains,
which  would  allow  evaluation  of  saturated
conditions.

   A 0.6 m  sand   layer  was  placed  above
the  three drains.    This  pervious  layer  is
used  to  relieve  pressure   above  the  clay
layer.   As before, multi-  sensor  instrumen-
tation  was   located   above  and   below  the
clay/sand interface. All sand  was  placed  by
the skid-loader.
                                           216

-------
Surface Layer
       Instrumentation   was   located   above
and  below the  sand/topsoil  interface.   The
topsoil  was  placed  by  the  skid-loader  in
approximately  one 0.6  m  lift and  tilled  to
prepare a  seedbed.   Care  was  taken  not  to
compact the  topsoil layer, in order  to  ob-
tain a  bulk  density of 1 .4   -1.5  gm/cm3.
Such  a  bulk  density   is  representative  of
topsoil  conditions commonly  found  in  the
field.

       Surface  drains   of  either half-round
pipe or fabricated metal troughs were placed
across the cell  width   at  9, 18, and 27  m
from the  farthest  upslope  position  (Figure
2).    Flow  from  these  surface  drains  is
directed  towards the  instrumentation  pits
and measured by tipping buckets.   Rainfall
shields   were  placed   above   all   surface
drainage  pipes to  intercept  rainfall   falling
directly  into  the pipes and  to  direct  this
precipitation  off  the cell.

INSTRUMENTATION

Overview

       Standard  soil characterization  equip-
ment  was used  for  initial  soil  testing.   In-
place  density  was obtained from the  nuclear
density device, sand cone, and  sand  cylinder
apparatus.   Permeability  is  being  measured
by  a  high  pressure  triaxial  chamber  with
permeant  upflow provisions.

       In-field  instrumentation   includes soil
moisture  measuring    devices,   temperature
probe, and flow  measuring equipment.

Soil Moisture  Devices
       Soil   moisture  is  being   determined
 from: (1)  tensiometers,  (2)  gypsum  (resi-
 stance)  blocks,  and  (3)  neutron probe.   The
 tensiometers  are  specially  constructed  to
 yield  relatively  rapid   response.    Standard
 porous cups (1.9 cm diameter , 7 cm  length)
 were  attached  to 0.32  cm  diameter nylon
 tubing.   The   narrow   tubing  significantly
 reduced  water  volume  and  thus   yielded
 a more  sensitive response.

       Tensiometers were placed  along with
 gypsum  blocks and thermocouple wire  at  six
 locations in each cell (Figures 1  through  3).
It  is essential to  determine soil  moisture at
each interface.   Hence, sensors  were placed
10  to  15 cm below and  above  each  inter-
face:  (1)  lower  sand-clay, (2)  clay-upper
sand (pervious  layer),  and  (3)   sand-topsoil.

       A  soil   moisture/tension   relationship
was determined for each soil  layer through
pressure-plate analysis.   Thus  the  moisture
percentage for  each soil layer can  be  deter-
mined  from  tensiometer readings.   Pressure
gauges were mounted in the  instrumentation
pits for subsequent data recording.

       Tensiometers have a  relatively  limited
range  of sensitivity, approximately  3,100 to
8,266  kg/m2.  Beyond  about one bar (approx-
imately 10,000  kg/m2) the  soil  becomes  too
dry and air  cavitation occurs,  rendering  the
device  useless.    If  actual  soil   moisture  is
above  this  level,  the  tensiometers operate
reliably;   otherwise,   continuous   priming,
which   moistens the area around the  porous
cup, is  needed  and data will  reflect  mois-
ture  forced   into  the  soil  via  priming   and
not actual  soil  moisture  movement through
the multi-layered profile.   It is also  recom-
mended  that   the  tensiometer  be  drained
during   anticipated    freezing   conditions.
Hence, if only  tensiometers are used,  winter
data gathering  would cease.

    Gypsum,   electrical   resistance,   blocks
are highly absorbent.   Two  stainless steel
probes are molded  in the  gypsum blocks  and
spaced  such  that  a  large resistance  exists
between  probes.  A low  level  AC  voltage is
applied to  the  probes;  as  moisture  pene-
trates the gypsum  material  the  resistance
decreases, changing the voltage drop  across
the probes.    This  voltage drop  is   related
to  soil   moisture  content   during   block
calibration,   and  is  recorded  by  the  data
gathering electronics.

        Due to  the  anticipated  problems  with
 tensiometers,  a  multi-sensor   approach  of
 soil moisture data gathering  was  initiated.
 Gypsum  blocks were installed at each inter-
 face  about 15  cm  from the  tensiometers at
 the identical horizontal  level.   A  calibration
 curve   was  developed  for  each  soil  type
 which relates percent soil  moisture to resis-
 tance.   Such a  curve  is shown  in  Figure  5
 for the  clay  layer.   The  effective range  is
 3,100   to 15,500  kg/m2,   that  is,  complete
 coverage of  expected  soil  moisture levels  in
 the multi-layered  cover system.   Gypsum
                                              217

-------
    100,000
     10,000
   UJ
   o
   z
   en
   
-------
buckets were found to  have  an accuracy of
+  0.5  percent.    This  contrasts  with  an
expected  accuracy of   ±  10  percent  for
flume  type  devices.

Installation  of  Sensors

       Soil moisture and temperature meas-
uring  devices  were  installed  approximately
15  cm  above and  below each soil  interface
during  construction  of  each  layer.    Also,
sensors were placed approximately at  mid-
depth  in  the bottom  sand  layer  in cells  2
and  3.

       Installation  of  access  tubes  for the
neutron   probe    was    accomplished    with
minimal  disturbance  of  the  soil  profile.
Access  tube  placement  commenced   after
compaction  of  the  clay  layer.    The   clay
was  augered using a  bit with   a  diameter
slightly  less than  that  of the  access  tube.
Following  clay  extraction,  a  pipe of the
same  diameter  as that  of   the  auger was
driven  to   the  sand   layer.     Water   was
added  to  the   sand   to  assist   in  removal
and  then  the  pipe  was  driven  to within
approximately  45   cm   above   the   liner.
The  pipe,  containing  compacted  sand, was
removed  and the  access  tube  of  a slight-
 ly  larger  diameter was driven  through the
hole.

    A  pipe  was   inserted  into   the  access
tube  and  a  machined  steel  point placed
 at  the  lower end of  the  pipe.    Also,  in
 order  to   drive  the   access tube without
 damage,   an  impact   plate  was  machined
 and  attached  to  the  top   of   the  access
 tube.   The  complete   assembly  was   driven
 into  the previous  augered hole.   Then the
 pipe  assembly  was  removed for  later use.
 An   anti-seep  collar   booth  was  attached
 to  the  access  tube slightly  below  the clay
 surface  to  prevent   any   piping  effects.
 Finally,  the  remaining  sand    and  topsoil
 layers were  backfilled  around  the   access
 tube.

    A  great deal  of   effort  was  exerted
 to  place  sensors during  construction  and
 to  install  access  tubes  without  altering
 the   influence  of  construction   equipment
 upon  the  multi-layered  cover.    It is felt
 that  the  additional  time  and  monies util-
 ized  to  install  such  a multi-sensor system
 without  any significant disturbance of the
 soil   profile   are   worth   the   effort  and
 should ensure an  excellent data  base.
Data  Acquisition and Processing System

Compound  Description

      The major  data  acquisition and  pro-
cessing  components consist  of: (1) Campbell
CR-5  data  logger,  (2)  Tecmar  Lab  Master
multiplexer,  and (3)  the IBM  Personal  Com-
puter.    The  Campbell  unit  receives  and
stores temperature  data from  the 20  loca-
tions  in the  cells at hourly intervals  and the
Tecmar/lBM  PC units receive, process,  store,
and  analyze   information  from   the   tipping
buckets and  gypsum  blocks.

      The IBM Personal Computer is equip-
ped  with  two  dual-sided,   dual  density,  Si-
inch disk  drives,  and has  256K  of  Random
Access  Memory  (RAM). It contains  several
expansion  boards  related  to data  acquisi-
tion.  One is a Quadboard,  manufactured  by
Quadram   Corporation.      It   provides   an
additional  256K  of  RAM.   The   Quadboard
also has  a battery  powered  clock/calendar,
which  is   used  in  conjunction   with  data
analysis.

      The PC-Mate Lab  Master,  manufac-
tured by  Tecmar, Inc.,  consists  of  a "moth-
er  board"  located   inside.    The  computer
chassis   and   the   "daughter   board"   are
externally connected by a  50 ribbon cable.
The Lab  Master converts  analog  signals,  in
the form  of  voltages,  to  digital signals.
The Lab Master only has  pins for  16 analog
to  digital conversion channels  to be  read;
with a multiplexer, it can  handle  up  to  256
channels.    Sixty  are   required  for  current
applications.

      The PC-Mate  IEEE488 Interface  Board,
also by  Tecmar, is connected  to  the  Lab
Master  daughter board.  The version  of the
IEEE488  used  can multiplex 48  channels  of
information and sent it to the Lab Master.
With  the   16  channels  the  Lab  Master  can
process, a total  of  64  channels  exist.

      A  Screw Terminal/Signal  Conditioning
Panel, manufactured by Data Translation,  is
connected to  the  IEEE488 by  a  50  ribbon
cable.  The  wires  leading  from  the  tipping
buckets and  gypsum  blocks  are connected  to
these screw  terminals.

Application
       The  program  driving   these   devices
                                             219

-------
  scans all  27  tipping  buckets  in  less  than
  1.5   sec.    Minimum  tipping  rate  of  the
  buckets under the most  intense  design  storm
  conditions  is  1.7  sec.    Thus,  a complete
  scan is completed prior  to subsequent  buck-
  et tipping.  The  resistance blocks  are  scan-
  ned  at the same frequency as  tipping  buck-
  ets  for  efficient  programming.    Resistance
  block voltages  are  written  to  a  disk  with
  the  associated time at five minute intervals.

        The Campbell CR-5 data  logger  stores
  temperature, in  °C, on a cassette tape.  All
  systems have  hard  copy  back-ups  and  are
  protected  from  voltage  spikes by a  power
  supply filter.

  Rainfall Simulator

        The   rainfall  simulator   is  a  new,
  highly  portable  nozzle  type  simulator  de-
 signed  for  erosion,  infiltration,  and  runoff
 experiments.   The simulator is  being  modi-
 fied,   retrofitted,  and   calibrated  prior   to
 application   on   this   multi-layered   cover
 Study.   Major characteristics  of  the  rain-
 fall  simulator  are:  (1)  near natural  rainfall
 drop-size  distribution and  drop  inpact  velo-
 city,  (2) spatially uniform  rainfall intensity
 and  drop-size distribution, (3)  near vertical
 angle of drop  impact, and (4)  reproducible
 storm  patterns,  durations,  and  intensities.
 The  rainfall  simulator  will  be  used  to  aug-
 ment natural rainfall  as required  to  stress
 the  multi-layered cover system.

 Lab Subsidence Study

       The  proposal  for  the  EPA-sponsored
 study of  the hydrologic  response  of hazard-
 ous  waste  landfill  covers included  an  eval-
 uation  of these clay  covers under  subsidence
 conditions.    In order to  study  this type  of
 behavior   under   controlled  conditions,   a
 laboratory model  of subsidence  and cracking
 in a  compacted  clay layer was  proposed.
 Several approaches used  to physically model
 soil  behavior  have  since been  evaluated.
 The   method   of   centrifugal modeling  was
 chosen as  the  most  appropriate  for  this
 study.   Centrifugal  modeling  has  been de-
 termined to  be  appropriate  Jor  simulating
 certain types of  soil systems .   Centrifugal
 modeling consists  of  building models of the
prototype  structure   at  a  reduced  scale.
The   models  are  accelerated  by  rotating
them  in a  centrifuge.  This  acceleration  is
expressed  as  a   multiple  of  gravitational
  acceleration  that  represents  a  scaling factor
  which  multiplies the  reduced  dimensions of
  the scale model and allows it  to  respond to
  loading conditions  in  the same way  as the
  prototype.   Centrifugal  model  behavior  can
  accurately reproduce  and  predict  prototype
  behavior  if  correct experimental  procedures
  are used. Some  advantages  of this method
  include:  the  relatively  small  amounts  of
  undisturbed  soil  that are required for model
  construction, the minimal effect of  sampling
  on the prototype clay cover; and the acceler-
  ation   of  time  effects,  which  allows  for
  more  experimentation  in  a  given period  of
  time.

        Once  this method  of study was decided
  upon,   the  design   and  construction  of   a
  centrifuge capable  of  producing the  required
  accelerations  was   begun.     During   the
  summer of 1983, a 1.83  m diameter centri-
  fuge   was  assembled   that  is  capable  of
  accelerating  a 27   kg  sample to 100 G.   It
  is constructed of steel tubing and  is secured
  to  a  0.6  m  thick   reinforced concrete  floor
  for stability.   The  centrifuge  is powered by
  a 2 HP electric  DC motor  with a controller
  capable  of precise  rotational  speed  selec-
  tion.  As  a safety  measure,  a  0.9  m  high
  sandbag  wall  has   been  constructed  around
  the centrifuge.

        The 0.6  m   thick  clay  cover  will be
  modeled  using 2.5  cm thick  layers  of  the
 same  clay that  was  used  to construct  the
 full sized  test  covers. The  models  will  be
 accelerated to  24  G,  in  the  centrifuge.
 Thus,  the  2.5  cm  layer  should  behave  in  a
 similar  manner  to  the  0.6  m  layer.    In
 order  to  accommodate  the behavior  of  the
 full width of the  test  plot,  the  soil  layers
 in  the   model  will   be  circular  with  a dia-
 meter  of  0.3  m.    Soil samples  will  be  sup-
 ported  on a rigid aluminum  disk while being
 accelerated and  mounted to  the centrifuge
 in  a  cylindrical container made  of  plexiglas
 and aluminum. To simulate  the  existence of
 cavities under  the  clay layer, holes  will  be
 cut in  the  aluminum   base   plate.    These
 holes  will vary  from   2.5  cm  to  20  cm
 diameter and  will simulate  cavity diameters
 of  0.6  m  to 4.88 m in the prototype.

       This centrifugal  modeling  study  has
 several  objectives.   The  primary goal  is  to
 predict how the test plot  covers will behave
when cavities are created  beneath them.
This prediction will  probably  consist  of  an
                                             220

-------
estimate  of  the  maximum  cavity diameter
that can  form beneath  the surface  without
causing subsidence of the cover layer, and  a
qualitative estimate  of  the  degree to which
cracking vs. plastic deformation of  the  clay
layer occurs  when the   critical  cavity  dia-
meter   is  exceeded.    In  addition,  recom-
pacted  clay samples will be  accelerated  to
study  the relationship  between  soil  mois-
ture  content,  compactive  effort and   the
soil's ability to deform  with cracking over a
cavity.

RESULTS
   The design  and  construction  phases . of
this  project have  provided  a valuable  oppor-
tunity  to  describe and  document  a layered
soil  system, and  the  difficulties  encountered
in properly building this system.   The multi-
layered, multi-sensor  soil  moisture  monitor-
ing  approach,  utilizing  tensiometers,  resis-
tance   blocks,    thermocouple   wire,   and
the  neutron probe, will ensure an  accurate
measure  of  soil moisture movement through-
out  the soil  profile.   These  sensors should
provide a  comprehensive data  base for  model-
ing efforts.  Use of  highly accurate  tipping
buckets can  also  assist  in determining  the
economic  feasibility  of alternative drainage
and  leachate collection systems.

   Although  the  initial  construction  phase
of  this  project   was not  complete at  the
submittal  time  of this  article,   a limited
amount of data  collected  from  two  storms
monitored on  the  initially  constructed cover
appear to be extremely promising.  Temper-
ature   readings   from   the   thermocouples
preceded   increased ' moisture  readings  on
the  resistance  blocks   in  the   uppermost
sensors.    Using   the  resistance   block,  a
rapid  response  of the passage of the wetting
front  by  the  thermocouples  was  detected,
and  accurate  moisture  changes  were  re-
corded.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

   The  authors  acknowledge  the  support
of  the Kentucky Utilities  Company,  upon
whose  property   the   site  is  located  and
for  operation   of  construction   equipment;
numerous staff  of  the University  of  Ken-
tucky  Agricultural  Engineering Department,
Civil   Engineering  Department,  and  Trans-
portation  Research Center,  for  advice, test-
ing analyses, and office support.  Dr. Wayne
  Skaggs,  North   Carolina   State   University,
  provided  valuable  hydrologic  consultations.
  Whayne Supply Company, Lexington, supplied
  the loan of a Dynapac Compactor.

     The information  in  this  report  has  re-
  sulted   from  research  funded  in  part   by
  the  United   States   Environmental   Protec-
  tion  Agency,  under  Cooperative  Agreement
  CR-810431, to  the University of Kentucky.
  It  has  been  subjected  to  the   Agency's
  peer  and   Administrative   review   and  has
  been  approved   for  publication.    Mention
  of  trade  names  or  commercial  products
  does not  constitute endorsement  or recom-
  mendation for use.

    Investigations  in this  study are published
  by the  permission of  the  Director  of  the
  Kentucky  Agricultural  Experiment  Station
  and  this  study   is  designated  as  Article
  No. 84-2-17.

  REFERENCES

I.Moore,  I. D.,  M.  C. Hirschi,  and B.  J.
    Barfield.  1983. Kentucky  Rainfall
    Simulator. Transaction of the ASAE,
    Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 1085-1089.

2.Bassett, R. H., M. C. R. Davies, M.
    J.  Gunn, and  R. H. G. Barry.  1981.
    Centrifugal  Models to Evaluate Numer-
    ical  Methods.  Proceedings, 10th Inter-
    national Conference on Soil Mechanics
    and  Foundation Engineering,  Stockholm.
                                              221

-------
                       ESTIMATION OF MAXIMUM COVER  SUBSIDENCE  EXPECTED
                                IN HAZARDOUS WASTE  LANDFILLS


                          William L. Murphy and  Paul A. Gilbert
                                  Geotechnical Laboratory
                             USAE Waterways Experiment Station
                                Vicksburg, Mississippi  39180


                                         ABSTRACT

     Numerical models were developed to simulate horizontally layered hazardous waste
landfills.  The models were analyzed using methods of linear elasticity to estimate the
maximum amount of subsidence of the final cover  to be expected after landfill closure and
after deterioration of the waste containers.  The  landfill consisted of alternating layers
of intermediate inert cover soils and steel drums  filled with simulated waste materials.
Waste drums, waste materials, and intermediate cover soils were assigned values of density,
Young's modulus and Poisson's ratio for the analysis.  Landfill geometry, layer thick-
nesses, waste drum placement, steel drum stiffnesses, and laboratory consolidation tests
on the soils and simulated wastes were also considered.  To simulate postclosure waste
layer deterioration, compression of the fill was calculated for decreasing values of the
Young's modulus of the waste layers.  The analyses indicate that as much as 92 percent of
the expected subsidence of the cover is caused by  closure of cavities (void space) inherent
in landfill ing.  The maximum expected subsidence was calculated to be approximately
12 percent of the total landfill thickness.
INTRODUCTION

     Settlement of sanitary and low-level
nuclear waste landfills with subsequent
damage to the covers has been documented.
The U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) is concerned that settlement/
subsidence of hazardous waste landfills may
produce similar problems with cover systems.
Little or no documentation exists of the
potential for settlement in and subsidence
of the covers of hazardous waste landfills
operating in accordance with EPA interim
guidelines under the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA).  This paper pre-
sents the results of analyses of maximum
subsidence expected to occur after deteri-
oration of waste drums in a representative
hazardous waste landfill.  The analysis is
part of a broader study conducted for EPA.
PURPOSE

     The purpose of this study was to
(a) determine the maximum amount of post-
closure subsidence of a landfill cover that
will occur after the waste containers
(steel drums) have deteriorated and exposed
their contents; (b) estimate the proportion
of the total subsidence contributed by var-
ious landfill components; and (c) develop
analysis and predictive techniques to esti-
mate the ultimate postclosure cover subsi-
dence to allow EPA to develop guidance for
landfill operators to design final covers
to withstand the stresses and the loss of
runoff slope associated with subsidence.
                                            222

-------
APPROACH

     Subsidence mechanisms postulated for
similar and related geotechnical activities
were assessed to develop the appropriate
analytical approach.  Several active and
proposed hazardous waste landfills were ob-
served so that a representative landfill
could be developed for model analysis.
Analysis of the representative landfill
consisted of applying gravity loading to a
filled and closed, horizontally layered,
below-grade landfill.  Total subsidence of
the cover was determined by calculating the
settlement of each fill layer for several
decreasing values of elastic modulus ap-
plied to the layer materials.  Waste drums,
waste materials within the drums, and inert
fill (soil) comprising intermediate layers
between layers of drums were assigned val-
ues of density, Young's modulus, and Pois-
son's ratio in the analyses.  Landfill
geometry and layer thicknesses were also
considered.  Estimates of steel drum stiff-
ness were made from existing data.  Moduli
of intermediate cover soils and of simu-
lated drum contents were derived from
existing data and from laboratory one-
dimensional consolidometer tests,
respectively.
THE LANDFILL MODEL

     The  landfill configuration chosen for
analysis  is shown in Figure 1  (the configu-
ration  for drums placed on their sides is
shown).   The excavation is 50  ft deep,
200 ft  wide at the base, and has side
slopes  of 1 vertical on 3 horizontal.  The
final cover has approximately  5 percent  (1
vertical  on 20 horizontal) slope from the
crown to  the original ground surface.  The
total thickness at the center  of the land-
fill is 62 or 62.5 ft, depending on the
drum configuration.  The landfill is lined
with compacted clay 8 ft thick at the base
and 5 ft  thick on the sides and in the
cover.  The 55-gallon drums containing the
waste material are placed across the fill
in continuous horizontal layers, which are
2 ft thick for drums on their  sides and
3 ft thick for drums on-end.   Waste layers
alternate with layers of intermediate soil
cover 1.5 ft thick.  Cavities  inherent from
the drum  placement geometries  exist within
the fill.
     The liner, final cover, and interme-
diate cover are a clay with known
laboratory-tested properties determined for
a representative model material, the
"Vicksburg buckshot clay," with Atterberg
limits similar to liner clays of actual
landfills (see Table 1).  The liner and
final cover clays are compacted; the in-
ternal intermediate cover soil is not
compacted.  The simulated waste in
the drums was a commercial absorbent, non-
calcined crushed calcium bentonite clay-
stone, which was soaked in water for
48 hours to better simulate in-place waste
materials.  (Clays fired at 1200°F are said
to be "calcined"; clays fired at lower tem-
peratures are said to be "noncalcined.")
ANALYSIS OF POSTCLOSURE SUBSIDENCE

Assumptions

     In order to estimate the maximum or
worst case subsidence to be expected,
it was assumed that no filling of cavities
inherent from drum placement occurred by
downward sifting of intermediate cover
soils, and that the cavities ultimately
close completely.  The analyses show that
as much as 92 percent of the ultimate sub-
sidence can be attributed to closing of the
inherent cavities.  The remaining subsi-
dence is attributed to compression of land-
fill contents.

     Other assumptions are:  (a) all set-
tlement occurring in the liner and interme-
diate cover layers is complete by the time
the landfill is filled and closed, at which
time the cover is rebuilt to accommodate
any subsidence that has occurred; (b) the
stress condition in the landfill at the end
of filling is determined and does not
change after closure of the landfill;
(c) all postclosure subsidence occurs
through closing of cavities and through
compression of only the waste layers by
degradation of the waste layers' elastic
moduli; (d) maximum subsidence will, be-
cause the landfill is symmetrical about the
central vertical axis, occur at the center
of  the landfill and can he determined by
analyzing the settlement of a central,
layered column;  (e) stress is assumed to
vary linearly with depth;  (f) one-
dimensional deformation occurs  in the
                                            223

-------
*
                                                                    o
                                                                                          w
                                                                                          01
                                                                                          •H
                                                                                          in
                                                                                          •H
                                                                                          01
                                                                                          O
                                                                                          0)
                                                                                          o
                                                                                          n)
                                                                                          M
                                                                                          o
                                                                                          o
                                                                                         ^3
                                                                                          10
                                                                                          a
                                                                                          o
                                                                                         •H
                                                                                         4-1
                                                                                          60
                                                                                         •H
                                                                                         M-l
                                                                                          a
                                                                                          O
                                                                                          CJ
                                                                                         13
                                                                                        .3
                                                                                          to
                                                                                          aS
                                                                                          ctf
                                                                                          N
                                                                                          (S
                                                                                         T3
                                                                                          1
                                                                                          (fl
                                                                                         •3
                                                                                         £>0
                                                                                         •H
                                  224

-------
     TABLE 1.   ATTERBERG LIMITS OF TYPICAL HAZARDOUS WASTE INTERIM COVER MATERIALS
Liquid Limit,
percent
Site Location
AT abama
South Carolina
New York
Model material
Range
32-48
65-75
46-54
56
Average
38
68
50

Plasticity Index,
percent
Range
12-30
20-30
26-33
34
Average
18
24
30

(Vicksburg buck-
shot clay)
central column; (g) each landfill layer is
homogeneous and isotropic and can be repre-
sented by a single material with composite
properties; and (h) the fill is not
saturated.
     In equation form, total subsidence,
     may be represented as
5T =
               6LV + 6DV +
(1)
where
          = subsidence due to consolidation
            of the intermediate cover
            layers
      6, v = subsidence due to closing of
            the inherent geometric layer
            void space
       DV
         subsidence attributed to void
         space inside the drums.  This
         component is assumed to be zero,
         but should be quantified and
         accounted for in a general
         approach
      5AE = subsidence due to change in
           stiffness of the waste layers

 Settlement by Closing of Cavities

     The maximum volume of void, or cavity,
 that can be included in the landfill by
drum placement may be calculated geometri-
cally for drums placed on their sides and
for drums placed on end.  The maximum cav-
ity volume for the former is 10.73 percent
of the total landfill volume and for the
latter is 9.31 percent.  If the cavities
close completely, the maximum total subsi-
dence must be the sum of cavity closure
plus subsidence by compression of the land-
fill contents.  However, actual landfill
operations will reduce maximum cavity vol-
ume because the operations do not achieve
perfect drum placement and because filling
of interdrum space by sifting of cover
soils during filling is generally practiced
to some extent.  Conversely, any unexpected
void within the drums would contribute  to
the volume-of  inherent cavity.

Equations  for  Settlement
by Compression of Haste Layers

     An equation was developed using the
methods of linear elasticity to calculate
settlement of  the waste layers after clo-
sure for decreasing  values of  the  Young's
modulus of the waste layers.   The  subsi-
dence  in the  cover  is  assumed  to be  the cu-
mulative settlement of all the waste layers
within  the landfill.   The equation  is
                                                    AL =
                                                (2)
                                            225

-------
             where

                  AL = the change in  length  of the ana-
                       lyzed  column of waste

                   Y s the density of the  composite
                       waste  layers

                   L = the cumulative length of the
                       waste  layers,  i.e., the waste
                       column

                   v  and  E   = Poisson's  ratio and
                                Young's modulus,  respec-
                                tively, assigned  the
                                composite  waste layers.

             The analysis proceeds by applying gravity
             to  the column  and calculating   AL  for suc-
             cessively lower  values of  E  and for sev-
             eral  values  of  v .   Families of curves
             were plotted for the two drum placement
             configurations shown in  Figure  2.  Two
             families of  curves are needed because the
             value of  L   in  Equation 2 is different  for
             the two drum configurations (i.e., 14 waste
             layers or 28 ft  total waste layer thickness
             for drums placed on  their sides; 11  layers
             or  33 ft total waste layer thickness  for
             drums placed on  end).  Figure 2 shows that
             deformation  increases rapidly as the  modu-
             lus falls below  about 100,000 psf.   Ulti-
             mate subsidence  can  be estimated using the
             curves of Figure 2 if values  of  E  are
             known for the  initial condition (immediate-
             ly  after landfill  closure)  and  final  condi-
             tion  (after  complete waste drum
             deterioration).   The ultimate subsidence is
             the difference between the subsidences for
             the initial  (intact  drum)  and the final
             (deteriorated  drum)  conditions.   Use  of  the
             curves in this way simulates the deforma-
             tion  or settlement of the  landfill contents
             after closure.

             Estimation of  Subsidence
             for Representative Waste Layers

                  The waste layer for drums  placed on
             their sides  is a composite of steel drum,
             drum  contents  (the soaked  calcium bentonite
             claystone),  and  that portion of the space
             between  the  drums  that is  filled  with in-
             termediate cover soils during landfilling.
             The composite  Young's modulus for the in-
             tact  drums placed  on  their sides  (the ini-
             tial  condition)  must  be  comprised  of  the
        YOUNG'S MODULUS, PSF

     A.  Drums Placed on Their Sides
                             'O6      10'

        YOUNG'SMODULUS, PSF

     B.  Drums Placed on End
Figure 2,  Postclosure subsidence prediction
           curves for compression of waste
           layers by decrease in elastic  .
           modulus.
                                                        226
_

-------
modulus of the steel drum (a steel cylinder
on its side) and that portion of the inter-
mediate cover soil in the space between the
drums.  The composite intact-drum waste
layer modulus can be determined using the
relationship
                    4EDEs
       'Ti
4ED (1/2-TT/8)
                                        (3)
where
     ET.  = elastic modulus of the initial
           composite waste layers, psf

      ED = modulus of the steel drum

      E  = elastic modulus of the interme-
           diate cover soil, psf

The  E   was determined from consolidation
tests on the model intermediate cover soil.
The composite intact-drum waste layer modu-
lus for an  E  fiof 1.04 x 10D psf and an
En  of(-9.7 x TO  psf is, from Equation 3,
9 x 10  psf.  This modulus corresponds to
an initial subsidence of approximately
0.37 in. for a Poisson's ratio of 0.35 in
Figure 2a.

     If the waste drums are allowed to cor-
rode completely and expose the contents,
the wastes are then subjected to compres-
sion, which is controlled by the modulus of
the waste material.  One-dimensional con-
solidation tests were performed on the non-
calcined crushed claystone simulated wastes
and on another commercial product, oil-
spill absorbent (calcined crushed clay-
stone), after allowing the materials to
soak in water for 48 hours.  Figure 3 pre-
sents the results of the consolidation
tests in the form of constrained elastic
moduli.  The secant modulus of 40,000 psf
(275 psi) of the  noncalcined material was
chosen to represent the model waste mate-
rial (for final conditions) because it is
the lower of the  two and because  it is com-
monly used  in the disposal  industry.  As  in
the initial condition, the  final composite
waste layer modulus must be calculated, in
this case from
       -Tf
                  4E,
                                         (4)
                                                             Calcined  crushe
                                                                 claystone
                                                                                 N on calcined
                                                                                  crushed

                                                                                  clayst one
                                                          4     8     12    16    20

                                                              PERCENT STRAIN
                                                                  24
                                                Figure  3.   Constrained elastic  moduli  of two
                                                           simulated  waste materials  from one-
                                                           d.imens.i.onal consolidation  tests.
                           where

                                E,..p = elastic modulus  of  the composite
                                      system in the  final  condition
                                      (steel drums corroded entirely
                                      away)

                                 E  = modulus of drum  contents  (the
                                      noncalcined material)

                                 ES = modulus of intermediate clay
                                      cover soil, as before

                           Note that Equations 3 and 4 are the  same
                           except that  En  of Equation 3 has been re-
                           placed by  E   in Equation  4,  representing
                           deterioration of the drum and  exposure of
                           the drum contents in the  final  condition.
                           Substituting the modulus  values for   E
                           (40,000 psf) and  E   (104,000 psf)  into
                           Equation 4 yields a corresponding composite
                           modulus of 48,000 psf, which represents a
                           ^inal condition subsidence  on  Figure 2a of
                           7  in. (with v = 0.35).   Subtracting the
                           initial value of 0.37 in. from the final
                           value of 7.02 in. yields  a  corresponding
                                            227

-------
 value of 6.65 in.  or 0.89  percent for sub-
 sidence by compression  of  cell  contents  for
 drums placed on  their sides  in  a landfill
 750 in. (62.5 ft)  thick.   The subsidence
 possible from closing of  inherent cavities
 is  10.73 percent,  and the  ultimate maximum
 expected subsidence is  the sum  or
 11.62 percent (approximately 87 in.  for  the
 modeled landfill).

      A similar analysis can  be  performed
 for a landfill with drums  placed on  end.
 The effective elastic modulus of a hollow
 steel  cylinder carrying all  of  the axial
 load can be  shown  to be En  = 3.86 x 10
 psf ,  which  is an  initial  modulus  corre-
 sponding in  Figure  2b to essentially zero
 subsidence.   When  the drums  have completely
 corroded,  the final  modulus  (drum  content
 alone)  is  40,000 psf, which  corresponds  to
 a final  subsidence  value of  11.70  in.
 (Figure 2b),  or  1.57 percent strain  in a
 height of  744 in.  (62 ft).   The subsidence
 possible from the closing  of inherent cavi-
 ties is 9.31  percent, and  the ultimate
 maximum expected subsidence  for drums
 placed  on  end is 1.57 + 9.31 or
 10.88 percent (approximately 81  in.).
 These  subsidence values would result in  a
 final  average cover slope  of about
 2 percent, which would  be  unacceptable
 under  current RCRA  guidelines,  assuming  the
 original slope was  5 percent.
will be reduced below the recommended
value.  The settlement/subsidence operation
from which the prediction curves for this
study were produced can be applied to
representative hazardous waste landfills
having any depth, material densities, and
elastic moduli.
CONCLUSIONS

     Analysis of simulated hazardous waste
landfills indicates that most (approxi-
mately 86 to 92 percent) of the fill set-
tlement and corresponding cover subsidence
can be attributed to the closing of inher-
ent cavities in the fill.  The remaining
deformation is attributed to compression of
v/astes after deterioration of steel drum
containers.  The source of the cavity vol-
ume within the landfill is presumed to be
unfilled space between waste containers
(primarily steel drums).  The landfill
operator can substantially reduce the ulti-
mate expected subsidence by striving to
fill the interdrum space during operations.
There app.ears to be no appreciable advan-
tage of one drum placement configuration
over another.  If the maximum predicted
subsidence should occur, the cover slope
                                            228

-------
                                  REFERENCES


Daniel, D. E.  1983.  "Shallow Land Burial of Low-Level Radioactive Waste,"
ASCE Journal of Geotechnical Engineering, Vol 109, No. 1, pp 40-55.

Kahle, R., and Rowlands, V.  1981.  "Evaluation of Trench Subsidence and
Stabilization at Sheffield Low-Level Radioactive Waste Disposal Facility,"
NUREG/CR-2101, U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

Luttoti, R. J., Regan, G. L., and Jones, L. W. ,,1979.  "Design and Construction
of Covers for Solid Waste Landfills," Report No. EPA-600/2-79-165, Municipal
Environmental Research Lab, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati,
OH.

Withiam, J. L., and Kulhawy, F. H.  1978.  "Analytical Modeling of the Uplift
Behavior of Drilled Shaft Foundations," Geotechnical Engineering Report 78-1,
School of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY.
                                     229

-------
                     PERMEABILITY  CHARACTERISTICS OF FLEXIBLE MEMBRANE
                              LINERS  MEASURED IN POUCH TESTS

                            Henry  E.  Haxo, Jr., Nancy A. Nelson
                                     Matrecon, Inc.
                                Oakland, California  94623
                                        ABSTRACT

     Permeability characteristics of a variety of thermoplastic  and  partially crystalline
membrane materials to several waste  and test  liquids  have  been  explored in pouch experi-
ments.  These liquids include aqueous salt solutions (such  as sodium chloride and lithium
chloride), organic solvents  (acetone and xylene), mixtures of acetone and water, several
waste liquids, and water- and organic-soluble dyes that have been either  suggested for use
or used for detecting leaks  in membrane liners in service.   The  pouch test involves seal-
ing a quantity  of waste  or test  liquid  in  containers  that  are fabricated of the membrane
under test.   The pouches are immersed in deionized water or other  liquid.   Transmission
through the  walls of  constituents  either inside  or  outside the pouch  is  monitored by
changes in the  weight of the filled pouch,  chemical analysis, pH, and electrical conduc-
tivity of the outer  liquid,  and  the  appearance of the dyes in the outer liquid or on the
pouch surface.  Transmission rates for various components of  the liquids through the wall
can be calculated from concentration  data.

     Results  of the  pouch  experiments  show  the  permeability of polymeric  membranes to
water, some organic  liquids, e.g.  oils,  acetone, and  xylene, organic dyes,  and hydrogen
and  hydroxyl  ions,  but  not to  other  inorganic  cations and  anions.   The  results  also
indicate that the principal  driving force  in  the transmission of the various  species is
the concentration gradient across the pouch wall membrane.

     With  additional  development the  pouch procedure  appears  to be  a feasible and prac-
tical method  for  assessing  the  permeability  of  membrane  liners to different molecular
species  under conditions that simulate some aspects of  actual service, and for assessing
the compatibility of  a  liner with a  specific waste.
INTRODUCTION

     The  low  permeability  of  flexible
polymeric membranes to gases,  liquids, and
vapors makes this  type of liner the best
approach  to meeting  the  requirements  of
the U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency's
regulations  for the lining of waste
storage,  treatment,  and disposal  faci-
lities to  prevent the migration of waste
liquids into  the  groundwater.   This  low
permeability makes  it  impossible  to test
polymeric  membranes  by conventional
methods used  for  soils  and  other porous
materials.    In  contrast  to  the  porous
structures  of  soils  and concretes, poly-
meric  membrane   liners  are  nonporous.
     Moisture  vapor  transmission,  for
instance,  as measured  in  accordance with
American Society  for  Testing  and  Mater-
ials (ASTM) Method E96, has  been used as
a test for the permeability of membranes.
The  conditions encountered by  the mem-
brane in such a test differ significantly
from those encountered  in  actual  service;
thus, the permeability  of  membrane liners
in service to waste liquids and dissolved
components  probably is  not  reflected  by
the water vapor transmission data.   Other
methods of assessing the  permeability  of
liner materials  were  investigated.    One
of  the most promising  methods  was  a
procedure  in  which a waste or test liquid
is sealed  into a  pouch fabricated from
                                          230

-------
the  liner membrane under test  and then
placed in a container filled with  deionized
water  or  other standard  liquid.   Such  an
arrangement simulates some  aspects of a
liner in a surface impoundment containing a
waste liquid.  The  permeation of  dissolved
constituents  of  the  waste liquid  through
the wall  can be  followed  by pH  and  elec-
trical  conductivity measurements of the
water  in  the outer  container; the  perme-
ation  of  water into  the  pouch containing
waste  liquid can be determined  by moni-
toring  the  weight of  the loaded pouch.
Also,  the  organic  constituents  of the
wastes that  pass  through  the  wall  into  the
outer liquid can be followed by analysis  of
the  outer liquid by gas  chromatography.
listed in  Table 1.   All  of the  materials
are thermoplastic  or  partially  crystalline
thermoplastics.   Full  descriptions of  the
individual materials  and  data  on their
properties are presented  in  Haxo et  al
(1982).   Only  one  membrane  in this  study
was  fabric-reinforced,  i.e.  a  chlorosul-
fonated polyethylene [CSPE (6R)].   Fabric-
reinforced membranes  were  excluded  to
avoid possible  pinholes or leaks  caused by
the threads.    The  principal  objective  of
the program was to study the  permeability
characteristics  of  different  polymeric
compositions.    Fabric-reinforced  materials
are  included  in later studies  now  in
progress.
     This  paper describes  the pouch  test
and presents the results of using  this type
of test  to assess  some  permeability  char-
acteristics  of  polymeric  membranes.
Results  of some long-term  tests  of  a
variety of lining materials  and several
different waste liquids and test fluids are
presented.   Included are  the results  of
tests with  actual  wastes used  in  our past
liner research programs, salts, two organic
solvents  (acetone and  xyl ene) ,  and  in-
organic and organic tracers.
OBJECTIVES

     The two  main  objectives  of this study
      TABLE 1. POLYMERIC MEMBRANES3 IN POUCH EXPERIMENTS
were:
     1.  To determine under conditions that
         simulate  actual  liners  in service
         some  of the  permeability charac-
         teristics of  polymeric  membrane
         lining  materials to  constituents
         found in waste liquids that may be
         stored, treated, or disposed of on
         land.

     2.  To assess the permeability charac-
         teristics  of  polymeric  membranes
         to  a .variety of test  liquids and
         selected  wastes  using  a  pouch
         test.
 Polymer
           Abbreviation Liner serial
                     number
              Thickness,   Type of
                mil    composition0
 Chlorinated
  polyethylene
 Chlorosulfonated
  polyethylene
 Elasticized
  polyolefin

 Polybutyl ene
                                                Polyester
             CPE
ELPO

PB
                      77
                      86
                      55
                      85
                      98
                     221
                30
                22
                31
                35
                33
                 8
                30
TP
TP
TP
TP
TP
CX
CX
el astomer
Polyethyl ene,
low-density
Polyethylene,
high-density
high-density PE-
EPDM alloy
Polyvinyl chloride







PEEL

LOPE

HOPE

HOPE-A
PVC






PVC-ORd
75

21

184

180
11
17
19
59
88
93
137
146
8

10

30

20
30
20
22
33
20
11
30
30
CX

CX

CX

CX
TP
TP
TP
TP
TP
TP
TP
TP
 details given in Haxo et al, in draft, and SW870, Revised (Matrecon,
  1983).
 bTP = thermoplastic, CX = partially crystalline thermoplastic
 cFabric-reinforced with 6x6 nylon scrim.
 dOR - Oil-resistant.
Waste and Test Liquids
METHODS AND MATERIALS

Polymeric Membrane Liners,

     The  polymeric  membranes  that  were
fabricated  into pouches  and  subjected  to
permeability  studies  in  this  work  are
     A  wide variety  of test  liquids  were
 included  in  this  study.   They included
 actual  waste  liquids,  several  salt  solu-
 tions,  e.g.  NaCl  and  LiCl, organic  sol-
 vents,  and  various solutions containing
 dyes.   Table  2  lists the  wastes  and  test
 liquids  in  the study and  presents  some
 information regarding each.
                                            231

-------
                    TABLE 2.  WASTE AND TEST LIQUIDS  IN POUCH EXPERIMENTS
Type
Name Matrecon
waste
number
PH
Electrical
conductivity
pmho/cm
Reference
 Haste liquids
   MSW  leachate         ...            W-l       5.2         1,500

   Acidic waste      "HN03-HF-HOAc"      W-9       1.1        155,000

   Alkaline waste    "Slopwater"         W-4      12.0        129,000
                                                 Haxo et  al, 1982, p. 98

                                                 Haxo et  al, in press

                                                 Haxo et  al, in press
  Test liquids
   Brine

   LiCl  solution

   Lid  solution

   Organic-ketone

   Organic-water
     mixture
   Organic-hydro-
     carbon

   Tracer dye in
     DI water
   Tracer dye in
     DI water
5% Nad solution    W-19

     5%            ...      4.8

     10%            ...      4.6

Acetone with dyea
50:50 acetone:
  water with
Xylene wi th dyea
1% Fluorescein
  solution          ...       7.9
1% Sevron Red
  solution          ...       2.4
 62,000

 68,000

106,000
                                                          6,400
                                                            660
     solution with Automate Red or with Fluorescent Yellow.
     solution of methyl violet.
Description of the Pouch Test

     In  the pouch  test, which simulates
some conditions of  liners  in  service
in  surface impoundments, small  containers
are fabricated of the membrane to  be
tested and  are  filled  with  waste liquid or
other  test liquid,   sealed,  and wholly
immersed in a  liquid  of known composition,
e.g. deionized  water.   Permeabilities  of
the membrane to  water  and  to the dissolved
constituents can be determined by observing
with time  the  change  in the  weight of the
pouch  and changes  in the  pH, electrical
conductivity,  and the composition  of
the  outer  (originally deionized) water.
Because  of differences  in  the  concen-
trations  of different species  across
                             the  membrane wall, osmosis will  cause  the
                             outer  water,  which is higher  in water con-
                             centration  than  the  pouch liquid, to enter
                             the  pouch and also cause ions  and dissolved
                             constituents  of  the  pouch liquid  in which
                             the  concentrations are  higher  to tend  to
                             leave  the  pouch  and  enter the outer  water.
                             These  effects are illustrated  schematically
                             in Figure 1.

                                 During  monitoring the  pouch   is
                             weighed; however,  an  increase in weight  of
                             the  pouch  may only  reflect   absorption  of
                             the  outer water  by the  wall and not  perme-
                             ation  of  water  into  the pouch.  When the
                             test  is completed the  pouch  and its con-
                             tents  are  weighed separately  to  determine
                             the  actual  amounts that have  been absorbed
                                            232

-------
by  the  wall  and  the amounts  that  have
permeated the pouch wall.  The pouches are
dismantled and  the  walls are  analyzed for
changes  in composition, e.g.  volatiles and
extractables; physical  properties,  e.g.
tensile  and  tear  properties,  are measured
to  determine  the  effects on the  liner  of
one-sided exposure  of  the  membrane  to the
waste.
CONDUCTIVITY
Figure 1.  Pouch assembly with  an  aqueous
           waste or test liquid to show the
           movement  of  waste  constituents
           during the  pouch  test.    The
           filled  pouch  is  immersed  in
           deionized  water.    Arrows
           indicate the flow of specific
           constituents.

     Results reported  in Haxo  et al  (1982)
show the  feasibility  of a  pouch-type  test
for  assessing  simultaneously the perme-
ability  of  polymeric  membranes  to  wastes
and  to some  waste  constituents  and  the
effects  of  one-sided  exposure to a waste
liquid  on  the  physical  properties of  the
membrane.
Mechanism of Flow Through
Polymeric Membranes'

     In contrast to  soils and other porous
materials,  polymeric  membrane liners  are
nonporous.   In soils the flow of  liquids
containing dissolved  constituents is
through the  pores with  hydraulic  gradient
the principal driving force.   In  the  case
of  the  membranes that  are  nonporous,  flow
of the  fluid, be it gas, liquid,  or vapor,
proceeds  essentially in  three  steps:

     1.   Dissolution of the fluid in the
         membrane.

     2.   Diffusion of the fluid through the
         membrane.

     3.   Evaporation of the fluid on the
         downstream  side  of the  membrane.

     Step 1 depends  upon  the solubility of
the  fluid in  the  membrane  and  relative
"activity"/ of  the fluid  on both sides of
the  interface.   The diffusion  through the
membrane  in  Step 2  involves a variety of
parameters which  include the molecular size
of the permeating fluid and various  charac-
teristics of  the membrane  compound, e.g.
presence of  fillers,  crystalline zones,
crosslinks,  etc.   Step  3  is similar to the
first step and depends upon the  relative
"activity" of  individual  constituents  on
both sides of the interface.

     Overall,  the major driving force for
the movement  of a given constituent is the
relative concentration on both  sides of
the  membrane.  Each  constituent in a
mixture  will tend to  move from  a higher
concentration of  the specific  species to a
lower concentration  of that species.  The
placing  of a  waste in  a pouch  immersed in
deionized (DI) water creates  a  significant
concentration difference  which will cause
the  movement  of  water  and other  waste or
test liquid constituents.
Fabrication  and Filling of Pouches

     For the  pouch  test  to be  effective,
the  seams  must  be  liquid-tight  so that
whatever passes in  or out of  the pouch
passes  through  the  walls.  The  thermo-
plastic and  partially crystalline membranes
can  be heat-sealed which  is  the  most
effective method of making small  seams;
such seams  require the least area and, if
well  made, have held up for the duration of
exposure.    A portable heat-sealing  unit,
designed primarily  for sealing  films less
than 10 mil  in thickness,  was used  in this
study.    Consequently,  some problems were
encountered  in seaming the thicker mem-
branes  used  for liners.  Longer dwell  time,
greater pressure, and  higher temperatures
were needed  to  make  seams of the thicker
materials.    Some seams of  thermoplastics
were made  with  adhesives and  solvents.
                                          233

-------
Adequate pouch  seams  of  cross!inked  mem-
branes could not be made with the two-part
room temperature curing adhesives supplied
by the manufacturers; thus, only pouches of
thermoplastic and crystalline membranes
were included  in this study.  Nevertheless,
the  general   permeability  characteristics
determined for polymeric membranes are
valid  unless  crosslinking  is  a factor.

     A variety of  pouch shapes were  used
during the course  of  this study.   Figure 2
is a  schematic of  the  pouch  assembly  used
for most  pouches.   The dimensions of the
individual  pouches  varied somewhat; some of
the first  pouches  were  18 x 14  cm,  which
gave  an  effective wall  area of approxi-
mately 500  cm^ in  contact with  the  pouch
liquid.  For the sodium chloride  solution,
the pouches were 17 x  12  cm  between  seams
which yielded  an effective surface of ap-
proximately 400 cm2.    For the  experiments
with  solvents and the  studies of tracer
chemicals  smaller  pouches were used  which
could  be   placed  in  closed quart jars.
Also,  smaller pouches  made of high density
polyethylene (HOPE) and  other  crystalline
polymers were  used because of the  stiffness
of these sheetings.

     As is shown in Figure 2, most of the
pouches included  a neck through which the
test liquid could  be  introduced  and  which
could  then be sealed.   Figure 3 shows a
pattern used  for  cutting  and seaming the
pouches made  of the  more flexible sheet-
ings.   The seams  were  tested  by filling
the pouches with water and  checking for
leaks  after several  days.   To  simulate
extended exposure  in  a moist  environment
some  of the  pouches, i.e.  those  that
were filled with  the  highly acidic  waste
(W9),  were first  immersed  for two weeks
in water   at  70°C; for some  pouches it
was necessary at  70°C  to put  water in
the pouch  to prevent the  pouch walls
from  sticking together.   The  soaking of
the pouches at 70°C  further  tested the
integrity  of the  seams.   After  a  pouch was
filled with the test liquid, as  much air as
possible was removed from the pouch and the
neck was sealed; care was taken  to keep the
inside of  the neck dry to  insure a good
seal.   The volume  of  waste liquid  added to
the individual pouches  varied  from 30 to
200 ml, depending  on  the size and configu-
ration of the  pouch.   Most of the pouches
were heat-sealed  and  the  rest were sealed
with  either  an  adhesive  or  a  solvent.
OUTER BAG-
POLYBUTYLENE
                        DEIONIZED WATER.
                        IN OUTER BAG
                           INNER POUCH-
                           MEMBRANE UNDER TEST
                              WASTE OR TEST LIQUID
                              IN THE INNER POUCH
Figure 2.   Schematic  of  pouch  assembly
           showing  inner pouch  made  of
           membrane material  under test.
           The  pouch is filled with waste
           liquid  and  sealed  at the neck.
           The   outer   polybutylene  bag,
           which  can be easily opened,  is
           filled with deionized  water.
           For this configuration the water
    '      in  the outer bag  is monitored
           for  pH,  conductivity, and odor;
           the   pouch  is monitored  for
           weight change.
Monitoring  the Pouches During  Exposure

     To monitor the pouch assemblies,  the
following  tests were performed  periodically
during the exposure:

     1.  The  water  in  each of the  outer
        bags was tested for pH, electrical
        conductivity,  and  odor, e.g.
        butyric acid, as  in  the case of
        tests with MSW leachate.

     2.  The  pouches containing  the test
        liquids were removed  from  the
        outer  water,  wiped  dry,  inspected
        for  possible  leaks, and  weighed.

     Figure 4 shows the pouches,  the tray
assembly for holding the pouches, and the
auxiliary equipment  for monitoring  the
pouches.

     During  the  exposure,   evaporation
caused the water level  in some  of  the outer
bags  to drop and expose the  top part of
                                          234

-------
the pouch to air; the loss was made up with
deionized  water.   Also,  if  the concentra-
tion of ions  in  the water in the outer bag
(as  shown by  electrical  conductivity)
appeared  to  be  too high  because of migra-
tion or possibly a  leak, the  outer  water
was replaced  with deionized water.   This
would  return the concentration gradient
across the  membrane  essentially to  its
original   value  and  increase  the trans-
mission rates.
\+- --•- 7" - -- -*-
T
Open for waste 2"
to be added ]
i
t

P




-it



,_^_ _— 	 ™ ~ _- {-.
|| ||
_JI 	 .„ „ i ii
ii H! T !!






II GRAIN ||
II DIRECTION ||
!i * i
i
i! II
_j— „__—- j^,



'



7

,

Figure 3.  Pattern  for cutting pieces  of
          membranes for making some of the
          pouches.   Dotted line indicates
          the heat-seal of the pouch.  The
          inside dimensions  of the  pouch
          are 4.5 in.  x 5.75 in.  (11.43 x
          14.6  cm),   which  yields  an
          effective  area  (2  sides)  of
          about 52 in.2 (335 cm2).
Dismantling  the Pouches After Exposure

     Most  of the  pouches  were  allowed  to
continue their exposure for  compara-
tively long times in  order to  assess  the
effects of exposure to  water  and  wastes.
If  a  leak developed  in the  pouch,  as
indicated  by abrupt changes in  the  moni-
toring data,  the pouch was withdrawn  from
exposure  and  emptied, and the liner  and
liquids were tested.

     Dismantling most  of the  pouches
involved the following  .steps:

     1. Weigh the filled pouch.
     2.  Determine  pH  and  electrical
        conductivity of  the water in
        the outer bag.

     3.  Measure  length and width  between
        seams of pouch.

     4.  Empty  pouch and  weigh contents.

     5.  Determine  pH  and  electrical
        conductivity  of  waste  removed
        from pouch.

     6.  Dismantle pouch at seams,  leaving
        bottom seam  intact for measurement.

     7.  Blot the pouch dry and weigh to
        determine weight increase.
Figure 4.  Pouch  and auxiliary equipment
          for monitoring the pouches of
          polymeric membrane  1iners to
          assess permeability to water and
          constituents  of  waste  liquids.
          Monitoring  equipment for mea-
          suring pH and electrical  con-
          ductivity of the water in  the
          outer bags is shown.
Reporting the Results
for
 The
each

 1.
 fol1owing  results  were
pouch assembly tested:
                                 reported
         Electrical  conductivity  and pH of
         water  in outer  bag  as  a function
         of time.
                                          235

-------
      2.   Weight  of  filled  pouch  as  a
          function of exposure time.

      3.   Measurement  of amount of  waste
          liquid in pouch  at start and  at
          time of dismantling.

      4.   Analysis of  waste  in  pouch,  i.e.
          pH,  electrical  conductivity,  and
          percent total  solids, at beginning
          and end of exposure.

      5.   Analysis  for  volatiles  and ex-
          tractables  of  unexposed  pouch
          membrane and pouch wall at time  of
          dismantling.

      6.   Calculation of  water transmission
          rate based on the  early portion  of
          the  pouch  weight-time  curves.
          (Probably a better method  for this
          calculation is  to  base it on the
          actual  weight  increase  of the
          liquid  in  the pouch that is ob-
          tained  when  the pouch is disas-
          sembled at the  end of the test.)
     Table  3  shows the  measurements that
were  regularly made initially,  during
monitoring, and at  the  time  the pouches
were dismantled. A few additional measure-
ments were  made such as  chlorides content
of the outer liquid in the case of the test
of NaCl  solutions.
    TABLE 3.  MEASUREMENTS MADE OH POUCHES AND CONTENTS
Parameter
                    Initial   Monitoring   Final
Weight of pouch (empty)      X

Height of pouch (filled)      X

Height of test or waste      Xa
  liquid in pouch
Pouch wall
Extractables
Volatiles
Haste liquid in pouch
Electrical conductivity
pH
Sol ids
Hater in outer bag
Electrical conductivity
PH
Sol Ids

X
X

X
X
X

X
X


X
X

X
X
X

X X
X X
X
 Problems Encountered

 Difficulty in Making Pouches
 Cross-linked Sheetings
with
^Height by difference in weights of filled and empty pouches.
"Weight by difference, as in footnote a, and by direct mea-
 surement of liquid at the time the pouch was disassembled.
      Unsuccessful  attempts  were made  to
 fabricate  pouches of crosslinked  rubber
 sheetings,  e.g.  butyl  rubber and neoprene,
 using  two-part, room-temperature-curing
 adhesives  supplied  by  the  manufacturers.
 Seams  1.5  to  2 in.  wide were made  and
 appeared to cure; but,  when the pouches
 were filled,  the seams gradually opened and
 the pouches failed.   Using the appropriate
 raw  compound  and high temperature  and
 pressure, adequate  pouches  for testing can
 probably be fabricated  from crosslinked
 membranes.   For  the initial purpose of this
 study, pouches made of  thermoplastic
 sheeting were sufficient  to demonstrate
 some of the permeability characteristics  of
 polymeric membrane  lining materials.


 Failure of  Pouches During Exposure

      In spite of the testing of the pouches
 before  filling  with wastes,  several  of the
 pouches failed  prematurely,  after  one  to
 872  days.   All of the failures,  except that
 of  one  polybutylene (PB)  pouch,  were  in  or
 at the  seams.  Those that failed at one and
 nine days  were  replaced.   Also replaced
 after approximately 790 days was P30A  which
 was  made of elasticized  polyolefin  (ELPO)
 and filled with slopwater  (W-4), the
 highly  alkaline waste.

     Seam failure  appeared  to  predominate
 among the pouches made of thick  membranes,
 seamed  with  solvents, or  filled  with  slop-
 water.    No  seam failures occurred  among
 the  heat-sealed  PB and  polyethylene  (PE)
 pouches.   Seam failures  indicate problems
 in  the  making  of  pouches;  they do not
 reflect  on  the  seaming by manufacturers of
 the liners,  either in  the  factory or in the
 field.    Since  all  of  the  heat-sealed
 pouches  that failed were  fabricated with a
 device  that was not  intended  for seaming
 such  thick  materials,  these  failures can
 only  reflect  the inadequacy  of the equip--
 ment.


 RESULTS

Aqueous  Sodium Chloride Solution

     The  first  test  solution  explored  in
the  pouch  experiments was  a 5% aqueous
                                           236

-------
solution   of  sodium  chloride  which  was
loaded   into  pouches   of  chlorinated   poly-
ethylene [CPE  (77)],   CSPE  (6R),  ELPO  (36),
polyester  elastomer  [PEEL  (75)],  and  two
polyvinyl   chlorides  [PVC  (11  and  59)].
Later,  a second  set of pouches  was  prepared
and put  into  test.   The  second  set con-
sisted  of membranes of CPE (86),  CSPE  (55),
low-density   polyethylene   [LDPE   (21)],   PB
(98),  and two additional  PVC's  (17  and 19).

      In  the  first  set, three of the pouches
failed when  their  seams  opened; the remain-
ing  three were continued  in test  until they
                         were  dismantled   after   approximately   1152
                         days of exposure  along  with  the second  set
                         which  had  been  in  exposure from 310  to  316
                         days.    These  pouch  assemblies were  sub-
                         jected  to the measurements  described  above.
                         The  results  are  presented  in  Table  4.

                               All  of  the filled pouches  increased in
                         weight  during  exposure   though   the  amounts
                         differed.    In   all  cases  but  one,  the
                         liquids  contained by  the respective  pouches
                         increased  in  weight   during   the  exposure.
                         In  several  cases, the increases were  caused
                         by  the  absorption of water in the pouch
                      TABLE 4.  POUCH TEST OF MEMBRANES WITH 5% SODIUM CHLORIDE SOLUTION AS THE TEST LIQUID
Parameter
Matrecon liner
Liner thickness
Pouch number
Days exposed

serial number
, mil
CPE
86
20
77
316
CSPE
6R
34
2
1151
CSPE
55
35
76
315
ELPO
36
22
4
1151
LDPE
21
10
75
315
PB
98
7
78
316
PVC
17
20
73
310
PVC
19
20
74
315
PVC
59
30
5
11153
Area of pouch exposed to waste.
  (original  dimensions), m2          0.0392     0.0408     0.0365   0.0408

Weight of empty pouch
    Unexposed, g                    40.00     45.33      62.90
    After exposure, g                43.60     52.30      68.25
    Change from unexposed, g           3.60      6.97       5.35

Weight of filled pouch
    At beginning of exposure, g      184.30     388.52     163.10
    After exposure, g               188.32     398.75     167.80
    Change in weight, g               4.02     10.23       4.70

Test liquid in pouch
    Weight at beginning of
      exposure, g                  144.30     343.19     100.20
    Weight after exposure, g         144.72     346.45      99.55
    Change in weight, g               0.42      3.26      -0.65
    pH after exposure                  3.6       6.9        7.3
    Electrical conductivity
      after exposure, umho/cm

Liquid in outer bag
    pH at conclusion of test            3.6       7.4
    Electrical conductivity at
      conclusion of test, pmho/cm        86       585
    Calculated concentration
      of NaClc, %                  0.005     0.035
    Chloride contentd, ppm                4        29

Water transmission through pouch
  wall6, g/m2/d                     0.291
Water transmission into pouch*,
  g/m2/day                         0.315
                           23.39
                           23.40
                           -0.01
                           326.50
                           328.82
                            2.32
                           303.11
                           305.42
                            2.31
                             5.0
                                    0.0350
                  12.41
                  12.45
                   0.04
                 163.90
                 164.75
                   0.85
                 151.49
                 152.30
                   0.81
                    4.5
                                            0.0375
                  7.48
                  7.62
                  0.14
                 186.00
                 186.65
                  0.65
                 178.52
                 179.03
                  0.51
                   5.9
                                                    0.0357
                35.30
                34.90
                 -0.4
                158.60
                165.05
                 6.45
                123.30
                130.15
                 6.85
                  3.5
                                                             0.0351
                32.80
                32.20
                 -0.6
                134.70
                136.47
                 1.77
                101.90
                104.27
                 2.37
                  6.6
 Electrical conductivity9 of DI water
   exposed to pieces of sheeting,        325
   umho/cm
 Calculated concentration of NaClc in
   DI water exposed to sheeting, %      0.019
          0.069

          0.203


             87


          0.005
  6.7

   66

 0.004
    3


-0.002

 0.384


  110


 0.006
                             4.8

                              34
                            0.002
                             '  3
0.049

0.053


   61


0.003
           4.4

            31
         0.002
             3
0.073

0.033


   93


0.005
          5.1

           27
        0.001
          190
0.043

0.051


   47


0.003
          3.1

          371
        0.022
           27
0.619

0.184


  220


0.013
          6.4

           16
        0.001
            2
0.214

0.181


   33


0.002
                                                                     0.0408
                47.24
                47.43
                 0.19
                537.05
                548.05
                 11.00
                489.81
                500.62
                 10.81
                  6.4
64,000    80,000(7)  63,000    60,000    67,000   63,000    64,000   62,000    62,000
  5.8°

  57b

0.003b
  (b)


0.238

0.238


  26


0.001
 apouch failed between monitoring at day 1115 and dismantling at day 1152.  Data presented for the exposed pouch are for
  day 1115 except for the emptied pouch weight,  weight of test liquid removed from pouch, and pH and electrical conductivity ot

 bAfterefa11ure,1at1day 1152 the outer water had pH = 5.4, electrical conductivity = 4500 umho/cm, NaCl  concentration = 0.280 %,
  and chlorides content = >1000 ppm.                                   ,,„„„,
 cBased on data in Handbook of Chemistry and Physics. 63rd edition, p. D-261 (1982).
 dMethod of chlorides analysis:  FHWA-RD-77-85 (Clear and Harrigan, 1977)
 eCalculated from change in weight of waste in pouch at time of dismantling.
 fCalculated from weight of filled pouch based on early portion of weight-time curves or on entire exposure.
 gconductivity of DI water in PB bags in which coupons of membrane liners  had been immersed for 805 days.
                                                       237

-------
 walls.   The rate  of  transmission  of  water
 into  the  pouches  Is  reported  in  Table  4.
 The greatest transmissions were through the
 CPE,  CSPE, and the PVC's; the  lowest were
 through the partially crystalline membranes
 (ELPO, LDPE,  and PB).   Judging by the
 change  in  electrical  conductivity of the
 liquid in  the outer bags, a small  number  of
 ions  may  have passed through the  walls  of
 the fabric-reinforced  CSPE and two of the
 PVC's.   Most  of the  increases  in  conduct-
 ivity were low and were probably the result
 of  ions, e.g.  sodium and chloride,  Teaching
 out of the membranes.   Also, analyses run
 on  the  solutions indicated  very  small
 amounts  of chlorides  passing  through the
 membrane walls.

     Overall,  these results  show that all
 of  the membranes are  permeable to  moisture
 to  varying  degrees and  that the difference
 in  concentration between  the  outer liquid
 and the salt  solution  in the pouches  fur-
 nishes the driving force  that  causes the
water  to  migrate  into the pouches.   The
movement of the  ions  from the  test liquid
 in  the  pouches  into  the outer  liquid  is
minimal.    More  detailed accurate  analyses
of the outer liquid should  be made.
              Municipal  Solid  Waste  (MSW)  Leachate

                   The first waste  liquid to  be used in
              the pouch-liner permeability study was the
              MSW  leachate  generated  in the  landfill
              simulators  used  in the  study of  lining
              materials for  MSW  landfills (Haxo  et  al,
              1982).   The membrane liner materials in
              these  tests  were  based on  CPE  (77),  ELPO
              (36), PEEL (75), and PVC (11,  17, and 59).

                   After 500 days of exposure  (Table 5)
              it was  apparent that both the water  and
              dissolved  ingredients initially in  the
              leachate had  moved  through the pouch walls.
              The electrical  conductivity of the water in
              the outer  bag increased,  indicating  the
              permeation  of  some  ions from the leachate
              in the  pouch  into the deionized water.
              Also,  the odor of leachate in the water in
              the outer bags indicated that  some organic
              constituents  in the leachate were permeat-
              ing the  pouch  walls.   An  increase  in  the
              weight  of the  pouches  containing  leachate
              indicated movement of water through  the
              walls  into the  pouches.   In that  series,
              the ELPO  allowed the lowest transmission of
              water and dissolved components,  and the  CPE
              appeared  to be the most permeable.
                 TABLE 5.  CHANGES TO POUCHES  CONTAINING MSW LEACHATE
                            AFTER IMMERSION IN DI WATER FOR 500 DAYS
             Pouch3
Original  values
Values at  500 days
              Liner    Pouch          Electrical               Electrical      Weight
    Polymer   number   number   pHb   conductivity"3,   pHb    conductivity13,   increase0,
                                        umho/cm	   u mho/cm	   g
CPE
ELPO
PEEL
PVC
PVC
PVC
Bl ankd
77
36
75
11
17
59
• * •
14
11
13
9
10
12
8
5.7
5.1
4.0
5.8
5.0
5.7
5.5
5.2
4.3
20.5
6.0
13.3
5.9
1.33
6.5
4.5
' 6.4
6.0
2.8
6.3
4.3
124.0
17.8
50.0
32.0
325.0
23.2
11.6
4.74
0.22
2.95
1.12
1.37
1.21
• • •
    aAreas  of the pouches exposed to the leachate ranged from 544 to 624
        and electrical conductivity of (originally deionized) water outside the pouches
     containing leachate.
    °Weight increase of pouches containing  leachate.
        outer bag with DI water only.
                                           238

-------
Pouches  Containing a Highly  Acidic Waste
     The first  set of pouches in this study
that  contained  a  hazardous  waste  were
        with  the  highly  acidic waste
               (W9)  that  was being used  in
                   on liners for hazardous
                    in press).  Six,pouches
                   a different membrane—
                            (36), PB (98),
fil led
"HN03-HF-HOAc"
a research project
wastes (Haxo  et al,
were used, each of
(CPE) 86,  CSPE  (85),  ELPO
PVC (19),  and PVC (88).
Monitoring  the  Pouches During  Exposure

     Monitoring  the  pouch  assemblies
included weighing  the  pouches  containing
the waste liquid and measuring the pH and
electrical conductivity of the water in the
outer  bags.   In  addition, the  general
condition of the  pouches and the waters was
observed.   Deionized water was  added when
too much water  had  evaporated  from the
outer  bag, and  the  outer  liquid  was
completely replaced with DI  water  when the
concentration of dissolved constituents
appeared to have  become too high and was
slowing the  transmission of  these  constit-
uents  into the outer liquid.

     Selected  monitoring data for  Pouch 19
are presented  in Table  6.   The concentra-
tion of ions  as  a function of time was
calculated from the electrical  conductivity
data based  on  the assumption that  the ions
were from NaCl.   Monitoring data for the
six pouches (including weights,  pH, and
electrical  conductivity)  are presented  in
Figure  5.
Dismantling  of Pouches

     Condition of the Pouch Assemblies—In
this set of six pouches  only the  PB failed
prematurely  at  609  days  and was dismantled
and tested.  The  failure was caused by
embrittlement  and cracking resulting from
exposure of  the top of the pouch  to light.
The PB  sheeting did not  contain  carbon
black.   The remaining five of  the original
six pouches  survived  to  1.887  days  of
exposure,  when they  were  disassembled  so
that the  empty pouches  and the  contents
could  be  weighed separately,  the contents
analyzed,  and  the properties of  the pouch
walls measured.

    All  of the  pouches  had  more or less
retained their  original flexibility
or  had  swollen  and  softened  during the
exposure period.    The  water  in the  outer
bags had a chemical or  acrid  odor  indicat-
ing migration of  constituents from the
waste  liquid  in the pouches to the  water in
the outer bag.

    The CPE  pouch  (P19)  appeared  to  be in
good  shape at the time of  dismantling,
although the  seams  were relatively easy to
pull apart.  The surface on  the inside of
the pouch was somewhat  pitted and  the mem-
brane  had swollen.

    The CSPE  pouch (P18) had blistered
badly  on one  side even  though the  sheeting
was not fabric-reinforced.    The liquid
contents of the blisters  were removed with
a hypodermic  needle and analyzed for pH and
electrical conductivity.  The pH of the
liquid  in  the blister was 1.35,  and the
electrical  conductivity  of a   1:1.  dilution
with deionized  water was  12,400 pmho.  The
waste fluid  had permeated  the sheeting
which,  when  pulled by hand, delaminated
relatively  easily in the  area of the
blisters.
                                                   TABLE 6. MONITORING OF POUCH 19 (CPE 86) CONTAINING
                                                             THE HIGHLY ACIDIC WASTE3
Days exposed
1
5
40
93
143
386
500
552
625
790
900
949
1,160
1,169
1,174
1,199
1,427
1,887
a"HN03-HF-HOAc",
^Based upon the
sodium chloride
p. 0-261 (1983)
cPouch rinsed, a
Pouch
Change in
weight, g
-0.70
-0.52
0.01
0.65
1.05
6.78
15.78
20.28
26.58
38.27
46.38
52.34
62.98
(c)

65.43
79.68
100.00
Outer
Electrical
conductivity
pH iimho/cm
5.9 S.5
6.0 14.8
5.9 19.0
5.8 23.4
5.6 32.2
2.7 420
2.0 3,550
1.6 5,500
2.2 6,300
1.8 8,500
1.8 9,900
1.8 12,300
2.1 14,600
(c) (c)
3.1 350
2.6 900
2.0 4,000
1.8 5,900
water
Concentration0, %
0.0005
0.0008
0.0010
0.0013
0.0018
0.026
0.22
0.34
0.40
0.54
0.65
0.80
0.95
(c)
0.022
0.054
0.25
0.37
Matrecon waste W-9.
electrical conductivity of aqueous solutions of
in Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 63rd edition,
nd liquid
in outer bag replaced with deionized water.
                                          239

-------
                        'MO   1200  1400  1800  1800
                    Days of exposure
 a.  Weight change in  pouch.
 b.   pH  of outer water.
c.  Electrical  conductivity of outer water.

Figures.   Monitoring  of  pouches  that
           contained  the  highly  acidic
           waste,  "HNOa-HF-HOAc"  (W-9).
      The  pouch made of  ELPO  (P17) retained
  its original  condition  well during  ex-
  posure.   It appeared to  have  changed little
  during the 1887 days of  exposure.

      The  PB pouch  (P15)  that had failed at
  609  days  was  dismantled at  625  days.   It
  had  cracked badly at the upper seam due to
  light  degradation.   The  portion of  the
  pouch that was below the water level of the
  outer  bag appeared  to  have  retained
  its  flexibility  and  original  properties.

      The PVC (19) pouch  (P16) was flexible
  but the inside was  sticky.  Also, the  seams
  which  had  been made with a  50:50  solvent
  mixture of  tetrahydrofuran and  trichloro-
  ethane were easy to  peel  apart.  The  PVC
  (88) pouch (P20) had stiffened somewhat
 during  exposure.   The outside surface  had
 become  rough and discolored  compared with
 the  unexposed material.   The inside was
 considerably  more  discolored and  pitted,
 indicating  some  interaction between the
 membrane  and  the  acidic  waste  liquid.

      Weights—The  various  weights  of the
 pouches  and their contents  are presented in
 Table 7.   These data confirm the  monitoring
 data;  they show  substantial  increases  in
 the  contents  of the pouches  of CPE (P19 ,
 CSPE (P18),  PVC  (P16), and PVC  (P20),
 further demonstrating the movement of water
 from  the outer bag  into the  pouch  due  to
 the   higher concentration of  dissolved
 constituents in the  pouch liquid.

     The  pH and  electrical   conductivity
 measurements of the  water in the outer bags
 also show the movement of the  hydrogen ions
 out  of  the  pouches into the water in which
 the  pouches were  immersed.   This result  is
 confirmed by the lower  conductivity and
 higher  pH of the waste  removed from the
 pouches at the  end of the exposure compared
 with the waste  placed in the pouches at the
 beginning of the exposure.   The ELPO pouch
 had  a particularly low permeability to
water and the dissolved constituents of the
waste.

     Analysis of  the Pouch and Outer Bag
Contents—After  the  contents  of  the  res-
pective  pouches were collected  and weighed,
                                          240

-------
 TABLE 7.  POUCH TEST OF THERMOPLASTIC AND PARTIALLY CRYSTALLINE POLYMERIC MEMBRANES WITH ACIDIC WASTE, "HNOa-HF-HOAc" (W-9) —
         CHLOROSULFONATED POLYETHYLENE, CHLORINATED POLYETHYLENE, ELASTICIZED POLYOLEFIN, POLYBUTYLENE,  AND POLYVINYL CHLORIDE

                                  Data on Pouch and Waste Before and After Dismantling
Parameter
Matrecon liner serial number
Liner thickness, mil
Pouch number
Number of days exposed
Area of pouch exposed to waste
(original dimensions), of
CPE
86
22
P19
1887
0.0431
CSPE
85
33
P18
1887
0.0484
ELPO
36
22
P17
1887
0.0446
PB
98
8
P15
PVC
19
22
P16
1887
0.0443
PVC
88
20
P20
1887
0.0523
Weight of empty pouch
  Unexposed, g                             39.17
  Conditioned5, g                           57.44
  After exposure, g                         53.45
  Change from unexposed, g                    14.28
  Change from conditioned, g                  -3.99

Weight of filled pouch
  At beginning of exposure, g                250.22
  After exposure, g                        350.22
  Change in weight, g                       100.00

Waste contents of pouch
  Weight at beginning of exposure, g          192.79
  Weight after exposure, g                   291.49
  Change in weight, g                        98.70
  pH after exposure0                         1.10
  Electrical conductivity^ after
   exposure, wnho/cm                      110,000

Liquid in outer bag
  Volume at conclusion of test, mL       ,       375
  pH at conclusion of test                     1.80

  Electrical conductivity
   Before water change*, umho/cm             14,600
   At conclusion of test, jimho/cm             5,900

Water transmission through pouch wall9,
  g/m2/day                                 1.213
  59.03
  79.46
  87.49
  28.46
  8.03
 261.93
 318.80
  58.87
 182.47
 229.04
  46.57
  1.00

170,000
   395
  1.95
  2,500
  3,600
 0.510
 27.32
 26.70
 28.35
  1.03
  1.65
 128.31
 131.89
  3.58
 101.61
 103.01
  1.40
  0.95

170,000
   520
  3.25
    92
    86
                0.017
                          122.98
                          114.16
 33.24
 34.09
 35.18
  1.94
  1.09
 176.60
 199.10
  22.50
 142.51
 163.54
  21.03
  0.90
                             3.0
              440
   463
   2.0
  4,800
  3,200
                                     0.252
 31.68
 33.45
 43.14
 11.46
  9.69
189.47
234.90
 45.43
156.02
191.86
 35.84
  1.05
170,000   140,000
  400
  1.85
 9,000
 4,600
                                              0.363
aPouch failed due to cracking and emb'ri ttl ement at upper seam caused by light degradation.  Film was unpigmented, i.e. it con-
 tained no carbon black to absorb ultraviolet light.
bEmpty pouches conditioned for two weeks in water at 70°C before waste added. Water added to CPE pouch (P19) after one week
 to prevent sides from sticking together.
cpH at beginning of test = 0.9.
^Electrical conductivity of waste at beginning of test = 200,000 umho.
eThe volume of liquid in the outer bag varied in the course of exposure due to evaporation.  Deionized water was added period-
 ically to cover the pouches.
ffluter liquid replaced with deionized water after 1169 days of exposure.
9Calculated from change in weight of waste in pouch at time of dismantling.
 they  were  analyzed  for  pH  and  electrical
 conductivity.    The  results,   also  pre-
 sented   in  Table  7,  show  a  substantial
 increase  in  the volume  and  a  significant
 decrease  in the electrical  conductivity of
 the waste  in  the  pouch,  indicating  a
 dilution  by  the   water that  had  entered
 through  the  pouch  walls.   Rates  of trans-
 mission  of the  water  into the pouches  were
 calculated (Table  7).   The calculations
 show  the  CPE to be  the most  permeable of
 the group  and the  ELPO the least permeable.
 Although the PB bag  failed prematurely, the
 transmission   value  based   on  the  weight
 gains was  1 ow.
        These  transmission   values  correlate
  well  with  the  values  calculated  from  the
  weight  increases  of  the  pouches during the
  exposure,  but  the  fact that  part of the
  weight  increase  is  a result  of  the  ab-
  sorption  of water  by  the  pouch  walls
  requires  that  the  earlier  values  be
  corrected.
  Highly  Alkaline Waste Liquid

        Pouches  fabricated  from  six  different
  membranes,  CPE  (77),  CSPE  (85), ELPO (36),
  PB  (98), and  two  PVC's (19  and  88)  were
                                                    241

-------
loaded vn'th  the  highly  alkaline  waste,
slopwater (W-4).   In this series  two
pouches of  ELPO and  one each of the other
membranes were  placed  in  test.   Premature
seam opening  occurred  in four of  the
pouches including  an ELPO pouch  which,
because of  its  unusual  behavior  during
monitoring,  was  replaced  with a  second
pouch.  The  CSPE and the PB pouches remain
in test  at  this  writing at more than 2220
days.

     Measurements  on  the  pouches  taken
prior to leaking or dismantling, and those
still  in test at  2044  days, are presented
in  Table  8.   The  results  overall  show
significant weight increases by the pouches
and  increases in pH and electrical conduc-
tivity by the  outer liquids.   The  ELPO
pouches  showed   low  permeability  early  in
the  exposure  but  much  higher permeability
after  300 days.   The behavior of  these
pouches  is  of  particular   interest  and  is
described below.
ELPO Pouches

     The  first  of two  ELPO  pouches  was
filled with  the highly  alkaline  waste and
put into  test  in February 1977.   After 790
  days of exposure  it  failed  at  the  seam and
  was dismantled and tested.   Because  of the
  apparent  change  in  permeability of  the
  pouch wall at  approximately 300  days shown
  in  the monitoring  (Figure 6),  a  second
  pouch was  placed in test in January 1979 to
  verify behavior  of the  first  pouch.   The
  second pouch  (P30B)  behaved similarly;  it
  showed  no significant weight gain  until
  it was under test for  about 300  days.   The
  first  pouch  (P30A)   showed  a  greater  rate
  of weight  increase than  the  second  pouch
  (P30B).   Both pouches  showed  a  similar
  rise  in the  electrical  conductivity  of
  the  water  outside  the  pouch,  reaching
  1,000 pmhos  after  approximately  300  days.
  Again, Pouch 30A  showed a  steeper rate of
  increase  in  electrical conductivity  after
  that point.

       The second pouch (P30B) was  dismantled
  after  1718 days  of test  because  it  had
  gained so much weight  that  bursting  seemed
  imminent.   The pouch waste  was weighed and
  measured for pH and electrical  conductivity
  as was  the  outer water.    The empty pouch
  was  weighed,  measured,  and  tested  for
  changes in  physical  properties.    Measure-
  ments made on the  two ELPO pouches, includ-
  ing those made at the  time  of  dismantling,
  are presented in Table 9.
  TABLE 8.  POUCHES CONTAINING THE HIGHLY ALKALINE WASTED AT LAST MONITORING BEFORE DISMANTLING OR OBSERVATION OF LEAK
             Pouch
                Wall    Effective
        Liner  thickness,  areac,   Pouch   Elapsed
Polymer  number0    mil      cm2    number  time, d
                                               Outer liquid
PVC
        88
                20
pH
 Electrical    Pouch,
conductivity,  change in
 pmho/cm    weight, g
Comments
CPE
CSPE
ELPO
ELPO
PB
PVC
86
85
36
36
98
19
22
33
22
22
8
22
486
329
486
374
486
425
P32
P31
P30A
P30B
P28
P29
65
2044d
753
1350
2044d
872
7.9
9.3
12.4
11.1
9.4
12.5
270
1800
10,800
5460
1950
14,700
2.7
36.5
213.6
227.8
16.8
152.4
Leak noted at 93 d;
dismantled at 625 d.
Pouch wrinkled and
blistered; odor in water.
Leaked at seam at 790 d;
blisters noted.
Pouch swollen; yellow crys-
tals on outer surface.
Pouch has small blisters.
Pouch very stiff; seam
                        486
                              P33
                                       65
                                            9.6
                                                     235
                        failed at 930 d.

                        Leak noted at 93 d;
                        dismantled at 625 d.
a"S1opwater," Matrecon waste W-4.
''Hatrecon liner serial number.
cArea of pouch contacting the waste liquid.
     In test after more than 2,200 days.
                                            242

-------
            MEASUREMENTS ON THE TOO ELPOa POUCHES
             FILLED WITH SLOPWATER WASTE (W-4)
Parameter
Exposure time, days
Pouch liquid
pH
Electrical conductivity, umho/cm
Outer water
pH
Electrical conductivity, ymho/cm
Filled pouch, original wt. , g
Final weight, g
Change in weight, g
Empty pouch, original wt., g
Final weight, g
Change in weight, g
Original area of pouch, cm^
Final area of pouch, cm^
Change in area, cm^
Rates of water transmission
into pouch, g/m^'d
Initial (0-300 d)
Intermediate (300-1200 d)
Final (1200-end)
Overall curve (0-end)
Calculated from increase
in pouch liquid
(0-end)
(300- end)
Analysis of pouch wall
Volatiles, *
Extractables, %
Original
waste and
ELPO
0

13.1
160,000

7.0
1.3
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A


N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A


N/A
N/A
0.15
5.50
Exposed
P30A
790

11.9
105,000

12.0°
90,000b
215.13
428.72
+213.59
27.62
31.45
+3.83
486
521
+35


0.193
10.387
N/A
3.745


5.463,
7.288
10.85
2.09
pouch
P30B
1725

13.2
84,000

8.9C
3,100C
98.45
346.94
+248.49
26.25
28.98
+2.73
374
383
+9


0.220
5.129
2.702
4.113


3.812
4.530
8.47
2.85
 aMatrecon liner number 36; 20 mil thickness.
 bprior to seam leak the electrical conductivity of the outer liquid was
 14,000 umho/cm and the pH was 12.5.
 cThe outer water had a pH of 10.3 and an electrical conductivity of
 8,500 umho/cm before it was replaced with new DI water on day 1682.
Discussion of Results  of  Testing
the ELPO  Pouches

     At  the time the first pouch (P30A)  was
dismantled, a seam had opened and a  portion
of  the  contents  had entered  the outer
liquid  in  sufficient quantity to raise  the
pH to 12  and the electrical  conductivity to
90,000   ymho/cm,  which  approach  the  orig-
inal  values for the  waste (Table  9).
Analysis  of  the pouch wall  showed  that it
had absorbed a considerable amount of water
and  had  a decreased   extractables content.
The  large weight increase  of the  filled
pouch  indicated  that  a  high  overall  trans-
mission  of water into the pouch had occur-
red  after  the first  300  days of exposure.
During  the first  300  days,   little  change
in  weight  had  occurred,  as  illustrated in
Figure 6.

      In  the  case  of  the  second  pouch
(P30B),  the  outer  liquid had  become  only
moderately alkaline, as shown  by the pH
and  electrical  conductivity,  indicating
that  only a relatively small   number  of ions
had  penetrated  the  pouch wall  and  entered
the  outer  liquid.   On the  other hand,  the
                                                     0   200   400   600   800  1000   1200  1400   1600   1800
                                                                      Time exposed,.days

                                                  a.  Weight  change in pouches.
  0   200   400   600   800   1000   1200  1400   1600  1800

                   Time exposed, days
b.  pH  of outer water.
  14,000 r

  13,000

  12,000

  11.000

§ 10,000
•5
•5 9000
tJ 7000


| 6000


.| 5000


.2 4000


  3000


  2000


  1000
    0   200   400   600   800   1000  1200   1400   1600  1800
                    Time exposed, days

c.  Electrical conductivity of outer  water..

Figure 6.   Monitoring data for ELPO pouches
            P30A  and P30B containing  the
            highly  alkaline  waste   (W-4).
                                               243

-------
waste  liquid  content  of the  pouch  had
increased significantly,  to the  point that
it had affected the  electrical conductivity
of the  pouch  liquid.   The increased  water
content of the pouch  liquid reduced  the
waste concentration  and resulted in a  lower
rate of  water transmission  into  the  pouch
because  of  the lower  water concentration
gradient across the  wall.

     Thus,  it  appears  that the highly
alkaline waste liquid  interacted slowly
with the ELPO  wall.   The  effect became
apparent during monitoring  only  after  300
days of  exposure when  the rates  of trans-
mission of the water into  the pouch and  the
electrical  conductivity of the  outer  water
increased dramatically.    When the pouches
were  dismantled,  measurements of the
pouch wall  confirmed that some  losses  had
occurred in the tensile  strength,  elonga-
tion,  and  tear resistance.  These  data
were  confirmed by the  results of the
immersion tests conducted in another  study
on the same polymer on  exposure to this
highly alkaline waste liquid (Haxo et  al,
in press).

     The similar results  for both pouches
indicated the potential  reproducibility of
the pouch  procedure for  assessing perme-
ability  characteristics  of  membranes.
Additional  Wastes in  Pouch Experiments

     Four essentially  inorganic or  dilute
wastes were  included in  our  pouch  experi-
ments.  These were:

     1.   A mildly acidic waste,

     2.   A spent  caustic  waste  that is
         essentially a brine,

     3.   An  industrial  waste  that  contains
         some minor amounts  of organics,
         and

     4.   A pesticide waste that has a low
         concentration of organics.

     The pouches  in  these experiments  have
been in  exposure for more  than  1800 days.
The monitoring has indicated no unusual
behavior by  any  of the pouches.   Pre-
liminary results  of these  tests are being
presented in  the  final  report for  Contract
68-03-2173 (Haxo et al, in press).
     In  addition to the above  wastes, a
series  of  wastes  containing  oily  con-
stituents,  either  in  large  or small
proportions, have  been  loaded  into the
pouches and subjected  to  exposure.  Only a
few of  the  pouches  have  failed, and  those
remaining are being monitored at  exposure
times  greater than  1650 days.   In  most
cases,  the  weights  of  loaded  pouches have
changed  little,   but  they have changed  in
hardness and,  in  several cases, are showing
permeation of the oily constituents to the
outside.  The outside surfaces have become
sticky  and,  in some cases, they fluoresce
under UV  light.   Preliminary results are
also being reported  in the  final report of
Contract 68-03-2173  (Haxo et al,  in press).
Water-Soluble Tracers

     The use  of tracers such as  inorganic
salts and  organic dyes has  been  suggested
as a means  of detecting leaks in membrane
linings  of impoundments that  contain waste
liquids.   The question arises  whether a
membrane  liner might  allow a  tracer to
permeate  the membrane  and  thus  falsely
indicate the presence of  a hole.  The use
of pouches  appeared  to be a  means of
determining whether  specific  tracers could
permeate membrane liners.

     Three  water-soluble  tracers  were
tested  in pouches of  several   lining
materials.    These  tracers  included  one
inorganic  salt,  lithium  chloride,  and
two water-soluble organic  dyes, fluorescein
and Sevron Red.  Lithium chloride is  gen-
erally found only  in trace amounts in  soil
and  has been used  as  a  tracer in waste
impoundments  to  detect leaks.  The organic
dyes  have also been  used for tracing water
flow.   Information  on  the  organic  dyes
included in this study appears in Table 10.

     The pouches  that were  fabricated  and
the liquids loaded  into them  are listed in
Table 11.   Two pouches each  of HOPE and PB
were  filled with 1% aqueous sodium fluores-
cein  and Sevron Red solutions.  Previously,
only one  pouch was used for a  test,  but
two were used  in this experiment  to develop
information on the reproducibility  of  the
permeability  observations.  All the pouches
were  placed  in deionized water each in
individual  containers.
                                          244

-------
                         TABLE 10.  DYES USED AS TRACERS  IN POUCH EXPERIMENTS
Dye
Automate Red B
Fl uorescei n-sodi urn
Color index number
Solvent red 164
Acid yellow 73
Color
Red
Ye How- red
Solubility
Petroleum products
Water
Description
Proprietary AZO dye
C2()Hio05Na2-yel low-green
Fluorescent Yellow


Methyl  violet


Sevron  Red
              Solvent red 175


              680
                                   Brown oil
                                                    Xylene,  acetone
fluorescence in neutral  or
alkaline solutions

Organic, proprietary
yellow-green fluorescence
                                   Yellow at pH 2-3.1   Water, alcohol,
                                   Violet at pH >3.1   chloroform
                                   Red
                                                    Water
                                                                      Cationic proprietary dye
TABLE 11. POUCHES WITH AQUEOUS TEST LIQUIDS CONTAINING WATER-SOLUBLE TRACERS
Liner mate
Polymer
PVC
PVC-OR
HDPE-A
PB
Number
137
146
180
221

rial Lithiun
Thickness, 5%
mil
30 106
30 108
20
30
Tracer
i chloride Fluoresceln
ice. n
107 110
109 111
112,113
116,117

Sevron Red
IX


114,115
118,119
Monitoring

     The  pouch  assemblies  were  monitored
regularly  by measuring  the  weight  of  the
pouches,  measuring  the pH  and  electrical
conductivity  of the  outer liquids,  and by
visual  observations with  normal  and UV
light for  the permeation  of the  dyes.   The
weight changes  in the PVC pouches contain-
         100
                                   500
                                         600
a.
           200    300     400
            Time exposed, days

Pouches of PVC 137.  Pouch 106 contains
5% LiCl, and  Pouch  107  contains  10%
Lid.
                                            ing  5  and 10%  solutions of  LiCl  are shown
                                            in Figure 7.

                                                 At 573 days  of exposure the pouches of
                                            polyvinyl chloride with the  LiCl  solutions
                                            increased  in  weight  in  differing  amounts
                                            depending upon the concentration  of  the
                                            LiCl  in  the  pouch and  the  specific  PVC
                                            membrane.   The pouch with  a  10% concentra-
                                            tion of  LiCl   increased  in weight  at twice
                                            the  rate of  the  pouch  with  the 5% LiCl
                                            solution.  On the other  hand, the elec-
                                            trical  conductivity of  the  outer water
                                            exhibited  almost  no change  during this
                                            period.   This result indicated that  the
                                            water  passed  through  the  pouch walls  into
                                                         100
                                                                                   500
                                                                                         600
                                                b.
                                                               200    300     400
                                                                 Time exposed, days

                                                    Pouches  of  PVC-OR  146.    Pouch  108
                                                    contains  5%  LiCL,   and  Pouch  109
                                                    contains  10% LiCl.
Figure 7.  Weight  changes  of PVC pouches containing 5  and  10%  aqueous solutions of LiCl
           during  immersion in DI water.
                                             245

-------
 the  pouch,  but  little  if any lithium
 chloride passed  through the pouch  walls
 into the outer water.

      All 6  pouches  with  1%  aqueous  solu-
 tion  of sodium flourescein showed  indi-
 cations  of  transmission through  the  mem-
 brane,  particularly  in the  case of  the
 PVC-OR pouch.  Under UV light, fluorescent
 specks  showed on  the  surface of some
 pouches, in  scratches, and at corners where
 the membrane had  been thinned during heat-
 seal ing.    Also,  observations  under  UV
 light indicate that a small  amount  of the
 organic  dye  permeated  the PVC-OR wall  as
 there  was distinct fluorescence of  the
 outer  water.  When the  pH  of the  outer
 water was increased, traces of fluorescence
 appeared under UV light for  all  pouches.
 The gains in weight of  the  filled pouches
 were very small.

      In  the case of the HDPE-A and  PB
 pouches that contained  1% aqueous solution
 of Sevron Red,  also water soluble, no signs
 of dye  appeared  in  the  outer water  or on
 the outside of the pouches  in 440  days.
 The weight gains of the pouches were small,
 i.e.  0.20 g  for HDPE-A  pouches  and  0.32 g
"for the PB pouches. Based on the weights of
 pouches  that  have  been dismantled,  it
 appears that the  weight gains were  in  the
 pouch  walls,  presumably  by absorption  of
 outer DI  water.  Overall,  the results  in-
 dicate that  Sevron  Red  probably  does  not
 permeate the walls,  but, if so,  only at a
 very slow rate.
                                    Organics  and the Use of Tracer Dyes

                                         In   preliminary  experiments  using an
                                    organic  vapor  transmission  test  similar to
                                    the moisture  transmission  E96  test, we
                                    observed  relatively high transmission  rates
                                    for some  organics  through  polymeric  mem-
                                    brane materials.   The  pouch  procedure
                                    appeared  to be an appropriate  method to
                                    assess  the  permeability  of  selected
                                    materials  to the organics and  to  assess the
                                    permeability of organic tracer dyes through
                                    the membranes.   Consequently, a series of
                                    experiments  was  performed  with  different
                                    membranes  and organics.

                                        A  series  of  pouches was prepared of
                                    HOPE,  HDPE-A,  and PB  (Table  12).   All of
                                    these  materials were  selected  because of
                                    their low solubility in  organics  and  their
                                    low extractables contents.   Also,  leakproof
                                    pouches could  be made relatively easily
                                    with heat-sealed  seams.   The two  solvents
                                    that were selected were  xylene and acetone
                                    with Fluorescent Yellow and  Automate Red in
                                    1%  solutions  in  the  solvents (Table  10).
                                    Duplicate  pouches containing these  solvents
                                    were placed  in glass  jars  of  distilled
                                    water  and in  the respective  solvents.  In
                                    the latter configuration permeation of the
                                    dye could  be observed.

                                        Monitoring of  the pouches  was  per-
                                    formed   principally  by measuring  their
                                    weights as a function of time. The odor of
                                    the outer  liquids in  the  jars  was  also
                                    observed  as well  as  the appearance of the
                       TABLE 12.  SERIES OF  POUCHES CONTAINING ORGANICS WITH DYES
                                  Matrix of Liner Materials and Test Liquids
Liner material
Polymer Number Thickness
mil
HOPE 184 30
HDPE-A 180 20
Liquid in pouch
, Acetone3 50:50 Acetone :water Xylenec
In water •
132,133
156,157d
128,129
In acetone In water
134,135
158,159d 148,149
130,131
In acetone In water
136,137
150,151 152,1536
124,125
In xylene
138,139
154,1552
126,127
 PB
221
30
140,141
                                     142,143
                                                           144,145
                                                             146,147
  Acetone + 1% Automate Red.
  50:50 acetone:DI water with 1% methyl  violet.
 GXy1ene + 1% Fluorescent Yellow.
  Acetone with 1% Fluorescent Yellow.
 eXylene with 1% Automate Redl
                                           246

-------
dyes either  on the  surface of the  pouches
or in the outer liquid.  The  weight  changes
are illustrated in Figures  8  and  9.
         Outer xylene light
         orange at 1 d
               POUCHES IN XYLENE
           Xylene odor, pouch surface
           red, red on surface of outer
           water at 1 d
                              POUCHES IN WATER
       Pouch surface very
       red at 7 d
      "~——    A      "'
             -£	£,

       	.Q..
                	o
                   150
                         200
                                         350
                 Time exposed, days
     Pouches  of 20
     with  xylene
     Pouches  154
     immersed  in
     movement  of
     Pouches  152
     immersed
     ment  of
      mil  HDPE-A  (180)  filled
      and 1% Automate Red.
      (n)  and 155 (o) were
     xylene.    Note  lack  of
     xylene  into  the  pouch.
      (o)  and 153 (A) were
in DI water.
 xylene out
 Note  the  move-
of  the  pouch.
                    Time exposed, days
 b.  Pouches  of 20 mil  HDPE-A (180)  filled
     with xylene  and  1% Fluorescent  Yellow.
     Pouches 126  (a)  and  127  (o)  were
     immersed  in  xyl ene.  Note the movement
     of xylene into the pouch.  Pouches  124
     (o)  and  125  (A)  were immersed  in  DI
     water.   Note the movement  of  xylene out
     of the pouch.


 Figure 8.  Monitoring  the weight change  of
            pouches  filled  with  xylene
            immersed  in xylene or DI  water.
                     1  "8

                     en -10
                     £

                     5-12


                      -14


                      -16


                      -18


                      -20
                                                                  POUCHES IN ACETONE
                                                                Fluorescence oi
                                                                seams at 212 d
                                                        ,/
                                                 P158.P159

                                                   POUCHES IN DI WATER
                                                          "^t-f£ — "Acetone odor at 64 d
                                                                 N»%™*— z?^— Fluorescence on
                                                                     ^ seams at 1 50 d

                                                                            '**••• P156 leak in seam
                        0    50    100    150    200   250   300   350   400
                                       Time exposed, days


                        Pouches of  20 mil  HDPE-A (180) filled
                        with acetone and 1% Fluorescent Yellow.
                        Pouches  158  (a)  and  159  (o)  were
                        immersed  in  acetone.    Note  lack  of
                        movement of water  or acetone.  Pouches
                        156 (o) and 157 (A) were  immersed  in  DI
                        water.   Note  the  movement  of acetone
                        out of the pouch.
                                                 •W 3
                                                                             POUCHES IN ACETONE
                                                                             POUCHES IN DI WATER
                                                         *~
                                                        50    100
                                                                  150    200    250   300    350   400

                                                                   Time exposed, days
                                       Pouches  of  20  mil HDPE-A  (180)  filled
                                       with 50:50 acetone:  DI water  and 1%
                                       methyl  violet.   Pouches 150 (a) and 151
                                       (o)  were immersed in acetone.  Note the
                                       movement  of acetone into the  pouch.
                                       Pouches  148  (o)  and  149  (A)  were
                                       immersed  in DI  water.    Note the move-
                                       ment  of  acetone out  of  the  pouch.
                                   Figure 9.   Monitoring the  weight change of
                                              pouches  filled  with  acetone or
                                              50:50  acetone:DI  water  immersed
                                              in acetone or DI water.
                                              247

-------
     The  xylene and  acetone with the
dissolved organic  dyes  migrated through
the  HDPE-A pouch walls.   The  pouches that
contained the  xylene with the  dyes and
which were placed in pure xylene  increased
in  weight (Figure 8).   The  dye  in the
xylene  in the pouch  permeated the liner
into the  outer  xylene  as  indicated by the
red  color in  the  outer xylene  in the case
of the Automate  Red  and by the fluorescence
of the outer  xylene  in  ultraviolet light in
the  case of the Fluorescent Yellow.   Judg-
ing  from  the leveling off of the  weight
increase and  the magnitude, it appears that
the weight increase  is  due to absorption of
xylene by the pouch  wall.

     In the case of a similar pouch placed
in  water, the xylene migrated  out  of the
pouch into the water but,  because  it is not
soluble in v/ater, the xylene floated to the
top  of the outer water.  The dye  permeated
the  pouch wall  and, because it is a  solid
and  insoluble in water, it precipitated on
the  outside   surface  of  the pouch.   The
outer water did not fluoresce  in  UV light.

     In the  case of  the  pouches  (P156,
P157) that contained acetone with Fluore-
scent Yellow dye and placed in water, the
acetone also  permeated the pouch wall; but,
because acetone  is  totally miscible  with
the  water,  it dissolved .in the  water to
form a dilute  solution.   The  dye  also
permeated  the pouch wall   and precipitated
on  the  outer surface  causing  it  to  fluo-
resce under UV light.  When acetone was the
outer liquid, the  dye  permeated  into the
outer  acetone  but  the  pouches  did not
change in weight.   This  behavior in-
dicates that  the pouch wall  is  not absorb-
ing acetone.

     To assess  the  effects on concentra-
tion on transmission rates,  another series
of 20 mil  HDPE-A pouches containing a 50:50
mixture of acetone and water was  placed in
acetone and  in DI water  in  closed  quart
jars.  Methyl violet, which is soluble in
both acetone and water,  was  added  as a
tracer to  the mixture at  1% concentration.
Changes in  weight  of  the pouches up  to
to 300 days  are shown  in Figure  9b.   The
pouches  in  water  lost weight,  leveling
off  as the acetone concentration  in the
pouch dropped and that in the  outer water
increased.    The  pouches  placed in the
acetone as the  outer liquid gained weight
as the  acetone  permeated  into  the  pouch.
Again,  the rate  of transmission dropped as
the  concentration of acetone in the pouch
increased.

     The initial  rate  at  which  the acetone
in the  50:50 mixture moved into the outer
water was  less than  half  that of  the
acetone in the pouch with the 100% acetone
(compare Figures 9a  and  9b).   Calculated
rates  are,  respectively,  1.68 vs  5.68
g/m^d for  the  losses  of  acetone from  the
pouch.  The methyl violet did  not appear to
have permeated the HDPE-A walls.
DISCUSSION

     The primary value of the pouch test is
its ability to assess the permeability of
liner materials in  a condition  that sim-
ulates some aspects  of a  lining in a pond.
The results indicate the  extent of permea-
tion  of  several  waste constituents sim-
ultaneously — water, dissolved ions (both
cations  and anions), and organics.
Permeability to Mater

     The pouches  with the highly  acidic
waste (W9)  showed the transmission of water
from  outside to  inside the  pouches.
Deionized  water in  the outer bag  was
transmitted into the concentrated waste
inside the pouch  by  osmosis resulting from
the large concentration gradient across the
wall (Table 7).  Even; more striking was the
behavior  of the  pouches containing  the
highly alkaline waste (slopwater),  parti-
cularly the  pouch  fabricated of ELPO
which gained  major  amounts  of water.

     Of the nine pouches  filled with the 5%
NaCT  aqueous  solution, eight showed  the
transmission of DI water  from the outer bag
into the pouch, as judged  by the increased
weight  of  the  pouch contents  (Table  4).
The ninth pouch,  CSPE 55  (P76),  gained in
overall  weight but showed a weight loss for
the liquid inside the  pouch,  which  in-
dicates absorption of the pouch  liquid by
the wall and probably little  or no trans-
mission through the wall:.

     The effect  of  the concentration.
gradient across  the  pouch wall  is cTearTy
demonstrated  in  the  PVC  pouches  with LiCl
(Table 13).   The  pouches containing
5% LiCl  show a rate of transmission that is
approximately half that of the pouches with
10% LiCl.   The  pouches with  solvents
                                         248

-------
                                                Permeability to Ions
             TRANSMISSION RATES3 THROUGH WALLS OF
              POUCHES IMMERSED IN DEIONIZED WATER

Parameter
Liner number
Thickness, mil
Specific gravity
Extractables, %

HOPE
184
30
0.951
0.73b

HDPE-A
180
20
0.949
2.09b
Polymer
PB
221
30
0.907
3.68b

PVC
137
29.0
' 1.283
30.14C

PVC-OR
146
30.0
1.239
34.61C
 Area of pouch, cm2    142
 Pouch liquid
  Acetone, g/m2d
  50:50 acetone:
   water, g/m2d
 -0.866-A   -6.53d-A   -1.316-A
(P132,P133)  (P128.P129) (P140.P141)

        -5.68e-A
        (P156.P157)


         -1.68f-A
        (P148.P149)

        +2.09f.9-A
        (P150.P151)
  5% Lid water
   solution, g/m^d

  10* Lid water
   solution, g/m^d
                     +0.143-W  W.208-W
                      (P106)   (P108)

                     +0.286-W  +0.448-W
                      (P107)   (P109)
  Xylene, g/m2d  -1.788-X  -16.84e-X   -4.40-X
            (P136.P137) (P124,P125)  (P144.P145)
                   -8.48
-------
wastes  have permeated the  pouch walls and
dissolved  in  the water  in  the outer bags,
but  direct analyses  of these  waters were
not made.
                            pouches immersed  in  DI water; both dyes are
                            insoluble  in water.   These  results again
                            show the  permeability  of polymeric mem-
                            branes to  organic molecules.
Permeability to Organic Dyes

     The  dyes are  also  organic chemicals
and show  varying  permeation.   Three water-
soluble and  two  organic-soluble dyes were
studied in  pouch experiments  at  1% con-
centrations.    The  water-soluble  types
included  sodium  fluorescein,  Sevron  Red,
and methyl violet.   The sodium  fluorescein
showed positive transmission through
PVC-OR, and trace  transmission  through
HOPE,  PB, and  PVC.   Sevron Red  in water
showed  no detectable  transmission through
HDPE-A  and PB.   Methyl violet in the 50:50
acetone:water mixture showed no detectable
transmission through  HDPE-A.   On the other
hand, the  two organic-soluble  dyes, Auto-
mate  Red and Fluorescent Yellow,  in the
pouches  containing   acetone  and  xylene
quickly permeated the HDPE-A pouch walls.
These dyes  dissolved  in  the  outer liquid
of the  pouches  immersed  in  xylene or ace-
tone and precipitated  on the  outside of the
                            Comparison of Pouch Results
                            with Other Methods

                                 The  relative  ordering  of  the  perme-
                            abilities among the six polymeric membranes
                            is  presented  in Table  14  for water and
                            hydrogen  ions  as measured by  pH and  elec-
                            trical conductivity.   In  the same table the
                            relative  permeabilities as  measured by
                            moisture vapor transmission  in  the E-96
                            test are also presented.

                                  The  pouch  test  results indicate that
                            the  ELPO has  the lowest permeability to
                            water  and  to the hydrogen  ions and the PB
                            has the  second  lowest.  The highest  perme-
                            abilities were shown by the CPE and the two
                            PVC's.    The pouch of  CPE showed  a low
                            permeability  during  the   early  stages,
                            comparable  to  the  values indicated by the
                            moisture vapor transmission; however,  after
                            a  year  of exposure, during  which the
                            changes  in  weight of  the pouch, the  elec-
                            trical  conductivity, and  pH were small,
     TABLE 14.  ORDERS 0F POLYMERIC MEMBRANE PERMEABILITY TO WATER AND HYDROGEN IONS, IN POUCH TEST
    	  WITH ACIDIC WASTE, "HN03-HF-HOAc" (W-9), AND TO MOISTURE VAPOR IN ASTM E96 TEST
                                             Pouch Status at 1887 d
              Liner material
                     Waterb
        Polymer
Number6  Thickness,
           rail
 Electrical
conductivity0,
  pmhos/cm
  Moisture vapor
transmission, E96
 g/m2 dfOrder
 Chlorinated poly-
  ethyl ene           86        22

 Chlorosulfonated
 polyethylene         85        33

 Elasticized poly-
                                                        0.643


                                                        0.438
olefin
Polybutyl ene
Polyvinyl chloride

36
98
19
88
22
8
22
20
1
19
2
3
. 1
29
4
5
1
...
4
3
0.142
• • •
2.78
2.94
1
• • •
4
5
aOrder of increasing permeation through polymeric membranes in test.  1 = Least permeable and 6 = most
 permeable.

bBased on change in weight of filled pouch for 400 days of exposure and for 1800 days of exposure.
cElectrical conductivity of water in outer bags.

dpH of water in outer bags.

^atrecon liner number and thickness, in mils, in parentheses.
^Test values.

SExtrapolated.
                                            250

-------
significant  increases  in weight and  con-
ductivity took  place.   These  effects
would indicate that the permeability of
the CPE  increased, probably because of high
water absorption.   Also, pinholes  may have
developed in  the membrane during the
exposure period as the inside of the pouch
had a pitted appearance.  A failure such as
occurred with the  PB  pouch did not  occur at
the  seams of the CPE pouch to cause the
very  abrupt  increase  in  conductivity.

     There was  an  indication that the
relative  order  of  permeability  is not
the  same for all  of the constituents  of  a
waste.   In addition,  maintaining a  membrane
in a moist condition appears  to be neces-
sary to assess  the  long-term permeability
of membranes that may slowly become af-
fected by the waste  liquid.   This  does not
occur in the  ASTM  E96 moisture vapor
transmission test, in  which one side  of  a
membrane is at  50% humidity, and the other
side is maintained  at 100%  humidity.
Nevertheless, even under these conditions,
some  increases in moisture vapor  trans-
mission have been observed in long-term
tests.
Expanding the Pouch Test  Method
to all  Polymeric Membranes

     The pouch method for assessing the
permeability  of  membranes over long
periods of time and  of  the durability  of
the  materials  in contact  with wastes
appears to  be  a  highly feasible method,
though  extended exposures may be required.
This conclusion  is based on the results
with  the  more  flexible  sheetings  of
thermoplastic  and partially crystalline
materials.   Expanding  this test  method
to cross!inked  polymers  and elastomers,  to
thicker and more  rigid  sheetings,  and  to
fabric-reinforced  materials  appears to  be
desirable.   Achieving good  seams  in the
pouches may require  the  development  of
special adhesives  and possibly  new pouch
designs that can accommodate the more rigid
materials, e.g. 100 mil HOPE.  It is desir-
able,  of  course, to  use  the commercial
sheetings  to fabricate  these  pouches  and
not  to depend  upon  molded containers.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     The work reported in this  paper  was
performed under Contract 68-03-2134,
"Evaluation  of Liner Materials  Exposed  to
Leachate", Contract 68-03-2173, "Evaluation
of Liner Materials Exposed to Hazardous  and
Toxic Wastes",  and Contract 68-03-2969,
"Long-term Testing of Liner Materials",
with the Municipal  Environmental  Research
Laboratory  of  the U.S.  Environmental
Protection  Agency,  Cincinnati,  Ohio.
The  support  and  guidance of  Mr.  R.   E.
Landreth,  Project  Officer,  are  gratefully
acknowledged.
REFERENCES
1.  Clear,  K.  C.  and  E. T. Harrigan,  1977.
    "Sampling and Testing for Chloride
    Ion in Concrete11"!   Report .No.  FHWA-
    RD-77-85,  Federal  Highway Administra-
    tion,  Washington, D.C. Interim Report.

2.  CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics,
    1982.   63rd edition.  CRC Press,  Inc.,
    Boca Raton, Florida, p261.

3.  Haxo,  H.  E.,  R. S. Haxo, N. A. Nelson,
    P.  D.  Haxo, R.  M.  White,  and  S.
    Dakessian,  in draft..   Final  Report:
    Liner Materials  Exposed to Hazardous
    and Toxic Sludges.
    ProtectionAgency,
    (In press).
U.S.  Environmental
Cincinnati.  Ohio.
4.  Haxo,  H.  E., R. M. White,  P.  D.  Haxo,
    and M. A.  Fong,  1982.   Final  Report:
    Evaluation  of  Liner  Materials Exposed
    to  Municipal   Solid  Waste Leachate.
    U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency,
    Cincinnati,  Ohio.  NTIS No. PB 83-147-
    801.

5.  Matrecon,  Inc., 1983.   Lining of Waste
    Impoundment and  Disposal  Facilities.
    SW-870 Revised.   U.S. Environmental
    Protection  Agency, Washington,  D.C.,
    448 pp. 6PO #055-00000231-2.
                                         251
                                                             U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1984 _ 759-10Z/0881

-------

-------